From 66705b8ac3af0fec8cc3e236986d178d4d67bf50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Date: Wed, 6 May 2020 13:44:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Fix format errors that TX found (#1381) --- en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_08-RUT.tsv | 40 +- en_tn_09-1SA.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_15-EZR.tsv | 4 +- en_tn_19-PSA.tsv | 4 +- en_tn_28-HOS.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_32-JON.tsv | 8 +- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 8 +- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 10 +- en_tn_43-LUK.tsv | 10 +- en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 3008 ++++++++++++------------- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5564 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2226 +++++++++---------- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_50-EPH.tsv | 12 +- en_tn_57-TIT.tsv | 10 +- en_tn_60-JAS.tsv | 668 +++--- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 18 files changed, 5796 insertions(+), 5786 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv index 34abc790aa..8834da401a 100644 --- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites “All of these commandments ar NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br> +NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) diff --git a/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv b/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv index 9076785f8a..aae7711187 100644 --- a/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ RUT 1 12 dyc4 figs-explicit זָקַ֖נְתִּי מִהְי֣וֹת לְ RUT 1 12 abc1 figs-rquestion כִּ֤י אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ יֶשׁ־לִ֣י תִקְוָ֔ה גַּ֣ם הָיִ֤יתִי הַלַּ֨יְלָה֙ לְאִ֔ישׁ וְגַ֖ם יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 If I said I have hope, if I belonged to a husband even tonight, and even if I would give birth to sons, This rhetorical question begins here and continues into the next verse. Naomi uses this question to say that she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Even if it were possible that I could expect to marry right away and also give birth to sons right away,…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) RUT 1 12 kh9g יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 would give birth to sons ***bear children*** or ***deliver baby boys*** RUT 1 13 gmc2 figs-rquestion אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲלָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְבִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְאִ֑ישׁ 1 would you therefore wait until the time when they are grown? Would you for this reason keep yourselves from belonging a husband? Naomi completes the rhetorical question she began in the previous verse, and asks a second rhetorical question which emphasizes the same meaning. Alternate translation: “…you would not wait until they were grown up so that you could marry them. You would need to marry a husband before then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -RUT 1 13 ab04 אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲלָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְבִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְאִ֑ישׁ 1 would you therefore wait until the time when they are grown? Would you for this reason keep yourselves from belonging a husband? This refers to the practice of levirate marriage, in which it is expected that, if a married man dies, one of his brothers will marry the man’s widow. See the introduction for more explanation. +RUT 1 13 ab04 אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲלָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְבִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְאִ֑ישׁ 1 would you therefore wait until the time when they are grown? Would you for this reason keep yourselves from belonging a husband? This refers to the practice of levirate marriage, in which it is expected that, if a married man dies, one of his brothers will marry the man’s widow. See the introduction for more explanation. RUT 1 13 gh99 figs-metaphor מַר־לִ֤י מְאֹד֙ 1 it is exceedingly bitter for me Bitterness is a metaphor for grief. Alternate translation: “It greatly grieves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) RUT 1 13 z9u3 figs-metonymy יָצְאָ֥ה בִ֖י יַד־יְהוָֽה 1 the hand of Yahweh has gone out against me The word **hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or influence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has caused terrible things to happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) RUT 1 13 ab02 figs-explicit יָצְאָ֥ה בִ֖י יַד־יְהוָֽה 1 the hand of Yahweh has gone out against me What Yahweh has done can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has taken away our husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ RUT 1 16 b518 figs-explicit עַמֵּ֣ךְ עַמִּ֔י 1 your people RUT 1 17 lql7 figs-idiom בַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר תָּמ֨וּתִי֙ אָמ֔וּת 1 Where you die, I will die This refers to Ruth’s desire to spend the rest of her life living in the same place and town as Naomi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) RUT 1 17 sje3 figs-idiom יַעֲשֶׂ֨ה יְהוָ֥ה לִי֙ וְכֹ֣ה יֹסִ֔יף כִּ֣י 1 May Yahweh do thus to me, and and thus may he add This is an idiom that Ruth uses to show that she is very committed to doing what she says. She is making a curse on herself, asking God to punish her if she does not do what she has said. Use the form that your language uses to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) RUT 1 17 abc2 כִּ֣י הַמָּ֔וֶת יַפְרִ֖יד בֵּינִ֥י וּבֵינֵֽךְ 1 if death separates between me and between you ***If anything other than death separates us from each other*** or ***if I leave you while you and I are both still alive*** -RUT 1 17 ab05 figs-idiom יַפְרִ֖יד בֵּינִ֥י וּבֵינֵֽךְ 1 separates between me and between you This is an idiom that refers to the space between two people. Alternate translation: “separates the two of us” or “comes between us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +RUT 1 17 ab05 figs-idiom יַפְרִ֖יד בֵּינִ֥י וּבֵינֵֽךְ 1 separates between me and between you This is an idiom that refers to the space between two people. Alternate translation: “separates the two of us” or “comes between us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) RUT 1 18 rsq2 וַתֶּחְדַּ֖ל לְדַבֵּ֥ר אֵלֶֽיהָ 1 she refrained from speaking to her ***Naomi stopped arguing with Ruth*** RUT 1 19 j9wa writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 So the two of them traveled until they came to Bethlehem This sentence introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) RUT 1 19 jdr1 grammar-connect-time-background כְּבֹאָ֨נָה֙ בֵּ֣ית לֶ֔חֶם 1 when they came to Bethlehem This is a background clause, explaining that the new event took place after Naomi had returned to Bethlehem with Ruth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ RUT 2 2 am6a ר֨וּת הַמּוֹאֲבִיָּ֜ה 1 Ruth, the Moabite w RUT 2 2 c7rk הַמּוֹאֲבִיָּ֜ה 1 the Moabite woman This is another way of saying that the woman was from the country or tribe of Moab. RUT 2 2 qt4q וַאֲלַקֳטָּ֣ה בַשִׁבֳּלִ֔ים 1 and glean heads of grain ***and gather heads of grain left behind by the harvesters*** or ***and pick up heads of grain left behind by the harvesters*** RUT 2 2 j59b figs-idiom אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָ֑יו 1 In whose eyes I find favor The phrase **in whose eyes I will find favor** is an idiom which means “whoever will approve of me.” Ruth speaks of gaining someone’s favor as gaining permission or approval. Alternate translation: “who will be kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -RUT 2 2 abc5 figs-metaphor בְּעֵינָ֑יו 1 in whose eyes The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “who will decide [to be kind to me]” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +RUT 2 2 abc5 figs-metaphor בְּעֵינָ֑יו 1 in whose eyes The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “who will decide [to be kind to me]” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) RUT 2 2 ed93 בִתִּֽי 1 my daughter Ruth was caring for Naomi as if she were her own mother, and Naomi addressed Ruth affectionately as her daughter. If this is confusing in your language, use the term that would indicate this kind of close relationship between two women in your language. RUT 2 3 ht73 וַיִּ֣קֶר מִקְרֶ֔הָ 1 by chance This means that Ruth was not aware that the field that she picked to glean in belonged to Naomi’s relative Boaz. RUT 2 3 ab11 מִמִּשְׁפַּ֥חַת אֱלִימֶֽלֶךְ 1 from the clan of Elimelek The use of the term ***clan*** here means that Boaz was related to Elimelek but did not have the same parents as Elimelek. The text is not saying that the clan was named after Elimelek or that Elimelek was the patriarch or leader of the clan. @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ RUT 2 10 az6y translate-symaction וַתִּפֹּל֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י RUT 2 10 ab12 figs-doublet וַתִּפֹּל֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔יהָ וַתִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָ֑רְצָה 1 Then she fell on her face and bowed down to the ground These are two descriptions of a single action. If this is confusing in your language, use only one description, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) RUT 2 10 ab13 figs-idiom וַתִּפֹּל֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔יהָ 1 Then she fell on her face This is an idiom that means that she bowed low with her face to the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) RUT 2 10 ug7p מַדּוּעַ֩ מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּעֵינֶ֨יךָ֙ לְהַכִּירֵ֔נִי וְאָּנֹכִ֖י נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Why have I found favor in your eyes that you should take notice of me, since I am a foreigner? Ruth is asking a real question. -RUT 2 10 abc7 figs-idiom מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּעֵינֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 have I found favor in your eyes The phrase **found favor in your eyes** is an idiom which means “you have approved of” someone. Ruth speaks of gaining someone’s favor as gaining their kindness or approval. Alternate translation: “you have been kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -RUT 2 10 abc8 figs-metaphor בְּעֵינֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 in your eyes The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” or “that you decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +RUT 2 10 abc7 figs-idiom מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּעֵינֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 have I found favor in your eyes The phrase **found favor in your eyes** is an idiom which means “you have approved of” someone. Ruth speaks of gaining someone’s favor as gaining their kindness or approval. Alternate translation: “you have been kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +RUT 2 10 abc8 figs-metaphor בְּעֵינֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 in your eyes The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” or “that you decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) RUT 2 10 x6f8 נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 foreigner A ***foreigner*** is someone from another country. Even though Ruth had pledged her loyalty to the God of Israel in private, everyone knew that she was from Moab, not Israel. Often Israelites were not kind to foreigners, even though God wanted them to be kind to them. This shows that Boaz was living to please God. RUT 2 11 ab14 figs-doublet וַיַּ֤עַן בֹּ֨עַז֙ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Boaz answered and said Both ***answered*** and ***said*** describe the same action. If this is confusing in your language, you may want to use only one verb for this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) RUT 2 11 app6 figs-activepassive הֻגֵּ֨ד הֻגַּ֜ד לִ֗י 1 Everything…has fully been reported to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: ***People have reported to me*** or ***People have told me*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ RUT 2 14 p256 וְטָבַ֥לְתְּ פִּתֵּ֖ךְ בַּחֹ֑ RUT 2 14 xr6s בַּחֹ֑מֶץ 1 the vinegar The **vinegar** was a sauce into which they dipped bread. The Israelites made vinegar from grape juice that was fermented beyond the point of being wine. At the vinegar stage, the juice becomes very sour and acidic. RUT 2 15 v6wr figs-explicit וַתָּ֖קָם לְלַקֵּ֑ט וַיְצַו֩ בֹּ֨עַז אֶת־נְעָרָ֜יו 1 Then she got up to glean. Then Boaz commanded his young men When Boaz spoke to his workers, it is likely that Ruth was far enough away not to hear Boaz’s instructions. Alternate translation: “And when Ruth got up to gather up grain, Boaz privately told his young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) RUT 2 15 rct9 וַתָּ֖קָם 1 Then she got up ***After she stood up*** -RUT 2 15 a5z9 גַּ֣ם בֵּ֧ין הָֽעֳמָרִ֛ים 1 even among the bundles Here, the word **even** lets the workers know that they are to do above and beyond what they normally do. People who were gleaning were normally forbidden from working close to the harvested grain for fear that they might steal from the grain that was already harvested. But Boaz instructs his workers to let Ruth glean close to the bundles of grain. +RUT 2 15 a5z9 גַּ֣ם בֵּ֧ין הָֽעֳמָרִ֛ים 1 even among the bundles Here, the word **even** lets the workers know that they are to do above and beyond what they normally do. People who were gleaning were normally forbidden from working close to the harvested grain for fear that they might steal from the grain that was already harvested. But Boaz instructs his workers to let Ruth glean close to the bundles of grain. RUT 2 16 u6hv שֹׁל־תָּשֹׁ֥לּוּ לָ֖הּ מִן־הַצְּבָתִ֑ים 1 pull some out from the bundles for her ***take some stalks of grain out of the bundles and leave them for her*** or ***leave behind stalks of grain for her to collect***. Here Boaz goes another step beyond what is normal, and tells his workers to drop some of the grain that was already harvested for Ruth to glean. RUT 2 16 nn9l וְלֹ֥א תִגְעֲרוּ־בָֽהּ 1 do not rebuke her ***do not cause her shame*** or ***do not speak harshly to her*** RUT 2 17 h3ap וַתַּחְבֹּט֙ 1 Then she beat out She separated the edible part of the grain from the hull and stalk, which are thrown away. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ RUT 2 21 k2lz גַּ֣ם׀ כִּי־אָמַ֣ר אֵלַ֗י 1 In addition RUT 2 21 g585 עִם־הַנְּעָרִ֤ים אֲשֶׁר־לִי֙ תִּדְבָּקִ֔ין 1 You should keep close by the servants who belong to me Boaz was expressing confidence that his workers would not harm Ruth. RUT 2 22 f2tw תֵֽצְאִי֙ עִם 1 you go out with ***you work with*** RUT 2 22 bcc4 וְלֹ֥א יִפְגְּעוּ־בָ֖ךְ 1 so that they do not harm you Possible meanings are (1) other workers might abuse Ruth or try to rape her or (2) in another field, the owner might interfere or stop her from gleaning while they are harvesting. -RUT 2 22 ab64 grammar-connect-logic-result וְלֹ֥א יִפְגְּעוּ־בָ֖ךְ 1 so that they do not harm you This is the reason why Ruth should continue to work with Boaz’s servants. If it is more clear in your language to state the reason before the result, you can state this part of the sentence first, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +RUT 2 22 ab64 grammar-connect-logic-result וְלֹ֥א יִפְגְּעוּ־בָ֖ךְ 1 so that they do not harm you This is the reason why Ruth should continue to work with Boaz’s servants. If it is more clear in your language to state the reason before the result, you can state this part of the sentence first, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) RUT 2 23 e2vq וַתִּדְבַּ֞ק 1 So she stayed close by Ruth worked in Boaz’s fields with his workers during the day, so she would be safe. RUT 2 23 a7qp וַתֵּ֖שֶׁב אֶת־חֲמוֹתָֽהּ 1 She lived with her mother-in-law Ruth went to Naomi’s home to sleep at night. RUT 3 intro t4y5 0 # Ruth 03 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boaz’s integrity<br><br>Boaz showed great integrity in this chapter by not having sexual relations with Ruth until they were married. He was also concerned with preserving Ruth’s good reputation. Displaying Boaz’s good character is an important point in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### **So that it may be well with you**<br><br>Naomi wanted Ruth to have a secure home with a good husband who would care for her. She could see that Boaz would be the best husband for her. She also thought that Boaz, as a kinsman-redeemer, had an obligation to marry her. This could be true because, even though Ruth was a Gentile by birth, she had become part of Naomi’s family and part of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ RUT 3 2 ms25 זֹרֶ֛ה 1 will be winnowing ***he will be winnowing*** To win RUT 3 3 ru6z וָסַ֗כְתְּ 1 and anoint yourself This is probably a reference to rubbing sweet-smelling oil on oneself, as a kind of perfume. RUT 3 3 e92h וְיָרַ֣דְתְּ הַגֹּ֑רֶן 1 and go down to the threshing floor This refers to leaving the city and going to the open, flat area where workers could thresh and winnow grain. RUT 3 4 jdr5 figs-imperative וִיהִ֣י 1 And let it be that ***Then do like this:*** This is a general instruction that introduces the next series of specific instructions that Naomi is about to give to Ruth. Translate this in the way that people would say this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -RUT 3 4 ab21 grammar-connect-time-background בְשָׁכְב֗וֹ 1 when he lies down, This is a background clause, explaining when Ruth should watch to see where Boaz sleeps. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +RUT 3 4 ab21 grammar-connect-time-background בְשָׁכְב֗וֹ 1 when he lies down, This is a background clause, explaining when Ruth should watch to see where Boaz sleeps. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) RUT 3 4 ln1m translate-symaction וְגִלִּ֥ית מַרְגְּלֹתָ֖יו 1 and uncover his feet This means to remove the cloak or blanket covering his feet (or legs). Perhaps this action by a woman could be interpreted as a proposal of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -RUT 3 4 ab23 מַרְגְּלֹתָ֖יו 1 his feet The word used here could refer to his feet or his legs. +RUT 3 4 ab23 מַרְגְּלֹתָ֖יו 1 his feet The word used here could refer to his feet or his legs. RUT 3 4 l4we וְשָׁכָ֑בְתְּ 1 and lie down ***and lie down there*** RUT 3 4 w1u5 וְהוּא֙ יַגִּ֣יד לָ֔ךְ אֵ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעַשִֽׂין 1 Then he, himself, will tell you what you should do The specific custom of that time is unclear, but Naomi appears to believe that Boaz will understand Ruth’s action as a proposal of marriage. Boaz will then either accept or reject her offer. RUT 3 4 nn4g וְהוּא֙ יַגִּ֣יד 1 Then he, himself, will tell ***When he wakes up, he will tell*** @@ -178,11 +178,11 @@ RUT 3 10 e7ka הֵיטַ֛בְתְּ חַסְדֵּ֥ךְ הָאַחֲר RUT 3 10 cbd3 הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 at the beginning This refers to the way that Ruth had earlier provided for her mother-in-law by staying with her and gleaning grain for food for them. RUT 3 10 n84d figs-idiom לְבִלְתִּי־לֶ֗כֶת אַחֲרֵי֙ 1 by not going after ***because you have not looked for marriage among***. Ruth could have ignored Naomi’s need and looked for a young and handsome husband for herself outside of Naomi’s relatives, but she did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) RUT 3 11 jdr6 grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַתָּ֗ה 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase indicates that what came before in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in verse 11. This can be indicated with a word like ***Therefore***. If it is clearer in your language to put the reason after the result, the order would be: Boaz is motivated to perform the role of kinsman-redeemer (verse 11) ***because*** he has seen how much kindness Ruth has shown to Naomi (verse 10). If you choose this order, you will need to combine the verses and the verse numbers (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]). -RUT 3 11 ei93 בִּתִּי֙ 1 my daughter Boaz used this expression as a sign of respect toward Ruth as a younger woman. Use the form of address that would be appropriate in your language. -RUT 3 11 ab08 figs-idiom כָּל־שַׁ֣עַר עַמִּ֔י 1 the whole gate of my people The gate was an area of the city where people gathered to do business, and the leaders met there to make decisions. So this was an idiom meaning “all of the important people in my city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). +RUT 3 11 ei93 בִּתִּי֙ 1 my daughter Boaz used this expression as a sign of respect toward Ruth as a younger woman. Use the form of address that would be appropriate in your language. +RUT 3 11 ab08 figs-idiom כָּל־שַׁ֣עַר עַמִּ֔י 1 the whole gate of my people The gate was an area of the city where people gathered to do business, and the leaders met there to make decisions. So this was an idiom meaning “all of the important people in my city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). RUT 3 11 ab31 אֵ֥שֶׁת חַ֖יִל 1 a woman of worth ***a woman of good character***, ***a good woman*** RUT 3 12 jdr7 וְעַתָּה֙ 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase indicates that what follows is something else important that Ruth should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” a contrast between Boaz’s willingness to marry Ruth and the possibility of another man marrying her instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -RUT 3 12 ab30 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְגַ֛ם יֵ֥שׁ 1 but there is This phrase indicates a contrast between Boaz’s willingness to marry Ruth (verse 11) and the possibility of another man marrying her instead (verse 12). Alternate translation: “Even so, there is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]). +RUT 3 12 ab30 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְגַ֛ם יֵ֥שׁ 1 but there is This phrase indicates a contrast between Boaz’s willingness to marry Ruth (verse 11) and the possibility of another man marrying her instead (verse 12). Alternate translation: “Even so, there is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]). RUT 3 12 fvq5 גֹּאֵ֖ל קָר֥וֹב מִמֶּֽנִּי 1 a kinsman-redeemer…nearer than I It was the duty of the male relative who was closest in family relationship to the man who died to help his widow. See how you translated **kinsman-redeemer** in [2:20](../02/20/zu5f) and make sure that it also makes sense here. RUT 3 13 gcl8 figs-explicit אִם־יִגְאָלֵ֥ךְ 1 if he will redeem you ***redeem*** here means “marry according to our custom concerning widows.” Boaz is referring to the expectation that the closest male relative of Ruth’s dead husband would marry her and raise a son to carry on the dead man’s family name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) RUT 3 13 tkz9 חַי־יְהוָ֑ה 1 as Yahweh lives ***as surely as Yahweh lives*** or ***by the life of Yahweh***. This was a common Hebrew vow that obligated the speaker to perform what he said. Use the normal phrasing for a vow in your language. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ RUT 3 15 f5zg שֵׁשׁ־שְׂעֹרִים֙ 1 six measures of barley The act RUT 3 15 gdn8 וַיָּ֣שֶׁת עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 put it on her The amount of grain was heavy, so Boaz put it on Ruth’s back so she could carry it. RUT 3 15 aj7u וַיָּבֹ֖א הָעִֽיר 1 Then he went into the city Most ancient copies have **he went**, referring to Boaz, but some have **she went**, referring to Ruth. Some English versions have “he” and some have “she” here. Most scholars believe that ***he went*** is the original meaning. RUT 3 16 s7dr figs-idiom מִי־אַ֣תְּ בִּתִּ֑י 1 Who are you, my daughter? This appears to be an idiom that probably means ***What is your status, my daughter?*** In other words, Naomi is probably asking if Ruth is now a married woman. Alternatively, the question could mean simply ***Is that you, my daughter?*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -RUT 3 16 ab34 בִּתִּ֑י 1 my daughter Ruth is actually Naomi’s daughter-in-law, but Naomi calls her ***my daughter*** as an endearment. Keep this translation if it is acceptable in your culture. Otherwise, use “daughter-in law.” +RUT 3 16 ab34 בִּתִּ֑י 1 my daughter Ruth is actually Naomi’s daughter-in-law, but Naomi calls her ***my daughter*** as an endearment. Keep this translation if it is acceptable in your culture. Otherwise, use “daughter-in law.” RUT 3 16 w9p9 אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָֽשָׂה־לָ֖הּ הָאִֽישׁ 1 all that the man had done for her ***all that Boaz had done for her*** RUT 3 17 abca שֵׁשׁ־הַשְּׂעֹרִ֥ים 1 six measures of barley See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15/f5zg). RUT 3 17 e9xx figs-idiom אַל־תָּב֥וֹאִי רֵיקָ֖ם 1 You must not go empty To ***go empty-handed*** is an idiom that means to go to someone with nothing to offer that person. Alternate translation: ***Do not go empty-handed*** or ***Do not go with nothing*** or ***You must take something*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). @@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ RUT 4 1 jdr9 figs-informremind וְהִנֵּ֨ה 1 And behold, The word **be RUT 4 1 kz1g הַגֹּאֵ֤ל 1 the kinsman-redeemer This was the closest living male relative to Elimelek. See how you translated **kinsman-redeemer** in [2:20](../02/20/zu5f). RUT 4 1 ab38 figs-idiom פְּלֹנִ֣י אַלְמֹנִ֑י 1 a certain someone Boaz did not actually say these words; instead, he called the kinsman-redeemer by his name. This is an idiom that means that this is a specific person but the name is not given. The narrator has substituted this general term for the person’s name either because the specific name is not important for the story or the man’s name had been forgotten. If your language has an idiom to refer to a specific person without using his name, use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). RUT 4 1 ab39 figs-quotations פְּלֹנִ֣י אַלְמֹנִ֑י 1 a certain someone In many languages, this is an awkward and unnatural way for someone to address another person. A way to make this more natural could be to turn this into an indirect quotation as in the UST. A combination of indirect and direct quotation is also possible: “Boaz called him by name, and said, ‘Turn aside and sit down here.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]). -RUT 4 2 ab40 וַיִּקַּ֞ח עֲשָׂרָ֧ה אֲנָשִׁ֛ים 1 Then he took ten men ***Then he chose ten men*** +RUT 4 2 ab40 וַיִּקַּ֞ח עֲשָׂרָ֧ה אֲנָשִׁ֛ים 1 Then he took ten men ***Then he chose ten men*** RUT 4 2 bf74 מִזִּקְנֵ֥י הָעִ֖יר 1 from the elders of the city ***from the leaders of the city*** -RUT 4 3 es9g חֶלְקַת֙ הַשָּׂדֶ֔ה…מָכְרָ֣ה נָעֳמִ֔י 1 Naomi…is selling the portion of the field It was the responsibility of the nearest kinsman to Elimelek to buy back the land that had belonged to Elimelek and to care for Elimelek’s family. +RUT 4 3 es9g חֶלְקַת֙ הַשָּׂדֶ֔ה…מָכְרָ֣ה נָעֳמִ֔י 1 Naomi…is selling the portion of the field It was the responsibility of the nearest kinsman to Elimelek to buy back the land that had belonged to Elimelek and to care for Elimelek’s family. RUT 4 4 ab41 figs-idiom אֶגְלֶ֧ה אָזְנְךָ֣ 1 I should uncover your ear This is an idiom that means “I should tell you” or “I should let you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]). RUT 4 4 c6xi נֶ֥גֶד 1 in the presence of ***in the presence of***. Having these men as witnesses would make the transaction legal and binding. RUT 4 4 lgq1 גְּאָ֔ל 1 redeem it ***redeem*** means to buy the land to keep it within the family. @@ -242,19 +242,19 @@ RUT 4 11 ua2a הָעָ֧ם אֲשֶׁר־בַּשַּׁ֛עַר 1 the peo RUT 4 11 hg6q figs-metonymy הַבָּאָ֣ה אֶל־בֵּיתֶ֗ךָ 1 who is coming into your house This has both a literal and a figurative meaning. As Ruth marries Boaz, she will move into his house. “House” can be a metonym the represents “family,” so this also refers to becoming part of Boaz’s family by being his wife. Alternate translation: “who is becoming part of your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) RUT 4 11 q47m כְּרָחֵ֤ל׀ וּכְלֵאָה֙ 1 like Rachel and Leah These were the two wives of Jacob, whose name was changed to Israel. RUT 4 11 cz4t בָּנ֤וּ…אֶת־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 built up the house of Israel ***bore many children who became the nation of Israel*** -RUT 4 11 abcb figs-parallelism וַעֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּאֶפְרָ֔תָה וּקְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem! These two phrases are similar in meaning. The second phrase repeats somewhat and adds to the meaning of the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and become well-known for them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]). -RUT 4 11 ab65 figs-imperative וַעֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּאֶפְרָ֔תָה וּקְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem! These phrases are a form of blessing. Use the style of blessing that is appropriate in your language. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and may you become well-known for them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]). +RUT 4 11 abcb figs-parallelism וַעֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּאֶפְרָ֔תָה וּקְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem! These two phrases are similar in meaning. The second phrase repeats somewhat and adds to the meaning of the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and become well-known for them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]). +RUT 4 11 ab65 figs-imperative וַעֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּאֶפְרָ֔תָה וּקְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem! These phrases are a form of blessing. Use the style of blessing that is appropriate in your language. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and may you become well-known for them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]). RUT 4 11 uk9q וַעֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּאֶפְרָ֔תָה 1 Achieve honor in Ephrathah The area around the town of Bethlehem was known as Ephrathah, and that became another name for the town. Presumably this name came from the Israelite clan that settled in and around the city of Bethlehem. RUT 4 12 fn52 figs-metonymy וִיהִ֤י בֵֽיתְךָ֙ כְּבֵ֣ית פֶּ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽיהוּדָ֑ה 1 May your house be like the house of Perez, whom Tamar bore to Judah ***house*** stands for “family” or “clan.” Perez had many descendants who became large clans in Israel, including the clan of Ephrathah. Also, many of his descendents became important people. The people were asking God to bless Boaz in a similar way through Ruth’s children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) RUT 4 12 a433 יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽיהוּדָ֑ה 1 Tamar bore to Judah Tamar, like Ruth, was also a widow. Judah fathered a son with Tamar, who continued the family name of her dead husband. RUT 4 12 xym8 מִן־הַזֶּ֗רַע אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֤ן יְהוָה֙ לְךָ֔ 1 from the offspring that Yahweh gives you The people are asking for a blessing from Yahweh, that he would give Boaz many children through Ruth who would do good things, just as he did for Perez. Use the form of blessing that is appropriate in your language. -RUT 4 13 abcc figs-parallelism וַיִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ וַתְּהִי־ל֣וֹ לְאִשָּׁ֔ה 1 So Boaz took Ruth, and she became his wife These two phrases mean very much the same thing, as the second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew poetic style. The two phrases can be combined as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +RUT 4 13 abcc figs-parallelism וַיִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ וַתְּהִי־ל֣וֹ לְאִשָּׁ֔ה 1 So Boaz took Ruth, and she became his wife These two phrases mean very much the same thing, as the second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew poetic style. The two phrases can be combined as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) RUT 4 13 u21g grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ 1 So Boaz took Ruth This phrase indicates that Boaz did what he said he would do in verse 10. It does not imply any form of violence. Along with the following phrase, it simply means, ***So Boaz married Ruth*** or ***So Boaz took Ruth as a wife***. Use a connecting word (like “so”) that indicates that this action by Boaz is a result of the agreement in verse 10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) RUT 4 13 gw77 figs-euphemism וַיָּבֹ֖א אֵלֶ֑יהָ 1 he went in to her This is a euphemism that refers to having sexual intercourse. Alternate translation: “He had sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) RUT 4 14 ab46 figs-explicit הַנָּשִׁים֙ 1 the women These are the women of the town as mentioned in 1:19. This can be made clear if necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -RUT 4 14 ab47 בָּר֣וּךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Blessed be Yahweh The women are praising God for what he has done for Naomi and Ruth. If it does not make sense in your language to “bless” God, use a word like “praise” or “ we give thanks.” See the UST. +RUT 4 14 ab47 בָּר֣וּךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Blessed be Yahweh The women are praising God for what he has done for Naomi and Ruth. If it does not make sense in your language to “bless” God, use a word like “praise” or “ we give thanks.” See the UST. RUT 4 14 qj8v figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א הִשְׁבִּ֥ית לָ֛ךְ גֹּאֵ֖ל הַיּ֑וֹם 1 who has not left you today without a kinsman-redeemer This phrase can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “who has provided you today with a kinsman to redeem you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -RUT 4 14 p8p3 וְיִקָּרֵ֥א שְׁמ֖וֹ 1 May his name be renowned This is a blessing, stating that the women desire that Naomi’s grandson will have a good reputation and character. Use the form of blessing that is appropriate in your language. +RUT 4 14 p8p3 וְיִקָּרֵ֥א שְׁמ֖וֹ 1 May his name be renowned This is a blessing, stating that the women desire that Naomi’s grandson will have a good reputation and character. Use the form of blessing that is appropriate in your language. RUT 4 15 hz3e לְמֵשִׁ֣יב נֶ֔פֶשׁ 1 a restorer of life This phrase refers to how Naomi will again experience joy and hope in her life as a result of having this grandson. Alternate translation: “one who brings joy to you again” or “one who will make you feel young/strong again” RUT 4 15 z5lw וּלְכַלְכֵּ֖ל אֶת־שֵׂיבָתֵ֑ךְ 1 and a nourisher of your old age ***and he will take care of you when you become old*** RUT 4 15 ab48 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 For ***We know this because*** Use a connecting word or phrase that indicates that what follows (the fact that Ruth has borne him) is the reason for the women’s confident prediction of his character. If it makes more sense to put the reason first, then follow the order in the UST. diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv index 3316dab3ac..7f87ac5eae 100644 --- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 24 21 lj2i 0 you will not cut off my descendants after me “you will not kill my sons and their families.” It was common for a new king who was not from the previous family line to kill off all the children of the former king to prevent any of them from challenging him for the throne. 1SA 24 21 hr5u figs-metonymy 0 you will not destroy my name out of my father’s house It is important for each family in Israel to have descendants from generation to generation carrying on the family name and land inheritance. Alternate translation: “you will not destroy my family and descendants” or “you will allow my family to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 24 22 yhv6 0 David and his men “David and his army” -1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Revenge<br>When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br> +1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Revenge<br>When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br> 1SA 25 1 nvn1 figs-hyperbole 0 All Israel gathered together and mourned for him This is likely a generalization. A large number of the people of Israel were probably there, but some were probably unable to attend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1SA 25 1 xdb3 0 gathered together “met together” 1SA 25 1 n1il 0 buried him in his house at Ramah Possible meanings are that they buried Samuel (1) in his home town of Ramah or (2) on his family’s land in Ramah but not physically in the house or (3) in his house in Ramah. diff --git a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv index 851ced4fa8..5136555ed4 100644 --- a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv +++ b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ EZR 5 14 w7ix לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar See how you tra EZR 5 14 caq3 וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 1 gave them King Cyrus returned the temple objects. EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I want the Judeans to rebuild the house of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 5 16 x9zt 0 General Information: The letter from Tattenai to the king that began in [Ezra 5:7](../05/07.md) continues. Tattenai continues to tell the king what the Judeans had told him beginning in ([Ezra 5:11](./11.md)). -EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people are now constructing it, but they have not done all the work yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people are now constructing it, but they have not done all the work yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 5 16 myr8 מִתְבְּנֵ֖א 1 under construction built EZR 5 17 f4m4 0 General Information: The letter from Tattenai to the king that began in [Ezra 5:7](../05/07.md) continues. Tattenai has finished telling the king what the Judeans told him and now asks the king to see if what the Judeans told him was true. EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would like you to have someone investigate this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ EZR 6 21 p72z figs-metaphor הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ EZR 6 21 alu2 figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here “uncleanness” represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “the things that the people of the land did that made them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 to seek Yahweh Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “chose to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metonymy וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Turning the king’s heart represents making him think differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “changed the attitude of Assyria’s king” or “made Assyria’s king willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 6 22 x9ls figs-metaphor לְחַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵיהֶ֔ם בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God Strengthening their hands in the work represents helping them to work. The Assyrian king did this by telling them to do the work and providing the money for it. Alternate translation: “to help them do the work of his house” or “to make it possible for them to do the work of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 6 22 x9ls figs-metaphor לְחַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵיהֶ֔ם בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God Strengthening their hands in the work represents helping them to work. The Assyrian king did this by telling them to do the work and providing the money for it. Alternate translation: “to help them do the work of his house” or “to make it possible for them to do the work of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 6 22 m7l7 בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 the work of the house of God This refers to building the temple. EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) EZR 7 1 h549 0 General Information: Ezra’s genealogy goes back to Aaron, the first high priest. diff --git a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv index d2da4f15f8..aec662dd79 100644 --- a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ PSA 14 6 ysx7 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh is his refuge This speaks of the protectio PSA 14 7 uji3 figs-exclamations 0 Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion! This is an exclamation. The writer is saying what he wishes or longs for God to do. Alternate translation: “I wish so much that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) PSA 14 7 xxx6 figs-metonymy 0 Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion! Here “the salvation of Israel” is a metonym for Yahweh, the one who saves Israel. Alternate translation: “Oh, that Yahweh would come from Zion and save Israel!” or “I wish that Yahweh would come from Zion and rescue his people Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 14 7 h25q figs-parallelism 0 then Jacob will rejoice and Israel will be glad These two phrases mean the same thing. Here both “Jacob” and “Israel” represent the people of Israel. The two phrases can be combined in the translation. Alternate translation: “then all the people of Israel will rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 15 intro j6s2 0 # Psalm 015 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Godliness<br>This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Moral Conditions for Worship<br><br>Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br> +PSA 15 intro j6s2 0 # Psalm 015 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Godliness<br>This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Moral Conditions for Worship<br><br>Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> PSA 15 1 u6j8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 15 1 sql5 figs-metonymy 0 Who may live on your holy hill? God’s “holy hill” represents God’s temple, which was on Mount Zion. Alternate translation: “Who may live in your holy place?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 15 2 jg77 0 speaks truth from his heart “speaks honestly” @@ -4787,7 +4787,7 @@ PSA 131 1 xfb4 figs-metaphor 0 things that are beyond me Things that are too ha PSA 131 2 r92s figs-synecdoche 0 I have stilled and quieted my soul The soul represents the person or his emotions. Being calm and peaceful is spoken of has having making one’s soul still and quiet. Alternate translation: “I am calm and peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 131 2 sep5 figs-metonymy 0 my soul within me The soul represents the person or his emotions. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 131 2 sim5 figs-metaphor 0 a weaned child with his mother The psalmist speaks of himself being content and resting as if he were a young child that no longer demands breast milk from his mother. Alternate translation: “content like a young child that no longer cries for breast milk but rests in his mother’s arms” or “content and resting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 132 intro fp7w 0 # Psalm 132 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 132 is a royal psalm praising David. It might have been sung when David brought the ark to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark<br>The Ark had been moved from one place to another several times. David wanted to make a permanent home for it. God had promised David that his son would be king after him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> +PSA 132 intro fp7w 0 # Psalm 132 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 132 is a royal psalm praising David. It might have been sung when David brought the ark to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark<br>The Ark had been moved from one place to another several times. David wanted to make a permanent home for it. God had promised David that his son would be king after him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) PSA 132 1 sq3d writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 132 1 lvf4 0 for David’s sake “because of what happened to David” PSA 132 1 rsq8 0 call to mind “remember” or “think about” diff --git a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv index 03c8800458..c84ab214f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HOS 3 5 klf5 0 seek Yahweh their God Here “seek” means they are asking God HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days “in the future” HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> +HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites. HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md). diff --git a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv index 9e94236858..4f7777afc5 100644 --- a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv +++ b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ JON 1 2 x5ua ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָעִ֥י JON 1 2 v2xt figs-idiom ק֠וּם 1 Get up This is an idiom that means that Jonah should take action and go. It does not mean that he was sitting or lying down at the time that God spoke to him. Many languages would use only one verb, such as “go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 1 2 jqz9 figs-metonymy וּקְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑יהָ 1 call out against it The word **it** here, meaning the city of Nineveh, is a metonym referring to the people living in and around the city. Alternate translation: “warn the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JON 1 2 rki2 עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖ם לְפָנָֽי 1 their wickedness has risen up before my face ***I know they have been continually sinning*** or ***I know that their sin has been getting worse and worse*** -JON 1 2 jd9r figs-metonymy לְפָנָֽ 1 before my face This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Yahweh is saying that he can has noticed how wicked the people of Nineveh have become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JON 1 2 jd9r figs-metonymy לְפָנָֽ 1 before my face This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Yahweh is saying that he can has noticed how wicked the people of Nineveh have become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JON 1 3 f5sr figs-idiom וַיָּ֤קָם יוֹנָה֙ לִבְרֹ֣חַ 1 But Jonah got up to run away Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command, but his action was to disobey instead of to obey. See how you translated this idiom in 1:2. Alternate translation: “But Jonah ran away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 1 3 n96t figs-metaphor מִלִּפְנֵ֖י יְהוָ֑ה -1 from before the face of Yahweh This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JON 1 3 g66v figs-explicit לִבְרֹ֣חַ תַּרְשִׁ֔ישָׁה 1 to run away to Tarshish ***to flee to Tarshish***. This city named Tarshish was in the opposite direction to Nineveh. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and went in the opposite direction, toward Tarshish, away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ JON 2 2 jdrC writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִצָּ֥רָה לִ֛י JON 2 2 s7fi קָ֠רָאתִי מִצָּ֥רָה לִ֛י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 I cried out to Yahweh from my distress ***I prayed to Yahweh during my great trouble*** or ***Yahweh, I cried out to you during my distress*** JON 2 2 wdr4 וַֽיַּעֲנֵ֑נִי 1 he answered me ***Yahweh responded to me*** or ***he helped me*** or ***you answered me*** JON 2 2 w8wn figs-metaphor מִבֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל 1 from the belly of Sheol ***from the center of Sheol*** or ***from the deep part of Sheol***. Possible meanings include: (1) Jonah was speaking of being in the belly of the fish as being in Sheol; or (2) Jonah believed that he was about to die and go to Sheol; or (3) He was speaking as if he already had died and gone to Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JON 2 2 ab77 translate-names שְׁא֛וֹל 1 Sheol ***Sheol*** was the name of the place where people went after they died. It was thought to be a shadowy world located somewhere under the ground. The New Testament equivalent seems to be “Hades,” where the dead wait for judgment (see Rev. 20:13). If your language has a word for this place, you may want to use it here, or borrow the word “Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JON 2 2 ab77 translate-names שְׁא֛וֹל 1 Sheol ***Sheol*** was the name of the place where people went after they died. It was thought to be a shadowy world located somewhere under the ground. The New Testament equivalent seems to be “Hades,” where the dead wait for judgment (see Rev. 20:13). If your language has a word for this place, you may want to use it here, or borrow the word “Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JON 2 2 jdrD figs-idiom שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ קוֹלִֽי 1 you heard my voice This phrase probably has both a literal and a figurative meaning. The phrase probably means literally that Yahweh heard Jonah’s voice while he was praying inside the belly of the fish. However, the phrase “to hear someone’s voice” in the Old Testament often means “to listen and obey (comply).” In this context, Jonah is expressing that Yahweh both heard him and acted to save him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 2 3 glp2 בִּלְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים 1 into the heart of the seas Here the term **heart** is a metaphor for “being inside” something. The phrase “in the heart of” means to be “in the middle of” or “completely surrounded by” sea water. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JON 2 3 p8fd וְנָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑נִי 1 a current surrounded me ***the sea water closed in around me*** @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ JON 2 5 ca31 עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ 1 even as far as life Here the Hebrew term JON 2 5 nr3v תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑נִי 1 the deep was surrounding me ***deep water was all around me*** JON 2 5 p1fw ס֖וּף 1 seaweed ***seaweed*** is grass that grows in the sea JON 2 6 z36i figs-metaphor הָאָ֛רֶץ בְּרִחֶ֥יהָ בַעֲדִ֖י לְעוֹלָ֑ם 1 the earth with its bars was around me forever Here Jonah uses a metaphor to compare the earth to a prison. Alternate translation: “the earth was like a prison that was about to lock me in forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JON 2 6 dc3r figs-metaphor וַתַּ֧עַל מִשַּׁ֛חַת חַיַּ֖י 1 but you brought up my life from the pit Here the term **pit** has two possible meanings: (1) this could be a way to describe being in a very deep place underground or underwater or (2) this could be a metaphor meaning the place of the dead (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]). In either case, the term probably refers to the fact that Jonah felt certain that he would die. Alternate translation: “But you saved me from dying in a deep place” or “But you saved my life from the place of the dead” +JON 2 6 dc3r figs-metaphor וַתַּ֧עַל מִשַּׁ֛חַת חַיַּ֖י 1 but you brought up my life from the pit Here the term **pit** has two possible meanings: (1) this could be a way to describe being in a very deep place underground or underwater or (2) this could be a metaphor meaning the place of the dead (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]). In either case, the term probably refers to the fact that Jonah felt certain that he would die. Alternate translation: “But you saved me from dying in a deep place” or “But you saved my life from the place of the dead” JON 2 6 i3mx יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי 1 Yahweh, my God! In some languages, it may be more natural to put this at the beginning of the sentence or next to the word **you**. JON 2 7 jdr6 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בְּהִתְעַטֵּ֤ף עָלַי֙ נַפְשִׁ֔י 1 When my spirit fainted upon me, This phrase could mean either: (1) Jonah was already in the process of dying when he remembered Yahweh; or (2) Jonah had given up hope of being rescued and resigned himself to the fact that he would die. Alternate translation: “When my life was fainting away from me” or “When my spirit inside me had fainted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) JON 2 7 l2b6 אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי 1 I remembered Yahweh Since Jonah was praying to Yahweh, it might be more clear in some languages to say “I thought about you, Yahweh” or “Yahweh, I thought about you.” @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ JON 3 3 k7k9 figs-idiom וַיָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַיֵּ֛לֶ JON 3 3 g4nk figs-metonymy כִּדְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 the word of Yahweh ***the message of Yahweh*** or ***the command of Yahweh*** JON 3 3 dt1b writing-background וְנִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽאלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 Now Nineveh was a great city to Gpd, a journey of three days This sentence gives background information about the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JON 3 3 jd8r figs-idiom עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽאלֹהִ֔ים 1 a great city to God This is an idiom meaning that the city is both extremely large and one of the largest cities in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JON 3 3 ye82 figs-idiom מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 a journey of three days This appears to mean that a person had to walk for three days to completely go through it from one side of the city to the opposite side. It could also mean that it took three days to see the whole city. Alternate translation: “a city so large that it would take a person three days to walk through it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JON 3 3 ye82 figs-idiom מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 a journey of three days This appears to mean that a person had to walk for three days to completely go through it from one side of the city to the opposite side. It could also mean that it took three days to see the whole city. Alternate translation: “a city so large that it would take a person three days to walk through it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 3 4 r2al וַיָּ֤חֶל יוֹנָה֙ לָב֣וֹא בָעִ֔יר מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד וַיִּקְרָא֙ 1 So Jonah began to go into the city a journey of one day, and he called out This phrase has two possible meanings: (1) Jonah walked a day’s journey into the city, then he started calling out; or (2) while Jonah was walking through the city on the first day, he started calling out. JON 3 4 r94k וַיִּקְרָא֙ וַיֹּאמַ֔ר 1 and he called out and said ***and he proclaimed*** or ***and he shouted*** JON 3 4 ab78 ע֚וֹד אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם 1 Until 40 days ***After 40 days*** or ***In 40 days*** ***There remain 40 days, and*** diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index cbe102b4d1..0c62e7b357 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -MAT front intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Matthew<br><br>1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)<br>1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)<br>1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50)<br>1. Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)<br>1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)<br>1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)<br>1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)<br><br>### What is the book of Matthew about?<br><br>The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Matthew?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”<br><br>Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:<br><br>* “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44)<br>* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)<br>* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)<br>* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)<br>* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)<br>* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)<br><br>Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> +MAT front intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Matthew<br><br>1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)<br>1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)<br>1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50)<br>1. Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)<br>1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)<br>1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)<br>1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)<br><br>### What is the book of Matthew about?<br><br>The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Matthew?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”<br><br>Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:<br><br>* “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44)<br>* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)<br>* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)<br>* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)<br>* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)<br>* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)<br><br>Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Use of the passive voice<br><br>Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 1 1 ava1 0 General Information: The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through [Matthew 1:17](../01/17.md). MAT 1 1 y31w βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ You could translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the ancestors of Jesus Christ” @@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@ MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will rise up “Rise” he MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 lawlessness will increase The abstract noun “lawlessness” can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, he will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, he will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 the…who endures “the person who stays faithful” MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the word “end” refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary. MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end “the end of the world” or “the end of the age” @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 He will cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει 1 assign his place with the hypocrites “put him with the hypocrites” or “send him to the place where hypocrites are sent” MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 there will be weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br> +MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil. @@ -2749,7 +2749,7 @@ MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσ MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried out “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted” MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Possible meanings are (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched. -MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 a sponge This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out. +MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 a sponge This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out. MAT 27 48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink “gave it to Jesus” MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 gave up his spirit Here “spirit” refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MAT 27 51 w1wq 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died. diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9701c1e65c..b75ec024f7 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br>- Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br>- Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br>- Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. But many scholars think that Mark wrote in his gospel what Peter told him about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br><br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br><br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> +MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br>- Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br>- Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br>- Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. But many scholars think that Mark wrote in his gospel what Peter told him about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br><br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br><br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.” MRK 1 1 s8qp 0 General Information: The book of Mark begins with the prophet Isaiah’s foretelling of the coming of John the Baptist, who baptizes Jesus. The author is Mark, also called John Mark, who is the son of one of the several women named Mary mentioned in the four Gospels. He is also the nephew of Barnabas. MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκρα MRK 3 11 mcr9 προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 they fell down before him The unclean spirits did not fall down before Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him. MRK 3 11 xjy4 σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are the Son of God Jesus has power over unclean spirits because he is the “Son of God.” MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MRK 3 12 ay6j πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς 1 he sternly rebuked them “Jesus strictly ordered the unclean spirits” +MRK 3 12 ay6j πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς 1 he sternly rebuked them “Jesus strictly ordered the unclean spirits” MRK 3 12 npi9 μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they would not make him known “not to reveal who he was” MRK 3 13 ue15 0 General Information: Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his apostles. MRK 3 14 xc5r ἵνα ὦσιν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν 1 so that they might be with him and so that he might send them to preach “so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message” @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ MRK 7 14 wp7p figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable to th MRK 7 14 ts15 προσκαλεσάμενος 1 he called “Jesus called” MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words “Listen” and “understand” are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 7 14 yni7 figs-ellipsis σύνετε 1 understand It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to understand. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-explicit τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out of the man This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 17 m42w 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them. MRK 7 17 l7d7 καὶ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Jesus is now away from the crowd, in a house with his disciples. @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαί MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 came up with him to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it. MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb. MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ὀψίας γενομένης 1 evening had come Here evening is spoken of as if it were something that is able to “come” from one place to another. Alternate translation: “it had become evening” or “it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων 1 Joseph of Arimathea, a respected…came The phrase “came there” refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων 1 Joseph of Arimathea, a respected…came The phrase “came there” refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” Joseph is the name of a man, and Arimathea is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council…for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zm1u εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 went in to Pilate “went to Pilate” or “went in to where Pilate was” @@ -1425,4 +1425,4 @@ MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this ch MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 When the Sabbath day was over That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He is risen! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He is risen! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv index 0ad7b5a145..c323cf22af 100644 --- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ LUK 1 6 uu87 ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God “in God’s sig LUK 1 6 csc9 πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all the commandments and statutes of the Lord “all that the Lord had commanded and required” LUK 1 7 c7cj καὶ 1 But This contrast word shows that what follows here is the opposite of what is expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. LUK 1 8 jr7f ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it came about This phrase is used to mark a shift in the story from the background information to the participants. -LUK 1 8 vyl8 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 while he was performing his priestly duties before God It is implied that Zechariah was in God’s temple and that these priestly duties were part of worshiping God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LUK 1 8 vyl8 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 while he was performing his priestly duties before God It is implied that Zechariah was in God’s temple and that these priestly duties were part of worshiping God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 1 8 abc1 ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν 1 while he was performing his priestly duties This refers to Zechariah. LUK 1 8 wed9 ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in the order of his division “when it was his group’s turn” or “when the time came for his group to serve” LUK 1 9 vq5g writing-background κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι 1 According to the custom of the priesthood…to burn incense This sentence gives us information about priestly duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ LUK 14 12 iy46 ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 may invite you in return “i LUK 14 12 vn1y figs-activepassive γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 repayment will be made to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in this way they will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 14 13 nc41 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisee who had invited him to his home. LUK 14 13 uc5f κάλει πτωχούς 1 invite the poor It may be helpful to add “also” since this statement is probably not exclusive. Alternate translation: “also invite the poor” -LUK 14 13 abcf figs-nominaladj πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς 1 the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind These nominal adjectives can be translated as noun phrases. Alternate translation: “poor people, crippled people, lame people, and blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +LUK 14 13 abcf figs-nominaladj πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς 1 the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind These nominal adjectives can be translated as noun phrases. Alternate translation: “poor people, crippled people, lame people, and blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 14 14 vpt9 figs-activepassive μακάριος ἔσῃ 1 you will be blessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 14 14 r6cp οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι 1 they cannot repay you “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” LUK 14 14 z4tv figs-activepassive ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι 1 you will be repaid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ LUK 15 7 k1l2 οὕτως 1 even so “in the same way” or “as the shepherd LUK 15 7 k8k6 χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται 1 there will be joy in heaven “everyone in heaven will rejoice” LUK 15 7 yn3h figs-hyperbole ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα δικαίοις, οἵτινες οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν μετανοίας 1 ninety-nine righteous people who have no need of repentance Jesus uses sarcasm to say that the Pharisees were wrong to think that they did not need to repent. Your language may have a different way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “ninety-nine persons like you, who think they are righteous and do not need to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) LUK 15 7 rd5r translate-numbers ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 ninety-nine “99” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -LUK 15 7 abcg figs-nominaladj δικαίοις 1 righteous This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +LUK 15 7 abcg figs-nominaladj δικαίοις 1 righteous This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 15 8 pi6f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins telling another parable. It is about a woman with 10 sliver coins. LUK 15 8 ly5c figs-rquestion ἢ τίς γυνὴ…οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον…καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? 1 Or what woman…would not light a lamp…and seek diligently until she has found it? Jesus uses a question to remind the people that if they lost a silver coin, they would certainly look for it diligently. Alternate translation: “Any woman…would certainly light a lamp…and seek diligently until she has found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 15 8 qr36 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ 1 if she would lose This is a hypothetical situation and not a story about a real woman. Some languages have ways of showing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) @@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ LUK 18 39 z7r6 σιγήσῃ 1 would be quiet “to be silent” or “not to s LUK 18 39 zug7 πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 he kept crying out much more This could mean that he cried out louder or that he cried out more persistently. LUK 18 40 g96a figs-activepassive αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 him to be brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 18 40 abcp αὐτοῦ, ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 he asked him “Jesus asked the blind man” -LUK 18 41 al8g ἵνα ἀναβλέψω 1 I want to see again “to be able to see” +LUK 18 41 al8g ἵνα ἀναβλέψω 1 I want to see again “to be able to see” LUK 18 42 n67h figs-imperative ἀνάβλεψον 1 Receive your sight This is a command, but Jesus is not commanding the man to do anything. Jesus is healing the man by commanding him to be healed. Alternate translation: “You will now receive your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) LUK 18 42 gcv1 figs-metonymy ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you These words are a metonym. It was because of the man’s faith that Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “I have healed you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LUK 18 43 d1kk δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God “giving glory to God” or “praising God” @@ -3179,5 +3179,5 @@ LUK 24 52 a8vw writing-endofstory 0 General Information: These verses tell us a LUK 24 52 kzy4 αὐτοὶ προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 they worshiped him “the disciples worshiped Jesus” LUK 24 52 e4d4 ὑπέστρεψαν 1 and returned “and then returned” LUK 24 53 wa3d figs-hyperbole διὰ…ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 continually in the temple This is an exaggeration to express that they went into the temple courtyard every day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -LUK 24 53 edm3 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed into the temple building. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LUK 24 53 edm3 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed into the temple building. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 24 53 pex4 εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν 1 blessing God “praising God” diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv index 6da0979e2c..24ae1e96ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv @@ -1,1509 +1,1509 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1-18)<br>1. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19-51)<br>1. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2-11)<br>1. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12-19)<br>- Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1-11)<br>- Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12-19)<br>- Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20-36)<br>- The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37-50)<br>- Jesus teaches his disciples (13-17)<br>- Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1-19:15)<br>- Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16-42)<br>1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1-29)<br>1. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30-31)<br>1. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31).<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author.<br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)<br>* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets ([]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* The story of the adulterous woman (7:53–8:11)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> -JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:23, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([John 1:1, 14](./01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>When people believes in Jesus, they go from being “children of wrath” to “children of God.” They are adopted into the “family of God.”They are adopted into the “family of God.” This is an important image that will be unfolded in the New Testament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 1:51](../../jhn/01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> -JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 In the beginning This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. -JHN 1 1 z59q ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” -JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “with him there was every thing made that has been made” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men “In him was life” is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, “light” here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here “him” refers to the one who is called the Word. -JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for “life.” If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.” -JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here “light” is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here “darkness” is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here “light” is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him “Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him” -JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him “He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either” -JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν…παρέλαβον 1 receive him “accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him. -JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name The word “name” is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them” -JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word “children” is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 The Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). -JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here “flesh” represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase “the one an only” means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase “who came from the Father” means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father” -JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace “full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve” -JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase “comes after me” means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. -JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am “is more important than I am” or “has more authority than I have” -JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive. -JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God’s grace that has no end. -JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace “blessing after blessing” -JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent…to him from Jerusalem The word “Jews” here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase “he did not deny” says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. -JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 What are you then? “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?” -JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites. -JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 they said to him “the priests and Levites said to John” -JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give…us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said “John said” -JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word “voice” here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word “way” is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word “world” is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md). -JHN 1 32 mcc7 καταβαῖνον 1 descending coming down from above -JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JHN 1 32 uji2 οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven The word “heaven” refers to the “sky.” -JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God Some copies of this text say “Son of God”; others say “chosen one of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 1 35 i3lg τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 Again, the next day This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus. -JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα…δεκάτη 1 tenth hour “hour 10.” This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m. -JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in [John 1:39](../01/39.md). -JHN 1 42 k2dx υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John This is not John the Baptist. “John” was a very common name. -JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 1 46 s2kg εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him “Nathaniel said to Philip” -JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις 1 Because I said to you…do you believe? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 1 51 ga44 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. -JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).<br> -JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 2 1 vw9e τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43. -JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out. -JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “this has nothing to do with me.” or “you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “75 to 115 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim This means “to the very top” or “completely full.” -JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink. -JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 2 10 mh3s μεθυσθῶσιν 1 drunk unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol -JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here “his glory” refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power” -JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation. -JHN 2 12 x3f7 οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers The word “brothers” includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was. -JHN 2 13 bh23 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple. -JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill. -JHN 2 14 i8lv καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. -JHN 2 14 sa75 τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God. -JHN 2 14 qu9k κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the “money changers.” -JHN 2 15 x6et καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple. -JHN 2 16 r16m μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace “Stop buying and selling things in my Father’s house” -JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 the house of my Father This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple. -JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 2 17 ua3v τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house This term refers to the temple, God’s house. -JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume The word “consume” points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 2 18 qtx1 σημεῖον 1 sign This refers to an event that proves something is true. -JHN 2 18 r5rw ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus’ actions against the money changers in the temple. -JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple,…I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words “destroy” and “raise” using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up “cause it to stand” -JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 forty-six years…three days “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here “believe” means to accept something or trust that it is true. -JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md). -JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word “now” introduces us to a new event in the story. -JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει 1 the signs that he did Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. -JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word “man” represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> -JHN 3 1 yl6f 0 General Information: Nicodemus comes to see Jesus. -JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -JHN 3 2 skq8 οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council. -JHN 3 3 b9u1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking. -JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again “born from above” or “born of God” -JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. “Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 3 4 z64b δεύτερον 1 a second time “again” or “twice” -JHN 3 4 ppr8 τὴν κοιλίαν 1 womb the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows -JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md). -JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit There are two possible meanings: (1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” or (2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus. -JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again “You must be born from above” -JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher…yet you do not understand The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) -JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) -JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus. -JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you…you do not believe…how will you believe if I tell you In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 3 12 lbv3 εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 heavenly things spiritual things -JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years. -JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here “world” is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. -JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn “to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God. -JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus. -JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word “light” is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md). -JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This word means “springs,” as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 3 23 jh2w ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 because there was much water there “because there were many springs in that place” -JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words -JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, “look” is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless “Nobody has any power unless” -JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here “heaven” is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This “You” is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking. -JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the “bride” and “bridegroom” are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So then I rejoice greatly” or “So I rejoice much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word “my” refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. -JHN 3 30 kn9s ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase “He” refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance. -JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all “He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else” -JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: “He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 3 31 qrg7 ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from heaven is above all This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis. -JHN 3 32 c5yt ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven” -JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 3 33 k36d ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony “Anyone who believes what Jesus says” -JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed “proves” or “agrees” -JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking. -JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him” -JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit” -JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given…into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes” -JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) -JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.<br> -JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: A long sentence begins here. -JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this.” -JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative. -JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun “himself” adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words “Now when Jesus” in verse 1. “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee” -JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite request, not a command. -JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone. -JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word “him” refers to Jesus. -JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking…for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ…συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with “do not associate with” -JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ 1 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob…cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob…cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob “our ancestor Jacob” -JHN 4 12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it “drank water that came from it” -JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again “will need to drink water again” -JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word “fountain” is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here “life” refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give. -JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as “Sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness. -JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water “get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope -JHN 4 18 zpl1 τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth. -JHN 4 19 kfs1 κύριε 1 Sir In this context the Samaritan woman is addressesing Jesus as “sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness. -JHN 4 19 za2w θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 I see that you are a prophet “I can understand that you are a prophet” -JHN 4 20 hp3m οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” -JHN 4 21 klz9 πίστευέ μοι 1 Believe me To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true. -JHN 4 21 nu5m προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί 1 you will worship the Father Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews. -JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans. -JHN 4 22 i2df ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for all people will know about God’s salvation because of the Jews” -JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 salvation is from the Jews Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews. -JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman. -JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to” -JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the “spirit” here is (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth” -JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in…truth thinking correctly of what is true about God -JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah…Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.” -JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words “explain everything” imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town” -JHN 4 27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan. -JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?” Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’” -JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves. -JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman was going into town” -JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him “the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus” -JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal “food,” but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md). -JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal “food.” They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here “food” is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say “Is this not one of your popular sayings” -JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words “fields” and “ripe for harvest” are metaphors. The “fields” represent people. The words “ripe for harvest” mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here “fruit for everlasting life” is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. -JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων 1 One sows, and another harvests The words “sows” and “harvests” are metaphors. The one who “sows” shares the message of Jesus. The one who “harvests” helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor “you are now joining in their work” -JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To “believe in” someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God. -JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here “word” is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea -JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun “himself” is added to emphasize that Jesus had “declared” or said this.. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community” -JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover. -JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. -JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king -JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe “Unless…not believe” here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here “word” is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road. -JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun “himself” is used here to emphasize the word “he.” If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. -JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. -JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.”<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> -JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 5 1 ea65 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus healed the official’s son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md). -JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 there was a Jewish festival “the Jews were celebrating a festival” -JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here. -JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. -JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 5 2 luz3 στοὰς 1 roofed porches roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings -JHN 5 3 ytj4 πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 A large number of the people who were sick “Many people” -JHN 5 5 r1gt writing-participants 0 General Information: Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν…ἐκεῖ 1 was there “was at the Bethesda pool” ([John 5:1](../05/01.md)) -JHN 5 5 z6e1 translate-numbers τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 thirty-eight years “38 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JHN 5 6 c7ef γνοὺς 1 he realized “he understood” or “he found out” -JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “Jesus said to the paralyzed man” -JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε…οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word “sir” is a polite form of address. -JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in [John 5:2](../05/02.md). -JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me “someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me” -JHN 5 8 eqe4 ἔγειρε 1 Get up “Stand up!” -JHN 5 8 ft81 ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει 1 take up your bed, and walk “Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!” -JHN 5 9 z33x ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man was healed “the man became healthy again” -JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 5 10 ja3x ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 So the Jews said to him who was healed The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath. -JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath “It is God’s Day of Rest” -JHN 5 11 en3v ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy “The man who made me well” -JHN 5 12 r7nx ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” -JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him “Jesus found the man he had healed” -JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See The word “See” is used here to draw attention to the words that follow. -JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 5 17 ijd8 ἐργάζεται 1 is working This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people. -JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God “saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God” -JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders. -JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son…Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked” -JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. -JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This refers to “spiritual life.” -JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word “for” marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 honor the Son just as…the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here “word” is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life. -JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge. -JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this “This” refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment. -JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice “hear my voice” -JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word “him” refers to God the Father. -JHN 5 32 yt31 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me “There is someone else who tells people about me” -JHN 5 32 nr3l ἄλλος 1 another This refers to God. -JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true “what he tells people about me is true” -JHN 5 34 rvc5 ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man “I do not need people’s testimony” -JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here “lamp” and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish…that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do. -JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles “testify” or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun “himself” emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent “You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you” -JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “You do not live according to his word” or “You do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word “the message he spoke to you” -JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life “you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life” -JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me “you refuse to believe my message” +JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1-18)<br>1. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19-51)<br>1. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2-11)<br>1. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12-19)<br>- Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1-11)<br>- Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12-19)<br>- Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20-36)<br>- The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37-50)<br>- Jesus teaches his disciples (13-17)<br>- Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1-19:15)<br>- Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16-42)<br>1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1-29)<br>1. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30-31)<br>1. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31).<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author.<br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)<br>* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets ([]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* The story of the adulterous woman (7:53–8:11)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> +JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:23, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([John 1:1, 14](./01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>When people believes in Jesus, they go from being “children of wrath” to “children of God.” They are adopted into the “family of God.”They are adopted into the “family of God.” This is an important image that will be unfolded in the New Testament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 1:51](../../jhn/01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 In the beginning This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. +JHN 1 1 z59q ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” +JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “with him there was every thing made that has been made” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men “In him was life” is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, “light” here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here “him” refers to the one who is called the Word. +JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for “life.” If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.” +JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here “light” is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here “darkness” is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here “light” is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him “Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him” +JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him “He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either” +JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν…παρέλαβον 1 receive him “accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him. +JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name The word “name” is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them” +JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word “children” is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 The Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). +JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here “flesh” represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase “the one an only” means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase “who came from the Father” means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father” +JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace “full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve” +JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase “comes after me” means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. +JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am “is more important than I am” or “has more authority than I have” +JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive. +JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God’s grace that has no end. +JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace “blessing after blessing” +JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent…to him from Jerusalem The word “Jews” here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase “he did not deny” says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. +JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 What are you then? “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?” +JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites. +JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 they said to him “the priests and Levites said to John” +JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give…us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said “John said” +JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word “voice” here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word “way” is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word “world” is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md). +JHN 1 32 mcc7 καταβαῖνον 1 descending coming down from above +JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JHN 1 32 uji2 οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven The word “heaven” refers to the “sky.” +JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God Some copies of this text say “Son of God”; others say “chosen one of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 1 35 i3lg τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 Again, the next day This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus. +JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα…δεκάτη 1 tenth hour “hour 10.” This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m. +JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in [John 1:39](../01/39.md). +JHN 1 42 k2dx υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John This is not John the Baptist. “John” was a very common name. +JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 1 46 s2kg εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him “Nathaniel said to Philip” +JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις 1 Because I said to you…do you believe? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 1 51 ga44 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. +JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).<br> +JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 2 1 vw9e τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43. +JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out. +JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “this has nothing to do with me.” or “you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “75 to 115 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim This means “to the very top” or “completely full.” +JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink. +JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 2 10 mh3s μεθυσθῶσιν 1 drunk unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol +JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here “his glory” refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power” +JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation. +JHN 2 12 x3f7 οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers The word “brothers” includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was. +JHN 2 13 bh23 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple. +JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill. +JHN 2 14 i8lv καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. +JHN 2 14 sa75 τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God. +JHN 2 14 qu9k κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the “money changers.” +JHN 2 15 x6et καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple. +JHN 2 16 r16m μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace “Stop buying and selling things in my Father’s house” +JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 the house of my Father This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple. +JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 2 17 ua3v τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house This term refers to the temple, God’s house. +JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume The word “consume” points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 2 18 qtx1 σημεῖον 1 sign This refers to an event that proves something is true. +JHN 2 18 r5rw ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus’ actions against the money changers in the temple. +JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple,…I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words “destroy” and “raise” using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up “cause it to stand” +JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 forty-six years…three days “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here “believe” means to accept something or trust that it is true. +JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md). +JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word “now” introduces us to a new event in the story. +JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει 1 the signs that he did Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. +JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word “man” represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +JHN 3 1 yl6f 0 General Information: Nicodemus comes to see Jesus. +JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +JHN 3 2 skq8 οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council. +JHN 3 3 b9u1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking. +JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again “born from above” or “born of God” +JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. “Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 3 4 z64b δεύτερον 1 a second time “again” or “twice” +JHN 3 4 ppr8 τὴν κοιλίαν 1 womb the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows +JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md). +JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit There are two possible meanings: (1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” or (2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus. +JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again “You must be born from above” +JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher…yet you do not understand The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) +JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) +JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus. +JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you…you do not believe…how will you believe if I tell you In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 3 12 lbv3 εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 heavenly things spiritual things +JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years. +JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here “world” is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. +JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn “to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God. +JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus. +JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word “light” is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md). +JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This word means “springs,” as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 3 23 jh2w ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 because there was much water there “because there were many springs in that place” +JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words +JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, “look” is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless “Nobody has any power unless” +JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here “heaven” is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This “You” is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking. +JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the “bride” and “bridegroom” are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So then I rejoice greatly” or “So I rejoice much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word “my” refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. +JHN 3 30 kn9s ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase “He” refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance. +JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all “He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else” +JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: “He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 3 31 qrg7 ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from heaven is above all This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis. +JHN 3 32 c5yt ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven” +JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 3 33 k36d ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony “Anyone who believes what Jesus says” +JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed “proves” or “agrees” +JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking. +JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him” +JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit” +JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given…into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes” +JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) +JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.<br> +JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: A long sentence begins here. +JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this.” +JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative. +JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun “himself” adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words “Now when Jesus” in verse 1. “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee” +JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite request, not a command. +JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone. +JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word “him” refers to Jesus. +JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking…for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ…συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with “do not associate with” +JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ 1 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob…cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob…cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob “our ancestor Jacob” +JHN 4 12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it “drank water that came from it” +JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again “will need to drink water again” +JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word “fountain” is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here “life” refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give. +JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as “Sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness. +JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water “get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope +JHN 4 18 zpl1 τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth. +JHN 4 19 kfs1 κύριε 1 Sir In this context the Samaritan woman is addressesing Jesus as “sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness. +JHN 4 19 za2w θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 I see that you are a prophet “I can understand that you are a prophet” +JHN 4 20 hp3m οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” +JHN 4 21 klz9 πίστευέ μοι 1 Believe me To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true. +JHN 4 21 nu5m προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί 1 you will worship the Father Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews. +JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans. +JHN 4 22 i2df ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for all people will know about God’s salvation because of the Jews” +JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 salvation is from the Jews Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews. +JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman. +JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to” +JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the “spirit” here is (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth” +JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in…truth thinking correctly of what is true about God +JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah…Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.” +JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words “explain everything” imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town” +JHN 4 27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan. +JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?” Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’” +JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves. +JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman was going into town” +JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him “the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus” +JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal “food,” but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md). +JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal “food.” They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here “food” is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say “Is this not one of your popular sayings” +JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words “fields” and “ripe for harvest” are metaphors. The “fields” represent people. The words “ripe for harvest” mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here “fruit for everlasting life” is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. +JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων 1 One sows, and another harvests The words “sows” and “harvests” are metaphors. The one who “sows” shares the message of Jesus. The one who “harvests” helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor “you are now joining in their work” +JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To “believe in” someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God. +JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here “word” is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea +JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun “himself” is added to emphasize that Jesus had “declared” or said this.. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community” +JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover. +JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. +JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king +JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe “Unless…not believe” here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here “word” is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road. +JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun “himself” is used here to emphasize the word “he.” If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. +JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. +JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.”<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 5 1 ea65 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus healed the official’s son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md). +JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 there was a Jewish festival “the Jews were celebrating a festival” +JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here. +JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. +JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 5 2 luz3 στοὰς 1 roofed porches roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings +JHN 5 3 ytj4 πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 A large number of the people who were sick “Many people” +JHN 5 5 r1gt writing-participants 0 General Information: Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν…ἐκεῖ 1 was there “was at the Bethesda pool” ([John 5:1](../05/01.md)) +JHN 5 5 z6e1 translate-numbers τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 thirty-eight years “38 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +JHN 5 6 c7ef γνοὺς 1 he realized “he understood” or “he found out” +JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “Jesus said to the paralyzed man” +JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε…οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word “sir” is a polite form of address. +JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in [John 5:2](../05/02.md). +JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me “someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me” +JHN 5 8 eqe4 ἔγειρε 1 Get up “Stand up!” +JHN 5 8 ft81 ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει 1 take up your bed, and walk “Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!” +JHN 5 9 z33x ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man was healed “the man became healthy again” +JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 5 10 ja3x ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 So the Jews said to him who was healed The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath. +JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath “It is God’s Day of Rest” +JHN 5 11 en3v ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy “The man who made me well” +JHN 5 12 r7nx ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” +JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him “Jesus found the man he had healed” +JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See The word “See” is used here to draw attention to the words that follow. +JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 5 17 ijd8 ἐργάζεται 1 is working This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people. +JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God “saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God” +JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders. +JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son…Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked” +JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. +JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This refers to “spiritual life.” +JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word “for” marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 honor the Son just as…the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here “word” is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life. +JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge. +JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this “This” refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment. +JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice “hear my voice” +JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word “him” refers to God the Father. +JHN 5 32 yt31 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me “There is someone else who tells people about me” +JHN 5 32 nr3l ἄλλος 1 another This refers to God. +JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true “what he tells people about me is true” +JHN 5 34 rvc5 ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man “I do not need people’s testimony” +JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here “lamp” and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish…that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do. +JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles “testify” or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun “himself” emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent “You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you” +JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “You do not live according to his word” or “You do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word “the message he spoke to you” +JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life “you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life” +JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me “you refuse to believe my message” JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 receive accept -JHN 5 42 b1j4 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.” -JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here the word “name” is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend -JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word “name” is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 How can you believe, you who accept praise…God? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 believe This means to trust in Jesus. -JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope “Moses” here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 5 45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 your hope “your confidence” or “your trust” -JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion εἰ…τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε 1 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 5 47 x7h9 τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words “what I say” -JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 6;26](./26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> -JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase “these things” refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows. -JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd “A large number of people” -JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything. -JHN 6 4 kct2 0 General Information: The action in the story begins in verse 5. -JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun “himself” makes it clear that the word “he” refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word “denarii” is the plural of “denarius. “Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -JHN 6 9 k3k6 πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley “Five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain. -JHN 6 9 fjx1 ἄρτους 1 loaves A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves. -JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 6 10 n9ft ἀναπεσεῖν 1 sit down “lie down” -JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men. -JHN 6 11 mnw3 εὐχαριστήσας 1 giving thanks Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves. -JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it “he” here represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 6 13 y3zz 0 General Information: Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain. -JHN 6 13 hqx9 συνήγαγον 1 they gathered “the disciples gathered” -JHN 6 13 h64z ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν 1 left over the food that no one had eaten -JHN 6 14 nlw1 ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish -JHN 6 14 g8zb ὁ προφήτης 1 the prophet the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world -JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the lake in a boat. -JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 19 xx7d ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water. -JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A “stadium” is 185 meters. Alternate translation: “about five or six kilometers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid “Stop being afraid!” -JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 6 22 yy7c τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea “the Sea of Galilee” -JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 However, there were…the Lord had given thanks Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος 1 boats that came from Tiberias Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions. -JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him. -JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man…God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” -JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives. -JHN 6 32 e6s1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven The “true bread” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 33 rrf5 ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ 1 gives life to the world “gives spiritual life to the world” -JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him. -JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -JHN 6 38 z84i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. -JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me “my Father, who sent me” -JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. -JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily -JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Is not this Jesus…whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders. -JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This can mean (1) “pulls” or (2) “attracts.” -JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 6 45 rk3b πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me The Jews thought Jesus was the “son of Joseph” ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son. -JHN 6 46 lcz8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders. -JHN 6 46 i9mp guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 47 de5y ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 6 47 t8lk ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who believes has eternal life God gives “eternal life” to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God. -JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 49 uh76 οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” -JHN 6 49 mr3u ἀπέθανον 1 died This refers to physical death. -JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here “bread” is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 50 v212 μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die “live forever.” Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death. -JHN 6 51 px99 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)). -JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question. -JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about “his flesh.” Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 6 53 q8jl ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases “eat the flesh” and “drink his blood” are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves “you will not receive eternal life” -JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him. -JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eats my flesh” and “drinks my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day “on the day when God judges everyone” -JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food…my blood is true drink The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him “has a close relationship with me” -JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase “eats me” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father Possible meanings are (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.” -JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) -JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) -JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here “eats this bread” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers “the forefathers” or “the ancestors” -JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue…in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd. -JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει 1 Does this offend you? “Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?” -JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word “profit” means to cause good things to happen. -JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words Possible meanings are (1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you “What I have told you” -JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.” -JHN 6 64 k7ir 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd. -JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones…who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus. -JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me “follow me and receive eternal life” -JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here “his disciples” refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus. -JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 6 70 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>### Irony<br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” or “Jews (leaders)” and “Jews (in general).”<br> -JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later” -JHN 7 1 k5yv περιεπάτει 1 traveled The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle. -JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 7 2 m4ch ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near “Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters” -JHN 7 3 x8ce οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph. -JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word “works” refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed. -JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself wants The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word “he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers” -JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ…καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready “any time is good for you” -JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil “I tell them that what they are doing is evil” -JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers. -JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 10 xw52 0 General Information: The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival. -JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς…ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These “brothers” were the younger brothers of Jesus. -JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously. -JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word “Jews”is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here “leads…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others. -JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple. -JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν 1 How does this man know so much? The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but is of him who sent me “but comes from God, the one who sent me” -JHN 7 17 srx3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. -JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ…δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him “when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie” -JHN 7 19 pib5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. -JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law “obeys the law” -JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: “You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon “This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!” -JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one is trying to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 21 b63z ἓν ἔργον 1 one work “one miracle” or “one sign” -JHN 7 21 l1zf πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel “you all are shocked” -JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 22 dl6z ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath “on the Jewish Day of Rest” -JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken “If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses” -JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 23 f437 ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath “on the Jewish Day of Rest?” -JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: “Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out “spoke in a loud voice” -JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 28 rq9t figs-irony κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί 1 You both know me and know where I come from John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -JHN 7 28 w35k ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself “on my own authority.” See how you translated “of himself” in [John 5:19](../05/19.md). -JHN 7 28 a2h9 ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true “God is the one who sent me and he is true” -JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word “hour” is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ. -JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time “I will remain with you for only a short period of time” -JHN 7 33 b4m8 καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him. -JHN 7 34 p7w6 ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 where I go, you will not be able to come “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” -JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 7 35 ef1y τὴν διασπορὰν 1 the dispersion This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine. -JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said This “word” is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd. -JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ…μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is “great” because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival. -JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word “thirsty” is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word “drink” is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” -JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here “he” refers to Jesus. -JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word “glorified” refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection. -JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ 1 where David was “where David lived” -JHN 7 43 lf5r σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν 1 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was. -JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 but no one laid hands on him To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: “but no one grabbed him to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 7 45 m3rf οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers “the temple guards” -JHN 7 46 qwv3 figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος 1 Never has anyone spoken like this The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees “Because they said that, the Pharisees” -JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν…αὐτοῖς 1 answered them “answered the officers” -JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses. -JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!” -JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Does our law judge a man…what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man…what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 7 52 jm59 προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee. -JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have 7:53 - 8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>### The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> -JHN 8 1 mkz2 0 General Information: While some texts have 7:53 - 8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them. -JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author neither gives background to this event nor marks the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the “light” is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-metaphor φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life The “light of life” is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: “truth that brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself “You are just saying these things about yourself” -JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 8 14 x9rf κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Even if I bear witness about myself “Even if I say these things about myself” -JHN 8 15 k92s τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh “human standards and the laws of men” -JHN 8 15 j79i ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 I judge no one Possible meanings are (1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or (2) “I am not judging anyone now.” -JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings are (1) “if I judge people” or (2) “whenever I judge people” -JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are (1) “my judgment will be right” or (2) “my judgment is right.” -JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do” -JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself. -JHN 8 17 i1sl καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 1 Yes, and in your law The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before. -JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am he who bears witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself” -JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word “hour” is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. -JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning” -JHN 8 21 e83m ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 you cannot come “you are not able to come” -JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below “You were born in this world” -JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above “I came from heaven” -JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world “You belong to this world” -JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world “I do not belong to this world” -JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins “you will die without God’s forgiving your sins” -JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.” -JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said The word “They” refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)). -JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 28 x6ca ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him. -JHN 8 28 er3s Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself. -JHN 8 28 tcs5 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.” -JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things “I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 29 w9cl ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me The word “He” refers to God. -JHN 8 30 ld9x ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things “As Jesus spoke these words” -JHN 8 30 uj29 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 many believed in him “many people trusted him” -JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples “my followers” -JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of “the truth” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” -JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word “slave” is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here “house” is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “If I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. -JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father” -JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do” +JHN 5 42 b1j4 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.” +JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here the word “name” is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend +JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word “name” is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 How can you believe, you who accept praise…God? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 believe This means to trust in Jesus. +JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope “Moses” here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 5 45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 your hope “your confidence” or “your trust” +JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion εἰ…τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε 1 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 5 47 x7h9 τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words “what I say” +JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 6;26](./26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase “these things” refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows. +JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd “A large number of people” +JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything. +JHN 6 4 kct2 0 General Information: The action in the story begins in verse 5. +JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun “himself” makes it clear that the word “he” refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word “denarii” is the plural of “denarius. “Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +JHN 6 9 k3k6 πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley “Five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain. +JHN 6 9 fjx1 ἄρτους 1 loaves A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves. +JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 10 n9ft ἀναπεσεῖν 1 sit down “lie down” +JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men. +JHN 6 11 mnw3 εὐχαριστήσας 1 giving thanks Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves. +JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it “he” here represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 6 13 y3zz 0 General Information: Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain. +JHN 6 13 hqx9 συνήγαγον 1 they gathered “the disciples gathered” +JHN 6 13 h64z ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν 1 left over the food that no one had eaten +JHN 6 14 nlw1 ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish +JHN 6 14 g8zb ὁ προφήτης 1 the prophet the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world +JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the lake in a boat. +JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 19 xx7d ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water. +JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A “stadium” is 185 meters. Alternate translation: “about five or six kilometers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid “Stop being afraid!” +JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 6 22 yy7c τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea “the Sea of Galilee” +JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 However, there were…the Lord had given thanks Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος 1 boats that came from Tiberias Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions. +JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him. +JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man…God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” +JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives. +JHN 6 32 e6s1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven The “true bread” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 33 rrf5 ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ 1 gives life to the world “gives spiritual life to the world” +JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him. +JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +JHN 6 38 z84i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. +JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me “my Father, who sent me” +JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. +JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily +JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Is not this Jesus…whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders. +JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This can mean (1) “pulls” or (2) “attracts.” +JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 6 45 rk3b πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me The Jews thought Jesus was the “son of Joseph” ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son. +JHN 6 46 lcz8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders. +JHN 6 46 i9mp guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 47 de5y ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 6 47 t8lk ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who believes has eternal life God gives “eternal life” to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God. +JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 49 uh76 οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” +JHN 6 49 mr3u ἀπέθανον 1 died This refers to physical death. +JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here “bread” is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 50 v212 μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die “live forever.” Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death. +JHN 6 51 px99 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)). +JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question. +JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about “his flesh.” Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 53 q8jl ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases “eat the flesh” and “drink his blood” are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves “you will not receive eternal life” +JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him. +JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eats my flesh” and “drinks my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day “on the day when God judges everyone” +JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food…my blood is true drink The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him “has a close relationship with me” +JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase “eats me” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father Possible meanings are (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.” +JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) +JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) +JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here “eats this bread” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers “the forefathers” or “the ancestors” +JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue…in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd. +JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει 1 Does this offend you? “Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?” +JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word “profit” means to cause good things to happen. +JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words Possible meanings are (1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you “What I have told you” +JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.” +JHN 6 64 k7ir 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd. +JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones…who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus. +JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me “follow me and receive eternal life” +JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here “his disciples” refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus. +JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 70 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>### Irony<br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” or “Jews (leaders)” and “Jews (in general).”<br> +JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later” +JHN 7 1 k5yv περιεπάτει 1 traveled The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle. +JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 7 2 m4ch ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near “Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters” +JHN 7 3 x8ce οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph. +JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word “works” refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed. +JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself wants The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word “he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers” +JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ…καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready “any time is good for you” +JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil “I tell them that what they are doing is evil” +JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers. +JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 10 xw52 0 General Information: The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival. +JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς…ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These “brothers” were the younger brothers of Jesus. +JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously. +JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word “Jews”is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here “leads…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others. +JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple. +JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν 1 How does this man know so much? The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but is of him who sent me “but comes from God, the one who sent me” +JHN 7 17 srx3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. +JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ…δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him “when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie” +JHN 7 19 pib5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. +JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law “obeys the law” +JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: “You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon “This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!” +JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one is trying to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 21 b63z ἓν ἔργον 1 one work “one miracle” or “one sign” +JHN 7 21 l1zf πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel “you all are shocked” +JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 22 dl6z ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath “on the Jewish Day of Rest” +JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken “If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses” +JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 23 f437 ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath “on the Jewish Day of Rest?” +JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: “Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out “spoke in a loud voice” +JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 28 rq9t figs-irony κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί 1 You both know me and know where I come from John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JHN 7 28 w35k ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself “on my own authority.” See how you translated “of himself” in [John 5:19](../05/19.md). +JHN 7 28 a2h9 ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true “God is the one who sent me and he is true” +JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word “hour” is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ. +JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time “I will remain with you for only a short period of time” +JHN 7 33 b4m8 καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him. +JHN 7 34 p7w6 ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 where I go, you will not be able to come “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” +JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 7 35 ef1y τὴν διασπορὰν 1 the dispersion This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine. +JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said This “word” is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd. +JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ…μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is “great” because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival. +JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word “thirsty” is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word “drink” is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” +JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here “he” refers to Jesus. +JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word “glorified” refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection. +JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ 1 where David was “where David lived” +JHN 7 43 lf5r σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν 1 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was. +JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 but no one laid hands on him To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: “but no one grabbed him to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 7 45 m3rf οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers “the temple guards” +JHN 7 46 qwv3 figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος 1 Never has anyone spoken like this The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees “Because they said that, the Pharisees” +JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν…αὐτοῖς 1 answered them “answered the officers” +JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses. +JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!” +JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Does our law judge a man…what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man…what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 7 52 jm59 προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee. +JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have 7:53 - 8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>### The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +JHN 8 1 mkz2 0 General Information: While some texts have 7:53 - 8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them. +JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author neither gives background to this event nor marks the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the “light” is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-metaphor φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life The “light of life” is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: “truth that brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself “You are just saying these things about yourself” +JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 8 14 x9rf κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Even if I bear witness about myself “Even if I say these things about myself” +JHN 8 15 k92s τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh “human standards and the laws of men” +JHN 8 15 j79i ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 I judge no one Possible meanings are (1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or (2) “I am not judging anyone now.” +JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings are (1) “if I judge people” or (2) “whenever I judge people” +JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are (1) “my judgment will be right” or (2) “my judgment is right.” +JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do” +JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself. +JHN 8 17 i1sl καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 1 Yes, and in your law The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before. +JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am he who bears witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself” +JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word “hour” is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. +JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning” +JHN 8 21 e83m ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 you cannot come “you are not able to come” +JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below “You were born in this world” +JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above “I came from heaven” +JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world “You belong to this world” +JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world “I do not belong to this world” +JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins “you will die without God’s forgiving your sins” +JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.” +JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said The word “They” refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)). +JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 28 x6ca ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him. +JHN 8 28 er3s Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself. +JHN 8 28 tcs5 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.” +JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things “I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 29 w9cl ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me The word “He” refers to God. +JHN 8 30 ld9x ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things “As Jesus spoke these words” +JHN 8 30 uj29 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 many believed in him “many people trusted him” +JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples “my followers” +JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of “the truth” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” +JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word “slave” is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here “house” is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “If I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. +JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father” +JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do” JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather -JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this “Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God” -JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself. -JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here “words” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil “You belong to your father, Satan” -JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here “father” is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. -JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth “because I tell you true things about God” -JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth “If I say things that are true” -JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here “words” is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews. -JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God. -JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here “Jews” is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word “If anyone obeys my teaching” -JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this “Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God” +JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself. +JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here “words” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil “You belong to your father, Satan” +JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here “father” is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. +JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth “because I tell you true things about God” +JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth “If I say things that are true” +JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here “words” is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews. +JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God. +JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here “Jews” is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word “If anyone obeys my teaching” +JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather -JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word “Father” is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here “word” is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad “he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced” -JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). -JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 8 58 rnw4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.” -JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> -JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man. -JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here “Jesus” is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 4 h231 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here “day” and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here “light” is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 7 ily8 νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash…washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him. -JHN 9 10 m97n πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Then how were your eyes opened? “Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?” -JHN 9 11 a42y ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 smeared it on my eyes “used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md). -JHN 9 13 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν 1 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go. -JHN 9 14 qxy9 Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Sabbath day “Jewish Day of Rest” -JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him “So the Pharisees also asked him” -JHN 9 16 y3wn writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest. -JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs This is another word for miracles. “Signs” give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. -JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet “I think he is a prophet” -JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents “They” refers to the Jewish leaders. -JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child” -JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 9 22 j15m ἐφοβοῦντο 1 afraid This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others. -JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν…γένηται 1 would confess him to be the Christ “would say that Jesus is the Christ” -JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here “be thrown out of the synagogue” is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 9 23 f9zl ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 He is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child.” See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md). -JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, “they” refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md)) -JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 9 24 ww3t οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man This refers to Jesus. -JHN 9 25 sr93 ἐκεῖνος 1 that man This refers to the man who had been blind. -JHN 9 26 z2l2 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind. -JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man’s amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man’s statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -JHN 9 28 h7hy σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου 1 You are his disciple “You are following Jesus!” -JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses The pronoun “we” is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: “but we are following Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses “We are sure that God has spoken to Moses” -JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners…listens to him “does not answer the prayers of sinners…God answers his prayers” -JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews. -JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out “they threw him out of the synagogue” -JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd. -JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 believe in This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him. -JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if “the Son of Man” were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37. -JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here “seeing” and “blindness” are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 9 40 d8mm μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? “Do you think we are spiritually blind?” -JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here “blindness” is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains Here “seeing” is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.<br> -JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md). -JHN 10 1 i3tj ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 10 1 xq1f αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. -JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-doublet κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -JHN 10 3 uy2v τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens for him “The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd” -JHN 10 3 iac4 ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away. -JHN 10 3 db3c τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice “The sheep hear the shepherd’s voice” -JHN 10 4 n1ta ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them “he walks in front of them” -JHN 10 4 z8dm ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 for they know his voice “because they recognize his voice” -JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: (1) “the disciples did not understand” or (2) “the crowd did not understand.” -JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken. -JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here “gate” is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-explicit πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers “a thief and a robber” because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here “gate” is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word “pasture” means a grassy area where sheep eat. -JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 10 10 h56c figs-explicit κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word “they” refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing” -JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd. -JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here “good shepherd” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the “good shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here “other sheep” is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here “flock” and “shepherd” are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd. -JHN 10 17 i59j διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son. -JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 17 px17 ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun “myself” is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father “This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said. -JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε 1 Why do you listen to him? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 10 22 w25f ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of the Dedication This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose. -JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 10 23 cs2b στοᾷ 1 porch This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls. -JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews. -JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here “name” is a metonym for the power of God. Here “Father” is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word “hand” is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word “hand” is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God “claiming to be God” -JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written…gods”’? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers “gods,” perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth. -JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.” -JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God. -JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father…Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews. -JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true. -JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here “believe in” is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father. -JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word “hand” is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true “It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.” -JHN 10 41 lw9n σημεῖον 1 signs These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility. -JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here “believed in” means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true. -JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.<br> -JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord…her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus “asked Jesus to come” -JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here “love” refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives. -JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 4 k8d3 θάνατον 1 death This refers to physical death. -JHN 11 4 q343 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. -JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here “night” is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.” -JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here “fallen asleep” is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words “wake him out of sleep” form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover. -JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly “So Jesus told them in words that they could understand” -JHN 11 15 c2wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. -JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes “for your benefit” -JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ 1 that I was not there so that you may believe “that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more.” -JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 11 17 p5ya writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away “about three kilometers away.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: “about their younger brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “Your younger brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again “he will become alive again” -JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here “dies” refers to physical death. -JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here “live” refers to spiritual life. -JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die “those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever” -JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here “die” refers to spiritual death. -JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him “Martha said to Jesus” -JHN 11 27 zd3n ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God…coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God. -JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 28 zs2t διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher This is a title referring to Jesus. -JHN 11 28 fv8f φωνεῖ σε 1 is calling for you “is asking that you come” -JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 32 zmp7 ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect. -JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary’s younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: “he was greatly upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him This is a milder way of asking, “Where have you buried him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -JHN 11 35 bj6b ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept “Jesus began to cry” or “Jesus started crying” -JHN 11 36 b6ee ἐφίλει 1 loved This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member. -JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews’ surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: “He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!” or “Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 11 37 a76u figs-idiom ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 opened the eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “healed the eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 39 l2pd figs-explicit ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Martha, the older sister of Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 39 lt1d ἤδη ὄζει 1 by this time the body will be decaying “by this time there will be a bad smell” or “the body is already stinking” -JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: “I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 11 41 s2dh Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου 1 Father, I thank you that you listened to me Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: “Father, I thank you that you have heard me” or “Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer” -JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 11 42 bj2b ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 so that they may believe that you have sent me “I want them to believe that you have sent me” -JHN 11 43 ev4z ταῦτα εἰπὼν 1 After he had said this “After Jesus had prayed” -JHN 11 43 cz9f φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν 1 he cried out with a loud voice “he shouted” -JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 11 44 d8xf λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them The word “them” refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle. -JHN 11 45 rlf4 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 47 ib61 0 General Information: Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting. -JHN 11 47 nhw4 οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Then the chief priests “Then the leaders among the priests” -JHN 11 47 gz8c οὖν 1 Then The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md). -JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: “everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: “the Roman army will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 11 48 ah4r ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 take away both our place and our nation “destroy both our temple and our nation” -JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain man among them This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word “nation” here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation The word “nation” is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one This is an ellipsis. The word “people” is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 11 52 mle1 τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s children. -JHN 11 54 gp4h 0 General Information: Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near. -JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and “walk openly” is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country the rural area outside cities where fewer people live -JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas. -JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word “they” refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem. -JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 11 57 glb6 writing-background δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary anointed Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).<br> -JHN 12 1 elj4 0 General Information: Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil. -JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -JHN 12 3 ki9d μύρου 1 perfume This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers. -JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who would betray him “the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him” -JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 12 5 p838 translate-numbers τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 three hundred denarii You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: “300 denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν 1 Now he said this…would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief “he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor” -JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: “There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: “But I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 12 11 kjk7 δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus. -JHN 12 11 f6mg figs-explicit ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 believed in Jesus This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “were putting their trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king. -JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd “a great crowd of people” -JHN 12 13 lzn9 ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This means “May God save us now!” -JHN 12 13 i5ul εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person. -JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “comes as the representative of the Lord” or “comes in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion “Daughter of Zion” here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 16 a74d writing-background 0 General Information: John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words “these things” refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus. -JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words “these things” refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches). -JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 12 18 eel6 ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον 1 they heard that he had done this sign “they heard others say that he had done this sign” -JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah. -JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks The phrase “now certain” marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-explicit ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John implies that these “Greeks” were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 21 lr8c Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida This was a town in the province of Galilee. -JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they told Jesus Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew. -JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit Here “a grain of wheat” or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here “loves his life” means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who “hates his life” refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here “this hour” is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven. -JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here “this world” is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here “ruler” refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him. -JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase “lifted up” means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” -JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. -JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hardened their hearts” is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 12 43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them” -JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd. -JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word “him” refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me” -JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. -JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here “darkness” is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here “to judge the world” implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day “at the time when God judges people’s sins” -JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life “I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever” -JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord’s supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> -JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 13 1 a1w4 ἀγαπήσας 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished. -JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant. -JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet. -JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses the word “you” to refer to all of his disciples. -JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter. -JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here “bathed” is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples. -JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life -JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here “bless” means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase “eats my bread” is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase “lifted up his heel” is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 I tell you this now before it happens “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens” -JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.” -JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 troubled concerned, upset -JHN 13 21 j7x1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 13 22 dhs3 ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 1 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking “The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?” -JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John. -JHN 13 23 z8ze figs-explicit ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 13 23 p2ee τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side Lying with one’s head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him. -JHN 13 23 a58j ἠγάπα 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 13 26 qpj8 writing-background Ἰσκαριώτη 1 Iscariot This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 Then after the bread The words “Judas took” are understood from the context. Alternate translation: “Then after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan entered into him This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: “Satan took control of him” or “Satan started to command him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 13 27 rz21 λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 so Jesus said to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas. -JHN 13 27 agd7 ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον 1 What you are doing, do it quickly “Do quickly what you are planning to do!” -JHN 13 29 rv4z τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.” -JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word “him” refers to the Son of Man. The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children. -JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 13 34 fkc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. -JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 13 37 ye6m τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω 1 lay down my life “give up my life” or “die” -JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times “you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows” -JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br> -JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. -JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father’s house are many rooms “There are many places to live in my Father’s house” -JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house This refers to heaven, where God lives. -JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word “room” can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling. -JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? “how can we know how to get there?” -JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the true person” or (2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples. -JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe…in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me” -JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here “you” is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples. -JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 14 12 gh64 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God. -JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. -JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God. -JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person” -JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 20 ht8z καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you “you and I are just like one person” -JHN 14 21 rw8n ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love anyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word “show” refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?” -JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here “world” is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot). -JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do” -JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me “The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own” -JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word “The message” -JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says “you” he is speaking to all of his disciples. -JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world The “world” is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world” -JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler…is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> -JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. -JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the “true vine” is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here “every branch” represents people, and “bear fruit” represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 takes away “cuts off and takes away” -JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν…καθαίρει 1 prunes every branch “trims every branch” -JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the “clean branches” that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 you The word “you” throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you” -JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything” -JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches The “vine” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The “branches” is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “you will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here “fruit” is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples” -JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love “Continue to accept my love” -JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have” -JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life. -JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you “I have told you everything my Father told me” -JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here “fruit” is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 15 16 v3je καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain “that the results of what you do should last forever” -JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. -JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here “word” is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here “because of my name” is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father. -JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin “they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md). -JHN 15 24 v6pt καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father. -JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. “Word” here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people. -JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son. -JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here “testifying” means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the “beginning” is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br> -JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. -JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase “fall away” implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 16 2 i79b ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God “it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.” -JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus. -JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md). -JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners. -JHN 16 8 bpu5 ἐκεῖνος 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md). -JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me “they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me” -JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me “when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things” -JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world” -JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world” -JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you “messages for you” or “words for you” -JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God. -JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here “things of mine” refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time “Soon” or “Before much time passes” -JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time “again, before much time passes” -JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant. -JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross. -JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time. -JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. -JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying,…see me’? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech “in language that is not clear” -JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming “it will soon happen” -JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father “tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.” -JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one. -JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father. -JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…going to the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus. -JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 16 32 kcb1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. -JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 the Father is with me This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here “peace” refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here “the world” refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.<br> -JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God. -JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky. -JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father…glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God. -JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people. -JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life…know you, the only true God, and…Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son. -JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here “work” is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples. -JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here “world” is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them…that they will be one…as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God. -JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction “the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction” -JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them” -JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν 1 Your word is truth “Your message is true” or “What you say is true” -JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here into “the world” is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 those who will believe in me through their word “those who will believe in me because they teach about me” -JHN 17 21 s8a1 πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe. -JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 22 p4mj κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them “I have honored my followers just as you have honored me” -JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 17 23 fld5 ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity “that they may be completely united” -JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here “where I am” refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 24 hz83 θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory “to see my greatness” -JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer. -JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love…loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br> -JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees. -JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him “Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him” -JHN 18 5 vg2d Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth” -JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word “he” is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 5 g4hx ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 who betrayed him “who handed him over” -JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 7 uf85 Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth” -JHN 18 8 l8as writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 18 8 ui8z figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here “the word” refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 18 11 u2s9 θήκην 1 sheath the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner -JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here “cup” is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. -JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)). -JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here “his teaching” refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word “world” is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration “the world” emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here “all the Jews” is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong “tell me what I said that was wrong” -JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter. -JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy. -JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die “regarding how he would die” -JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people “Your fellow Jews” -JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here “world” is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here “the truth” refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here “voice” is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.<br> -JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews. -JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns…purple garment The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md). -JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.” -JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here “power” is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God. -JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy. -JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here “this answer” refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “tried” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor” -JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king “claims that he is a king” -JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here “he” refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up. -JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here. -JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke. -JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus. -JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα…ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour “about noontime” -JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here “I” is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’” -JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here “on the cross” refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin This was the language of the Roman government. -JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “The chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic “and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said” -JHN 19 24 lqy3 λάχωμεν 1 cast lots This was how the soldiers divided Jesus’ clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: “they gambled” -JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This is John, the writer of this Gospel. -JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word “son” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word “mother” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour “From that very moment” -JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 sour wine “bitter wine” -JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here “they” refers to the Roman guards. -JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid -JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 on a hyssop staff “on a branch of a plant called hyssop” -JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover. -JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here “believe” means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12. -JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md). -JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial. -JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -JHN 19 39 nmr8 translate-numbers ἑκατόν 1 one hundred “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden…had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had buried no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “The Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br> -JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried. +JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word “Father” is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here “word” is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad “he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced” +JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). +JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 8 58 rnw4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.” +JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man. +JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here “Jesus” is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 4 h231 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here “day” and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here “light” is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 7 ily8 νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash…washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him. +JHN 9 10 m97n πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Then how were your eyes opened? “Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?” +JHN 9 11 a42y ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 smeared it on my eyes “used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md). +JHN 9 13 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν 1 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go. +JHN 9 14 qxy9 Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Sabbath day “Jewish Day of Rest” +JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him “So the Pharisees also asked him” +JHN 9 16 y3wn writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest. +JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs This is another word for miracles. “Signs” give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. +JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet “I think he is a prophet” +JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents “They” refers to the Jewish leaders. +JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child” +JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 9 22 j15m ἐφοβοῦντο 1 afraid This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others. +JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν…γένηται 1 would confess him to be the Christ “would say that Jesus is the Christ” +JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here “be thrown out of the synagogue” is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 9 23 f9zl ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 He is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child.” See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md). +JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, “they” refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md)) +JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 9 24 ww3t οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man This refers to Jesus. +JHN 9 25 sr93 ἐκεῖνος 1 that man This refers to the man who had been blind. +JHN 9 26 z2l2 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind. +JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man’s amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man’s statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JHN 9 28 h7hy σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου 1 You are his disciple “You are following Jesus!” +JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses The pronoun “we” is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: “but we are following Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses “We are sure that God has spoken to Moses” +JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners…listens to him “does not answer the prayers of sinners…God answers his prayers” +JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews. +JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out “they threw him out of the synagogue” +JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd. +JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 believe in This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him. +JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if “the Son of Man” were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37. +JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here “seeing” and “blindness” are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 9 40 d8mm μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? “Do you think we are spiritually blind?” +JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here “blindness” is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains Here “seeing” is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.<br> +JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md). +JHN 10 1 i3tj ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 10 1 xq1f αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. +JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-doublet κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JHN 10 3 uy2v τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens for him “The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd” +JHN 10 3 iac4 ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away. +JHN 10 3 db3c τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice “The sheep hear the shepherd’s voice” +JHN 10 4 n1ta ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them “he walks in front of them” +JHN 10 4 z8dm ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 for they know his voice “because they recognize his voice” +JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: (1) “the disciples did not understand” or (2) “the crowd did not understand.” +JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken. +JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here “gate” is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-explicit πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers “a thief and a robber” because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here “gate” is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word “pasture” means a grassy area where sheep eat. +JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 10 10 h56c figs-explicit κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word “they” refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing” +JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd. +JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here “good shepherd” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the “good shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here “other sheep” is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here “flock” and “shepherd” are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd. +JHN 10 17 i59j διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son. +JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 17 px17 ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun “myself” is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father “This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said. +JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε 1 Why do you listen to him? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 10 22 w25f ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of the Dedication This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose. +JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 10 23 cs2b στοᾷ 1 porch This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls. +JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews. +JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here “name” is a metonym for the power of God. Here “Father” is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word “hand” is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word “hand” is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God “claiming to be God” +JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written…gods”’? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers “gods,” perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth. +JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.” +JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God. +JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father…Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews. +JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true. +JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here “believe in” is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father. +JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word “hand” is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true “It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.” +JHN 10 41 lw9n σημεῖον 1 signs These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility. +JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here “believed in” means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true. +JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.<br> +JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord…her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus “asked Jesus to come” +JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here “love” refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives. +JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 4 k8d3 θάνατον 1 death This refers to physical death. +JHN 11 4 q343 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. +JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here “night” is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.” +JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here “fallen asleep” is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words “wake him out of sleep” form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover. +JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly “So Jesus told them in words that they could understand” +JHN 11 15 c2wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. +JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes “for your benefit” +JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ 1 that I was not there so that you may believe “that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more.” +JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 11 17 p5ya writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away “about three kilometers away.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: “about their younger brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “Your younger brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again “he will become alive again” +JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here “dies” refers to physical death. +JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here “live” refers to spiritual life. +JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die “those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever” +JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here “die” refers to spiritual death. +JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him “Martha said to Jesus” +JHN 11 27 zd3n ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God…coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God. +JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 28 zs2t διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher This is a title referring to Jesus. +JHN 11 28 fv8f φωνεῖ σε 1 is calling for you “is asking that you come” +JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 32 zmp7 ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect. +JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary’s younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: “he was greatly upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him This is a milder way of asking, “Where have you buried him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +JHN 11 35 bj6b ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept “Jesus began to cry” or “Jesus started crying” +JHN 11 36 b6ee ἐφίλει 1 loved This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member. +JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews’ surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: “He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!” or “Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 11 37 a76u figs-idiom ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 opened the eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “healed the eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 39 l2pd figs-explicit ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Martha, the older sister of Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 39 lt1d ἤδη ὄζει 1 by this time the body will be decaying “by this time there will be a bad smell” or “the body is already stinking” +JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: “I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 11 41 s2dh Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου 1 Father, I thank you that you listened to me Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: “Father, I thank you that you have heard me” or “Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer” +JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 11 42 bj2b ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 so that they may believe that you have sent me “I want them to believe that you have sent me” +JHN 11 43 ev4z ταῦτα εἰπὼν 1 After he had said this “After Jesus had prayed” +JHN 11 43 cz9f φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν 1 he cried out with a loud voice “he shouted” +JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 11 44 d8xf λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them The word “them” refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle. +JHN 11 45 rlf4 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 47 ib61 0 General Information: Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting. +JHN 11 47 nhw4 οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Then the chief priests “Then the leaders among the priests” +JHN 11 47 gz8c οὖν 1 Then The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md). +JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: “everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: “the Roman army will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 11 48 ah4r ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 take away both our place and our nation “destroy both our temple and our nation” +JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain man among them This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word “nation” here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation The word “nation” is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one This is an ellipsis. The word “people” is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 11 52 mle1 τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s children. +JHN 11 54 gp4h 0 General Information: Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near. +JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and “walk openly” is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country the rural area outside cities where fewer people live +JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas. +JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word “they” refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem. +JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 11 57 glb6 writing-background δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary anointed Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).<br> +JHN 12 1 elj4 0 General Information: Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil. +JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +JHN 12 3 ki9d μύρου 1 perfume This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers. +JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who would betray him “the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him” +JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 12 5 p838 translate-numbers τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 three hundred denarii You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: “300 denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν 1 Now he said this…would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief “he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor” +JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: “There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: “But I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 11 kjk7 δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus. +JHN 12 11 f6mg figs-explicit ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 believed in Jesus This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “were putting their trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king. +JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd “a great crowd of people” +JHN 12 13 lzn9 ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This means “May God save us now!” +JHN 12 13 i5ul εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person. +JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “comes as the representative of the Lord” or “comes in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion “Daughter of Zion” here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 12 16 a74d writing-background 0 General Information: John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words “these things” refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus. +JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words “these things” refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches). +JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 18 eel6 ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον 1 they heard that he had done this sign “they heard others say that he had done this sign” +JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah. +JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks The phrase “now certain” marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-explicit ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John implies that these “Greeks” were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 21 lr8c Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida This was a town in the province of Galilee. +JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they told Jesus Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew. +JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit Here “a grain of wheat” or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here “loves his life” means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who “hates his life” refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here “this hour” is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven. +JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here “this world” is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here “ruler” refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him. +JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase “lifted up” means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” +JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. +JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hardened their hearts” is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 12 43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them” +JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd. +JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word “him” refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me” +JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. +JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here “darkness” is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here “to judge the world” implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day “at the time when God judges people’s sins” +JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life “I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever” +JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord’s supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 13 1 a1w4 ἀγαπήσας 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished. +JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant. +JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet. +JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses the word “you” to refer to all of his disciples. +JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter. +JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here “bathed” is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples. +JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life +JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here “bless” means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase “eats my bread” is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase “lifted up his heel” is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 I tell you this now before it happens “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens” +JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.” +JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 troubled concerned, upset +JHN 13 21 j7x1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 13 22 dhs3 ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 1 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking “The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?” +JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John. +JHN 13 23 z8ze figs-explicit ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 13 23 p2ee τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side Lying with one’s head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him. +JHN 13 23 a58j ἠγάπα 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 13 26 qpj8 writing-background Ἰσκαριώτη 1 Iscariot This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 Then after the bread The words “Judas took” are understood from the context. Alternate translation: “Then after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan entered into him This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: “Satan took control of him” or “Satan started to command him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 13 27 rz21 λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 so Jesus said to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas. +JHN 13 27 agd7 ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον 1 What you are doing, do it quickly “Do quickly what you are planning to do!” +JHN 13 29 rv4z τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.” +JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word “him” refers to the Son of Man. The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children. +JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 13 34 fkc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. +JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 13 37 ye6m τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω 1 lay down my life “give up my life” or “die” +JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times “you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows” +JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br> +JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. +JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father’s house are many rooms “There are many places to live in my Father’s house” +JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house This refers to heaven, where God lives. +JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word “room” can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling. +JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? “how can we know how to get there?” +JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the true person” or (2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples. +JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe…in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me” +JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here “you” is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples. +JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 14 12 gh64 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God. +JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. +JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God. +JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person” +JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 20 ht8z καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you “you and I are just like one person” +JHN 14 21 rw8n ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love anyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word “show” refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?” +JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here “world” is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot). +JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do” +JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me “The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own” +JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word “The message” +JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says “you” he is speaking to all of his disciples. +JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world The “world” is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world” +JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler…is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> +JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. +JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the “true vine” is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here “every branch” represents people, and “bear fruit” represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 takes away “cuts off and takes away” +JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν…καθαίρει 1 prunes every branch “trims every branch” +JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the “clean branches” that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 you The word “you” throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you” +JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything” +JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches The “vine” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The “branches” is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “you will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here “fruit” is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples” +JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love “Continue to accept my love” +JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have” +JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life. +JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you “I have told you everything my Father told me” +JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here “fruit” is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 15 16 v3je καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain “that the results of what you do should last forever” +JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. +JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here “word” is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here “because of my name” is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father. +JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin “they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md). +JHN 15 24 v6pt καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father. +JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. “Word” here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people. +JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son. +JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here “testifying” means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the “beginning” is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br> +JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. +JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase “fall away” implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 16 2 i79b ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God “it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.” +JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus. +JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md). +JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners. +JHN 16 8 bpu5 ἐκεῖνος 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md). +JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me “they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me” +JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me “when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things” +JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world” +JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world” +JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you “messages for you” or “words for you” +JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God. +JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here “things of mine” refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time “Soon” or “Before much time passes” +JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time “again, before much time passes” +JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant. +JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross. +JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time. +JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. +JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying,…see me’? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech “in language that is not clear” +JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming “it will soon happen” +JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father “tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.” +JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one. +JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father. +JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…going to the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus. +JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 16 32 kcb1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. +JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 the Father is with me This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here “peace” refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here “the world” refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.<br> +JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God. +JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky. +JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father…glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God. +JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people. +JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life…know you, the only true God, and…Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son. +JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here “work” is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples. +JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here “world” is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them…that they will be one…as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God. +JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction “the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction” +JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them” +JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν 1 Your word is truth “Your message is true” or “What you say is true” +JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here into “the world” is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 those who will believe in me through their word “those who will believe in me because they teach about me” +JHN 17 21 s8a1 πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe. +JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 22 p4mj κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them “I have honored my followers just as you have honored me” +JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 17 23 fld5 ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity “that they may be completely united” +JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here “where I am” refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 17 24 hz83 θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory “to see my greatness” +JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer. +JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love…loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br> +JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees. +JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him “Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him” +JHN 18 5 vg2d Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth” +JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word “he” is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 5 g4hx ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 who betrayed him “who handed him over” +JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 7 uf85 Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth” +JHN 18 8 l8as writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 18 8 ui8z figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here “the word” refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 18 11 u2s9 θήκην 1 sheath the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner +JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here “cup” is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. +JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)). +JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here “his teaching” refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word “world” is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration “the world” emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here “all the Jews” is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong “tell me what I said that was wrong” +JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter. +JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy. +JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die “regarding how he would die” +JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people “Your fellow Jews” +JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here “world” is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here “the truth” refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here “voice” is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.<br> +JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews. +JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns…purple garment The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md). +JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.” +JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here “power” is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God. +JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy. +JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here “this answer” refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “tried” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor” +JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king “claims that he is a king” +JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here “he” refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up. +JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here. +JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke. +JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus. +JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα…ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour “about noontime” +JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here “I” is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’” +JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here “on the cross” refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin This was the language of the Roman government. +JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “The chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic “and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said” +JHN 19 24 lqy3 λάχωμεν 1 cast lots This was how the soldiers divided Jesus’ clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: “they gambled” +JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This is John, the writer of this Gospel. +JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word “son” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word “mother” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour “From that very moment” +JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 sour wine “bitter wine” +JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here “they” refers to the Roman guards. +JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid +JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 on a hyssop staff “on a branch of a plant called hyssop” +JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover. +JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here “believe” means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12. +JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md). +JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial. +JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +JHN 19 39 nmr8 translate-numbers ἑκατόν 1 one hundred “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden…had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had buried no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “The Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br> +JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried. JHN 20 1 a8vl μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week “Sunday” -JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. -JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name. -JHN 20 3 p6ex figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 went out John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: “rushed out to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. -JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md). -JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here “his head” refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book. -JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν 1 they still did not know the scripture Here the word “they” refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again -JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. -JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: “She saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her “They asked her” -JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord “Because they took away the body of my Lord” -JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him “I do not know where they have put it” -JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her “Jesus asked her” -JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him “tell me where you have put it” -JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word “Rabboni” means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke. -JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word “brothers” to refer to his disciples. -JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples. -JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday. -JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . -JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . -JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever’s sins you keep back “If you do not forgive another’s sins” -JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word “him” refers to Thomas. -JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see…his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see…his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands…into his side The word “his” refers to Jesus. -JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word “his” refers to Jesus. -JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . -JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 29 zgv1 μακάριοι οἱ 1 Blessed are those This means “God gives great happiness to those.” -JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word “signs” refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. -JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here “life” is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life. -JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> -JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “Some time later” -JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.” -JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here “some” refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in “pull the net in” -JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 21 7 h3p4 τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment “he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic” -JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits “90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here “went up” means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 drew the net to land “pulled the net to the shore” -JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων 1 full of large fish “full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JHN 21 12 za5g ἀριστήσατε 1 breakfast the morning meal -JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter. -JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. -JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. -JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here “lambs” is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. -JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here “sheep” is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus. Here “a third time” means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. -JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here “sheep” is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 21 18 sqb7 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background δὲ 1 Now John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 21 19 hf2r figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the word “follow” means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name. -JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. -JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)). -JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here “him” refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.” -JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him “Jesus said to Peter” -JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here “him” refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). -JHN 21 22 tef8 ἔρχομαι 1 I come This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven. -JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ 1 what is that to you? This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here “the brothers” refers to all the followers of Jesus. -JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple “the disciple John” -JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. +JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name. +JHN 20 3 p6ex figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 went out John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: “rushed out to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. +JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md). +JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here “his head” refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book. +JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν 1 they still did not know the scripture Here the word “they” refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again +JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. +JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: “She saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her “They asked her” +JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord “Because they took away the body of my Lord” +JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him “I do not know where they have put it” +JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her “Jesus asked her” +JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him “tell me where you have put it” +JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word “Rabboni” means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke. +JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word “brothers” to refer to his disciples. +JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples. +JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday. +JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . +JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . +JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever’s sins you keep back “If you do not forgive another’s sins” +JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word “him” refers to Thomas. +JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see…his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see…his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands…into his side The word “his” refers to Jesus. +JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word “his” refers to Jesus. +JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . +JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 29 zgv1 μακάριοι οἱ 1 Blessed are those This means “God gives great happiness to those.” +JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word “signs” refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. +JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here “life” is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life. +JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> +JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “Some time later” +JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.” +JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here “some” refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in “pull the net in” +JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 21 7 h3p4 τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment “he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic” +JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits “90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here “went up” means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 drew the net to land “pulled the net to the shore” +JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων 1 full of large fish “full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +JHN 21 12 za5g ἀριστήσατε 1 breakfast the morning meal +JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter. +JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. +JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. +JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here “lambs” is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. +JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here “sheep” is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus. Here “a third time” means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. +JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here “sheep” is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 21 18 sqb7 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). +JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background δὲ 1 Now John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 21 19 hf2r figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the word “follow” means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name. +JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)). +JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here “him” refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.” +JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him “Jesus said to Peter” +JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here “him” refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). +JHN 21 22 tef8 ἔρχομαι 1 I come This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven. +JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ 1 what is that to you? This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here “the brothers” refers to all the followers of Jesus. +JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple “the disciple John” +JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 71867b74a2..014db88691 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,2824 +1,2824 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Acts<br><br>1. The beginning of the church and its mission (1:1–2:41)<br>1. The early church in Jerusalem (2:42–6:7)<br>1. Increasing opposition and the martyrdom of Steven (6:8–7:60)<br>1. The persecution of the church and Philip’s ministry (8:1–40)<br>1. Paul becomes an apostle (9:1–31)<br>1. The ministry of Peter and the first Gentile converts (9:32–12:24)<br>1. Paul, the apostle to Gentiles, the Jewish law, and council of church leaders at Jerusalem (12:25–16:5)<br>1. The expansion of the church into the middle Mediterranean area and Asia Minor (16:6–19:20)<br>1. Paul travels to Jerusalem and becomes a prisoner in Rome (19:21–28:31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Acts about?<br><br>The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Acts?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.<br><br>Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the Church?<br><br>The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?<br><br>These are the most significant textual issues in Acts:<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible, but they are not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verses in square brackets ([]). The ULT and UST put them in a footnote.<br><br>* “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God’” (Acts 8:37).<br>* “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.” (Acts 15:34)<br>* “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.” (Acts 24:6b-8a)<br>* “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.” (Acts 28:29)<br><br>In the following verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. Translators will need to choose which reading to translate. The ULT has the first readings but include the second readings in footnotes.<br>* “They returned from Jerusalem” (Acts 12:25). Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem (or to there).”<br>* “he put up with them” (Acts 13:18). Some versions read, “he cared for them.”<br>* “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” (Acts 15:17-18). Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> -ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records an event, commonly known as the “Ascension,” when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his “second coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])<br><br>The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit ([Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### “He spoke about the kingdom of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe that when Jesus “spoke about the kingdom of God,” he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Akeldama<br><br>This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br> -ACT 1 1 q9ep τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 The former book I wrote The former book is the Gospel of Luke. -ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture’s way of addressing a letter and write “Dear Theophilus” at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means “friend of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας…ἀνελήμφθη 1 until the day that he was taken up This refers to Jesus’ ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: “until the day on which God took him up to heaven” or “until the day that he ascended into heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος…διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things. -ACT 1 3 dup3 μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 After his suffering This refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. -ACT 1 3 yc16 οἷς…παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα 1 he presented himself alive to them Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples. -ACT 1 4 d3kr figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word “you” in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 1 4 lw3e 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead. -ACT 1 4 vb7g καὶ συναλιζόμενος 1 When he was meeting together with them “When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles” -ACT 1 4 sg4h figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the promise of the Father This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 1 4 tj6r ἣν 1 about which, he said If you translated the previous phrase to include the words “Holy Spirit,” you can change the word “which” to “whom.” Alternate translation: “about whom Jesus said” -ACT 1 5 uu4k Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι;…ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ 1 John indeed baptized with water…baptized in the Holy Spirit Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit. -ACT 1 5 fnq5 Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι 1 John indeed baptized with water “John indeed baptized people with water” -ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you shall be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 6 n9wt 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the apostles. -ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel “will you now make Israel a great kingdom again” -ACT 1 7 y1fu figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 the times or the seasons Possible meanings are (1) the words “times” and “seasons” refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” or (2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 1 8 ld4k λήμψεσθε δύναμιν,…καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες, 1 you will receive power…and you will be my witnesses The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will empower you…to be my witnesses” -ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 to the ends of the earth Possible meanings are (1) “all over the world” or (2) “to the places on earth that are farthest away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking up “as they watched.” The apostles “were looking up” at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: “as they were looking up at the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he rose up into the sky” or “God took him up into the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 9 ug58 νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 a cloud hid him from their eyes “a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him” -ACT 1 10 enu1 ἀτενίζοντες…εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking intensely to heaven “staring at the sky” or “gazing at the sky” -ACT 1 11 gpg3 ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι 1 You men of Galilee The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee. -ACT 1 11 cue7 ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον 1 will return in the same manner Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven. -ACT 1 12 x2nk τότε ὑπέστρεψαν 1 Then they returned “The apostles returned” -ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 a Sabbath day’s journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: “about one kilometer away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 13 vis2 καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον 1 When they arrived “When they reached their destination.” Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem. -ACT 1 13 zt12 τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 the upper chamber “the room on the upper level of the house” -ACT 1 14 z6cf οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν…ὁμοθυμαδὸ 1 They were all united as one This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them. -ACT 1 14 u4pr προσκαρτεροῦντες…τῇ προσευχῇ 1 as they diligently continued in prayer This means that the disciples prayed together regularly and frequently. -ACT 1 15 cup2 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room. -ACT 1 15 il8w writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: “During that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 1 15 tl5m translate-numbers ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι 1 120 people “one hundred and twenty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 1 15 liz1 ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 in the midst of the brothers Here the word “brothers” refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women. -ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that we read about in scripture had to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David The word “mouth” refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: “through the words of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 1 17 tmv1 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 1 17 tmv2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word “us” refers only to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 1 17 q73y 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 1 18 dd58 οὗτος…οὖν 1 Now this man The words “this man” refers to Judas Iscariot. -ACT 1 18 w83j figs-explicit μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας 1 the earnings he received for his wickedness “the money that he earned from the evil thing that he did.” The words “his wickedness” refer to Judas Iscariot’s betraying Jesus to the people who killed him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 18 kg3q figs-explicit πρηνὴς γενόμενος, ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ 1 there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 19 mxf3 Χωρίον Αἵματος 1 Field of Blood When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field. -ACT 1 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse. -ACT 1 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For David wrote in the Book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are (1) that the word “field” refers to the field where Judas died or (2) that the word “field” refers to Judas’s dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω…ἔρημος 1 be made desolate “become empty” -ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 1 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 1 21 c5k2 δεῖ οὖν 1 It is necessary, therefore Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do. -ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς 1 the Lord Jesus went in and out among us Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 1 22 mrx7 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων 1 beginning from the baptism of John…become a witness with us of his resurrection The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words “It is necessary…that one of the men who accompanied us” in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb “must be” is thus “one of the men.” Here is a reduced form of the sentence: “It is necessary…that one of the men who accompanied us…beginning from the baptism of John…must be a witness with us.” -ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John The noun “baptism” can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: (1) “beginning from when John baptized Jesus” or (2) “beginning from when John baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 to the day that he was taken up from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven” or “until the day that God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection “must begin to testify with us about his resurrection” -ACT 1 23 lz7y figs-explicit ἔστησαν δύο 1 They put forward two men Here the word “They” refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: “They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 1 24 zd1f figs-explicit προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν 1 They prayed and said Here the word “They” refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: “The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 24 se6m figs-metonymy σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων 1 You, Lord, know the hearts of all people Here the word “hearts” refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-doublet λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship Here the word “apostleship” defines what kind of “ministry” this is. Alternate translation: “to take Judas’ place in this apostolic ministry” or “to take Judas’ place in serving as an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 1 25 ryv6 ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας 1 from which Judas turned away Here the expression “turned away” means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: “which Judas stopped fulfilling” -ACT 1 25 tx6n figs-euphemism πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον 1 to go to his own place This phrase refers to Judas’ death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: “to go where he belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 1 26 r84c ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς 1 They cast lots for them The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias. -ACT 1 26 w4ph ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν 1 the lot fell to Matthias The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas. -ACT 1 26 fk4x figs-activepassive συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 he was numbered with the eleven apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 intro x8fr 1 # Acts 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31.<br><br>The events described in this chapter are commonly called “Pentecost.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tongues<br><br>The word “tongues” has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven ([Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from “a tongue of flame,” which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word “tongues” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4](../02/04.md)).<br><br>### Last days<br><br>No one knows for sure when the “last days” ([Acts 2:17](../../act/02/17.md)) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” in this chapter refers to Christian baptism ([Acts 2:38-41](../02/38.md)). Though the event described in [Acts 2:1-11](./01.md) is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in [Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md), the word “baptize” here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### The prophecy of Joel<br><br>Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost ([Acts 2:17-18](../02/17.md)), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen ([Acts 2:19-20](../02/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Wonders and signs<br><br>These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is.<br> -ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover. -ACT 2 1 i4sb 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md). -ACT 2 2 jc1w ἄφνω 1 Suddenly This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly. -ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐγένετο…ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος 1 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are (1) “heaven” refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: “a sound came from heaven” or (2) “heaven” refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sound came from the sky” -ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind “a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing” -ACT 2 2 t4y4 ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building. -ACT 2 3 re3t figs-simile ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς…γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός 1 There appeared to them tongues like fire These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are (1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or (2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι…καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the “tongues like fire” spread out so that there was one on each person. -ACT 2 4 v7hi figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ 1 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 4 nr9f λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις 1 speak in other tongues They were speaking in languages that they did not already know. -ACT 2 5 dz1l writing-background 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to the believers; the word “his” refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 2 5 yft2 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 godly men Here “godly men” refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws. -ACT 2 5 stq9 figs-hyperbole παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 every nation under heaven “every nation in the world.” The word “every” is an exaggeration that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: “many different nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 2 6 bpj7 figs-activepassive γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης 1 When this sound was heard This refers to the sound that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: “When they heard this sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 6 u9hc τὸ πλῆθος 1 the multitude “the large crowd of people” -ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 They were amazed and marveled These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: “They were greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἰδοὺ, ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: “All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or (2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born “in our own languages that we have learned from birth” -ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names Πάρθοι,…Μῆδοι,…Ἐλαμεῖται 1 Parthians…Medes…Elamites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;…Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον,…Ἀσίαν; 1 Mesopotamia…Judea…Cappadocia…Pontus…Asia These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names Φρυγίαν,…Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον,…Λιβύης…Κυρήνην 1 Phrygia…Pamphylia…Egypt…Libya…Cyrene These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names Κρῆτες…Ἄραβες 1 Cretans…Arabians These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 11 w8jy προσήλυτοι 1 proselytes converts to the Jewish religion -ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 amazed and perplexed These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: “surprised and confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-idiom γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: “They are drunk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 13 jj1n γλεύκους 1 new wine This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation. -ACT 2 14 k5hr 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost. -ACT 2 14 c919 σταθεὶς…σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter’s statement. -ACT 2 14 d9tb ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 raised his voice This is an idiom for “spoke loudly.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “know this” or “let me explain this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ…ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day “It is only nine o’clock in the morning.” Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation. -ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what God told the prophet Joel to write” or “this is that which the prophet Joel spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 17 ijl8 ἔσται 1 It will be “This is what will happen” or “This is what I will do” -ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all people Here the words “pour out” mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 18 uwd7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel. -ACT 2 18 nd34 τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας 1 my servants and my female servants “both my male and my female servants.” These words emphasize that God will pour out his Spirit on all of his servants, both men and women. -ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 I will pour out my Spirit Here the words “pour out” mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 19 p5zi ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke “thick smoke” or “clouds of smoke” -ACT 2 20 ylv7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel. -ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 the moon to blood This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: “the moon will appear to be red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν…τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words “great” and “remarkable” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: “the very great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 20 lc4g ἐπιφανῆ 1 remarkable great and beautiful -ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will save everyone who calls on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 22 sa78 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 2 22 g6vj ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 hear these words “listen to what I am about to say” -ACT 2 22 f2t1 ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις 1 accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles. -ACT 2 23 s38b figs-abstractnouns τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by God’s predetermined plan and foreknowledge The nouns “plan” and “foreknowledge” can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 2 23 i6un figs-activepassive τοῦτον…ἔκδοτον 1 This man was handed over Possible meanings: (1) “you handed Jesus over into the hands of his enemies” or (2) “Judas betrayed Jesus to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 23 f5kn διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων, προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε 1 you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross Although “lawless men” actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death. -ACT 2 23 e38a figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων 1 by the hand of lawless men Here “hand” refers to the actions of the lawless men. Alternate translation: “through the actions of lawless men” or “by what lawless men did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 23 f6kd ἀνόμων 1 lawless men Possible meanings are (1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or (2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus. -ACT 2 24 ei37 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν 1 But God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “But God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 24 s8j3 figs-metaphor λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 freeing him from the pains of death Peter speaks of dying as if death were a person who ties people up with painful ropes and holds them captive. He speaks of God ending Christ’s death as if God broke the ropes that held Chist and set Christ free. Alternate translation: “ending the pains of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 2 25 dd5a 0 General Information: Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “I” and “my” refer to Jesus and the words “Lord” and “he” refer to God. -ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before my face “in front of me.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 beside my right hand To be at someone’s “right hand” often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: “right beside me” or “with me to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word “moved” means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will not be able to cause me trouble” or “nothing will trouble me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the “heart” the center of emotions and the “tongue” voices those emotions. Alternate translation: “I was glad and rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-synecdoche ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will live in certain hope Possible meanings of the word “flesh” are (1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: “Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God” or (2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: “I will live with confidence in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 27 whi3 0 General Information: Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “my,” “Holy One,” and “me” refer to Jesus and the words “you” and “your” refer to God. -ACT 2 27 m3ij 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting David. -ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words “your Holy One.” Alternate translation: “neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 2 27 l5cd figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay Here the word “see” means to experience something. The word “decay” refers to the decomposition of his body after death. Alternate translation: “to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 28 gsk6 ὁδοὺς ζωῆς 1 the ways of life “the ways that lead to life” -ACT 2 28 y7gf figs-metonymy πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 you will fill me with gladness in your presence Here the word “face” refers to the presence of God. Alternate translation: “very glad when I see you” or “very glad when I am in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 28 ej5m εὐφροσύνης 1 gladness joy, happiness -ACT 2 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he,” “his,” and “him” refer to David. In verse 31, the first “He” refers to David and the words within the quote “He” and “his” refer to Christ. -ACT 2 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem. -ACT 2 29 ps7c ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν 1 Brothers, I am permitted “My fellow Jews, I” -ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he died and people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne “God would set one of David’s descendants upon David’s throne.” Alternate translation: “God would appoint one of David’s descendants to be king in David’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word “fruit” refers to what “his body” produces. Alternate translation: “one of his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not abandon him to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word “see” means to experience something. The word “decay” refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “nor did his flesh decay” or “nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word “this” refers to the disciples’ speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word “we” refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-idiom τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God “Right hand of God” here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: “Christ is in the position of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 33 c1dr figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν…ὃ 1 he has poured out what Here the words “poured out” mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: “he has caused to happen these things that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν 1 poured out Here the words “pour out” mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “given abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 34 i8wu 0 General Information: Peter again quotes one of David’s Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. “The Lord” and “my” refer to God; “my Lord” and “your” refer to Jesus the Messiah. -ACT 2 34 m7fy 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 2 34 kvn8 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah’s enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: “until I make you victorious over all of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 2 36 pnp5 figs-idiom πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ 1 all the house of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “every Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 37 xan1 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke. -ACT 2 37 w1ma 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews respond to Peter’s speech and Peter answers them. -ACT 2 37 zls6 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard this “when the people heard what Peter had said” -ACT 2 37 s85q figs-activepassive κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they were pierced in their hearts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Peter’s words pierced their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 37 l15x figs-idiom κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 pierced in their hearts This means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: “deeply troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 38 cmb7 figs-activepassive βαπτισθήτω 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 38 geb2 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ “In the name of” here is a metonym for “by the authority of” Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 39 v8vi πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν 1 all who are far off This means either (1) “all people who live far away” or (2) “all people who are far from God.” -ACT 2 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them “he seriously told them and begged them.” Here the words “testified” and “urged” share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “he strongly urged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish “this wicked generation.” Alternate translation: “Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom οἱ…ν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 they received his word Here the word “received” means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: “they believed what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 about three thousand souls Here the word “souls” refers to people. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 2 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 the breaking of bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: “eating meals together” or (2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “eating the Lord’s Supper together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 43 gi9v figs-synecdoche ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος 1 Fear came upon every soul Here the word “Fear” refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word “soul” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “Each person felt a deep respect and awe for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 43 ys3y figs-activepassive πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο 1 many wonders and signs were done through the apostles Possible meanings are (1) “the apostles performed many wonders and signs” or (2) “God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 43 q6dm τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα 1 wonders and signs “miraculous deeds and supernatural events.” See how you translated this in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md). -ACT 2 44 u8qk πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 All who believed were together Possible meanings are (1) “All of them believed the same thing” or (2) “All who believed were together in the same place.” -ACT 2 44 jy2w εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά 1 had all things in common “shared their belongings with one another” -ACT 2 45 h8tn κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις 1 property and possessions “land and things they owned” -ACT 2 45 f74s figs-metonymy διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν 1 distributed them to all Here the word “them” refers to the profit that they made from selling their property and possessions. Alternate translation: “distributed the proceeds to all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 45 n9hi καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 according to the needs anyone had They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need. -ACT 2 46 in43 προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 they continued with one purpose Possible meanings are (1) “they continued meeting together” or (2) “they all continued to have the same attitude.” -ACT 2 46 q1ge figs-synecdoche κλῶντές…κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον 1 they broke bread in homes Bread was part of their meals. Alternate translation: “they eat meals together in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 46 i2yk figs-metonymy ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας 1 with glad and humble hearts Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “joyfully and humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 47 z6ig αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν 1 praising God and having favor with all the people “praising God. All the people approved of them” -ACT 2 47 kc42 figs-activepassive τοὺς σῳζομένους 1 those who were being saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the Lord saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 intro hpd9 0 # Acts 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant God made with Abraham<br><br>This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You delivered up”<br><br>The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent ([Luke 3:26](../../luk/03/26.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br> -ACT 3 1 u6nu writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information about the lame man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 3 1 b5rm 0 Connecting Statement: One day Peter and John go to the temple. -ACT 3 1 br7i εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” or “into the temple area” -ACT 3 2 f227 figs-activepassive τις ἀνὴρ, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν 1 a man lame from birth was being carried every day to the Beautiful Gate of the temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Every day, people carried a certain man, lame from birth, and laid him near the Beautiful gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 2 j68t χωλὸς 1 lame unable to walk -ACT 3 4 xq4u ἀτενίσας…Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν 1 Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said Both Peter and John looked at the man, but only Peter spoke. -ACT 3 4 t1q9 figs-idiom ἀτενίσας…εἰς αὐτὸν 1 fastening his eyes upon him Possible meanings are (1) “looking directly at him” or (2) “looking intently at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 3 5 e3c6 ὁ…ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς 1 The lame man looked at them Here the word “looked” means to pay attention to something. Alternate translation: “The lame man paid close attention to them” -ACT 3 6 x6bm figs-metonymy ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον 1 Silver and gold These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ…ἔχω 1 what I do have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 he raised him up “Peter caused him to stand” +ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Acts<br><br>1. The beginning of the church and its mission (1:1–2:41)<br>1. The early church in Jerusalem (2:42–6:7)<br>1. Increasing opposition and the martyrdom of Steven (6:8–7:60)<br>1. The persecution of the church and Philip’s ministry (8:1–40)<br>1. Paul becomes an apostle (9:1–31)<br>1. The ministry of Peter and the first Gentile converts (9:32–12:24)<br>1. Paul, the apostle to Gentiles, the Jewish law, and council of church leaders at Jerusalem (12:25–16:5)<br>1. The expansion of the church into the middle Mediterranean area and Asia Minor (16:6–19:20)<br>1. Paul travels to Jerusalem and becomes a prisoner in Rome (19:21–28:31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Acts about?<br><br>The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Acts?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.<br><br>Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the Church?<br><br>The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?<br><br>These are the most significant textual issues in Acts:<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible, but they are not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verses in square brackets ([]). The ULT and UST put them in a footnote.<br><br>* “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God’” (Acts 8:37).<br>* “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.” (Acts 15:34)<br>* “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.” (Acts 24:6b-8a)<br>* “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.” (Acts 28:29)<br><br>In the following verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. Translators will need to choose which reading to translate. The ULT has the first readings but include the second readings in footnotes.<br>* “They returned from Jerusalem” (Acts 12:25). Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem (or to there).”<br>* “he put up with them” (Acts 13:18). Some versions read, “he cared for them.”<br>* “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” (Acts 15:17-18). Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> +ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records an event, commonly known as the “Ascension,” when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his “second coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])<br><br>The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit ([Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### “He spoke about the kingdom of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe that when Jesus “spoke about the kingdom of God,” he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Akeldama<br><br>This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br> +ACT 1 1 q9ep τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 The former book I wrote The former book is the Gospel of Luke. +ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture’s way of addressing a letter and write “Dear Theophilus” at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means “friend of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας…ἀνελήμφθη 1 until the day that he was taken up This refers to Jesus’ ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: “until the day on which God took him up to heaven” or “until the day that he ascended into heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος…διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things. +ACT 1 3 dup3 μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 After his suffering This refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. +ACT 1 3 yc16 οἷς…παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα 1 he presented himself alive to them Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples. +ACT 1 4 d3kr figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word “you” in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 1 4 lw3e 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead. +ACT 1 4 vb7g καὶ συναλιζόμενος 1 When he was meeting together with them “When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles” +ACT 1 4 sg4h figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the promise of the Father This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 4 tj6r ἣν 1 about which, he said If you translated the previous phrase to include the words “Holy Spirit,” you can change the word “which” to “whom.” Alternate translation: “about whom Jesus said” +ACT 1 5 uu4k Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι;…ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ 1 John indeed baptized with water…baptized in the Holy Spirit Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit. +ACT 1 5 fnq5 Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι 1 John indeed baptized with water “John indeed baptized people with water” +ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you shall be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 6 n9wt 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the apostles. +ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel “will you now make Israel a great kingdom again” +ACT 1 7 y1fu figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 the times or the seasons Possible meanings are (1) the words “times” and “seasons” refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” or (2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 1 8 ld4k λήμψεσθε δύναμιν,…καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες, 1 you will receive power…and you will be my witnesses The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will empower you…to be my witnesses” +ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 to the ends of the earth Possible meanings are (1) “all over the world” or (2) “to the places on earth that are farthest away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking up “as they watched.” The apostles “were looking up” at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: “as they were looking up at the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he rose up into the sky” or “God took him up into the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 9 ug58 νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 a cloud hid him from their eyes “a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him” +ACT 1 10 enu1 ἀτενίζοντες…εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking intensely to heaven “staring at the sky” or “gazing at the sky” +ACT 1 11 gpg3 ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι 1 You men of Galilee The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee. +ACT 1 11 cue7 ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον 1 will return in the same manner Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven. +ACT 1 12 x2nk τότε ὑπέστρεψαν 1 Then they returned “The apostles returned” +ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 a Sabbath day’s journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: “about one kilometer away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 13 vis2 καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον 1 When they arrived “When they reached their destination.” Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem. +ACT 1 13 zt12 τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 the upper chamber “the room on the upper level of the house” +ACT 1 14 z6cf οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν…ὁμοθυμαδὸ 1 They were all united as one This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them. +ACT 1 14 u4pr προσκαρτεροῦντες…τῇ προσευχῇ 1 as they diligently continued in prayer This means that the disciples prayed together regularly and frequently. +ACT 1 15 cup2 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room. +ACT 1 15 il8w writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: “During that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 1 15 tl5m translate-numbers ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι 1 120 people “one hundred and twenty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 1 15 liz1 ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 in the midst of the brothers Here the word “brothers” refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women. +ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that we read about in scripture had to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David The word “mouth” refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: “through the words of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 17 tmv1 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 1 17 tmv2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word “us” refers only to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 1 17 q73y 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). +ACT 1 18 dd58 οὗτος…οὖν 1 Now this man The words “this man” refers to Judas Iscariot. +ACT 1 18 w83j figs-explicit μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας 1 the earnings he received for his wickedness “the money that he earned from the evil thing that he did.” The words “his wickedness” refer to Judas Iscariot’s betraying Jesus to the people who killed him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 18 kg3q figs-explicit πρηνὴς γενόμενος, ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ 1 there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 19 mxf3 Χωρίον Αἵματος 1 Field of Blood When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field. +ACT 1 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse. +ACT 1 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). +ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For David wrote in the Book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are (1) that the word “field” refers to the field where Judas died or (2) that the word “field” refers to Judas’s dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω…ἔρημος 1 be made desolate “become empty” +ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 1 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). +ACT 1 21 c5k2 δεῖ οὖν 1 It is necessary, therefore Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do. +ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς 1 the Lord Jesus went in and out among us Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 22 mrx7 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων 1 beginning from the baptism of John…become a witness with us of his resurrection The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words “It is necessary…that one of the men who accompanied us” in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb “must be” is thus “one of the men.” Here is a reduced form of the sentence: “It is necessary…that one of the men who accompanied us…beginning from the baptism of John…must be a witness with us.” +ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John The noun “baptism” can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: (1) “beginning from when John baptized Jesus” or (2) “beginning from when John baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 to the day that he was taken up from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven” or “until the day that God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection “must begin to testify with us about his resurrection” +ACT 1 23 lz7y figs-explicit ἔστησαν δύο 1 They put forward two men Here the word “They” refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: “They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 24 zd1f figs-explicit προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν 1 They prayed and said Here the word “They” refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: “The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 24 se6m figs-metonymy σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων 1 You, Lord, know the hearts of all people Here the word “hearts” refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-doublet λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship Here the word “apostleship” defines what kind of “ministry” this is. Alternate translation: “to take Judas’ place in this apostolic ministry” or “to take Judas’ place in serving as an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 1 25 ryv6 ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας 1 from which Judas turned away Here the expression “turned away” means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: “which Judas stopped fulfilling” +ACT 1 25 tx6n figs-euphemism πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον 1 to go to his own place This phrase refers to Judas’ death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: “to go where he belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 1 26 r84c ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς 1 They cast lots for them The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias. +ACT 1 26 w4ph ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν 1 the lot fell to Matthias The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas. +ACT 1 26 fk4x figs-activepassive συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 he was numbered with the eleven apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 intro x8fr 1 # Acts 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31.<br><br>The events described in this chapter are commonly called “Pentecost.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tongues<br><br>The word “tongues” has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven ([Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from “a tongue of flame,” which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word “tongues” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4](../02/04.md)).<br><br>### Last days<br><br>No one knows for sure when the “last days” ([Acts 2:17](../../act/02/17.md)) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” in this chapter refers to Christian baptism ([Acts 2:38-41](../02/38.md)). Though the event described in [Acts 2:1-11](./01.md) is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in [Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md), the word “baptize” here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### The prophecy of Joel<br><br>Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost ([Acts 2:17-18](../02/17.md)), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen ([Acts 2:19-20](../02/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Wonders and signs<br><br>These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is.<br> +ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover. +ACT 2 1 i4sb 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md). +ACT 2 2 jc1w ἄφνω 1 Suddenly This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly. +ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐγένετο…ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος 1 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are (1) “heaven” refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: “a sound came from heaven” or (2) “heaven” refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sound came from the sky” +ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind “a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing” +ACT 2 2 t4y4 ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building. +ACT 2 3 re3t figs-simile ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς…γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός 1 There appeared to them tongues like fire These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are (1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or (2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι…καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the “tongues like fire” spread out so that there was one on each person. +ACT 2 4 v7hi figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ 1 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 4 nr9f λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις 1 speak in other tongues They were speaking in languages that they did not already know. +ACT 2 5 dz1l writing-background 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to the believers; the word “his” refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 2 5 yft2 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 godly men Here “godly men” refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws. +ACT 2 5 stq9 figs-hyperbole παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 every nation under heaven “every nation in the world.” The word “every” is an exaggeration that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: “many different nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 2 6 bpj7 figs-activepassive γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης 1 When this sound was heard This refers to the sound that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: “When they heard this sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 6 u9hc τὸ πλῆθος 1 the multitude “the large crowd of people” +ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 They were amazed and marveled These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: “They were greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἰδοὺ, ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: “All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or (2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born “in our own languages that we have learned from birth” +ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names Πάρθοι,…Μῆδοι,…Ἐλαμεῖται 1 Parthians…Medes…Elamites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;…Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον,…Ἀσίαν; 1 Mesopotamia…Judea…Cappadocia…Pontus…Asia These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names Φρυγίαν,…Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον,…Λιβύης…Κυρήνην 1 Phrygia…Pamphylia…Egypt…Libya…Cyrene These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names Κρῆτες…Ἄραβες 1 Cretans…Arabians These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 11 w8jy προσήλυτοι 1 proselytes converts to the Jewish religion +ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 amazed and perplexed These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: “surprised and confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-idiom γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: “They are drunk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 13 jj1n γλεύκους 1 new wine This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation. +ACT 2 14 k5hr 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost. +ACT 2 14 c919 σταθεὶς…σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter’s statement. +ACT 2 14 d9tb ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 raised his voice This is an idiom for “spoke loudly.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) +ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “know this” or “let me explain this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ…ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day “It is only nine o’clock in the morning.” Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation. +ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what God told the prophet Joel to write” or “this is that which the prophet Joel spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 17 ijl8 ἔσται 1 It will be “This is what will happen” or “This is what I will do” +ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all people Here the words “pour out” mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 18 uwd7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel. +ACT 2 18 nd34 τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας 1 my servants and my female servants “both my male and my female servants.” These words emphasize that God will pour out his Spirit on all of his servants, both men and women. +ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 I will pour out my Spirit Here the words “pour out” mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 19 p5zi ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke “thick smoke” or “clouds of smoke” +ACT 2 20 ylv7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel. +ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 the moon to blood This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: “the moon will appear to be red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν…τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words “great” and “remarkable” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: “the very great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 20 lc4g ἐπιφανῆ 1 remarkable great and beautiful +ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will save everyone who calls on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 22 sa78 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). +ACT 2 22 g6vj ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 hear these words “listen to what I am about to say” +ACT 2 22 f2t1 ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις 1 accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles. +ACT 2 23 s38b figs-abstractnouns τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by God’s predetermined plan and foreknowledge The nouns “plan” and “foreknowledge” can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 23 i6un figs-activepassive τοῦτον…ἔκδοτον 1 This man was handed over Possible meanings: (1) “you handed Jesus over into the hands of his enemies” or (2) “Judas betrayed Jesus to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 23 f5kn διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων, προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε 1 you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross Although “lawless men” actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death. +ACT 2 23 e38a figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων 1 by the hand of lawless men Here “hand” refers to the actions of the lawless men. Alternate translation: “through the actions of lawless men” or “by what lawless men did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 23 f6kd ἀνόμων 1 lawless men Possible meanings are (1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or (2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus. +ACT 2 24 ei37 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν 1 But God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “But God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 24 s8j3 figs-metaphor λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 freeing him from the pains of death Peter speaks of dying as if death were a person who ties people up with painful ropes and holds them captive. He speaks of God ending Christ’s death as if God broke the ropes that held Chist and set Christ free. Alternate translation: “ending the pains of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 2 25 dd5a 0 General Information: Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “I” and “my” refer to Jesus and the words “Lord” and “he” refer to God. +ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before my face “in front of me.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 beside my right hand To be at someone’s “right hand” often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: “right beside me” or “with me to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word “moved” means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will not be able to cause me trouble” or “nothing will trouble me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the “heart” the center of emotions and the “tongue” voices those emotions. Alternate translation: “I was glad and rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-synecdoche ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will live in certain hope Possible meanings of the word “flesh” are (1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: “Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God” or (2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: “I will live with confidence in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 27 whi3 0 General Information: Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “my,” “Holy One,” and “me” refer to Jesus and the words “you” and “your” refer to God. +ACT 2 27 m3ij 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting David. +ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words “your Holy One.” Alternate translation: “neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 2 27 l5cd figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay Here the word “see” means to experience something. The word “decay” refers to the decomposition of his body after death. Alternate translation: “to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 28 gsk6 ὁδοὺς ζωῆς 1 the ways of life “the ways that lead to life” +ACT 2 28 y7gf figs-metonymy πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 you will fill me with gladness in your presence Here the word “face” refers to the presence of God. Alternate translation: “very glad when I see you” or “very glad when I am in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 28 ej5m εὐφροσύνης 1 gladness joy, happiness +ACT 2 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he,” “his,” and “him” refer to David. In verse 31, the first “He” refers to David and the words within the quote “He” and “his” refer to Christ. +ACT 2 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem. +ACT 2 29 ps7c ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν 1 Brothers, I am permitted “My fellow Jews, I” +ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he died and people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne “God would set one of David’s descendants upon David’s throne.” Alternate translation: “God would appoint one of David’s descendants to be king in David’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word “fruit” refers to what “his body” produces. Alternate translation: “one of his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not abandon him to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word “see” means to experience something. The word “decay” refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “nor did his flesh decay” or “nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word “this” refers to the disciples’ speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word “we” refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-idiom τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God “Right hand of God” here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: “Christ is in the position of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 33 c1dr figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν…ὃ 1 he has poured out what Here the words “poured out” mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: “he has caused to happen these things that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν 1 poured out Here the words “pour out” mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “given abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 34 i8wu 0 General Information: Peter again quotes one of David’s Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. “The Lord” and “my” refer to God; “my Lord” and “your” refer to Jesus the Messiah. +ACT 2 34 m7fy 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). +ACT 2 34 kvn8 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah’s enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: “until I make you victorious over all of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 36 pnp5 figs-idiom πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ 1 all the house of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “every Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 37 xan1 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke. +ACT 2 37 w1ma 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews respond to Peter’s speech and Peter answers them. +ACT 2 37 zls6 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard this “when the people heard what Peter had said” +ACT 2 37 s85q figs-activepassive κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they were pierced in their hearts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Peter’s words pierced their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 37 l15x figs-idiom κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 pierced in their hearts This means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: “deeply troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 38 cmb7 figs-activepassive βαπτισθήτω 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 38 geb2 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ “In the name of” here is a metonym for “by the authority of” Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 39 v8vi πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν 1 all who are far off This means either (1) “all people who live far away” or (2) “all people who are far from God.” +ACT 2 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them “he seriously told them and begged them.” Here the words “testified” and “urged” share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “he strongly urged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish “this wicked generation.” Alternate translation: “Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom οἱ…ν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 they received his word Here the word “received” means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: “they believed what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 about three thousand souls Here the word “souls” refers to people. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 2 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 the breaking of bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: “eating meals together” or (2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “eating the Lord’s Supper together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 43 gi9v figs-synecdoche ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος 1 Fear came upon every soul Here the word “Fear” refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word “soul” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “Each person felt a deep respect and awe for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 43 ys3y figs-activepassive πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο 1 many wonders and signs were done through the apostles Possible meanings are (1) “the apostles performed many wonders and signs” or (2) “God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 43 q6dm τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα 1 wonders and signs “miraculous deeds and supernatural events.” See how you translated this in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md). +ACT 2 44 u8qk πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 All who believed were together Possible meanings are (1) “All of them believed the same thing” or (2) “All who believed were together in the same place.” +ACT 2 44 jy2w εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά 1 had all things in common “shared their belongings with one another” +ACT 2 45 h8tn κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις 1 property and possessions “land and things they owned” +ACT 2 45 f74s figs-metonymy διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν 1 distributed them to all Here the word “them” refers to the profit that they made from selling their property and possessions. Alternate translation: “distributed the proceeds to all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 45 n9hi καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 according to the needs anyone had They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need. +ACT 2 46 in43 προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 they continued with one purpose Possible meanings are (1) “they continued meeting together” or (2) “they all continued to have the same attitude.” +ACT 2 46 q1ge figs-synecdoche κλῶντές…κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον 1 they broke bread in homes Bread was part of their meals. Alternate translation: “they eat meals together in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 46 i2yk figs-metonymy ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας 1 with glad and humble hearts Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “joyfully and humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 47 z6ig αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν 1 praising God and having favor with all the people “praising God. All the people approved of them” +ACT 2 47 kc42 figs-activepassive τοὺς σῳζομένους 1 those who were being saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the Lord saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 intro hpd9 0 # Acts 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant God made with Abraham<br><br>This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You delivered up”<br><br>The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent ([Luke 3:26](../../luk/03/26.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br> +ACT 3 1 u6nu writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information about the lame man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 3 1 b5rm 0 Connecting Statement: One day Peter and John go to the temple. +ACT 3 1 br7i εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” or “into the temple area” +ACT 3 2 f227 figs-activepassive τις ἀνὴρ, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν 1 a man lame from birth was being carried every day to the Beautiful Gate of the temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Every day, people carried a certain man, lame from birth, and laid him near the Beautiful gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 2 j68t χωλὸς 1 lame unable to walk +ACT 3 4 xq4u ἀτενίσας…Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν 1 Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said Both Peter and John looked at the man, but only Peter spoke. +ACT 3 4 t1q9 figs-idiom ἀτενίσας…εἰς αὐτὸν 1 fastening his eyes upon him Possible meanings are (1) “looking directly at him” or (2) “looking intently at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 5 e3c6 ὁ…ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς 1 The lame man looked at them Here the word “looked” means to pay attention to something. Alternate translation: “The lame man paid close attention to them” +ACT 3 6 x6bm figs-metonymy ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον 1 Silver and gold These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ…ἔχω 1 what I do have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 he raised him up “Peter caused him to stand” ACT 3 8 abc1 ἐξαλλόμενος, ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν 1 leaping up, he stood and began to walk; and he entered The lame man did these actions. -ACT 3 8 zp7x εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 he entered…into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered…the temple area” or “he entered…into the temple courtyard” -ACT 3 10 zy7h ἐπεγίνωσκον…ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ 1 noticed that it was the man “realized that it was the man” or “recognized him as the man” -ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md). -ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words “wonder” and “amazement” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people’s amazement. Alternate translation: “they were extremely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 3 11 eu1l 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people. -ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος 1 the porch that is called Solomon’s “Solomon’s Porch.” This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. -ACT 3 11 rk1m ἔκθαμβοι 1 greatly marveling “extremely surprised” -ACT 3 12 x9m9 ἰδὼν δὲ, ὁ Πέτρος 1 When Peter saw this Here the word “this” refers to the amazement of the people. -ACT 3 12 ndi3 ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 You men of Israel “Fellow Israelites.” Peter was addressing the crowd. -ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion τί θαυμάζετε 1 why do you marvel? Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: “you should not be surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν 1 Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had made him to walk by our own power or godliness? Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Do not fix your eyes on us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-idiom ἡμῖν…ἀτενίζετε 1 fix your eyes on us This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: “stare at us” or “look at us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 3 13 q8q2 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md). -ACT 3 13 cp1j figs-idiom ἠρνήσασθε κατὰ πρόσωπον Πειλάτου 1 rejected before the face of Pilate Here the phrase “before the face of” means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “rejected in Pilate’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him “when Pilate had decided to release Jesus” -ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 asked for a man who was a murderer to be released to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Pilate to release a murderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 3 15 ljn8 figs-metaphor Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς 1 Founder of life This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who gives people eternal life” or (2) “the ruler of life” or (3) “the founder of life” or (4) “the one who leads people to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 3 16 xu92 καὶ 1 Now This word, “Now,” shifts the audiences’ attention to the lame man. +ACT 3 8 zp7x εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 he entered…into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered…the temple area” or “he entered…into the temple courtyard” +ACT 3 10 zy7h ἐπεγίνωσκον…ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ 1 noticed that it was the man “realized that it was the man” or “recognized him as the man” +ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md). +ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words “wonder” and “amazement” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people’s amazement. Alternate translation: “they were extremely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 3 11 eu1l 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people. +ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος 1 the porch that is called Solomon’s “Solomon’s Porch.” This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. +ACT 3 11 rk1m ἔκθαμβοι 1 greatly marveling “extremely surprised” +ACT 3 12 x9m9 ἰδὼν δὲ, ὁ Πέτρος 1 When Peter saw this Here the word “this” refers to the amazement of the people. +ACT 3 12 ndi3 ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 You men of Israel “Fellow Israelites.” Peter was addressing the crowd. +ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion τί θαυμάζετε 1 why do you marvel? Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: “you should not be surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν 1 Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had made him to walk by our own power or godliness? Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Do not fix your eyes on us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-idiom ἡμῖν…ἀτενίζετε 1 fix your eyes on us This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: “stare at us” or “look at us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 13 q8q2 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md). +ACT 3 13 cp1j figs-idiom ἠρνήσασθε κατὰ πρόσωπον Πειλάτου 1 rejected before the face of Pilate Here the phrase “before the face of” means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “rejected in Pilate’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him “when Pilate had decided to release Jesus” +ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 asked for a man who was a murderer to be released to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Pilate to release a murderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 3 15 ljn8 figs-metaphor Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς 1 Founder of life This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who gives people eternal life” or (2) “the ruler of life” or (3) “the founder of life” or (4) “the one who leads people to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 16 xu92 καὶ 1 Now This word, “Now,” shifts the audiences’ attention to the lame man. ACT 3 16 abc2 ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 by faith in his name “by faith in the name of Jesus” -ACT 3 16 qt8w ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name has made strong “the name of Jesus has made well” +ACT 3 16 qt8w ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name has made strong “the name of Jesus has made well” ACT 3 16 abc3 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 1 gave to him “gave to the lame man” -ACT 3 17 v45t καὶ νῦν 1 Now Here Peter shifts the audience’s attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly. -ACT 3 17 x62k κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε 1 you acted in ignorance Possible meanings are (1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or (2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing. -ACT 3 18 gcc1 ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak” -ACT 3 18 ms6d ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν 1 God foretold “God spoke about ahead of time” or “God told about before they happened” -ACT 3 18 z3l7 figs-metonymy στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the mouth of all the prophets Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 19 cw18 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε 1 and turn “and turn to the Lord.” Here “turn” is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and start obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 3 19 zm6y figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 so that your sins may be blotted out Here “blotted out” is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God will forgive you for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 3 20 f2wm figs-metonymy ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 from the presence of the Lord Here the words “presence of the Lord” is a metonym for the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 20 x3ca καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 periods of refreshing from the presence of the Lord “times of relief from the presence of the Lord.” Possible meanings are (1) “times when God will strengthen your spirits” or (2) “times when God will revive you” -ACT 3 20 h3nk ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν Χριστὸν 1 that he may send the Christ “that he may again send the Christ.” This refers to Christ’s coming again. -ACT 3 20 yzr6 figs-activepassive τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν 1 who has been appointed for you This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom he has appointed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 21 sj21 0 General Information: In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came. -ACT 3 21 u33e 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md) to the Jews who stood in the temple area. -ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι 1 He is the One heaven must receive “He is the One heaven must welcome.” Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι 1 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned. -ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are (1) “until the time when God will restore all things” or (2) “until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold.” -ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them” -ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of his holy prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 22 v5nf προφήτην…ἀναστήσει…ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers “will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him” -ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers “your nation” -ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 1 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that prophet, God will completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md). -ACT 3 24 u6x3 καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται 1 Yes, and all the prophets “In fact, all the prophets.” Here the word “Yes” adds emphasis to what follows. -ACT 3 24 xp9h ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς 1 from Samuel and those who came after him “beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did” -ACT 3 24 m9pr τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days “these times” or “the things that are happening now” -ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης 1 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word “sons” refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: “You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 3 25 mad5 ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In your seed “Because of your offspring” -ACT 3 25 g31m figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 shall all the families of the earth be blessed Here the word “families” refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will bless all the people groups in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 After God raised up his servant “After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous” -ACT 3 26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 his servant This refers to the Messiah, Jesus. -ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 turning every one of you from your wickedness Here “turning…from” is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: “causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things” or “causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>### “Signs and wonders”<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Cornerstone<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name<br><br>“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.<br> -ACT 4 1 ew3l 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter’s having healed the man who was born lame. +ACT 3 17 v45t καὶ νῦν 1 Now Here Peter shifts the audience’s attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly. +ACT 3 17 x62k κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε 1 you acted in ignorance Possible meanings are (1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or (2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing. +ACT 3 18 gcc1 ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak” +ACT 3 18 ms6d ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν 1 God foretold “God spoke about ahead of time” or “God told about before they happened” +ACT 3 18 z3l7 figs-metonymy στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the mouth of all the prophets Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 19 cw18 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε 1 and turn “and turn to the Lord.” Here “turn” is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and start obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 19 zm6y figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 so that your sins may be blotted out Here “blotted out” is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God will forgive you for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 20 f2wm figs-metonymy ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 from the presence of the Lord Here the words “presence of the Lord” is a metonym for the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 20 x3ca καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 periods of refreshing from the presence of the Lord “times of relief from the presence of the Lord.” Possible meanings are (1) “times when God will strengthen your spirits” or (2) “times when God will revive you” +ACT 3 20 h3nk ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν Χριστὸν 1 that he may send the Christ “that he may again send the Christ.” This refers to Christ’s coming again. +ACT 3 20 yzr6 figs-activepassive τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν 1 who has been appointed for you This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom he has appointed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 21 sj21 0 General Information: In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came. +ACT 3 21 u33e 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md) to the Jews who stood in the temple area. +ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι 1 He is the One heaven must receive “He is the One heaven must welcome.” Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι 1 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned. +ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are (1) “until the time when God will restore all things” or (2) “until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold.” +ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them” +ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of his holy prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 22 v5nf προφήτην…ἀναστήσει…ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers “will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him” +ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers “your nation” +ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 1 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that prophet, God will completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md). +ACT 3 24 u6x3 καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται 1 Yes, and all the prophets “In fact, all the prophets.” Here the word “Yes” adds emphasis to what follows. +ACT 3 24 xp9h ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς 1 from Samuel and those who came after him “beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did” +ACT 3 24 m9pr τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days “these times” or “the things that are happening now” +ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης 1 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word “sons” refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: “You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 3 25 mad5 ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In your seed “Because of your offspring” +ACT 3 25 g31m figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 shall all the families of the earth be blessed Here the word “families” refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will bless all the people groups in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 After God raised up his servant “After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous” +ACT 3 26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 his servant This refers to the Messiah, Jesus. +ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 turning every one of you from your wickedness Here “turning…from” is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: “causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things” or “causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>### “Signs and wonders”<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Cornerstone<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name<br><br>“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.<br> +ACT 4 1 ew3l 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter’s having healed the man who was born lame. ACT 4 1 abc4 λαλούντων…αὐτῶν 1 As they were speaking “As Peter and John were speaking” -ACT 4 1 d3tv ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς 1 came upon them “approached them” or “came to them” -ACT 4 2 m74s figs-explicit διαπονούμενοι 1 They were deeply troubled “They were very angry.” The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 1 d3tv ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς 1 came upon them “approached them” or “came to them” +ACT 4 2 m74s figs-explicit διαπονούμενοι 1 They were deeply troubled “They were very angry.” The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 4 2 abc5 τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς 1 they were teaching “Peter and John were teaching” -ACT 4 2 mg5l καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows “the resurrection” to refer to both Jesus’ resurrection and the general resurrection of other people. -ACT 4 2 np5g τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ACT 4 3 zla7 ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς 1 They arrested them “The priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John” -ACT 4 3 h5f9 ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα 1 since it was now evening It was common practice not to question people at night. -ACT 4 4 bm1f ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν 1 the number of the men This refers only to men who believed and does not include how many women or children believed. -ACT 4 4 qd8g ἐγενήθη…ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε 1 was about five thousand “grew to about five thousand” -ACT 4 5 j6p8 0 General Information: Here the word “their” refers to the Jewish people as a whole. -ACT 4 5 i9tj 0 Connecting Statement: The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear. -ACT 4 5 lw2d ἐγένετο 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-synecdoche τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 their rulers, elders and scribes This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 4 6 l44n Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος 1 John, and Alexander These two men were members of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. +ACT 4 2 mg5l καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows “the resurrection” to refer to both Jesus’ resurrection and the general resurrection of other people. +ACT 4 2 np5g τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. +ACT 4 3 zla7 ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς 1 They arrested them “The priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John” +ACT 4 3 h5f9 ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα 1 since it was now evening It was common practice not to question people at night. +ACT 4 4 bm1f ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν 1 the number of the men This refers only to men who believed and does not include how many women or children believed. +ACT 4 4 qd8g ἐγενήθη…ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε 1 was about five thousand “grew to about five thousand” +ACT 4 5 j6p8 0 General Information: Here the word “their” refers to the Jewish people as a whole. +ACT 4 5 i9tj 0 Connecting Statement: The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear. +ACT 4 5 lw2d ἐγένετο 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-synecdoche τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 their rulers, elders and scribes This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 4 6 l44n Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος 1 John, and Alexander These two men were members of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. ACT 4 7 abc6 στήσαντες αὐτοὺς 1 When they had set them “When they had set Peter and John” -ACT 4 7 t1eq ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 By what power “Who gave you power” -ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by whose authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 9 pq85 figs-rquestion εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα…ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 if we this day are being questioned…by what means was this man made well? Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: “You are asking us this day…by what means we made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 9 je6d figs-activepassive ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα 1 we this day are being questioned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are questioning us this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 9 b92n figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 by what means was this man made well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what means we have made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel “to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel” -ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 4 11 nwg6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in [Acts 4:8](../04/08.md). -ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος…ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Jesus Christ is the stone…which has been made the head cornerstone Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 4 11 f1nx κεφαλὴν 1 head Here the word “head” means “most important” or “vital.” -ACT 4 11 c1bh ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων 1 you as builders despised “you as builders rejected” or “you as builders rejected as worth nothing” -ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ 1 There is no salvation in any other person The noun “salvation” can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “He is the only person who is able to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 4 12 l66w figs-activepassive οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 no other name under heaven given among men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no other name under heaven that God has given among men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy οὐδὲ…ὄνομά…ἕτερον…δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 no other name…given among men The phrase “name…given among men” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 12 jm25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 under heaven This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: “in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which can save us” or “who can save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 13 xn39 0 General Information: Here the second instance of “they” refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word “they” in this section refer to the Jewish leaders. -ACT 4 13 t6kc figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun “boldness” refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “how boldly Peter and John had spoken” or “how bold Peter and John were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 4 13 p9pq παρρησίαν 1 boldness having no fear -ACT 4 13 qaa5 figs-explicit καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται 1 realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men The Jewish leaders “realized” this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 13 r6d6 καὶ καταλαβόμενοι 1 and realized “and understood” -ACT 4 13 erv7 figs-doublet ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί…ἰδιῶτα 1 ordinary, uneducated men The words “ordinary” and “uneducated” share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 4 14 h3cy figs-activepassive τόν…ἄνθρωπον…τὸν τεθεραπευμένον 1 the man who was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 14 fq4w οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν 1 nothing to say against this “nothing to say against Peter and John’s healing of the man.” Here the word “this” refers to what Peter and John had done. -ACT 4 15 ql31 αὐτοὺς 1 them This refers to Peter and John. -ACT 4 16 p4g6 figs-rquestion τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις 1 What shall we do to these men? The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that we can do with these men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 16 nh5s figs-activepassive γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι’ αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ φανερόν 1 For the fact that a remarkable miracle has been done through them is known to everyone who lives in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For everyone who lives in Jerusalem knows that they have done a remarkable miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 16 jn12 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 everyone who lives in Jerusalem This is a generalization. It may also be an exaggeration to show that the leaders think that this is a very big problem. Alternate translation: “many of the people who live in Jerusalem” or “people who live throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 4 17 f71l figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ 1 in order that it spreads no further Here the word “it” refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: “in order that news of this miracle spreads no further” or “in order that no more people hear about this miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 17 w52j figs-metonymy μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 not to speak anymore to anyone in this name Here the word “name” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 19 hf3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right in the sight of God Here the phrase “in the sight of God” refers to God’s opinion. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 21 gy8d writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 4 21 y5y1 οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι 1 After further warning The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John. -ACT 4 21 z2bx μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς 1 They were unable to find any excuse to punish them Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot. -ACT 4 21 jbl6 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι 1 for what had been done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for what Peter and John had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 22 ju4w ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως 1 The man who had experienced this miracle of healing “The man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed” -ACT 4 23 j3ap 0 General Information: Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word “they” refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John. -ACT 4 23 j2cx figs-explicit ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους 1 came to their own people The phrase “their own people” refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: “went to the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 24 zu28 ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. “they began speaking together to God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -ACT 4 25 vc5z ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών 1 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said. -ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: “by the words of your servant, our father David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here “father” refers to “ancestor/” -ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: “The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 the peoples imagine useless things These “useless things” consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: “the peoples imagine useless things against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 25 h6rc λαοὶ 1 peoples people groups -ACT 4 26 fb5a 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in [Acts 4:25](../04/25.md). -ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 The kings of the earth set themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth’s rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ACT 4 26 w64b figs-metonymy παρέστησαν…συνήχθησαν 1 set themselves together…gathered together These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: “set their armies together…gathered their troops together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 26 yv19 κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 against the Lord, and against his Christ Here the word “Lord” refers to God. In the Psalms, the word “Christ” refers to the Messiah or God’s anointed one. -ACT 4 27 b1g9 0 Connecting Statement: The believers continue praying. -ACT 4 27 nuc1 ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city “this city” refers to Jerusalem. -ACT 4 27 ca33 τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν 1 your holy servant Jesus “Jesus who serves you faithfully” -ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν 1 to do all that your hand and your plan had decided Here the word “hand” is used to mean God’s power. Additionally, the phrase “your hand and your desire decided” shows God’s power and plan. Alternate translation: “to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 4 29 b38z 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their prayer that they began in [Acts 4:24](../04/24.md). -ACT 4 29 t5qm figs-idiom ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν 1 look upon their warnings Here the words “look upon” are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: “notice how they threaten to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου 1 speak your word with all boldness The word “word” here is a metonym for God’s message. The abstract noun “boldness” can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: “speak your message boldly” or “be bold when we speak your message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν 1 Stretch out your hand to heal Here the word “hand” refers to God’s power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: “while you show your power by healing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “through the power of your holy servant Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 your holy servant Jesus “Jesus who serves you faithfully.” See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md). -ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος 1 the place…was shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place…shook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 32 xu3j figs-metonymy ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία 1 were of one heart and soul Here the word “heart” refers to the thoughts and the word “soul” refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: “thought the same way and wanted the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 32 zyp5 ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά 1 they had everything in common “shared their belongings with one another.” See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md). -ACT 4 33 d8dr χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς 1 great grace was upon them all Possible meanings are: (1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or (2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem. -ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι…κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 all who owned title to lands or houses The word “all” here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Many people who owned title to lands or houses” or “People who owned title to lands or houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 4 34 ti1h κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 owned title to lands or houses “owned land or houses” -ACT 4 34 l938 figs-activepassive τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων 1 the money of the things that were sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the money that they received from the things that they sold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 35 vv4z figs-idiom ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the apostles’ feet This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 35 ps4s figs-activepassive διεδίδετο…ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 it was distributed to each one according to their need The noun “need” can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they distributed the money to each believer who needed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 4 36 uc2a writing-participants 0 General Information: Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 4 36 nr4v figs-idiom υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 Son of Encouragement The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. “Son of” is an idiom used to describe a person’s behavior or character. Alternate translation: “Encourager” or “one who encourages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 37 gtv5 figs-idiom ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the apostles’ feet This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold ([Acts 5:1-10](../05/01.md)), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.<br><br>When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.<br><br> -ACT 5 1 v27a writing-background 0 Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 5 1 ysl9 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story. -ACT 5 2 xm1t συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός 1 his wife also knew it “his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money” -ACT 5 2 dy8b figs-idiom παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν 1 laid it at the apostles’ feet This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 3 y7j6 0 General Information: If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements. -ACT 5 3 grr9 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου 1 why has Satan filled your heart to lie…land? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie…land.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 3 pqd4 figs-metonymy ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 Satan filled your heart Here the word “heart” is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase “Satan filled your heart” is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are (1) “Satan completely controlled you” or (2) “Satan convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own…control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “While it remained unsold, it was your own…control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained unsold “While you had not sold it” -ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 after it was sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after you sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word “heart” refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: “You should not have thought of doing this thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 5 cc5y figs-euphemism πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 fell down and breathed his last Here “breathed his last” means “breathed his final breath” and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: “died and fell to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 5 7 ry54 ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ…εἰσῆλθεν 1 his wife came in “Ananias’ wife came in” or “Sapphira came in” -ACT 5 7 k3c9 τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened “that her husband had died” -ACT 5 8 bcf6 τοσούτου 1 for so much “for this much money.” This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. -ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 5 9 vym8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira. -ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: “You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 9 hc22 συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν 1 you have agreed together “the two of you have agreed together” -ACT 5 9 pg1e πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word “test” means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment. -ACT 5 9 xj1l figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου 1 the feet of the men who buried your husband Here the phrase “the feet” refers to the men. Alternate translation: “the men who have buried your husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 5 10 nwb9 ἔπεσεν…πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person’s feet as a sign of humility. -ACT 5 10 s7en figs-euphemism ἐξέψυξεν 1 breathed her last Here “breathed his last” means “breathed her final breath” and is a polite way of saying “she died.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 5:5](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 5 12 aud2 0 General Information: Here the words “They” and “they” refer to the believers. -ACT 5 12 c2e7 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church. -ACT 5 12 lde1 figs-activepassive διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ 1 Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles or “Many signs and wonders took place among the people through the hands of the apostles.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 12 ux3n σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders “supernatural events and miraculous deeds.” See how you translated these terms in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md) -ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-synecdoche διὰ…τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 through the hands of the apostles Here the word “hands” refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 5 12 k99k Στοᾷ Σολομῶντος 1 Solomon’s Porch This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated “the porch that is called Solomon’s” in [Acts 3:11](../03/11.md). -ACT 5 13 qd8r figs-activepassive ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός 1 they were held in high esteem by the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people held the believers in high esteem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 14 l9bs 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. -ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον…προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated “were added” in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: “more people were believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 15 y2ev figs-explicit ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might fall on some of them It is implied that God would heal them if Peter’s shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 16 fu1a ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων 1 those afflicted with unclean spirits “those whom unclean spirits had afflicted” -ACT 5 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες 1 they were all healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed them all” or “the apostles healed them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 17 p4ta 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders began to persecute the believers. -ACT 5 17 x2ed δὲ 1 But This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative. -ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-idiom ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 the high priest rose up Here the phrase “rose up” means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “the high priest took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were filled with jealousy The abstract noun “jealousy” can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 5 18 j58p figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 laid hands on the apostles This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: “had the guards arrest the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 19 wd37 0 General Information: Here the words “them” and “they” refer to the apostles. -ACT 5 20 qm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 all the words of this life The word “words” here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are (1) “all this message of eternal life” or (2) “the whole message of this new way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 21 df1u figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 21 l7uf ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον 1 about daybreak “as it began to be light.” Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard. -ACT 5 21 li6a figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς 1 sent to the jail to have the apostles brought This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: “sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-explicit ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν 1 we found no one inside The words “no one” refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: “we did not find them inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 24 a8dz figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 5 24 k5g6 διηπόρουν 1 they were much perplexed “they were very puzzled” or “they were very confused” -ACT 5 24 baw2 περὶ αὐτῶν 1 concerning them “concerning the words they had just heard” or “concerning these things” -ACT 5 24 p78m τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο 1 what would come of it “and what would happen as a result” -ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες 1 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 26 f7pz figs-you 0 General Information: The word “they” in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase “feared that the people might stone them” the word “them” refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of “them” in this chunk refer to the apostles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 5 26 e24h 0 Connecting Statement: The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council. -ACT 5 26 i2v5 ἐφοβοῦντο 1 they feared “they were afraid” -ACT 5 27 iq7w ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest interrogated them “The high priest questioned them.” The word “interrogate” means to question someone to find out what is true. -ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here the word “name” refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “not to speak anymore about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: “you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him” or “you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 5 28 ym1k figs-metonymy βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 desire to bring this man’s blood upon us Here the word “blood” is a metonym for death, and to bring someone’s blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person’s death. Alternate translation: “desire to make us responsible for this man’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 5 29 y211 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 5 29 di9u ἀποκριθεὶς…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words. -ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here “raised up” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 30 pu5j figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree Here Peter uses the word “tree” to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “by hanging him on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς…ὕψωσεν, τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “God exalted him to the place of honor beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words “repentance” and “forgiveness” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 5 31 q1il figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel The word “Israel” refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 32 yml6 τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 those who obey him “those who submit to God’s authority” -ACT 5 33 ekh2 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel addresses the council members. +ACT 4 7 t1eq ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 By what power “Who gave you power” +ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by whose authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 9 pq85 figs-rquestion εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα…ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 if we this day are being questioned…by what means was this man made well? Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: “You are asking us this day…by what means we made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 4 9 je6d figs-activepassive ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα 1 we this day are being questioned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are questioning us this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 9 b92n figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 by what means was this man made well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what means we have made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel “to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel” +ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 4 11 nwg6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in [Acts 4:8](../04/08.md). +ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος…ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Jesus Christ is the stone…which has been made the head cornerstone Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 4 11 f1nx κεφαλὴν 1 head Here the word “head” means “most important” or “vital.” +ACT 4 11 c1bh ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων 1 you as builders despised “you as builders rejected” or “you as builders rejected as worth nothing” +ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ 1 There is no salvation in any other person The noun “salvation” can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “He is the only person who is able to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 12 l66w figs-activepassive οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 no other name under heaven given among men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no other name under heaven that God has given among men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy οὐδὲ…ὄνομά…ἕτερον…δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 no other name…given among men The phrase “name…given among men” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 12 jm25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 under heaven This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: “in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which can save us” or “who can save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 13 xn39 0 General Information: Here the second instance of “they” refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word “they” in this section refer to the Jewish leaders. +ACT 4 13 t6kc figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun “boldness” refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “how boldly Peter and John had spoken” or “how bold Peter and John were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 13 p9pq παρρησίαν 1 boldness having no fear +ACT 4 13 qaa5 figs-explicit καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται 1 realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men The Jewish leaders “realized” this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 13 r6d6 καὶ καταλαβόμενοι 1 and realized “and understood” +ACT 4 13 erv7 figs-doublet ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί…ἰδιῶτα 1 ordinary, uneducated men The words “ordinary” and “uneducated” share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 4 14 h3cy figs-activepassive τόν…ἄνθρωπον…τὸν τεθεραπευμένον 1 the man who was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 14 fq4w οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν 1 nothing to say against this “nothing to say against Peter and John’s healing of the man.” Here the word “this” refers to what Peter and John had done. +ACT 4 15 ql31 αὐτοὺς 1 them This refers to Peter and John. +ACT 4 16 p4g6 figs-rquestion τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις 1 What shall we do to these men? The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that we can do with these men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 4 16 nh5s figs-activepassive γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι’ αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ φανερόν 1 For the fact that a remarkable miracle has been done through them is known to everyone who lives in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For everyone who lives in Jerusalem knows that they have done a remarkable miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 16 jn12 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 everyone who lives in Jerusalem This is a generalization. It may also be an exaggeration to show that the leaders think that this is a very big problem. Alternate translation: “many of the people who live in Jerusalem” or “people who live throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 4 17 f71l figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ 1 in order that it spreads no further Here the word “it” refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: “in order that news of this miracle spreads no further” or “in order that no more people hear about this miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 17 w52j figs-metonymy μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 not to speak anymore to anyone in this name Here the word “name” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 19 hf3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right in the sight of God Here the phrase “in the sight of God” refers to God’s opinion. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 21 gy8d writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 4 21 y5y1 οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι 1 After further warning The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John. +ACT 4 21 z2bx μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς 1 They were unable to find any excuse to punish them Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot. +ACT 4 21 jbl6 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι 1 for what had been done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for what Peter and John had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 22 ju4w ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως 1 The man who had experienced this miracle of healing “The man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed” +ACT 4 23 j3ap 0 General Information: Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word “they” refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John. +ACT 4 23 j2cx figs-explicit ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους 1 came to their own people The phrase “their own people” refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: “went to the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 24 zu28 ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. “they began speaking together to God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) +ACT 4 25 vc5z ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών 1 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said. +ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: “by the words of your servant, our father David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here “father” refers to “ancestor/” +ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: “The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 the peoples imagine useless things These “useless things” consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: “the peoples imagine useless things against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 25 h6rc λαοὶ 1 peoples people groups +ACT 4 26 fb5a 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in [Acts 4:25](../04/25.md). +ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 The kings of the earth set themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth’s rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 4 26 w64b figs-metonymy παρέστησαν…συνήχθησαν 1 set themselves together…gathered together These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: “set their armies together…gathered their troops together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 26 yv19 κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 against the Lord, and against his Christ Here the word “Lord” refers to God. In the Psalms, the word “Christ” refers to the Messiah or God’s anointed one. +ACT 4 27 b1g9 0 Connecting Statement: The believers continue praying. +ACT 4 27 nuc1 ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city “this city” refers to Jerusalem. +ACT 4 27 ca33 τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν 1 your holy servant Jesus “Jesus who serves you faithfully” +ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν 1 to do all that your hand and your plan had decided Here the word “hand” is used to mean God’s power. Additionally, the phrase “your hand and your desire decided” shows God’s power and plan. Alternate translation: “to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 4 29 b38z 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their prayer that they began in [Acts 4:24](../04/24.md). +ACT 4 29 t5qm figs-idiom ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν 1 look upon their warnings Here the words “look upon” are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: “notice how they threaten to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου 1 speak your word with all boldness The word “word” here is a metonym for God’s message. The abstract noun “boldness” can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: “speak your message boldly” or “be bold when we speak your message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν 1 Stretch out your hand to heal Here the word “hand” refers to God’s power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: “while you show your power by healing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “through the power of your holy servant Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 your holy servant Jesus “Jesus who serves you faithfully.” See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md). +ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος 1 the place…was shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place…shook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 32 xu3j figs-metonymy ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία 1 were of one heart and soul Here the word “heart” refers to the thoughts and the word “soul” refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: “thought the same way and wanted the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 32 zyp5 ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά 1 they had everything in common “shared their belongings with one another.” See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md). +ACT 4 33 d8dr χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς 1 great grace was upon them all Possible meanings are: (1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or (2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem. +ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι…κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 all who owned title to lands or houses The word “all” here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Many people who owned title to lands or houses” or “People who owned title to lands or houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 4 34 ti1h κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 owned title to lands or houses “owned land or houses” +ACT 4 34 l938 figs-activepassive τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων 1 the money of the things that were sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the money that they received from the things that they sold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 35 vv4z figs-idiom ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the apostles’ feet This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 35 ps4s figs-activepassive διεδίδετο…ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 it was distributed to each one according to their need The noun “need” can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they distributed the money to each believer who needed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 36 uc2a writing-participants 0 General Information: Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 4 36 nr4v figs-idiom υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 Son of Encouragement The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. “Son of” is an idiom used to describe a person’s behavior or character. Alternate translation: “Encourager” or “one who encourages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 37 gtv5 figs-idiom ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the apostles’ feet This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold ([Acts 5:1-10](../05/01.md)), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.<br><br>When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.<br><br> +ACT 5 1 v27a writing-background 0 Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 5 1 ysl9 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story. +ACT 5 2 xm1t συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός 1 his wife also knew it “his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money” +ACT 5 2 dy8b figs-idiom παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν 1 laid it at the apostles’ feet This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 3 y7j6 0 General Information: If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements. +ACT 5 3 grr9 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου 1 why has Satan filled your heart to lie…land? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie…land.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 3 pqd4 figs-metonymy ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 Satan filled your heart Here the word “heart” is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase “Satan filled your heart” is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are (1) “Satan completely controlled you” or (2) “Satan convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own…control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “While it remained unsold, it was your own…control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained unsold “While you had not sold it” +ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 after it was sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after you sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word “heart” refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: “You should not have thought of doing this thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 5 cc5y figs-euphemism πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 fell down and breathed his last Here “breathed his last” means “breathed his final breath” and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: “died and fell to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 5 7 ry54 ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ…εἰσῆλθεν 1 his wife came in “Ananias’ wife came in” or “Sapphira came in” +ACT 5 7 k3c9 τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened “that her husband had died” +ACT 5 8 bcf6 τοσούτου 1 for so much “for this much money.” This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. +ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 5 9 vym8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira. +ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: “You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 9 hc22 συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν 1 you have agreed together “the two of you have agreed together” +ACT 5 9 pg1e πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word “test” means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment. +ACT 5 9 xj1l figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου 1 the feet of the men who buried your husband Here the phrase “the feet” refers to the men. Alternate translation: “the men who have buried your husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 5 10 nwb9 ἔπεσεν…πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person’s feet as a sign of humility. +ACT 5 10 s7en figs-euphemism ἐξέψυξεν 1 breathed her last Here “breathed his last” means “breathed her final breath” and is a polite way of saying “she died.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 5:5](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 5 12 aud2 0 General Information: Here the words “They” and “they” refer to the believers. +ACT 5 12 c2e7 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church. +ACT 5 12 lde1 figs-activepassive διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ 1 Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles or “Many signs and wonders took place among the people through the hands of the apostles.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 12 ux3n σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders “supernatural events and miraculous deeds.” See how you translated these terms in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md) +ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-synecdoche διὰ…τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 through the hands of the apostles Here the word “hands” refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 5 12 k99k Στοᾷ Σολομῶντος 1 Solomon’s Porch This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated “the porch that is called Solomon’s” in [Acts 3:11](../03/11.md). +ACT 5 13 qd8r figs-activepassive ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός 1 they were held in high esteem by the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people held the believers in high esteem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 14 l9bs 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. +ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον…προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated “were added” in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: “more people were believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 15 y2ev figs-explicit ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might fall on some of them It is implied that God would heal them if Peter’s shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 16 fu1a ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων 1 those afflicted with unclean spirits “those whom unclean spirits had afflicted” +ACT 5 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες 1 they were all healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed them all” or “the apostles healed them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 17 p4ta 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders began to persecute the believers. +ACT 5 17 x2ed δὲ 1 But This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative. +ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-idiom ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 the high priest rose up Here the phrase “rose up” means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “the high priest took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were filled with jealousy The abstract noun “jealousy” can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 5 18 j58p figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 laid hands on the apostles This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: “had the guards arrest the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 19 wd37 0 General Information: Here the words “them” and “they” refer to the apostles. +ACT 5 20 qm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 all the words of this life The word “words” here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are (1) “all this message of eternal life” or (2) “the whole message of this new way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 21 df1u figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 21 l7uf ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον 1 about daybreak “as it began to be light.” Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard. +ACT 5 21 li6a figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς 1 sent to the jail to have the apostles brought This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: “sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-explicit ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν 1 we found no one inside The words “no one” refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: “we did not find them inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 24 a8dz figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 5 24 k5g6 διηπόρουν 1 they were much perplexed “they were very puzzled” or “they were very confused” +ACT 5 24 baw2 περὶ αὐτῶν 1 concerning them “concerning the words they had just heard” or “concerning these things” +ACT 5 24 p78m τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο 1 what would come of it “and what would happen as a result” +ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες 1 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 26 f7pz figs-you 0 General Information: The word “they” in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase “feared that the people might stone them” the word “them” refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of “them” in this chunk refer to the apostles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 5 26 e24h 0 Connecting Statement: The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council. +ACT 5 26 i2v5 ἐφοβοῦντο 1 they feared “they were afraid” +ACT 5 27 iq7w ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest interrogated them “The high priest questioned them.” The word “interrogate” means to question someone to find out what is true. +ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here the word “name” refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “not to speak anymore about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: “you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him” or “you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 28 ym1k figs-metonymy βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 desire to bring this man’s blood upon us Here the word “blood” is a metonym for death, and to bring someone’s blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person’s death. Alternate translation: “desire to make us responsible for this man’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 29 y211 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 5 29 di9u ἀποκριθεὶς…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words. +ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here “raised up” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 30 pu5j figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree Here Peter uses the word “tree” to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “by hanging him on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς…ὕψωσεν, τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “God exalted him to the place of honor beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words “repentance” and “forgiveness” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 5 31 q1il figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel The word “Israel” refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 32 yml6 τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 those who obey him “those who submit to God’s authority” +ACT 5 33 ekh2 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel addresses the council members. ACT 5 33 abc6 ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς 1 kill them “kill the apostles” -ACT 5 34 i2rr writing-participants Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 5 34 fpr4 figs-activepassive τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 who was honored by all the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom all the people honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω…τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι 1 commanded the apostles to be taken outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to take the apostles outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 35 ae1u προσέχετε 1 pay close attention to “think carefully about” or “be cautious about.” Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret. -ACT 5 36 uaj6 ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς 1 Theudas rose up Possible meanings are (1) “Theudas rebelled” or (2) “Theudas appeared.” -ACT 5 36 b3nl λέγων εἶναί τινα 1 claiming to be somebody “claiming to be somebody important” -ACT 5 36 ie3x figs-activepassive ὃς ἀνῃρέθη 1 He was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 36 juz1 figs-activepassive πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν 1 all who had been obeying him were scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the people scattered who had been obeying him” or “all who had been obeying him went in different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 36 rzg5 ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν 1 came to nothing This means that they did not do what they had planned to do. -ACT 5 37 f33y μετὰ τοῦτον 1 After this man “After Theudas” -ACT 5 37 p56f ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς 1 in the days of the census “during the time of the census” -ACT 5 37 kz4s figs-idiom ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 drew away some people after him This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “caused many people to follow him” or “caused many people to join him in rebellion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 38 i4bw 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach. -ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 38 zh1d ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο 1 if this plan or work is of men “if men have devised this plan or are doing this work” -ACT 5 38 uql8 figs-activepassive καταλυθήσεται 1 it will be overthrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will overthrow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ…ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is of God Here the word “it” refers to “this plan or work.” Alternate translation: “if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν δὲ 1 So they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So Gamaliel persuaded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 40 z31c 0 General Information: Here first word “they” refers to the council members. The rest of the words “them,” “They,” and “they” refer to the apostles. -ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 40 fca9 figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to speak in the name of Jesus Here “name” refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 41 cv8y figs-activepassive κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι 1 they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name Here “the Name” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 42 jj94 πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν 1 Thereafter every day “After that day, every day.” This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days. -ACT 5 42 kyp6 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον 1 in the temple and from house to house They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard and in different people’s houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The distribution to the widows<br><br>The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His face was like the face of an angel”<br><br>No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this.<br> -ACT 6 1 ky47 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 6 1 f8br writing-newevent ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Now in these days Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 6 1 t94s πληθυνόντων 1 was multiplying “was greatly increasing” -ACT 6 1 e7vb Ἑλληνιστῶν 1 Grecian Jews These were Jews who had lived most of their lives somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel, and had grown up speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel. -ACT 6 1 ftz8 τοὺς Ἑβραίους 1 the Hebrews These were Jews who had grown up in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic. The church consisted of only Jews and converts to Judaism so far. -ACT 6 1 e1z9 αἱ χῆραι 1 widows women whose husband has died -ACT 6 1 s4qy figs-activepassive παρεθεωροῦντο…αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν 1 their widows were being overlooked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 6 1 k4jg παρεθεωροῦντο 1 being overlooked “being ignored” or “being forgotten.” There were so many who needed help that some were missed. -ACT 6 1 rde8 διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ 1 daily distribution of food The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows. -ACT 6 2 jr1y figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to the believers. The words “us” and “we” here refer to the 12 apostles. Where applicable, use the exclusive form in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 6 2 n5r4 οἱ δώδεκα 1 The twelve This refers to the eleven apostles plus Matthias, who was selected in [Acts 1:26](../01/26.md). -ACT 6 2 g56w τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the multitude of the disciples “all of the disciples” or “all the believers” -ACT 6 2 jm17 figs-hyperbole καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 give up the word of God This is an exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of their task of teaching the word of God. Alternate translation: “stop preaching and teaching the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 6 2 fwk6 figs-metonymy διακονεῖν τραπέζαις 1 serve tables This is a phrase meaning to serve food to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 6 3 y3bm ἄνδρας…πλήρεις Πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας 1 men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom Possible meanings are (1) the men have three qualities—a good reputation, being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom or (2) the men have a reputation for two qualities—being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom . -ACT 6 3 p1yz ἄνδρας…μαρτυρουμένους 1 men of good reputation “men that people know are good” or “men whom people trust” -ACT 6 3 i27a ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης 1 over this business “to be responsible to do this task” -ACT 6 4 b3bj figs-ellipsis τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου 1 the ministry of the word It may be helpful to add more information. Alternate translation: “the ministry of teaching and preaching the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 6 5 wh9t ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους 1 Their speech pleased the whole multitude “All the disciples liked their suggestion” -ACT 6 5 ajq1 figs-explicit Στέφανον,…καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα 1 Stephen…and Nicolaus These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 6 5 qas9 προσήλυτον 1 proselyte a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion -ACT 6 6 wu1y translate-symaction ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 placed their hands upon them This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 6 7 x48w 0 General Information: This verse gives an update on the church’s growth. -ACT 6 7 wu4l figs-metaphor λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν 1 word of God continued to spread The writer speaks of the growing number of people who believed the word as if the word of God itself were covering a larger area. Alternate translation: “the number of people who believed the word of God increased” or “the number of people who believed the message from God increased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 6 7 jg8y ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει 1 became obedient to the faith “followed the teaching of the new belief” -ACT 6 7 qq3l τῇ πίστει 1 the faith Possible meanings are (1) the gospel message of trust in Jesus or (2) the teaching of the church or (3) the Christian teaching. -ACT 6 8 wn1t writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 6 8 n3re 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of a new part of the story. -ACT 6 8 et2j writing-participants Στέφανος δὲ 1 Now Stephen This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 6 8 h8sg figs-explicit Στέφανος…πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει 1 Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing The words “grace” and “power” here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “God was giving Stephen power to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 6 9 k88n συναγωγῆς, τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων 1 synagogue of the Freedmen “Freedmen” were probably ex-slaves from these different locations. It is unclear if the other people listed were part of the synagogue or just participated in the debate with Stephen. -ACT 6 9 j8pq συνζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ 1 debating with Stephen “arguing with Stephen” -ACT 6 10 s2cl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers only to the men they persuaded to lie. The word “they” refers back to the people from the synagogue of the freemen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 6 10 fp41 0 Connecting Statement: The background information that began in [Acts 6:8](../06/08.md) continues through verse 10. -ACT 6 10 v5ia figs-idiom οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι 1 not able to stand against This phrase means they could not prove false what he said. Alternate translation: “could not argue against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 6 10 fnb2 Πνεύματι 1 Spirit this refers to the Holy Spirit -ACT 6 11 ren5 figs-explicit ἄνδρας λέγοντας 1 some men to say They were given money to give false testimony. Alternate translation: “some men to lie and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 6 11 x747 ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς 1 blasphemous words against “bad things about” -ACT 6 12 tqk9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Each use of word “they” most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). They were responsible for the false witnesses and for inciting the council, the elders, the scribes, and the other people. Here the word “we” refers only to the false witness that they brought to testify. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 6 12 l251 συνεκίνησάν…τὸν λαὸν, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes “caused the people, the elders, and the scribes to be very angry at Stephen” -ACT 6 12 j3wd συνήρπασαν αὐτὸν 1 seized him “grabbed him and held him so he could not get away” -ACT 6 13 zv6s οὐ παύεται λαλῶν 1 does not stop speaking “continually speaks” -ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 handed down to us The phrase “handed down” means “passed on.” Alternate translation: “taught our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 6 15 gf7e figs-idiom ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 fixed their eyes on him This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here “eyes” is a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: “looked intently at him” or “stared at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 was like the face of an angel This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Stephen said”<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>### “Full of the Holy Spirit”<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said.<br> -ACT 7 1 pt4h figs-you 0 General Information: The word “our” includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word “your” is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 7 1 hy9r 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story about Stephen, which began in [Acts 6:8](../06/08.md), continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history. Most of this history comes from Moses’ writings. +ACT 5 34 i2rr writing-participants Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 5 34 fpr4 figs-activepassive τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 who was honored by all the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom all the people honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω…τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι 1 commanded the apostles to be taken outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to take the apostles outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 35 ae1u προσέχετε 1 pay close attention to “think carefully about” or “be cautious about.” Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret. +ACT 5 36 uaj6 ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς 1 Theudas rose up Possible meanings are (1) “Theudas rebelled” or (2) “Theudas appeared.” +ACT 5 36 b3nl λέγων εἶναί τινα 1 claiming to be somebody “claiming to be somebody important” +ACT 5 36 ie3x figs-activepassive ὃς ἀνῃρέθη 1 He was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 36 juz1 figs-activepassive πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν 1 all who had been obeying him were scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the people scattered who had been obeying him” or “all who had been obeying him went in different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 36 rzg5 ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν 1 came to nothing This means that they did not do what they had planned to do. +ACT 5 37 f33y μετὰ τοῦτον 1 After this man “After Theudas” +ACT 5 37 p56f ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς 1 in the days of the census “during the time of the census” +ACT 5 37 kz4s figs-idiom ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 drew away some people after him This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “caused many people to follow him” or “caused many people to join him in rebellion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 38 i4bw 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach. +ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 38 zh1d ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο 1 if this plan or work is of men “if men have devised this plan or are doing this work” +ACT 5 38 uql8 figs-activepassive καταλυθήσεται 1 it will be overthrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will overthrow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ…ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is of God Here the word “it” refers to “this plan or work.” Alternate translation: “if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν δὲ 1 So they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So Gamaliel persuaded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 40 z31c 0 General Information: Here first word “they” refers to the council members. The rest of the words “them,” “They,” and “they” refer to the apostles. +ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 40 fca9 figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to speak in the name of Jesus Here “name” refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 41 cv8y figs-activepassive κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι 1 they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name Here “the Name” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 42 jj94 πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν 1 Thereafter every day “After that day, every day.” This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days. +ACT 5 42 kyp6 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον 1 in the temple and from house to house They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard and in different people’s houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The distribution to the widows<br><br>The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His face was like the face of an angel”<br><br>No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this.<br> +ACT 6 1 ky47 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 6 1 f8br writing-newevent ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Now in these days Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 6 1 t94s πληθυνόντων 1 was multiplying “was greatly increasing” +ACT 6 1 e7vb Ἑλληνιστῶν 1 Grecian Jews These were Jews who had lived most of their lives somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel, and had grown up speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel. +ACT 6 1 ftz8 τοὺς Ἑβραίους 1 the Hebrews These were Jews who had grown up in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic. The church consisted of only Jews and converts to Judaism so far. +ACT 6 1 e1z9 αἱ χῆραι 1 widows women whose husband has died +ACT 6 1 s4qy figs-activepassive παρεθεωροῦντο…αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν 1 their widows were being overlooked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 6 1 k4jg παρεθεωροῦντο 1 being overlooked “being ignored” or “being forgotten.” There were so many who needed help that some were missed. +ACT 6 1 rde8 διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ 1 daily distribution of food The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows. +ACT 6 2 jr1y figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to the believers. The words “us” and “we” here refer to the 12 apostles. Where applicable, use the exclusive form in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 6 2 n5r4 οἱ δώδεκα 1 The twelve This refers to the eleven apostles plus Matthias, who was selected in [Acts 1:26](../01/26.md). +ACT 6 2 g56w τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the multitude of the disciples “all of the disciples” or “all the believers” +ACT 6 2 jm17 figs-hyperbole καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 give up the word of God This is an exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of their task of teaching the word of God. Alternate translation: “stop preaching and teaching the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 6 2 fwk6 figs-metonymy διακονεῖν τραπέζαις 1 serve tables This is a phrase meaning to serve food to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 6 3 y3bm ἄνδρας…πλήρεις Πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας 1 men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom Possible meanings are (1) the men have three qualities—a good reputation, being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom or (2) the men have a reputation for two qualities—being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom . +ACT 6 3 p1yz ἄνδρας…μαρτυρουμένους 1 men of good reputation “men that people know are good” or “men whom people trust” +ACT 6 3 i27a ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης 1 over this business “to be responsible to do this task” +ACT 6 4 b3bj figs-ellipsis τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου 1 the ministry of the word It may be helpful to add more information. Alternate translation: “the ministry of teaching and preaching the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 6 5 wh9t ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους 1 Their speech pleased the whole multitude “All the disciples liked their suggestion” +ACT 6 5 ajq1 figs-explicit Στέφανον,…καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα 1 Stephen…and Nicolaus These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 6 5 qas9 προσήλυτον 1 proselyte a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion +ACT 6 6 wu1y translate-symaction ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 placed their hands upon them This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 6 7 x48w 0 General Information: This verse gives an update on the church’s growth. +ACT 6 7 wu4l figs-metaphor λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν 1 word of God continued to spread The writer speaks of the growing number of people who believed the word as if the word of God itself were covering a larger area. Alternate translation: “the number of people who believed the word of God increased” or “the number of people who believed the message from God increased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 6 7 jg8y ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει 1 became obedient to the faith “followed the teaching of the new belief” +ACT 6 7 qq3l τῇ πίστει 1 the faith Possible meanings are (1) the gospel message of trust in Jesus or (2) the teaching of the church or (3) the Christian teaching. +ACT 6 8 wn1t writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 6 8 n3re 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of a new part of the story. +ACT 6 8 et2j writing-participants Στέφανος δὲ 1 Now Stephen This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 6 8 h8sg figs-explicit Στέφανος…πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει 1 Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing The words “grace” and “power” here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “God was giving Stephen power to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 6 9 k88n συναγωγῆς, τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων 1 synagogue of the Freedmen “Freedmen” were probably ex-slaves from these different locations. It is unclear if the other people listed were part of the synagogue or just participated in the debate with Stephen. +ACT 6 9 j8pq συνζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ 1 debating with Stephen “arguing with Stephen” +ACT 6 10 s2cl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers only to the men they persuaded to lie. The word “they” refers back to the people from the synagogue of the freemen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 6 10 fp41 0 Connecting Statement: The background information that began in [Acts 6:8](../06/08.md) continues through verse 10. +ACT 6 10 v5ia figs-idiom οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι 1 not able to stand against This phrase means they could not prove false what he said. Alternate translation: “could not argue against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 6 10 fnb2 Πνεύματι 1 Spirit this refers to the Holy Spirit +ACT 6 11 ren5 figs-explicit ἄνδρας λέγοντας 1 some men to say They were given money to give false testimony. Alternate translation: “some men to lie and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 6 11 x747 ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς 1 blasphemous words against “bad things about” +ACT 6 12 tqk9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Each use of word “they” most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). They were responsible for the false witnesses and for inciting the council, the elders, the scribes, and the other people. Here the word “we” refers only to the false witness that they brought to testify. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 6 12 l251 συνεκίνησάν…τὸν λαὸν, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes “caused the people, the elders, and the scribes to be very angry at Stephen” +ACT 6 12 j3wd συνήρπασαν αὐτὸν 1 seized him “grabbed him and held him so he could not get away” +ACT 6 13 zv6s οὐ παύεται λαλῶν 1 does not stop speaking “continually speaks” +ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 handed down to us The phrase “handed down” means “passed on.” Alternate translation: “taught our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 6 15 gf7e figs-idiom ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 fixed their eyes on him This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here “eyes” is a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: “looked intently at him” or “stared at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 was like the face of an angel This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Stephen said”<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>### “Full of the Holy Spirit”<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said.<br> +ACT 7 1 pt4h figs-you 0 General Information: The word “our” includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word “your” is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 7 1 hy9r 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story about Stephen, which began in [Acts 6:8](../06/08.md), continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history. Most of this history comes from Moses’ writings. ACT 7 2 abc7 ὁ δὲ ἔφη 1 Then he said Stephen is speaking. -ACT 7 2 v5si ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε 1 Brothers and fathers, listen to me Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family. -ACT 7 4 pfg3 0 General Information: In verse 4 the words “he,” “his,” and “him” refer to Abraham. In verse 5 the words “He” and “he” refer to God, but the word “him” refers to Abraham. -ACT 7 4 pfg4 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to the Jewish council and audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 7 5 ax1j οὐκ ἔδωκεν…ἐν αὐτῇ 1 He gave none of it “He did not give any of it” -ACT 7 5 qff6 figs-idiom οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός 1 enough to set a foot on Possible meanings for this phrase are (1) enough ground to stand on or (2) enough ground to take a step. Alternate translation: “a very tiny piece of ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 7 5 u6iw εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτὴν, καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν 1 as a possession to him and to his descendants after him “for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants” -ACT 7 6 tn6b ἐλάλησεν…οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς 1 God was speaking to him like this It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Later God told Abraham” -ACT 7 6 t1h9 translate-numbers ἔτη τετρακόσια 1 four hundred years “400 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 7 7 f7fw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος…κρινῶ ἐγώ 1 I will judge the nation “nation” refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of the nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 7 q7y6 τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν 1 the nation that they serve “the nation that they will serve” -ACT 7 8 mwc9 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς 1 gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: “made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 8 g4bb οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ 1 so Abraham became the father of Isaac The story transitions to Abraham’s descendants. -ACT 7 8 ams1 figs-ellipsis Ἰακὼβ τοὺς 1 Jacob the father “Jacob became the father.” Stephen shortened this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 7 9 n981 οἱ πατριάρχαι 1 the patriarchs “Jacob’s older sons” or “Joseph’s older brothers” -ACT 7 9 tik7 figs-explicit ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον 1 sold him into Egypt The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: “sold him as a slave in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 9 w1is figs-idiom ἦν…μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 was with him This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: “helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 7 10 yr7m figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “over all the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 10 pb4p figs-metonymy ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 all his household This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: “everything he owned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 11 p42j ἦλθεν…λιμὸς 1 there came a famine “a famine came.” The ground stopped producing food. -ACT 7 11 p37v figs-explicit οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 12 pia8 σιτία 1 grain Grain was the most common food at that time. -ACT 7 12 mbg8 τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Here this phrase refers to Jabob’s sons, Joseph’s older brothers. -ACT 7 13 ce2b translate-ordinal ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 On their second trip “On their next trip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -ACT 7 13 m37e ἀνεγνωρίσθη 1 made himself known Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother. -ACT 7 13 jxk8 figs-activepassive φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος Ἰωσήφ 1 Joseph’s family became known to Pharaoh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 7 14 aam5 ἀποστείλας 1 sent his brothers back “sent his brothers back to Canaan” or “sent his brothers back home” -ACT 7 15 w2sm ἐτελεύτησεν 1 he died Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: “eventually Jacob died” -ACT 7 15 fe56 αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors” -ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive καὶ μετετέθησαν…καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 They were carried over…and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over…and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver “with money” -ACT 7 17 np3u figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 7 17 tuq2 1 As the time of the promise…the people grew and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived. -ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham. -ACT 7 18 whe7 ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος 1 there arose another king “another king began to rule” -ACT 7 18 g2wq figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt “Egypt” refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 18 e2y6 figs-metonymy ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ 1 who did not know about Joseph “Joseph” refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: “who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 20 q66s writing-participants ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς 1 At that time Moses was born This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 7 20 cd5z figs-idiom ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ Θεῷ 1 very beautiful before God This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 7 20 pnb1 figs-activepassive ἀνετράφη 1 was nourished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his parents nourished him” or “his parents cared for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 7 21 w3iu figs-activepassive ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 When he was placed outside Moses was “placed outside” because of Pharaoh’s command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When his parents placed him outside” or “When they abandoned him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 7 21 url3 ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν 1 Pharaoh’s daughter…raised him as her own son She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language’s normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult. -ACT 7 21 mbp7 εἰς υἱόν 1 as her own son “as if he were her own son” -ACT 7 22 c9nw figs-activepassive ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses was educated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Egyptians educated Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 7 22 att9 figs-hyperbole πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων 1 all the wisdom of the Egyptians This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 7 22 m3dm δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty in his words and works “effective in his speech and actions” or “influential in what he said and did” -ACT 7 23 fj9s figs-metonymy ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ 1 it came into his heart Here “heart” is a metonym for “mind.” The phrase “it came into his heart” is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: “it came into his mind” or “he decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 7 23 x493 figs-explicit ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ 1 visit his brothers, the children of Israel This refers to his people, and not just to his family. Alternate translation: “see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 24 l4zv figs-activepassive καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 Seeing a certain one being mistreated…the Egyptian This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. Alternate translation: “Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 7 2 v5si ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε 1 Brothers and fathers, listen to me Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family. +ACT 7 4 pfg3 0 General Information: In verse 4 the words “he,” “his,” and “him” refer to Abraham. In verse 5 the words “He” and “he” refer to God, but the word “him” refers to Abraham. +ACT 7 4 pfg4 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to the Jewish council and audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 7 5 ax1j οὐκ ἔδωκεν…ἐν αὐτῇ 1 He gave none of it “He did not give any of it” +ACT 7 5 qff6 figs-idiom οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός 1 enough to set a foot on Possible meanings for this phrase are (1) enough ground to stand on or (2) enough ground to take a step. Alternate translation: “a very tiny piece of ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 7 5 u6iw εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτὴν, καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν 1 as a possession to him and to his descendants after him “for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants” +ACT 7 6 tn6b ἐλάλησεν…οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς 1 God was speaking to him like this It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Later God told Abraham” +ACT 7 6 t1h9 translate-numbers ἔτη τετρακόσια 1 four hundred years “400 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 7 7 f7fw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος…κρινῶ ἐγώ 1 I will judge the nation “nation” refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of the nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 7 q7y6 τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν 1 the nation that they serve “the nation that they will serve” +ACT 7 8 mwc9 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς 1 gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: “made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 8 g4bb οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ 1 so Abraham became the father of Isaac The story transitions to Abraham’s descendants. +ACT 7 8 ams1 figs-ellipsis Ἰακὼβ τοὺς 1 Jacob the father “Jacob became the father.” Stephen shortened this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 7 9 n981 οἱ πατριάρχαι 1 the patriarchs “Jacob’s older sons” or “Joseph’s older brothers” +ACT 7 9 tik7 figs-explicit ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον 1 sold him into Egypt The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: “sold him as a slave in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 9 w1is figs-idiom ἦν…μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 was with him This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: “helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 7 10 yr7m figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “over all the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 10 pb4p figs-metonymy ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 all his household This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: “everything he owned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 11 p42j ἦλθεν…λιμὸς 1 there came a famine “a famine came.” The ground stopped producing food. +ACT 7 11 p37v figs-explicit οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 12 pia8 σιτία 1 grain Grain was the most common food at that time. +ACT 7 12 mbg8 τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Here this phrase refers to Jabob’s sons, Joseph’s older brothers. +ACT 7 13 ce2b translate-ordinal ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 On their second trip “On their next trip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +ACT 7 13 m37e ἀνεγνωρίσθη 1 made himself known Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother. +ACT 7 13 jxk8 figs-activepassive φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος Ἰωσήφ 1 Joseph’s family became known to Pharaoh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 7 14 aam5 ἀποστείλας 1 sent his brothers back “sent his brothers back to Canaan” or “sent his brothers back home” +ACT 7 15 w2sm ἐτελεύτησεν 1 he died Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: “eventually Jacob died” +ACT 7 15 fe56 αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors” +ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive καὶ μετετέθησαν…καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 They were carried over…and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over…and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver “with money” +ACT 7 17 np3u figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 7 17 tuq2 1 As the time of the promise…the people grew and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived. +ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham. +ACT 7 18 whe7 ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος 1 there arose another king “another king began to rule” +ACT 7 18 g2wq figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt “Egypt” refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 18 e2y6 figs-metonymy ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ 1 who did not know about Joseph “Joseph” refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: “who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 20 q66s writing-participants ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς 1 At that time Moses was born This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 7 20 cd5z figs-idiom ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ Θεῷ 1 very beautiful before God This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 7 20 pnb1 figs-activepassive ἀνετράφη 1 was nourished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his parents nourished him” or “his parents cared for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 7 21 w3iu figs-activepassive ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 When he was placed outside Moses was “placed outside” because of Pharaoh’s command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When his parents placed him outside” or “When they abandoned him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 7 21 url3 ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν 1 Pharaoh’s daughter…raised him as her own son She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language’s normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult. +ACT 7 21 mbp7 εἰς υἱόν 1 as her own son “as if he were her own son” +ACT 7 22 c9nw figs-activepassive ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses was educated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Egyptians educated Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 7 22 att9 figs-hyperbole πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων 1 all the wisdom of the Egyptians This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 7 22 m3dm δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty in his words and works “effective in his speech and actions” or “influential in what he said and did” +ACT 7 23 fj9s figs-metonymy ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ 1 it came into his heart Here “heart” is a metonym for “mind.” The phrase “it came into his heart” is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: “it came into his mind” or “he decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 7 23 x493 figs-explicit ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ 1 visit his brothers, the children of Israel This refers to his people, and not just to his family. Alternate translation: “see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 24 l4zv figs-activepassive καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 Seeing a certain one being mistreated…the Egyptian This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. Alternate translation: “Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 7 24 abc8 ἠμύνατο 1 he defended him Moses defended the Israelite who was being mistreated. -ACT 7 24 r2e8 πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 striking the Egyptian Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died. -ACT 7 25 wm3j ἐνόμιζεν 1 he thought “he imagined” -ACT 7 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς 1 by his hand was rescuing them Here “hand” refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: “was rescuing them through what Moses was doing” or “was using the actions of Moses to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 26 t1hw figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 7 26 t2vc figs-explicit αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις 1 to those who were quarreling The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two Israelite men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 26 mpc7 συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην 1 he urged them to be at peace “urged them to stop fighting” -ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting. -ACT 7 26 k1ku figs-rquestion ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους 1 why are you hurting one another? Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: “you should not hurt each other!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν? 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: “You have no authority over us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 28 hk1g μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday? The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian. -ACT 7 29 l149 figs-explicit 0 General Information: Stephen’s audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 29 q8qv figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 after hearing this The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before ([Acts 7:28](../07/28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα 1 When forty years were past “After 40 years passed.” This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: “Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη…ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen’s audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 31 q6w6 figs-explicit ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα 1 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen’s audience. Alternate translation: “because the bush was not burning up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 31 uk7u προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι 1 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate. -ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers “I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped” -ACT 7 32 tdr7 ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι 1 Moses trembled and did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice. -ACT 7 32 e19k figs-explicit ἔντρομος…γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses trembled Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Moses trembled with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 33 x7cd translate-symaction λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα 1 Take off the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 7 33 clk4 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν 1 for the place where you are standing is holy ground The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 34 yz7b ἰδὼν, εἶδον 1 certainly seen “seen for sure.” The word certainly adds emphasis to seen. -ACT 7 34 x5bg τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 my people The word “my” emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” -ACT 7 34 j32c κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς 1 I have come down to rescue them “will personally cause their release” -ACT 7 34 sq8y νῦν δεῦρο 1 now come “get ready.” God uses an order here. -ACT 7 35 x4p2 0 General Information: Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as “This Moses” or “This same Moses” or “This is the man” or “It is the same Moses.” If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them. -ACT 7 35 gn6e τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο 1 This same Moses, whom they rejected This refers back to the events recorded in [Acts 7:27-28](../07/27.md). +ACT 7 24 r2e8 πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 striking the Egyptian Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died. +ACT 7 25 wm3j ἐνόμιζεν 1 he thought “he imagined” +ACT 7 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς 1 by his hand was rescuing them Here “hand” refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: “was rescuing them through what Moses was doing” or “was using the actions of Moses to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 26 t1hw figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 7 26 t2vc figs-explicit αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις 1 to those who were quarreling The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two Israelite men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 26 mpc7 συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην 1 he urged them to be at peace “urged them to stop fighting” +ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting. +ACT 7 26 k1ku figs-rquestion ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους 1 why are you hurting one another? Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: “you should not hurt each other!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν? 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: “You have no authority over us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 7 28 hk1g μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday? The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian. +ACT 7 29 l149 figs-explicit 0 General Information: Stephen’s audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 29 q8qv figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 after hearing this The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before ([Acts 7:28](../07/28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα 1 When forty years were past “After 40 years passed.” This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: “Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη…ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen’s audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 31 q6w6 figs-explicit ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα 1 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen’s audience. Alternate translation: “because the bush was not burning up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 31 uk7u προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι 1 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate. +ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers “I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped” +ACT 7 32 tdr7 ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι 1 Moses trembled and did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice. +ACT 7 32 e19k figs-explicit ἔντρομος…γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses trembled Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Moses trembled with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 33 x7cd translate-symaction λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα 1 Take off the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 7 33 clk4 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν 1 for the place where you are standing is holy ground The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 34 yz7b ἰδὼν, εἶδον 1 certainly seen “seen for sure.” The word certainly adds emphasis to seen. +ACT 7 34 x5bg τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 my people The word “my” emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” +ACT 7 34 j32c κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς 1 I have come down to rescue them “will personally cause their release” +ACT 7 34 sq8y νῦν δεῦρο 1 now come “get ready.” God uses an order here. +ACT 7 35 x4p2 0 General Information: Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as “This Moses” or “This same Moses” or “This is the man” or “It is the same Moses.” If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them. +ACT 7 35 gn6e τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο 1 This same Moses, whom they rejected This refers back to the events recorded in [Acts 7:27-28](../07/27.md). ACT 7 35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 deliverer “rescuer” -ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ 1 by the hand of the angel…bush The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: “by the action of the angel” or “by having the angel…bush command him to return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ 1 by the hand of the angel…bush The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: “by the action of the angel” or “by having the angel…bush command him to return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 7 35 abc9 ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him The angel appeared to Moses. -ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 during forty years Stephen’s audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην…ἀναστήσει 1 raise up a prophet “cause a man to be a prophet” -ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers “from among your own people” -ACT 7 38 l8u7 0 General Information: The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses. -ACT 7 38 e8qu οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 This is the man who was in the assembly “This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites” -ACT 7 38 fd25 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος 1 This is the man The phrase “This is the man” throughout this passage refers to Moses. -ACT 7 38 y2zu ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ὑμῖν 1 this is the man who received living words to give to us God was the one who gave those words. Alternate translation: “this is the man to whom God spoke living words to give to us” -ACT 7 38 p3xk figs-metonymy λόγια ζῶντα 1 living words Possible meanings are (1) “a message that endures” or (2) “words that give life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 39 mvz8 figs-metaphor ἀπώσαντο 1 pushed him away from themselves This metaphor emphasizes their rejection of Moses. Alternate translation: “they rejected him as their leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 7 39 z3ze figs-metonymy ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 in their hearts they turned back Here “hearts” is a metonym for people’s thoughts. To do something in the heart means to desire do to something. Alternate translation: “they desired to turn back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen’s quotation here is from the prophet Amos. -ACT 7 41 ux1j figs-explicit ἐμοσχοποίησαν 1 they made a calf Stephen’s audience knew the calf they made was a statue. Alternate translation: “they made a statue that looked like a calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 41 hh77 ἐμοσχοποίησαν…εἰδώλῳ…τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 a calf…the idol…the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf. -ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν…ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned “God turned away.” This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: “God stopped correcting them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up “abandoned them” -ACT 7 42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the stars in the sky Possible meanings for the original phrase are (1) the stars only or (2) the sun, moon, and stars. -ACT 7 42 f314 βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the book of the prophets This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo. -ACT 7 42 gd1b figs-rquestion σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ 1 Did you offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices…Israel? God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices…Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 42 j4q8 figs-metonymy οἶκος Ἰσραήλ 1 house of Israel This refers to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “all you Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 43 zek5 0 General Information: The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here. -ACT 7 43 fs4q 0 Connecting Statement: Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md). -ACT 7 43 rk4z figs-explicit ἀνελάβετε 1 You accepted It is implied that they took these idols with them as they traveled in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “you carried with you from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 43 im7e σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ 1 tabernacle of Molech the tent that housed the false god Molech -ACT 7 43 cq47 ὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ…Ῥαιφάν 1 the star of the god Rephan the star that is identified with the false god Rephan -ACT 7 43 gm4g τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε 1 the images that you made They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them. -ACT 7 43 zgq6 μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος 1 I will carry you away beyond Babylon “I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon.” This would be God’s act of judgment. -ACT 7 44 m9gw ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου 1 the tabernacle of the testimony The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it -ACT 7 45 n2sc ἣν…εἰσήγαγον, διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them The phrase “under Joshua” means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua’s direction. Alternate translation: “our fathers, in accordance with Joshua’s instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them” -ACT 7 45 n1pp τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers” -ACT 7 45 spm5 figs-metonymy τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν…ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 God took the land…before the face of our fathers Here “the face of our fathers” refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are (1) “As our ancestors watched, God took the land from the nations and drove them out” or (2) “When our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 45 c2fb figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: “the people who previously lived here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν 1 drove them out “forced them to leave the land” -ACT 7 46 w3cu σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ 1 a dwelling place for the God of Jacob “a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay.” David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent. -ACT 7 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself. -ACT 7 48 c822 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 made with hands The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “made by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 7 49 k2vn ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου 1 Heaven is my throne…the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God’s presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet. -ACT 7 49 wc9m figs-rquestion ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι 1 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man’s efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: “You can not build a house adequate enough for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: “There is no place of rest good enough for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: “My hand made all these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 51 zei2 0 Connecting Statement: With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md). -ACT 7 51 umq6 σκληροτράχηλοι 1 You people who are stiff-necked Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them. -ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι 1 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were “stubborn.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 7 51 zp55 figs-metonymy ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν 1 uncircumcised in heart and ears The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses “hearts and ears” to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: “you refuse to obey and hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 52 q8wb Δικαίου 1 Righteous One This refers to the Christ, the Messiah. -ACT 7 52 agd9 ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε 1 you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also “you have also betrayed and murdered him” -ACT 7 52 fcc6 φονεῖς 1 murderers of him “murderers of the Righteous One” or “murderers of the Christ” -ACT 7 53 euw5 τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων 1 the law that angels had established “the laws that God caused angels to give to our ancestors” -ACT 7 54 t4u2 0 Connecting Statement: The council reacts to Stephen’s words. -ACT 7 54 ef2g ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα 1 Now when they heard these things This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react. -ACT 7 54 u4l7 figs-idiom διεπρίοντο 1 were cut to the heart To “cut to the heart” is an idiom for making a person extremely angry. Alternate translation: “were extremely angry” or “became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 7 54 ae9s translate-symaction ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 ground their teeth at him This action expressed their strong anger at Stephen or hatred of Stephen. Alternate translation: “they became so angry that they ground their teeth together” or “moved their teeth back and forth as they looked at Stephen”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 7 55 ntp4 ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looked up intently into heaven “Stared up into heaven.” It appears that only Stephen saw this vision and not anyone else in the crowd. -ACT 7 55 bl2j figs-explicit εἶδεν δόξαν Θεοῦ 1 saw the glory of God People normally experienced the glory of God as a bright light. Alternate translation: “saw a bright light from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 7 55 vyz3 translate-symaction καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God To stand at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 7 56 aqp8 Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Stephen refers to Jesus by the title “Son of Man.” -ACT 7 57 p4cg translate-symaction συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν 1 covered their ears “put their hands on their ears.” They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 7 58 ks1u ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 They dragged him out of the city “They seized Stephen and forcefully took him out of the city” -ACT 7 58 wy7n τὰ ἱμάτια 1 outer clothing These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat. -ACT 7 58 sx2p παρὰ τοὺς πόδας 1 at the feet “in front of.” They were placed there so Saul could watch them. -ACT 7 58 e2vl νεανίου 1 a young man Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time. -ACT 7 59 le7k 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Stephen. -ACT 7 59 k2el δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 receive my spirit “take my spirit.” It may be helpful to add “please” to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit” -ACT 7 60 u86q translate-symaction θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα 1 He knelt down This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-litotes μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 7 60 r9vi figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “So there began.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.<br> -ACT 8 1 tp9e translate-versebridge 0 General Information: It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -ACT 8 1 a7uc 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses. -ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background ἐγένετο…ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις. πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας, πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 So there began…except the apostles This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen’s death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 8 1 vc8x ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day This refers to the day that Stephen died ([Acts 7:59-60](../07/59.md)). -ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες…διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word “all” is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 8 1 k5a2 figs-explicit πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 except the apostles This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 8 2 sjc8 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 Devout men “God-fearing men” or “Men who feared God” -ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him “greatly mourned his death” -ACT 8 3 nz28 σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 dragged out men and women Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison. -ACT 8 3 yd2i κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους 1 house after house “houses one by one” -ACT 8 3 ylr6 σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 dragged out men and women “took away men and women by force” -ACT 8 3 w6vk figs-explicit ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 men and women This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 8 4 dh3x 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon ([Acts 6:5](../06/05.md)). -ACT 8 4 ymy5 figs-activepassive διασπαρέντες 1 who had been scattered The cause for the scattering, the persecution, was stated previously. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had fled the great persecution and had gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 4 su6i figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This is a metonym for “the message.” You may need to make explicit that the message was about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 8 5 gz5m κατελθὼν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 went down to the city of Samaria The phrase “went down” is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. -ACT 8 5 f45b τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 the city of Samaria Possible meanings are (1) Luke expected the readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: “the main city in Samaria” or (2) Luke did not expect his readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: “a city in Samaria” -ACT 8 5 pk1l figs-metonymy ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν 1 proclaimed to them the Christ The title “Christ” refers to Jesus, the Messiah. Alternate translation: “told them that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 6 cnt9 δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι 1 When multitudes of people “When many people in the city of Samaria.” The location was specified in [Acts 8:5](../08/05.md). -ACT 8 6 wm83 προσεῖχον 1 they paid attention The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did. -ACT 8 7 xb2n ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα 1 who were possessed “who had them” or “who were controlled by unclean spirits” -ACT 8 8 z5z3 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 So there was much joy in that city The phrase “that city” refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: “So the people of the city were rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 9 jm7n writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 8 9 bed1 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων 1 But there was a certain man…named Simon This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 8 9 cx7a τῇ πόλει 1 the city “the city in Samaria” ([Acts 8:5](../08/05.md)) -ACT 8 10 kb9b writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 8 10 evt7 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 All the Samaritans The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Many of the Samaritans” or “The Samaritans in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 8 10 ibl1 figs-merism ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου 1 from the least to the greatest These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. Alternate translation: “no matter how important they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ACT 8 10 j3d8 οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 This man is that power of God which is called Great People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as “The Great Power.” -ACT 8 10 yw5v ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 that power of God which is called Great Possible meanings are (1) the powerful representative of God or (2) God or (3) the most powerful man or (4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as “the Great power of God” . -ACT 8 11 pxj8 writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse ends the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 8 12 yiw3 0 Connecting Statement: These verses give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus. -ACT 8 12 vsy8 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip baptized them” or “Philip baptized the new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 13 k2th figs-rpronouns ὁ…Σίμων…αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν 1 Simon himself believed The word “himself” is here used to emphasize that Simon believed. Alternate translation: “Simon was also one of those who believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 8 13 v91t figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip baptized Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 13 aj93 θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα 1 When he saw signs This could begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “When he saw” -ACT 8 14 q8wx 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria. -ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan’s becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-synecdoche ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 8 14 e682 δέδεκται 1 had received “had believed” or “had accepted” -ACT 8 15 af1n οἵτινες καταβάντες 1 When they had come down “when Peter and John had come down” -ACT 8 15 hk1m καταβάντες 1 come down This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. -ACT 8 15 bun9 προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 they prayed for them “Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers” -ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that they might receive the Holy Spirit “that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit” -ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: “they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 17 fwh8 ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 they placed their hands on them Peter and John placed their hands on the Samaritan people who had believed Stephen’s message of the gospel. -ACT 8 17 q7gd translate-symaction ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 they placed their hands on them This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 8 18 rh79 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles’ hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit “that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands” -ACT 8 20 df1j 0 General Information: Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon. -ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 May your silver perish along with you “May you and your money be destroyed” -ACT 8 20 gh12 τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the gift of God Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone. -ACT 8 21 p2ev figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 You have no part or share in this matter The words “part” and “share” mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You may not participate in this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 8 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα 1 your heart is not right Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: “you are not right in your heart” or “the motives of your mind are not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου 1 for the intention of your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “for what you intended to do” or “for what you were thinking of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας…ταύτης 1 this wickedness “these evil thoughts” -ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί 1 he might perhaps forgive “he may be willing to forgive” -ACT 8 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor εἰς…χολὴν πικρίας 1 in the poison of bitterness Here “in the poison of bitterness” is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: “very envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 8 23 j696 figs-metaphor σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας 1 in the bonds of sin The phrase “bonds of sin” is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: “because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner” or “you are like a prisoner to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 8 24 n5cw 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to Peter and John. -ACT 8 24 u1a4 ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: “the things you have said…may not happen to me” -ACT 8 24 sk5w ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This refers to Peter’s rebuke about Simon’s silver perishing along with him. -ACT 8 25 dl9f 0 Connecting Statement: This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans. -ACT 8 25 uz15 διαμαρτυράμενοι 1 testified Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans. -ACT 8 25 ww9k figs-metonymy λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 spoken the word of the Lord “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche πολλάς…κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here “villages” refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: “to the people in many Samaritan villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 8 26 zkc5 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 8 26 rnh4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. -ACT 8 26 mbj9 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 8 26 w1nk ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου 1 Arise and go These verbs work together to emphasize that he should get ready to start a long journey that will take some time. Alternate translation: “Get ready to travel” -ACT 8 26 le2c τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν 1 goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza The phrase “goes down” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza. -ACT 8 26 a18y writing-background αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος 1 This road is in a desert Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 8 27 xy7x writing-participants ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 8 27 s1uf εὐνοῦχος 1 eunuch The emphasis of “eunuch” here is about the Ethiopian’s being a high government official, not so much his physical state of being castrated. -ACT 8 27 t5t1 translate-names Κανδάκης 1 Candace This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 8 27 v8q7 figs-explicit ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He had come to Jerusalem to worship This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: “He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 8 28 d3kv τοῦ ἅρματος 1 chariot Possibly “wagon” or “carriage” is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots. -ACT 8 28 bx2j figs-metonymy ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν 1 reading the prophet Isaiah This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: “reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 29 llh1 figs-metonymy κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ 1 stay close to this chariot Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: “accompany the man in this chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 30 ffh7 figs-metonymy ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην 1 reading Isaiah the prophet This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: “reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 30 x98i ἆρά…γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις 1 Do you understand what you are reading? The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” -ACT 8 31 r5g2 figs-rquestion πῶς…δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με 1 How can I, unless someone guides me? This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. Alternate translation: “I cannot understand unless someone guides me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 8 31 zx9h figs-explicit παρεκάλεσέν…τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ 1 He begged Philip to…sit with him It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 8 32 nd93 0 General Information: This a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the Messiah. -ACT 8 32 lu3j ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος 1 like a lamb before his shearer is silent A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used. -ACT 8 33 y2a1 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει, ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη 1 In his humiliation justice was taken away from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly” or “he allowed himself to be humbled before his accusers and he suffered injustice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 33 k3uz figs-rquestion τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται 1 Who can fully describe his descendants? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 8 33 idk8 figs-activepassive αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his life was taken from the earth This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “men killed him” or “men took his life from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 34 htb2 δέομαί σου 1 I beg you “Please tell me” -ACT 8 35 uw21 figs-metonymy τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης 1 this scripture This refers to Isaiah’s writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “in the writings of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 36 ip13 ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 they went on the road “they continued to travel along the road” -ACT 8 36 muz2 figs-rquestion τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι 1 What prevents me from being baptized? The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. Alternate translation: “Please allow me to be baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 8 38 l8wl ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα 1 he commanded the chariot to stop “the eunich told the driver of the chariot to stop” -ACT 8 39 tz5u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea. -ACT 8 39 xp52 οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος 1 the eunuch saw him no more “the eunuch did not see Philip again” -ACT 8 40 r1x7 Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 Philip appeared at Azotus There was no indication of Philip’s traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus. -ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 that region This refers to the area around the town of Azotus. -ACT 8 40 zfn6 τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities “to all the cities in that region” -ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”<br><br>The “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here.<br> -ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word “him” refers to the high priest and “he” refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 9 1 yt9e 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation. -ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-abstractnouns ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples The noun “murder” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς 1 for the synagogues This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: “for the people in the synagogues” or “for the leaders in the synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 2 y8f6 ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ 1 if he found any “when he found anyone” or “if he found anyone” -ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 who belonged to the Way “who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ” -ACT 9 2 n94s τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time. -ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem.” Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 3 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus. -ACT 9 3 jf4g ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 As he was traveling Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus. -ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 3 dm6c τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone all around him a light out of heaven “a light from heaven shone all around him” -ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 out of heaven Possible meanings are (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. -ACT 9 4 y4u4 πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell upon the ground Possible meanings are that (1) “Saul threw himself to the ground” or (2) “The light caused him to fall to the ground” or (3) “Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell.” Saul did not fall accidentally. -ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): “You are persecuting me!” or a command (AT): “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 9 5 q8ge 0 General Information: Every occurrence of the word “you” here is singular. -ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power. +ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 during forty years Stephen’s audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην…ἀναστήσει 1 raise up a prophet “cause a man to be a prophet” +ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers “from among your own people” +ACT 7 38 l8u7 0 General Information: The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses. +ACT 7 38 e8qu οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 This is the man who was in the assembly “This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites” +ACT 7 38 fd25 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος 1 This is the man The phrase “This is the man” throughout this passage refers to Moses. +ACT 7 38 y2zu ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ὑμῖν 1 this is the man who received living words to give to us God was the one who gave those words. Alternate translation: “this is the man to whom God spoke living words to give to us” +ACT 7 38 p3xk figs-metonymy λόγια ζῶντα 1 living words Possible meanings are (1) “a message that endures” or (2) “words that give life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 39 mvz8 figs-metaphor ἀπώσαντο 1 pushed him away from themselves This metaphor emphasizes their rejection of Moses. Alternate translation: “they rejected him as their leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 7 39 z3ze figs-metonymy ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 in their hearts they turned back Here “hearts” is a metonym for people’s thoughts. To do something in the heart means to desire do to something. Alternate translation: “they desired to turn back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen’s quotation here is from the prophet Amos. +ACT 7 41 ux1j figs-explicit ἐμοσχοποίησαν 1 they made a calf Stephen’s audience knew the calf they made was a statue. Alternate translation: “they made a statue that looked like a calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 41 hh77 ἐμοσχοποίησαν…εἰδώλῳ…τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 a calf…the idol…the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf. +ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν…ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned “God turned away.” This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: “God stopped correcting them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up “abandoned them” +ACT 7 42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the stars in the sky Possible meanings for the original phrase are (1) the stars only or (2) the sun, moon, and stars. +ACT 7 42 f314 βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the book of the prophets This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo. +ACT 7 42 gd1b figs-rquestion σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ 1 Did you offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices…Israel? God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices…Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 7 42 j4q8 figs-metonymy οἶκος Ἰσραήλ 1 house of Israel This refers to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “all you Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 43 zek5 0 General Information: The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here. +ACT 7 43 fs4q 0 Connecting Statement: Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md). +ACT 7 43 rk4z figs-explicit ἀνελάβετε 1 You accepted It is implied that they took these idols with them as they traveled in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “you carried with you from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 43 im7e σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ 1 tabernacle of Molech the tent that housed the false god Molech +ACT 7 43 cq47 ὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ…Ῥαιφάν 1 the star of the god Rephan the star that is identified with the false god Rephan +ACT 7 43 gm4g τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε 1 the images that you made They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them. +ACT 7 43 zgq6 μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος 1 I will carry you away beyond Babylon “I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon.” This would be God’s act of judgment. +ACT 7 44 m9gw ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου 1 the tabernacle of the testimony The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it +ACT 7 45 n2sc ἣν…εἰσήγαγον, διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them The phrase “under Joshua” means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua’s direction. Alternate translation: “our fathers, in accordance with Joshua’s instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them” +ACT 7 45 n1pp τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers” +ACT 7 45 spm5 figs-metonymy τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν…ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 God took the land…before the face of our fathers Here “the face of our fathers” refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are (1) “As our ancestors watched, God took the land from the nations and drove them out” or (2) “When our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 45 c2fb figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: “the people who previously lived here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν 1 drove them out “forced them to leave the land” +ACT 7 46 w3cu σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ 1 a dwelling place for the God of Jacob “a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay.” David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent. +ACT 7 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself. +ACT 7 48 c822 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 made with hands The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “made by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 7 49 k2vn ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου 1 Heaven is my throne…the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God’s presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet. +ACT 7 49 wc9m figs-rquestion ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι 1 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man’s efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: “You can not build a house adequate enough for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: “There is no place of rest good enough for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: “My hand made all these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 7 51 zei2 0 Connecting Statement: With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md). +ACT 7 51 umq6 σκληροτράχηλοι 1 You people who are stiff-necked Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them. +ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι 1 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were “stubborn.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 7 51 zp55 figs-metonymy ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν 1 uncircumcised in heart and ears The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses “hearts and ears” to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: “you refuse to obey and hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 7 52 q8wb Δικαίου 1 Righteous One This refers to the Christ, the Messiah. +ACT 7 52 agd9 ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε 1 you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also “you have also betrayed and murdered him” +ACT 7 52 fcc6 φονεῖς 1 murderers of him “murderers of the Righteous One” or “murderers of the Christ” +ACT 7 53 euw5 τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων 1 the law that angels had established “the laws that God caused angels to give to our ancestors” +ACT 7 54 t4u2 0 Connecting Statement: The council reacts to Stephen’s words. +ACT 7 54 ef2g ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα 1 Now when they heard these things This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react. +ACT 7 54 u4l7 figs-idiom διεπρίοντο 1 were cut to the heart To “cut to the heart” is an idiom for making a person extremely angry. Alternate translation: “were extremely angry” or “became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 7 54 ae9s translate-symaction ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 ground their teeth at him This action expressed their strong anger at Stephen or hatred of Stephen. Alternate translation: “they became so angry that they ground their teeth together” or “moved their teeth back and forth as they looked at Stephen”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 7 55 ntp4 ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looked up intently into heaven “Stared up into heaven.” It appears that only Stephen saw this vision and not anyone else in the crowd. +ACT 7 55 bl2j figs-explicit εἶδεν δόξαν Θεοῦ 1 saw the glory of God People normally experienced the glory of God as a bright light. Alternate translation: “saw a bright light from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 7 55 vyz3 translate-symaction καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God To stand at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 7 56 aqp8 Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Stephen refers to Jesus by the title “Son of Man.” +ACT 7 57 p4cg translate-symaction συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν 1 covered their ears “put their hands on their ears.” They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 7 58 ks1u ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 They dragged him out of the city “They seized Stephen and forcefully took him out of the city” +ACT 7 58 wy7n τὰ ἱμάτια 1 outer clothing These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat. +ACT 7 58 sx2p παρὰ τοὺς πόδας 1 at the feet “in front of.” They were placed there so Saul could watch them. +ACT 7 58 e2vl νεανίου 1 a young man Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time. +ACT 7 59 le7k 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Stephen. +ACT 7 59 k2el δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 receive my spirit “take my spirit.” It may be helpful to add “please” to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit” +ACT 7 60 u86q translate-symaction θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα 1 He knelt down This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-litotes μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 7 60 r9vi figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “So there began.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.<br> +ACT 8 1 tp9e translate-versebridge 0 General Information: It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +ACT 8 1 a7uc 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses. +ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background ἐγένετο…ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις. πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας, πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 So there began…except the apostles This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen’s death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 8 1 vc8x ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day This refers to the day that Stephen died ([Acts 7:59-60](../07/59.md)). +ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες…διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word “all” is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 8 1 k5a2 figs-explicit πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 except the apostles This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 8 2 sjc8 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 Devout men “God-fearing men” or “Men who feared God” +ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him “greatly mourned his death” +ACT 8 3 nz28 σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 dragged out men and women Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison. +ACT 8 3 yd2i κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους 1 house after house “houses one by one” +ACT 8 3 ylr6 σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 dragged out men and women “took away men and women by force” +ACT 8 3 w6vk figs-explicit ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 men and women This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 8 4 dh3x 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon ([Acts 6:5](../06/05.md)). +ACT 8 4 ymy5 figs-activepassive διασπαρέντες 1 who had been scattered The cause for the scattering, the persecution, was stated previously. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had fled the great persecution and had gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 8 4 su6i figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This is a metonym for “the message.” You may need to make explicit that the message was about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 8 5 gz5m κατελθὼν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 went down to the city of Samaria The phrase “went down” is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. +ACT 8 5 f45b τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 the city of Samaria Possible meanings are (1) Luke expected the readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: “the main city in Samaria” or (2) Luke did not expect his readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: “a city in Samaria” +ACT 8 5 pk1l figs-metonymy ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν 1 proclaimed to them the Christ The title “Christ” refers to Jesus, the Messiah. Alternate translation: “told them that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 6 cnt9 δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι 1 When multitudes of people “When many people in the city of Samaria.” The location was specified in [Acts 8:5](../08/05.md). +ACT 8 6 wm83 προσεῖχον 1 they paid attention The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did. +ACT 8 7 xb2n ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα 1 who were possessed “who had them” or “who were controlled by unclean spirits” +ACT 8 8 z5z3 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 So there was much joy in that city The phrase “that city” refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: “So the people of the city were rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 9 jm7n writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 8 9 bed1 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων 1 But there was a certain man…named Simon This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 8 9 cx7a τῇ πόλει 1 the city “the city in Samaria” ([Acts 8:5](../08/05.md)) +ACT 8 10 kb9b writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 8 10 evt7 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 All the Samaritans The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Many of the Samaritans” or “The Samaritans in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 8 10 ibl1 figs-merism ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου 1 from the least to the greatest These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. Alternate translation: “no matter how important they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 8 10 j3d8 οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 This man is that power of God which is called Great People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as “The Great Power.” +ACT 8 10 yw5v ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 that power of God which is called Great Possible meanings are (1) the powerful representative of God or (2) God or (3) the most powerful man or (4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as “the Great power of God” . +ACT 8 11 pxj8 writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse ends the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 8 12 yiw3 0 Connecting Statement: These verses give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus. +ACT 8 12 vsy8 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip baptized them” or “Philip baptized the new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 8 13 k2th figs-rpronouns ὁ…Σίμων…αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν 1 Simon himself believed The word “himself” is here used to emphasize that Simon believed. Alternate translation: “Simon was also one of those who believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 8 13 v91t figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip baptized Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 8 13 aj93 θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα 1 When he saw signs This could begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “When he saw” +ACT 8 14 q8wx 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria. +ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan’s becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-synecdoche ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 8 14 e682 δέδεκται 1 had received “had believed” or “had accepted” +ACT 8 15 af1n οἵτινες καταβάντες 1 When they had come down “when Peter and John had come down” +ACT 8 15 hk1m καταβάντες 1 come down This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. +ACT 8 15 bun9 προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 they prayed for them “Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers” +ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that they might receive the Holy Spirit “that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit” +ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: “they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 17 fwh8 ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 they placed their hands on them Peter and John placed their hands on the Samaritan people who had believed Stephen’s message of the gospel. +ACT 8 17 q7gd translate-symaction ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 they placed their hands on them This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 8 18 rh79 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles’ hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit “that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands” +ACT 8 20 df1j 0 General Information: Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon. +ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 May your silver perish along with you “May you and your money be destroyed” +ACT 8 20 gh12 τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the gift of God Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone. +ACT 8 21 p2ev figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 You have no part or share in this matter The words “part” and “share” mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You may not participate in this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 8 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα 1 your heart is not right Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: “you are not right in your heart” or “the motives of your mind are not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου 1 for the intention of your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “for what you intended to do” or “for what you were thinking of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας…ταύτης 1 this wickedness “these evil thoughts” +ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί 1 he might perhaps forgive “he may be willing to forgive” +ACT 8 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor εἰς…χολὴν πικρίας 1 in the poison of bitterness Here “in the poison of bitterness” is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: “very envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 8 23 j696 figs-metaphor σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας 1 in the bonds of sin The phrase “bonds of sin” is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: “because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner” or “you are like a prisoner to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 8 24 n5cw 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to Peter and John. +ACT 8 24 u1a4 ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: “the things you have said…may not happen to me” +ACT 8 24 sk5w ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This refers to Peter’s rebuke about Simon’s silver perishing along with him. +ACT 8 25 dl9f 0 Connecting Statement: This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans. +ACT 8 25 uz15 διαμαρτυράμενοι 1 testified Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans. +ACT 8 25 ww9k figs-metonymy λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 spoken the word of the Lord “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche πολλάς…κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here “villages” refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: “to the people in many Samaritan villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 8 26 zkc5 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 8 26 rnh4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. +ACT 8 26 mbj9 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 8 26 w1nk ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου 1 Arise and go These verbs work together to emphasize that he should get ready to start a long journey that will take some time. Alternate translation: “Get ready to travel” +ACT 8 26 le2c τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν 1 goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza The phrase “goes down” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza. +ACT 8 26 a18y writing-background αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος 1 This road is in a desert Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 8 27 xy7x writing-participants ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 8 27 s1uf εὐνοῦχος 1 eunuch The emphasis of “eunuch” here is about the Ethiopian’s being a high government official, not so much his physical state of being castrated. +ACT 8 27 t5t1 translate-names Κανδάκης 1 Candace This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 8 27 v8q7 figs-explicit ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He had come to Jerusalem to worship This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: “He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 8 28 d3kv τοῦ ἅρματος 1 chariot Possibly “wagon” or “carriage” is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots. +ACT 8 28 bx2j figs-metonymy ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν 1 reading the prophet Isaiah This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: “reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 29 llh1 figs-metonymy κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ 1 stay close to this chariot Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: “accompany the man in this chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 30 ffh7 figs-metonymy ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην 1 reading Isaiah the prophet This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: “reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 30 x98i ἆρά…γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις 1 Do you understand what you are reading? The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” +ACT 8 31 r5g2 figs-rquestion πῶς…δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με 1 How can I, unless someone guides me? This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. Alternate translation: “I cannot understand unless someone guides me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 8 31 zx9h figs-explicit παρεκάλεσέν…τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ 1 He begged Philip to…sit with him It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 8 32 nd93 0 General Information: This a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the Messiah. +ACT 8 32 lu3j ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος 1 like a lamb before his shearer is silent A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used. +ACT 8 33 y2a1 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει, ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη 1 In his humiliation justice was taken away from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly” or “he allowed himself to be humbled before his accusers and he suffered injustice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 8 33 k3uz figs-rquestion τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται 1 Who can fully describe his descendants? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 8 33 idk8 figs-activepassive αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his life was taken from the earth This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “men killed him” or “men took his life from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 8 34 htb2 δέομαί σου 1 I beg you “Please tell me” +ACT 8 35 uw21 figs-metonymy τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης 1 this scripture This refers to Isaiah’s writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “in the writings of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 8 36 ip13 ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 they went on the road “they continued to travel along the road” +ACT 8 36 muz2 figs-rquestion τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι 1 What prevents me from being baptized? The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. Alternate translation: “Please allow me to be baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 8 38 l8wl ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα 1 he commanded the chariot to stop “the eunich told the driver of the chariot to stop” +ACT 8 39 tz5u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea. +ACT 8 39 xp52 οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος 1 the eunuch saw him no more “the eunuch did not see Philip again” +ACT 8 40 r1x7 Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 Philip appeared at Azotus There was no indication of Philip’s traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus. +ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 that region This refers to the area around the town of Azotus. +ACT 8 40 zfn6 τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities “to all the cities in that region” +ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”<br><br>The “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here.<br> +ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word “him” refers to the high priest and “he” refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 9 1 yt9e 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation. +ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-abstractnouns ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples The noun “murder” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς 1 for the synagogues This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: “for the people in the synagogues” or “for the leaders in the synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 2 y8f6 ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ 1 if he found any “when he found anyone” or “if he found anyone” +ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 who belonged to the Way “who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ” +ACT 9 2 n94s τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time. +ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem.” Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 3 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus. +ACT 9 3 jf4g ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 As he was traveling Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus. +ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 9 3 dm6c τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone all around him a light out of heaven “a light from heaven shone all around him” +ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 out of heaven Possible meanings are (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. +ACT 9 4 y4u4 πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell upon the ground Possible meanings are that (1) “Saul threw himself to the ground” or (2) “The light caused him to fall to the ground” or (3) “Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell.” Saul did not fall accidentally. +ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): “You are persecuting me!” or a command (AT): “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 9 5 q8ge 0 General Information: Every occurrence of the word “you” here is singular. +ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power. ACT 9 5 abc0 ὁ 1 He said Jesus is speaking. -ACT 9 6 i1kj ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 but rise, enter into the city “get up and go into the city Damascus” -ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told you This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone” -ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one “but saw no one.” Apparently only Saul experienced the light. -ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he could see nothing “he could not see anything.” Saul was blind. -ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν…μὴ βλέπων 1 was without sight “was blind” or “could not see anything” -ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. -ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 1 He said “Ananias said” -ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight “go to Straight Street” -ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 house of Judas This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. -ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man from Tarsus named Saul “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” -ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying his hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again “he might regain his ability to see” -ACT 9 13 la9t ἁγίοις σου 1 your holy people Here “holy people” refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you” -ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ὧδε…ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 authority…to arrest everyone here It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 calls upon your name Here “your name” refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 he is a chosen instrument of mine “chosen instrument” refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 to carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for the cause of my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” here is singular and refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. -ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: “So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it” -ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 Laying his hands on him Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell “something that appeared like fish scales fell” -ACT 9 18 g2ea ἀνέβλεψέν 1 he received his sight “he was able to see again” -ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he arose and was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 20 rc49 0 General Information: Here only the second “he” refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first “he” and the other ones refer to Saul. -ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 All who heard him The word “All” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Those who heard him” or “Many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name Here “name” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 causing distress among the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. -ACT 9 23 g6gw 0 General Information: The word “him” in this section refers to Saul. -ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 24 cy9n παρετηροῦντο…καὶ τὰς πύλας 1 They watched the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates. -ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching -ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall” -ACT 9 26 j1el 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Saul all but one time. “And ‘he’ told them how” in verse 27 refers to Barnabas. -ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here “they were all” is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 6 i1kj ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 but rise, enter into the city “get up and go into the city Damascus” +ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told you This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone” +ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one “but saw no one.” Apparently only Saul experienced the light. +ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he could see nothing “he could not see anything.” Saul was blind. +ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν…μὴ βλέπων 1 was without sight “was blind” or “could not see anything” +ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. +ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 1 He said “Ananias said” +ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight “go to Straight Street” +ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 house of Judas This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. +ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man from Tarsus named Saul “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” +ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying his hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again “he might regain his ability to see” +ACT 9 13 la9t ἁγίοις σου 1 your holy people Here “holy people” refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you” +ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ὧδε…ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 authority…to arrest everyone here It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 calls upon your name Here “your name” refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 he is a chosen instrument of mine “chosen instrument” refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 to carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for the cause of my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” here is singular and refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. +ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: “So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it” +ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 Laying his hands on him Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell “something that appeared like fish scales fell” +ACT 9 18 g2ea ἀνέβλεψέν 1 he received his sight “he was able to see again” +ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he arose and was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 20 rc49 0 General Information: Here only the second “he” refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first “he” and the other ones refer to Saul. +ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 All who heard him The word “All” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Those who heard him” or “Many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name Here “name” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 causing distress among the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. +ACT 9 23 g6gw 0 General Information: The word “him” in this section refers to Saul. +ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 24 cy9n παρετηροῦντο…καὶ τὰς πύλας 1 They watched the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates. +ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching +ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall” +ACT 9 26 j1el 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Saul all but one time. “And ‘he’ told them how” in verse 27 refers to Barnabas. +ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here “they were all” is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 27 abca διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς 1 he told them “Barnabas told the apostles” ACT 9 27 abcb εἶδεν 1 he had seen “Saul had seen” ACT 9 27 abcc ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ 1 he had spoken to him “the Lord had spoken to Saul” -ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: “had openly preached the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 28 m5rs ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 He met with them Here the word “He” refers to Paul. The word “them” probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. -ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Possible meanings are (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) “name” is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Grecian Jews Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. -ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words “the brothers” refers to the believers in Jerusalem. -ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 brought him down to Caesarea The phrase “brought him down” is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. -ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 31 vk8y 0 General Information: Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church’s growth. -ACT 9 31 n7c5 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter. -ACT 9 31 s4bn ἡ…ἐκκλησία καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Σαμαρείας 1 the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria This is the first use of the singular “church” to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel. -ACT 9 31 fh2g εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace “lived peacefully.” This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished. -ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη 1 was built up The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God helped them grow” or “the Holy Spirit built them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord “Walking” here is a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “living in obedience to the Lord” or “continuing to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them” -ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it came about This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region This is an generalization for Peter’s visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 9 32 ad7g κατελθεῖν 1 he came down The phrase “came down” is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling. -ACT 9 32 g5c4 Λύδδα 1 Lydda Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel. -ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 There he found a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: “There Peter met a man” -ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 who had been in his bed…was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 9 33 k7hw παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist -ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed “roll up your mat” -ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon. -ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him It may be helpful to state that they saw that the man was healed. Alternate translation: “saw the man whom Peter had healed” -ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 and they turned to the Lord Here “turned to the Lord” is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter. -ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ…ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated as “Dorcas.” Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works “doing many good things” -ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 It came about in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “It came about while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες…αὐτὴν 1 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial. -ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. -ACT 9 38 uhz5 ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 they sent two men to him “the disciples sent two men to Peter” -ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying” -ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town. -ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help -ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while she had been with them “while she was still alive with the disciples” -ACT 9 40 ek9c writing-endofstory 0 The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν…ἔξω πάντας 1 put them all out of the room “told them all to leave the room.” Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha. -ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up. -ACT 9 41 b73s τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας 1 the believers and the widows The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. -ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 This matter became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter’s raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord “believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus” -ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It happened that “It came about that.” This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner “a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins” -ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.<br> -ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. -ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 named Cornelius, a centurion of the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ “his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army. +ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: “had openly preached the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 28 m5rs ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 He met with them Here the word “He” refers to Paul. The word “them” probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. +ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Possible meanings are (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) “name” is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Grecian Jews Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. +ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words “the brothers” refers to the believers in Jerusalem. +ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 brought him down to Caesarea The phrase “brought him down” is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. +ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 31 vk8y 0 General Information: Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church’s growth. +ACT 9 31 n7c5 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter. +ACT 9 31 s4bn ἡ…ἐκκλησία καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Σαμαρείας 1 the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria This is the first use of the singular “church” to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel. +ACT 9 31 fh2g εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace “lived peacefully.” This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished. +ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη 1 was built up The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God helped them grow” or “the Holy Spirit built them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord “Walking” here is a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “living in obedience to the Lord” or “continuing to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them” +ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it came about This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region This is an generalization for Peter’s visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 32 ad7g κατελθεῖν 1 he came down The phrase “came down” is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling. +ACT 9 32 g5c4 Λύδδα 1 Lydda Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel. +ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 There he found a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: “There Peter met a man” +ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 who had been in his bed…was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 9 33 k7hw παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist +ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed “roll up your mat” +ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon. +ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him It may be helpful to state that they saw that the man was healed. Alternate translation: “saw the man whom Peter had healed” +ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 and they turned to the Lord Here “turned to the Lord” is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter. +ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ…ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated as “Dorcas.” Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works “doing many good things” +ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 It came about in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “It came about while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες…αὐτὴν 1 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial. +ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. +ACT 9 38 uhz5 ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 they sent two men to him “the disciples sent two men to Peter” +ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying” +ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town. +ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help +ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while she had been with them “while she was still alive with the disciples” +ACT 9 40 ek9c writing-endofstory 0 The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν…ἔξω πάντας 1 put them all out of the room “told them all to leave the room.” Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha. +ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up. +ACT 9 41 b73s τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας 1 the believers and the widows The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. +ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 This matter became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter’s raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord “believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus” +ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It happened that “It came about that.” This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner “a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins” +ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.<br> +ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. +ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 named Cornelius, a centurion of the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ “his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army. ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ “the Italian Regiment” -ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 He was a devout man, one who worshiped God “He believed in God and sought to honor and worship God in his life” -ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 worshiped God The word for “worshiped” here has the sense of deep respect and awe. +ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 He was a devout man, one who worshiped God “He believed in God and sought to honor and worship God in his life” +ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 worshiped God The word for “worshiped” here has the sense of deep respect and awe. ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people This here refers to Jewish people who were in need. -ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 he constantly prayed to God The word “constantly” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour “three o’clock in the afternoon.” This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. -ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw “Cornelius clearly saw” +ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 he constantly prayed to God The word “constantly” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour “three o’clock in the afternoon.” This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. +ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw “Cornelius clearly saw” ACT 10 4 abcf ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him Cornelius looked intently at the angel. -ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 Then he said to him “Then the angel said to Cornelius” -ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your gifts…a memorial offering into God’s presence It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts…a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner a person who makes leather from animal skins -ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 When the angel who spoke to him had left “When Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended.” -ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier from among those who served him “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God.” This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. -ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him. -ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 1 told them all that had happened Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers. -ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 sent them to Joppa “sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa.” -ACT 10 9 ey9n 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). -ACT 10 9 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter. -ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 about the sixth hour “around noon” -ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 up upon the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them. -ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while the people were cooking some food “before the people finished cooking the food” -ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 he was given a vision “God gave him a vision” or “he saw a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he saw the sky open This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence. -ACT 10 11 u9u4 ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 something like a large sheet…four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. -ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 let down by its four corners “with its four corners suspended” or “with its four corners higher than the rest of it” -ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all kinds of four-footed animals…birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: “animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice spoke to him The person speaking is not specified. The “voice” was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not so “I will not do that” -ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 10 16 rlr9 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 This happened three times It is not likely that everything Peter saw happened three times. This probably means that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times” instead of trying to explain in detail. -ACT 10 17 d4zi διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant. -ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate. -ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate “stood before the gate to the house.” It is implied that this house had a wall with a gate in it to enter the property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 after they had asked their way to the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does. -ACT 10 18 qe9d φωνήσαντες 1 They called out Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter. -ACT 10 19 e8ai διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 thinking about the vision “wondering about the meaning of the vision” -ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit “the Holy Spirit” -ACT 10 19 iqx5 ἰδοὺ 1 behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three” -ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦσιν σε 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 10 20 ym1x κατάβηθι 1 go down “go down from the roof of the house” -ACT 10 20 wx4n πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 Do not hesitate to go with them It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles. -ACT 10 21 lj1f ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε 1 I am he whom you are seeking “I am the man you are looking for” -ACT 10 22 i4zh 0 General Information: The words “They” and “them” here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). -ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ 1 A centurion named Cornelius…listen to a message from you This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 22 wvl1 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 worships God The word for “worship” here has the sense of deep respect and awe. -ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word “all” to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. -ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 stay with him “be his guests” -ACT 10 23 t7cz τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης 1 some of the brothers from Joppa This refers to believers who lived in Joppa. -ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 On the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. -ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 Cornelius was waiting for them “Cornelius expected them” -ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 when Peter entered “when Peter entered the house” -ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, προσεκύνησεν 1 fell down at his feet to worship him “he knelt down and put his face close to Peter’s feet.” He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 10 25 u2x5 πεσὼν 1 fell down He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping. -ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ…ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Stand up! I too am a man This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” -ACT 10 27 f9x6 figs-you 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Cornelius. Here the words “You” and “you” are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 10 27 bg7b 0 Connecting Statement: Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius’ house. -ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together “many Gentile people gathered together.” It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 28 g7j7 ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 You yourselves know Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests. -ACT 10 28 iyx6 ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ 1 it is not lawful for a Jewish man “it is forbidden for a Jewish man.” This refers to the Jewish religious law. -ACT 10 28 k3we ἀλλοφύλῳ 1 someone from another nation This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived. -ACT 10 30 krz8 figs-you 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. The words “you” and “your” are all singular. The word “we” here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 10 30 n5fs 0 Connecting Statement: Cornelius responds to Peter’s question. -ACT 10 30 na4u ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is “four days ago.” Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, “three days ago.” -ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants προσευχόμενος 1 praying Some ancient authorities say “fasting and praying” instead of simply “praying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 10 30 yy6e τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour The normal afternoon time that the Jews pray to God. -ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 31 s6nz ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 reminded God about you “brought you to God’s attention.” This does not imply that God had forgotten. -ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” -ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 at once “right away” -ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 You are kind to have come This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “I certainly thank you for coming” -ACT 10 33 ry21 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the sight of God This refers to the presence of God. -ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord to say This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius. -ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 Then Peter opened his mouth and said “Peter began to speak to them” -ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 Truly This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know. -ACT 10 34 iii7 οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God does not take anyone’s side “God does not favor certain people” -ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 anyone who worships and does righteous deeds is acceptable to him “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” -ACT 10 35 b5cr φοβούμενος 1 worships The word “worships” here has the sense of deep respect and awe. -ACT 10 36 bjk7 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Jesus. -ACT 10 36 sv4s 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests. -ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 who is Lord of all Here “all” means “all people.” -ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John announced “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them” -ACT 10 38 jtr3 Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 the events…and with power This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. “You know…of all. You yourselves know…announced. You know the events…with power” -ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom “was with him” means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “We” and “we” here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words “he” and “him” here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time. -ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “nailing him to a wooden cross” -ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day “the third day after he died” -ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead” -ACT 10 41 q7d1 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. -ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). -ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that this is the one who has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 It is to him that all the prophets bear witness “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus” -ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν…πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Here “his name” refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 10 44 cz7x ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word “fell” means “happened suddenly.” Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit suddenly came” -ACT 10 44 wf7u πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening Here “all” refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter. -ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. -ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the Holy Spirit was poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 10 45 je22 ἡ δωρεὰ 1 the gift “the free gift” -ACT 10 45 f33n καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here “also” refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. -ACT 10 46 w58d 0 General Information: The words “he” and “him” refer to Peter. -ACT 10 46 mpg5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius. -ACT 10 46 p6pa αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God. -ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received…we? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received…we!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” or “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here “in the name of Jesus Christ” expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.<br> -ACT 11 1 uw5m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new event in the story. -ACT 11 1 j7f7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there. -ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 11 1 f1md οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The phrase “brothers” here refers to the believers in Judea. -ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were in Judea “who were in the province of Judea” -ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed the message of God about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 had come up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it. -ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 they who belonged to the circumcision group This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase “uncircumcised men” refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 3 t9e1 συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς 1 ate with them It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles. -ACT 11 4 lrh6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius’ house. -ACT 11 4 bfp5 ἀρξάμενος…Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner. -ACT 11 4 nuy6 καθεξῆς 1 in detail “exactly what happened” -ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md). -ACT 11 5 axu6 τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 by its four corners “with its four corners suspended” or “with its four corners higher than the rest of it.” See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md). -ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τετράποδα τῆς γῆς 1 four-legged animals of earth From Peter’s response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 11 6 ew64 θηρία 1 wild beasts This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control. -ACT 11 6 t36i ἑρπετὰ 1 creeping animals These are reptiles. -ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα…φωνῆς 1 I heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The “voice” was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated “a voice” in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 11 8 m4mu μηδαμῶς 1 Not so “I will not do that.” See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md). -ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ACT 11 8 kj91 ἀκάθαρτον 1 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually “unclean” in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals. -ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 10 xrq6 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 This happened three times It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times” instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated “This happened three times” in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md). -ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 11 11 b2qv ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. -ACT 11 11 k44j ἐξαυτῆς 1 right away “immediately” or “at that exact moment” -ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 they had been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 11 12 lf6m μηδὲν διακρίναντα 1 that I should make no distinction regarding them “that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles” -ACT 11 12 cf8x ἦλθον…σὺν ἐμοὶ…οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι 1 These six brothers went with me “These six brothers went with me to Caesarea” -ACT 11 12 xrc6 οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι 1 These six brothers “These six Jewish believers” -ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 into the man’s house This refers to the house of Cornelius. -ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon who is called Peter “Simon who is also called Peter.” See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md). -ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: “everyone who lives in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 11 15 a8jw ἐν…τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more. -ACT 11 15 ak2p figs-ellipsis ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 11 15 th4m ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 in the beginning Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost. -ACT 11 16 v116 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 you shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word “they” refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word “us” includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 11 17 e576 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius. -ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 Then if God gave to them…who was I, that I could oppose God? Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them…I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 11 17 y7ag τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν 1 the same gift Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit. -ACT 11 18 nr7g ἡσύχασαν 1 they said nothing in response “they did not argue with Peter” -ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also “God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also.” Here “life” refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns “repentance” and “life” can be translated as the verbs “repent” and “live.” Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 11 19 zck4 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen. -ACT 11 19 bwb8 writing-newevent οὖν 1 Now This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 11 19 m3i7 οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον 1 those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread The Jews began persecuting Jesus’ followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus’ followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places. -ACT 11 19 w5jn οἱ…διῆλθον 1 those…spread “those went in many different directions” -ACT 11 19 whm6 figs-activepassive διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως 1 who had been scattered by the persecution This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews had been persecuting and so had left Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 11 19 vx4b τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ 1 the persecution that arose over Stephen the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done -ACT 11 19 c8ha εἰ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις 1 only to Jews The believers thought God’s message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles. -ACT 11 20 mww9 figs-explicit ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 spoke also to Greeks These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 11 21 aj5g figs-metonymy ἦν χεὶρ Κυρίου μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 The hand of the Lord was with them God’s hand signifies his powerful help. Alternate translation: “God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 21 n9pq figs-metaphor ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 turned to the Lord Here “turned to the Lord” is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 11 22 mrg9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “he” refers to Barnabas. The word “they” refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem. The words “them” and “their” refer to the new believers ([Acts 11:20](../11/20.md)). -ACT 11 22 i7vs figs-metonymy ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 ears of the church Here “ears” refers to the believers’ hearing about the event. Alternate translation: “the believers in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 23 b7w7 ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw the grace of God “saw how God acted kindly toward the believers” -ACT 11 23 m1q9 παρεκάλει πάντας 1 he encouraged them “he kept on encouraging them” -ACT 11 23 qlu4 προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to remain with the Lord “to remain faithful to the Lord” or “to continue to trust in the Lord” -ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 with all their heart Here the “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all their will” or “with complete commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit. -ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 many people were added to the Lord Here “added” means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: “many more people also believed in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 25 yhl6 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Barnabas and “him” refers to Saul. -ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν…εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 out to Tarsus “out to the city of Tarsus” -ACT 11 26 hu2g καὶ εὑρὼν 1 When he found him It progably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul. -ACT 11 26 wf5l writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It came about This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 11 26 w4dz αὐτοῖς…συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 they gathered together with the church “Barnabas and Saul gathered together with the church” -ACT 11 26 x8gx figs-activepassive χρηματίσαι…ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς, Χριστιανούς 1 The disciples were called Christians This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Antioch called the disciples Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 11 26 r6sl πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ 1 first in Antioch “for the first time in Antioch” -ACT 11 27 pz7y writing-background 0 General Information: Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 11 27 h6zw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line. -ACT 11 27 d8bb κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων…εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it. -ACT 11 28 wyk8 ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus by name “whose name was Agabus” -ACT 11 28 q3tl ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 indicated by the Spirit “the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy” -ACT 11 28 l3iz λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι 1 a great famine would occur “a great shortage of food would happen” -ACT 11 28 pd2t figs-hyperbole ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 over all the world This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: “all over the inhabited world” or “throughout the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 11 28 jmc5 figs-explicit ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου 1 in the days of Claudius Luke’s audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: “when Claudius was the Roman emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 11 29 lhp8 0 General Information: The words “They” and “they” refer to the believers in the church in Antioch ([Acts 11:27](../11/27.md)). -ACT 11 29 de92 δὲ 1 So This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus’ prophesy or the famine. -ACT 11 29 rk9z καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις 1 as each one was able The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less. -ACT 11 29 up7a ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers in Judea “the believers in Judea” -ACT 11 30 l8i8 figs-idiom διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 by the hand of Barnabas and Saul The hand is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Personification<br><br>The “word of God” is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br> -ACT 12 1 u4w7 writing-background 0 General Information: This is background information about Herod’s killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 12 1 ua9p 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the new persecution, first of James’ death and then of Peter’s imprisonment and then release. -ACT 12 1 ti1y writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 12 1 f2gr κατ’ ἐκεῖνον…τὸν καιρὸν 1 about that time This refers to the time of the famine. -ACT 12 1 zy6y figs-idiom ἐπέβαλεν…τὰς χεῖρας…τινας 1 laid hands on This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “sent soldiers to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 12 1 u1gv figs-explicit τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 some who belonged to the church Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 12 1 s7lc κακῶσαί 1 so that he might mistreat them “in order to cause the believers to suffer” -ACT 12 2 aw4t ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου, μαχαίρῃ 1 He killed James…with the sword This tells the manner in which James was killed. -ACT 12 2 r1zv figs-metonymy ἀνεῖλεν…Ἰάκωβον 1 He killed James Possible meanings are (1) Herod himself killed James or (2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. Alternate translation: “Herod gave the order and they killed James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 12 3 pms7 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Herod ([Acts 12:1](../12/01.md)). -ACT 12 3 v4ag ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 After he saw that this pleased the Jews “When Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders” -ACT 12 3 wpm1 ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 pleased the Jews “made the Jewish leaders happy” -ACT 12 3 cu7s ὅτι…ἐστιν 1 That was “Herod did this” or “This happened” -ACT 12 3 ly66 ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: “the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast” -ACT 12 4 pps1 τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν 1 four squads of soldiers “four groups of soldiers.” Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance. -ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος…ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him out to the people “Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people” or “Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people” -ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive προσευχὴ…ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 12 5 g189 ἐκτενῶς 1 earnestly continuously and with dedication -ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ 1 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: “The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 12 6 g2bh δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains “tied with two chains” or “fastened with two chains.” Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter. -ACT 12 6 aqv1 ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν 1 were keeping watch over the prison “were guarding the prison doors” -ACT 12 7 kk4i 0 General Information: The words “him” and “his” refer to Peter. -ACT 12 7 i7g3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. -ACT 12 7 lu25 ἐπέστη 1 stood by him “next to him” or “beside him” -ACT 12 7 z2i1 ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι 1 in the prison cell “in the prison room” -ACT 12 7 dc5b πατάξας…τοῦ Πέτρου 1 He struck Peter “The angel tapped Peter” or “The angel poked Peter.” Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him. -ACT 12 7 dqn9 ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν 1 his chains fell off his hands The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them. -ACT 12 8 hxt9 ἐποίησεν…οὕτως 1 He did that “Peter did what the angel told him to do” or “Peter obeyed” +ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 Then he said to him “Then the angel said to Cornelius” +ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your gifts…a memorial offering into God’s presence It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts…a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner a person who makes leather from animal skins +ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 When the angel who spoke to him had left “When Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended.” +ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier from among those who served him “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God.” This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. +ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him. +ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 1 told them all that had happened Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers. +ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 sent them to Joppa “sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa.” +ACT 10 9 ey9n 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). +ACT 10 9 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter. +ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 about the sixth hour “around noon” +ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 up upon the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them. +ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while the people were cooking some food “before the people finished cooking the food” +ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 he was given a vision “God gave him a vision” or “he saw a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he saw the sky open This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence. +ACT 10 11 u9u4 ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 something like a large sheet…four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. +ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 let down by its four corners “with its four corners suspended” or “with its four corners higher than the rest of it” +ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all kinds of four-footed animals…birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: “animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice spoke to him The person speaking is not specified. The “voice” was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not so “I will not do that” +ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 10 16 rlr9 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 This happened three times It is not likely that everything Peter saw happened three times. This probably means that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times” instead of trying to explain in detail. +ACT 10 17 d4zi διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant. +ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate. +ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate “stood before the gate to the house.” It is implied that this house had a wall with a gate in it to enter the property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 after they had asked their way to the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does. +ACT 10 18 qe9d φωνήσαντες 1 They called out Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter. +ACT 10 19 e8ai διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 thinking about the vision “wondering about the meaning of the vision” +ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit “the Holy Spirit” +ACT 10 19 iqx5 ἰδοὺ 1 behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three” +ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦσιν σε 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 10 20 ym1x κατάβηθι 1 go down “go down from the roof of the house” +ACT 10 20 wx4n πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 Do not hesitate to go with them It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles. +ACT 10 21 lj1f ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε 1 I am he whom you are seeking “I am the man you are looking for” +ACT 10 22 i4zh 0 General Information: The words “They” and “them” here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). +ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ 1 A centurion named Cornelius…listen to a message from you This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 22 wvl1 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 worships God The word for “worship” here has the sense of deep respect and awe. +ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word “all” to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. +ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 stay with him “be his guests” +ACT 10 23 t7cz τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης 1 some of the brothers from Joppa This refers to believers who lived in Joppa. +ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 On the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. +ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 Cornelius was waiting for them “Cornelius expected them” +ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 when Peter entered “when Peter entered the house” +ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, προσεκύνησεν 1 fell down at his feet to worship him “he knelt down and put his face close to Peter’s feet.” He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 10 25 u2x5 πεσὼν 1 fell down He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping. +ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ…ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Stand up! I too am a man This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” +ACT 10 27 f9x6 figs-you 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Cornelius. Here the words “You” and “you” are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 10 27 bg7b 0 Connecting Statement: Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius’ house. +ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together “many Gentile people gathered together.” It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 28 g7j7 ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 You yourselves know Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests. +ACT 10 28 iyx6 ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ 1 it is not lawful for a Jewish man “it is forbidden for a Jewish man.” This refers to the Jewish religious law. +ACT 10 28 k3we ἀλλοφύλῳ 1 someone from another nation This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived. +ACT 10 30 krz8 figs-you 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. The words “you” and “your” are all singular. The word “we” here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 30 n5fs 0 Connecting Statement: Cornelius responds to Peter’s question. +ACT 10 30 na4u ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is “four days ago.” Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, “three days ago.” +ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants προσευχόμενος 1 praying Some ancient authorities say “fasting and praying” instead of simply “praying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 10 30 yy6e τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour The normal afternoon time that the Jews pray to God. +ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 31 s6nz ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 reminded God about you “brought you to God’s attention.” This does not imply that God had forgotten. +ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” +ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 at once “right away” +ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 You are kind to have come This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “I certainly thank you for coming” +ACT 10 33 ry21 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the sight of God This refers to the presence of God. +ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord to say This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius. +ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 Then Peter opened his mouth and said “Peter began to speak to them” +ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 Truly This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know. +ACT 10 34 iii7 οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God does not take anyone’s side “God does not favor certain people” +ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 anyone who worships and does righteous deeds is acceptable to him “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” +ACT 10 35 b5cr φοβούμενος 1 worships The word “worships” here has the sense of deep respect and awe. +ACT 10 36 bjk7 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Jesus. +ACT 10 36 sv4s 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests. +ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 who is Lord of all Here “all” means “all people.” +ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John announced “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them” +ACT 10 38 jtr3 Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 the events…and with power This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. “You know…of all. You yourselves know…announced. You know the events…with power” +ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom “was with him” means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “We” and “we” here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words “he” and “him” here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time. +ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “nailing him to a wooden cross” +ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day “the third day after he died” +ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead” +ACT 10 41 q7d1 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. +ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). +ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that this is the one who has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 It is to him that all the prophets bear witness “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus” +ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν…πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Here “his name” refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 10 44 cz7x ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word “fell” means “happened suddenly.” Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit suddenly came” +ACT 10 44 wf7u πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening Here “all” refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter. +ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. +ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the Holy Spirit was poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 45 je22 ἡ δωρεὰ 1 the gift “the free gift” +ACT 10 45 f33n καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here “also” refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. +ACT 10 46 w58d 0 General Information: The words “he” and “him” refer to Peter. +ACT 10 46 mpg5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius. +ACT 10 46 p6pa αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God. +ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received…we? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received…we!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” or “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here “in the name of Jesus Christ” expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.<br> +ACT 11 1 uw5m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new event in the story. +ACT 11 1 j7f7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there. +ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 11 1 f1md οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The phrase “brothers” here refers to the believers in Judea. +ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were in Judea “who were in the province of Judea” +ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed the message of God about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 had come up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it. +ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 they who belonged to the circumcision group This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase “uncircumcised men” refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 3 t9e1 συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς 1 ate with them It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles. +ACT 11 4 lrh6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius’ house. +ACT 11 4 bfp5 ἀρξάμενος…Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner. +ACT 11 4 nuy6 καθεξῆς 1 in detail “exactly what happened” +ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md). +ACT 11 5 axu6 τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 by its four corners “with its four corners suspended” or “with its four corners higher than the rest of it.” See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md). +ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τετράποδα τῆς γῆς 1 four-legged animals of earth From Peter’s response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 11 6 ew64 θηρία 1 wild beasts This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control. +ACT 11 6 t36i ἑρπετὰ 1 creeping animals These are reptiles. +ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα…φωνῆς 1 I heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The “voice” was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated “a voice” in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 11 8 m4mu μηδαμῶς 1 Not so “I will not do that.” See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md). +ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 11 8 kj91 ἀκάθαρτον 1 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually “unclean” in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals. +ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 10 xrq6 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 This happened three times It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times” instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated “This happened three times” in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md). +ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 11 11 b2qv ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. +ACT 11 11 k44j ἐξαυτῆς 1 right away “immediately” or “at that exact moment” +ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 they had been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 11 12 lf6m μηδὲν διακρίναντα 1 that I should make no distinction regarding them “that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles” +ACT 11 12 cf8x ἦλθον…σὺν ἐμοὶ…οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι 1 These six brothers went with me “These six brothers went with me to Caesarea” +ACT 11 12 xrc6 οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι 1 These six brothers “These six Jewish believers” +ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 into the man’s house This refers to the house of Cornelius. +ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon who is called Peter “Simon who is also called Peter.” See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md). +ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: “everyone who lives in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 11 15 a8jw ἐν…τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more. +ACT 11 15 ak2p figs-ellipsis ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 11 15 th4m ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 in the beginning Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost. +ACT 11 16 v116 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 you shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word “they” refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word “us” includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 11 17 e576 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius. +ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 Then if God gave to them…who was I, that I could oppose God? Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them…I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 11 17 y7ag τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν 1 the same gift Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit. +ACT 11 18 nr7g ἡσύχασαν 1 they said nothing in response “they did not argue with Peter” +ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also “God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also.” Here “life” refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns “repentance” and “life” can be translated as the verbs “repent” and “live.” Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 11 19 zck4 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen. +ACT 11 19 bwb8 writing-newevent οὖν 1 Now This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 11 19 m3i7 οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον 1 those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread The Jews began persecuting Jesus’ followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus’ followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places. +ACT 11 19 w5jn οἱ…διῆλθον 1 those…spread “those went in many different directions” +ACT 11 19 whm6 figs-activepassive διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως 1 who had been scattered by the persecution This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews had been persecuting and so had left Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 11 19 vx4b τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ 1 the persecution that arose over Stephen the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done +ACT 11 19 c8ha εἰ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις 1 only to Jews The believers thought God’s message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles. +ACT 11 20 mww9 figs-explicit ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 spoke also to Greeks These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 11 21 aj5g figs-metonymy ἦν χεὶρ Κυρίου μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 The hand of the Lord was with them God’s hand signifies his powerful help. Alternate translation: “God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 21 n9pq figs-metaphor ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 turned to the Lord Here “turned to the Lord” is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 11 22 mrg9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “he” refers to Barnabas. The word “they” refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem. The words “them” and “their” refer to the new believers ([Acts 11:20](../11/20.md)). +ACT 11 22 i7vs figs-metonymy ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 ears of the church Here “ears” refers to the believers’ hearing about the event. Alternate translation: “the believers in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 23 b7w7 ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw the grace of God “saw how God acted kindly toward the believers” +ACT 11 23 m1q9 παρεκάλει πάντας 1 he encouraged them “he kept on encouraging them” +ACT 11 23 qlu4 προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to remain with the Lord “to remain faithful to the Lord” or “to continue to trust in the Lord” +ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 with all their heart Here the “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all their will” or “with complete commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit. +ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 many people were added to the Lord Here “added” means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: “many more people also believed in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 25 yhl6 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Barnabas and “him” refers to Saul. +ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν…εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 out to Tarsus “out to the city of Tarsus” +ACT 11 26 hu2g καὶ εὑρὼν 1 When he found him It progably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul. +ACT 11 26 wf5l writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It came about This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 11 26 w4dz αὐτοῖς…συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 they gathered together with the church “Barnabas and Saul gathered together with the church” +ACT 11 26 x8gx figs-activepassive χρηματίσαι…ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς, Χριστιανούς 1 The disciples were called Christians This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Antioch called the disciples Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 11 26 r6sl πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ 1 first in Antioch “for the first time in Antioch” +ACT 11 27 pz7y writing-background 0 General Information: Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 11 27 h6zw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line. +ACT 11 27 d8bb κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων…εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it. +ACT 11 28 wyk8 ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus by name “whose name was Agabus” +ACT 11 28 q3tl ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 indicated by the Spirit “the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy” +ACT 11 28 l3iz λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι 1 a great famine would occur “a great shortage of food would happen” +ACT 11 28 pd2t figs-hyperbole ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 over all the world This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: “all over the inhabited world” or “throughout the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 11 28 jmc5 figs-explicit ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου 1 in the days of Claudius Luke’s audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: “when Claudius was the Roman emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 11 29 lhp8 0 General Information: The words “They” and “they” refer to the believers in the church in Antioch ([Acts 11:27](../11/27.md)). +ACT 11 29 de92 δὲ 1 So This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus’ prophesy or the famine. +ACT 11 29 rk9z καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις 1 as each one was able The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less. +ACT 11 29 up7a ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers in Judea “the believers in Judea” +ACT 11 30 l8i8 figs-idiom διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 by the hand of Barnabas and Saul The hand is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Personification<br><br>The “word of God” is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br> +ACT 12 1 u4w7 writing-background 0 General Information: This is background information about Herod’s killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 12 1 ua9p 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the new persecution, first of James’ death and then of Peter’s imprisonment and then release. +ACT 12 1 ti1y writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 12 1 f2gr κατ’ ἐκεῖνον…τὸν καιρὸν 1 about that time This refers to the time of the famine. +ACT 12 1 zy6y figs-idiom ἐπέβαλεν…τὰς χεῖρας…τινας 1 laid hands on This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “sent soldiers to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 12 1 u1gv figs-explicit τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 some who belonged to the church Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 1 s7lc κακῶσαί 1 so that he might mistreat them “in order to cause the believers to suffer” +ACT 12 2 aw4t ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου, μαχαίρῃ 1 He killed James…with the sword This tells the manner in which James was killed. +ACT 12 2 r1zv figs-metonymy ἀνεῖλεν…Ἰάκωβον 1 He killed James Possible meanings are (1) Herod himself killed James or (2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. Alternate translation: “Herod gave the order and they killed James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 12 3 pms7 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Herod ([Acts 12:1](../12/01.md)). +ACT 12 3 v4ag ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 After he saw that this pleased the Jews “When Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders” +ACT 12 3 wpm1 ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 pleased the Jews “made the Jewish leaders happy” +ACT 12 3 cu7s ὅτι…ἐστιν 1 That was “Herod did this” or “This happened” +ACT 12 3 ly66 ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: “the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast” +ACT 12 4 pps1 τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν 1 four squads of soldiers “four groups of soldiers.” Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance. +ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος…ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him out to the people “Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people” or “Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people” +ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive προσευχὴ…ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 12 5 g189 ἐκτενῶς 1 earnestly continuously and with dedication +ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ 1 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: “The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 6 g2bh δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains “tied with two chains” or “fastened with two chains.” Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter. +ACT 12 6 aqv1 ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν 1 were keeping watch over the prison “were guarding the prison doors” +ACT 12 7 kk4i 0 General Information: The words “him” and “his” refer to Peter. +ACT 12 7 i7g3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. +ACT 12 7 lu25 ἐπέστη 1 stood by him “next to him” or “beside him” +ACT 12 7 z2i1 ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι 1 in the prison cell “in the prison room” +ACT 12 7 dc5b πατάξας…τοῦ Πέτρου 1 He struck Peter “The angel tapped Peter” or “The angel poked Peter.” Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him. +ACT 12 7 dqn9 ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν 1 his chains fell off his hands The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them. +ACT 12 8 hxt9 ἐποίησεν…οὕτως 1 He did that “Peter did what the angel told him to do” or “Peter obeyed” ACT 12 8 abch λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He said to him “The angel said to Peter” -ACT 12 9 gx77 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to Peter. The words “they” and “They” refer to Peter and the angel. +ACT 12 9 gx77 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to Peter. The words “they” and “They” refer to Peter and the angel. ACT 12 9 abci ἠκολούθει 1 he followed him “Peter followed the angel” -ACT 12 9 sh8k οὐκ ᾔδει 1 He did not know “He did not understand” -ACT 12 9 p9ty figs-activepassive ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 what was done by the angel was real This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: “the actions of the angel were real” or “what the angel did truly happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 12 10 r7gy figs-explicit διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν 1 After they had passed by the first guard and the second It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: “The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 12 10 c18q διελθόντες 1 had passed by “had walked by” -ACT 12 10 e36s figs-ellipsis καὶ δευτέραν 1 and the second The word “guard” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and the second guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 12 10 y86k ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 1 they came to the iron gate “Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate” -ACT 12 10 if3c τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 that led into the city “that opened to the city” or “that went from the prison to the city” -ACT 12 10 i3st figs-rpronouns ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς 1 it opened for them by itself Here “by itself” means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: “the gate swung open for them” or “the gate opened itself for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 12 10 j268 προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν 1 went down a street “walked along a street” -ACT 12 10 fl89 εὐθέως ἀπέστη…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 left him right away “left Peter suddenly” or “suddenly disappeared” -ACT 12 11 wlb6 figs-idiom καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος 1 When Peter came to himself This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “When Peter became fully awake and alert” or “When Peter became aware that what had happened was real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 12 11 ue4k figs-metonymy ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου 1 delivered me out of the hand of Herod Here “the hand of Herod” refers to “Herod’s hold” or “Herod’s plans.” Alternate translation: “brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 12 11 hw63 ἐξείλατό με 1 delivered me “rescued me” -ACT 12 11 p739 figs-synecdoche πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 everything the Jewish people were expecting Here “the people of the Jews” probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 12 12 tfh3 συνιδών 1 realized this He became aware that God had rescued him. -ACT 12 12 ux4v figs-activepassive Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου 1 John, also called Mark John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John, whom people also called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 12 13 x5fg 0 General Information: Here the words “she” and “her” all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words they” and “They” refer to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)). -ACT 12 13 pfn7 κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 he knocked “Peter knocked.” Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture. -ACT 12 13 c634 τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate “at the outer door” or “at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard” -ACT 12 13 khq1 προσῆλθε…ὑπακοῦσαι 1 came to answer “came to the gate to ask who was knocking” -ACT 12 14 y2ff ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 out of joy “because she was so joyful” or “being overly excited” -ACT 12 14 m3m7 οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα 1 failed to open the door “did not open the door” or “forgot to open the door” -ACT 12 14 ky3p εἰσδραμοῦσα 1 came running into the room You may prefer to say “went running into the room in the house” -ACT 12 14 yq3r ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported “she told them” or “she said” -ACT 12 14 a19k ἑστάναι…πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 standing at the door “standing outside the door.” Peter was still standing outside. -ACT 12 15 ybz7 μαίνῃ 1 You are insane The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: “You are crazy” -ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ…διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was so “she insisted that what she said was true” -ACT 12 15 en8b οἱ…ἔλεγον 1 They said “They answered” -ACT 12 15 qa8m ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ 1 It is his angel “What you have seen is Peter’s angel.” Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter’s angel had come to them. -ACT 12 16 wwg1 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the people in the house. The words “He” and “he” refer to Peter. -ACT 12 16 bi6l ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων 1 But Peter continued knocking The word “continued” means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking. -ACT 12 17 jx1a ἀπαγγείλατε…ταῦτα 1 Report these things “Tell these things” -ACT 12 17 jf16 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers “the other believers” -ACT 12 18 blx5 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Peter. The word “he” refers to Herod. -ACT 12 18 ail9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day. -ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης…ἡμέρας 1 when it became day “in the morning” -ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun “disturbance” can be expressed with the words “disturbed” or “upset.” Alternate translation: “the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 12 19 twr1 Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν 1 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him “After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him” -ACT 12 19 pz6v Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν 1 After Herod had searched for him Possible meanings are that (1) “when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison” or (2) “when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison.” -ACT 12 19 c69i ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι 1 he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped. -ACT 12 19 br16 καὶ κατελθὼν 1 Then he went down The phrase “went down” is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea. -ACT 12 20 n2lw 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues with another event in Herod’s life. -ACT 12 20 aip7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-hyperbole ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 They went to him together Here the word “They” is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: “Men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 12 20 t6mi πείσαντες Βλάστον 1 They persuaded Blastus “These men persuaded Blastus” -ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names Βλάστον 1 Blastus Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 12 20 l5r1 ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace “these men requested peace” -ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς 1 their country received its food from the king’s country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν 1 received its food It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 12 21 e3w9 τακτῇ…ἡμέρᾳ 1 On a set day This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: “On the day when Herod agreed to meet them” -ACT 12 21 kv7g ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν 1 royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king -ACT 12 21 g6ir καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sat on a throne This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him. -ACT 12 22 ze1s 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Herod. -ACT 12 23 b4bc παραχρῆμα…ἄγγελος 1 Immediately an angel “Right away an angel” or “While the people were praising Herod, an angel” -ACT 12 23 b5s9 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν 1 struck him “afflicted Herod” or “caused Herod to become very ill” -ACT 12 23 iw57 οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God. -ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν 1 he was eaten by worms and died Here “worms” refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “worms ate Herod’s insides and he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 12 24 j2un writing-endofstory 0 Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: “the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 12 24 wn8m ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God “the message God sent about Jesus” -ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 1 completed their mission This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 12 25 t7d8 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 they returned from Jerusalem They went back to Antioch from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> -ACT 13 1 ce7s writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch. Here the first word “they” probably refers to these five leaders but may also include the other believers. The next words “they” and “their” probably refer to the other three leaders not including Barnabas and Saul but could include other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 13 1 qa2i 0 Connecting Statement: Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul. -ACT 13 1 rej8 δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Now in the church in Antioch “At that time in the church at Antioch” -ACT 13 1 srw6 translate-names Συμεὼν…Νίγερ…Λούκιος…Μαναήν 1 Simeon…Niger…Lucius…Manaen These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 13 1 u48c Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος 1 foster brother of Herod the tetrarch Manaen was probably Herod’s playmate or close friend growing up. -ACT 13 2 ifb9 ἀφορίσατε…μο 1 Set apart for me “Appoint to serve me” -ACT 13 2 j6ym προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς 1 I have called them The verb here means that God chose them to do this work. -ACT 13 3 ku45 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 laid their hands on these men “laid their hands on these men whom God had set apart for his service.” This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 13 3 p1us ἀπέλυσαν 1 sent them off “sent those men off” or “sent those men off to do the work the Holy Spirit told them to do” -ACT 13 4 br2m 0 General Information: Here the words “they,” “They,” and “their” refer to Barnabas and Silas. -ACT 13 4 mt3h οὖν 1 So This word marks an event that happened because of a previous event. In this case, the previous event is Barnabas and Saul being set apart by the Holy Spirit. +ACT 12 9 sh8k οὐκ ᾔδει 1 He did not know “He did not understand” +ACT 12 9 p9ty figs-activepassive ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 what was done by the angel was real This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: “the actions of the angel were real” or “what the angel did truly happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 12 10 r7gy figs-explicit διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν 1 After they had passed by the first guard and the second It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: “The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 10 c18q διελθόντες 1 had passed by “had walked by” +ACT 12 10 e36s figs-ellipsis καὶ δευτέραν 1 and the second The word “guard” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and the second guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 12 10 y86k ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 1 they came to the iron gate “Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate” +ACT 12 10 if3c τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 that led into the city “that opened to the city” or “that went from the prison to the city” +ACT 12 10 i3st figs-rpronouns ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς 1 it opened for them by itself Here “by itself” means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: “the gate swung open for them” or “the gate opened itself for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 12 10 j268 προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν 1 went down a street “walked along a street” +ACT 12 10 fl89 εὐθέως ἀπέστη…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 left him right away “left Peter suddenly” or “suddenly disappeared” +ACT 12 11 wlb6 figs-idiom καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος 1 When Peter came to himself This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “When Peter became fully awake and alert” or “When Peter became aware that what had happened was real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 12 11 ue4k figs-metonymy ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου 1 delivered me out of the hand of Herod Here “the hand of Herod” refers to “Herod’s hold” or “Herod’s plans.” Alternate translation: “brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 12 11 hw63 ἐξείλατό με 1 delivered me “rescued me” +ACT 12 11 p739 figs-synecdoche πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 everything the Jewish people were expecting Here “the people of the Jews” probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 12 12 tfh3 συνιδών 1 realized this He became aware that God had rescued him. +ACT 12 12 ux4v figs-activepassive Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου 1 John, also called Mark John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John, whom people also called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 12 13 x5fg 0 General Information: Here the words “she” and “her” all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words they” and “They” refer to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)). +ACT 12 13 pfn7 κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 he knocked “Peter knocked.” Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture. +ACT 12 13 c634 τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate “at the outer door” or “at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard” +ACT 12 13 khq1 προσῆλθε…ὑπακοῦσαι 1 came to answer “came to the gate to ask who was knocking” +ACT 12 14 y2ff ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 out of joy “because she was so joyful” or “being overly excited” +ACT 12 14 m3m7 οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα 1 failed to open the door “did not open the door” or “forgot to open the door” +ACT 12 14 ky3p εἰσδραμοῦσα 1 came running into the room You may prefer to say “went running into the room in the house” +ACT 12 14 yq3r ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported “she told them” or “she said” +ACT 12 14 a19k ἑστάναι…πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 standing at the door “standing outside the door.” Peter was still standing outside. +ACT 12 15 ybz7 μαίνῃ 1 You are insane The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: “You are crazy” +ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ…διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was so “she insisted that what she said was true” +ACT 12 15 en8b οἱ…ἔλεγον 1 They said “They answered” +ACT 12 15 qa8m ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ 1 It is his angel “What you have seen is Peter’s angel.” Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter’s angel had come to them. +ACT 12 16 wwg1 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the people in the house. The words “He” and “he” refer to Peter. +ACT 12 16 bi6l ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων 1 But Peter continued knocking The word “continued” means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking. +ACT 12 17 jx1a ἀπαγγείλατε…ταῦτα 1 Report these things “Tell these things” +ACT 12 17 jf16 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers “the other believers” +ACT 12 18 blx5 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Peter. The word “he” refers to Herod. +ACT 12 18 ail9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day. +ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης…ἡμέρας 1 when it became day “in the morning” +ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun “disturbance” can be expressed with the words “disturbed” or “upset.” Alternate translation: “the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 12 19 twr1 Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν 1 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him “After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him” +ACT 12 19 pz6v Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν 1 After Herod had searched for him Possible meanings are that (1) “when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison” or (2) “when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison.” +ACT 12 19 c69i ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι 1 he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped. +ACT 12 19 br16 καὶ κατελθὼν 1 Then he went down The phrase “went down” is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea. +ACT 12 20 n2lw 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues with another event in Herod’s life. +ACT 12 20 aip7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-hyperbole ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 They went to him together Here the word “They” is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: “Men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 12 20 t6mi πείσαντες Βλάστον 1 They persuaded Blastus “These men persuaded Blastus” +ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names Βλάστον 1 Blastus Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 12 20 l5r1 ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace “these men requested peace” +ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς 1 their country received its food from the king’s country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν 1 received its food It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 21 e3w9 τακτῇ…ἡμέρᾳ 1 On a set day This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: “On the day when Herod agreed to meet them” +ACT 12 21 kv7g ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν 1 royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king +ACT 12 21 g6ir καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sat on a throne This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him. +ACT 12 22 ze1s 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Herod. +ACT 12 23 b4bc παραχρῆμα…ἄγγελος 1 Immediately an angel “Right away an angel” or “While the people were praising Herod, an angel” +ACT 12 23 b5s9 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν 1 struck him “afflicted Herod” or “caused Herod to become very ill” +ACT 12 23 iw57 οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God. +ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν 1 he was eaten by worms and died Here “worms” refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “worms ate Herod’s insides and he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 12 24 j2un writing-endofstory 0 Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: “the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 12 24 wn8m ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God “the message God sent about Jesus” +ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 1 completed their mission This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 25 t7d8 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 they returned from Jerusalem They went back to Antioch from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> +ACT 13 1 ce7s writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch. Here the first word “they” probably refers to these five leaders but may also include the other believers. The next words “they” and “their” probably refer to the other three leaders not including Barnabas and Saul but could include other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 13 1 qa2i 0 Connecting Statement: Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul. +ACT 13 1 rej8 δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Now in the church in Antioch “At that time in the church at Antioch” +ACT 13 1 srw6 translate-names Συμεὼν…Νίγερ…Λούκιος…Μαναήν 1 Simeon…Niger…Lucius…Manaen These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 13 1 u48c Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος 1 foster brother of Herod the tetrarch Manaen was probably Herod’s playmate or close friend growing up. +ACT 13 2 ifb9 ἀφορίσατε…μο 1 Set apart for me “Appoint to serve me” +ACT 13 2 j6ym προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς 1 I have called them The verb here means that God chose them to do this work. +ACT 13 3 ku45 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 laid their hands on these men “laid their hands on these men whom God had set apart for his service.” This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 13 3 p1us ἀπέλυσαν 1 sent them off “sent those men off” or “sent those men off to do the work the Holy Spirit told them to do” +ACT 13 4 br2m 0 General Information: Here the words “they,” “They,” and “their” refer to Barnabas and Silas. +ACT 13 4 mt3h οὖν 1 So This word marks an event that happened because of a previous event. In this case, the previous event is Barnabas and Saul being set apart by the Holy Spirit. ACT 13 4 abcj αὐτοὶ…ἐκπεμφθέντες 1 they…were sent out “Barnabas and Saul were sent out” -ACT 13 4 iyh8 κατῆλθον 1 went down The phrase “went down” is used here because Seleucia is lower in elevation than Antioch. -ACT 13 4 d1q5 Σελεύκιαν 1 Seleucia a city by the sea -ACT 13 5 at85 Σαλαμῖνι 1 city of Salamis The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Island. -ACT 13 5 ct8b figs-synecdoche κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaimed the word of God “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “proclaimed the message of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 13 5 p5t3 συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 synagogues of the Jews Possible meanings are that (1) “there were multiple Jewish synagogues in the city of Salamis where Barnabas and Saul preached” or (2) “Barnabas and Saul started at the synagogue at Salamis and continued to preach in all the synagogues they found while they traveled around the Island of Cyprus.” -ACT 13 5 sxw6 εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην, ὑπηρέτην 1 They also had John Mark as their assistant “John Mark went with them and was helping them” +ACT 13 4 iyh8 κατῆλθον 1 went down The phrase “went down” is used here because Seleucia is lower in elevation than Antioch. +ACT 13 4 d1q5 Σελεύκιαν 1 Seleucia a city by the sea +ACT 13 5 at85 Σαλαμῖνι 1 city of Salamis The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Island. +ACT 13 5 ct8b figs-synecdoche κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaimed the word of God “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “proclaimed the message of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 13 5 p5t3 συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 synagogues of the Jews Possible meanings are that (1) “there were multiple Jewish synagogues in the city of Salamis where Barnabas and Saul preached” or (2) “Barnabas and Saul started at the synagogue at Salamis and continued to preach in all the synagogues they found while they traveled around the Island of Cyprus.” +ACT 13 5 sxw6 εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην, ὑπηρέτην 1 They also had John Mark as their assistant “John Mark went with them and was helping them” ACT 13 5 ukx2 ὑπηρέτην 1 assistant “helper” -ACT 13 6 h9he 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark.The words “This man” refer to “Sergius Paulus.” The first word “he” refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul; the second word “he” refers to Elymas (also called Bar-Jesus), the magician. -ACT 13 6 ja1i ὅλην τὴν νῆσον 1 the whole island They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through. -ACT 13 6 cl2z Πάφου 1 Paphos a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived -ACT 13 6 zf3b εὗρον 1 they found Here “found” means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: “they met” or “they came upon” -ACT 13 6 xe7h ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον 1 a certain magician “a particular person who practices witchcraft” or “a person who practices supernatural magic arts” -ACT 13 6 ak38 translate-names ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 1 whose name was Bar Jesus “Bar Jesus” means “Son of Jesus.” There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. Jesus was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 13 7 bee2 σὺν 1 with “was often with” or “was often in the company of” -ACT 13 7 s1su ἀνθυπάτῳ 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor” -ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 who was an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 13 6 h9he 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark.The words “This man” refer to “Sergius Paulus.” The first word “he” refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul; the second word “he” refers to Elymas (also called Bar-Jesus), the magician. +ACT 13 6 ja1i ὅλην τὴν νῆσον 1 the whole island They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through. +ACT 13 6 cl2z Πάφου 1 Paphos a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived +ACT 13 6 zf3b εὗρον 1 they found Here “found” means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: “they met” or “they came upon” +ACT 13 6 xe7h ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον 1 a certain magician “a particular person who practices witchcraft” or “a person who practices supernatural magic arts” +ACT 13 6 ak38 translate-names ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 1 whose name was Bar Jesus “Bar Jesus” means “Son of Jesus.” There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. Jesus was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 13 7 bee2 σὺν 1 with “was often with” or “was often in the company of” +ACT 13 7 s1su ἀνθυπάτῳ 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor” +ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 who was an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 13 7 abck προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He summoned “The proconsul summoned” -ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas “the magician” This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως…μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 that is how his name is translated “that was what he was called in Greek” -ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι 1 opposed them; he tried to turn “resisted them by trying to turn” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn” -ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here “to turn…away from” is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 9 gws2 0 General Information: The word “him” refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)). -ACT 13 9 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas. -ACT 13 9 ey6d figs-activepassive Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also Paul “Saul” as his Jewish name, and “Paul” was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely “looked at him intensely” -ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-metonymy υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 You son of the devil Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: “You are like the devil” or “You act like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 10 r8x2 ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness “you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong” -ACT 13 10 pyu7 ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 wickedness In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God’s law. -ACT 13 10 hlq9 ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas. -ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: “You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-idiom τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 the straight paths of the Lord Here “straight paths” refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: “the true ways of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 11 k51g 0 General Information: The words “you” and “him” refer to Elymas the magician. The word “he” refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos). -ACT 13 11 pey7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to Elymas. -ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord is upon you Here “hand’ represents the power of God and “upon you” implies punishment. Alternate translation: “The Lord will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 11 rse8 figs-activepassive ἔσῃ τυφλὸς 1 you will become blind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make you blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 11 w3gh μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 You will not see the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: “You will not even see the sun” -ACT 13 11 b5b8 ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 for a while “for a period of time” or “until the time appointed by God” -ACT 13 11 t7j1 ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness “the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark” or “Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything” -ACT 13 11 a7es περιάγων 1 he started going around “Elymas wandered around” or “Elymas started feeling around and” -ACT 13 12 x9fl ἀνθύπατος 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor” -ACT 13 12 pyh7 ἐπίστευσεν 1 he believed “he believed in Jesus” -ACT 13 12 twa8 figs-activepassive ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 he was astonished at the teaching about the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the Lord amazed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 13 i65t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. “Paul and his friends” were Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul’s name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 13 13 rk3k 0 Connecting Statement: This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia. -ACT 13 13 r9hi δὲ 1 Now This marks the beginning of a new part of the story. +ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas “the magician” This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως…μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 that is how his name is translated “that was what he was called in Greek” +ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι 1 opposed them; he tried to turn “resisted them by trying to turn” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn” +ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here “to turn…away from” is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 9 gws2 0 General Information: The word “him” refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)). +ACT 13 9 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas. +ACT 13 9 ey6d figs-activepassive Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also Paul “Saul” as his Jewish name, and “Paul” was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely “looked at him intensely” +ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-metonymy υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 You son of the devil Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: “You are like the devil” or “You act like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 10 r8x2 ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness “you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong” +ACT 13 10 pyu7 ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 wickedness In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God’s law. +ACT 13 10 hlq9 ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas. +ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: “You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-idiom τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 the straight paths of the Lord Here “straight paths” refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: “the true ways of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 11 k51g 0 General Information: The words “you” and “him” refer to Elymas the magician. The word “he” refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos). +ACT 13 11 pey7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to Elymas. +ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord is upon you Here “hand’ represents the power of God and “upon you” implies punishment. Alternate translation: “The Lord will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 11 rse8 figs-activepassive ἔσῃ τυφλὸς 1 you will become blind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make you blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 11 w3gh μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 You will not see the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: “You will not even see the sun” +ACT 13 11 b5b8 ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 for a while “for a period of time” or “until the time appointed by God” +ACT 13 11 t7j1 ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness “the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark” or “Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything” +ACT 13 11 a7es περιάγων 1 he started going around “Elymas wandered around” or “Elymas started feeling around and” +ACT 13 12 x9fl ἀνθύπατος 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor” +ACT 13 12 pyh7 ἐπίστευσεν 1 he believed “he believed in Jesus” +ACT 13 12 twa8 figs-activepassive ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 he was astonished at the teaching about the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the Lord amazed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 13 i65t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. “Paul and his friends” were Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul’s name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 13 13 rk3k 0 Connecting Statement: This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia. +ACT 13 13 r9hi δὲ 1 Now This marks the beginning of a new part of the story. ACT 13 13 abcl οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον 1 those around Paul This refers to Paul and his companions. -ACT 13 13 k4s9 ἀναχθέντες…ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου 1 set sail from Paphos “traveled by sailboat from Paphos” -ACT 13 13 h1cb ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 came to Perga in Pamphylia “arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia” -ACT 13 13 g6l5 Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John left them “But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas” -ACT 13 14 vrp1 Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia “the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia” -ACT 13 15 dnb4 figs-synecdoche μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 After the reading of the law and the prophets The “law and the prophets” refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: “After someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying “told someone to say” or “asked someone to say” -ACT 13 15 td4h ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers The term “brothers” is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews. -ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως 1 if you have any message of encouragement “if you want to say anything to encourage us” -ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 say it “please speak it” or “please tell it to us” -ACT 13 16 tbc4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to Paul. The second word “he” refers to God. Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words “they” and “them” refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 13 16 p93q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history. -ACT 13 16 i8pz translate-symaction κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ 1 motioned with his hand This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: “moved his hands to show that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 13 16 rh93 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 you who honor God This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. “you who are not Israelites but who worship God” -ACT 13 16 ah55 τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε 1 God, listen “God, listen to me” or “God, listen to what I am about to say” -ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel “The God the people of Israel worship” -ACT 13 17 l9cn τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers “our ancestors” -ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 made the people numerous “caused them to become very numerous” -ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 17 b74t ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 out of it “out from the land of Egypt” -ACT 13 18 zv9e ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means “he tolerated them.” Some versions have a different word that means “he took care of them.” Alternate translation: “God endured their disobedience” or “God took care of them” -ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God. The words “their land” refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word “them” refers to the people of Israel. The word “our” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 13 19 h5qg ἔθνη 1 nations Here the word “nations” refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries. -ACT 13 20 m4jd ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 took about 450 years “took more than 450 years to accomplish” +ACT 13 13 k4s9 ἀναχθέντες…ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου 1 set sail from Paphos “traveled by sailboat from Paphos” +ACT 13 13 h1cb ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 came to Perga in Pamphylia “arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia” +ACT 13 13 g6l5 Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John left them “But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas” +ACT 13 14 vrp1 Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia “the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia” +ACT 13 15 dnb4 figs-synecdoche μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 After the reading of the law and the prophets The “law and the prophets” refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: “After someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying “told someone to say” or “asked someone to say” +ACT 13 15 td4h ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers The term “brothers” is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews. +ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως 1 if you have any message of encouragement “if you want to say anything to encourage us” +ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 say it “please speak it” or “please tell it to us” +ACT 13 16 tbc4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to Paul. The second word “he” refers to God. Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words “they” and “them” refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 13 16 p93q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history. +ACT 13 16 i8pz translate-symaction κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ 1 motioned with his hand This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: “moved his hands to show that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 13 16 rh93 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 you who honor God This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. “you who are not Israelites but who worship God” +ACT 13 16 ah55 τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε 1 God, listen “God, listen to me” or “God, listen to what I am about to say” +ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel “The God the people of Israel worship” +ACT 13 17 l9cn τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers “our ancestors” +ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 made the people numerous “caused them to become very numerous” +ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 17 b74t ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 out of it “out from the land of Egypt” +ACT 13 18 zv9e ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means “he tolerated them.” Some versions have a different word that means “he took care of them.” Alternate translation: “God endured their disobedience” or “God took care of them” +ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God. The words “their land” refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word “them” refers to the people of Israel. The word “our” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 13 19 h5qg ἔθνη 1 nations Here the word “nations” refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries. +ACT 13 20 m4jd ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 took about 450 years “took more than 450 years to accomplish” ACT 13 20 abcm ἔδωκεν 1 he gave them “God gave them” -ACT 13 20 qmc8 ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet “until the time of the prophet Samuel” -ACT 13 21 akg6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament. -ACT 13 21 yxi8 ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 for forty years “to be their king for forty years” -ACT 13 22 z4x3 μεταστήσας αὐτὸν 1 removed him from the kingship This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: “rejected Saul from being king” -ACT 13 22 bsp6 ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα 1 he raised up David to be their king “God chose David to be their king” -ACT 13 22 iyd6 βασιλέα 1 their king “the king of Israel” or “the king over the Israelites” -ACT 13 22 sw2r ᾧ…εἶπεν 1 It was about David that God said “God said this about David” -ACT 13 22 dbu5 εὗρον 1 I have found “I have observed that” -ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου 1 to be a man after my heart This expression means he “is a man who wants what I want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 23 lby6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the Gospels. -ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου…ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man’s descendants “From David’s descendants.” This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David’s descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)). -ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “gave to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 according to promise “just as God promised he would do” +ACT 13 20 qmc8 ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet “until the time of the prophet Samuel” +ACT 13 21 akg6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament. +ACT 13 21 yxi8 ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 for forty years “to be their king for forty years” +ACT 13 22 z4x3 μεταστήσας αὐτὸν 1 removed him from the kingship This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: “rejected Saul from being king” +ACT 13 22 bsp6 ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα 1 he raised up David to be their king “God chose David to be their king” +ACT 13 22 iyd6 βασιλέα 1 their king “the king of Israel” or “the king over the Israelites” +ACT 13 22 sw2r ᾧ…εἶπεν 1 It was about David that God said “God said this about David” +ACT 13 22 dbu5 εὗρον 1 I have found “I have observed that” +ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου 1 to be a man after my heart This expression means he “is a man who wants what I want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 23 lby6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the Gospels. +ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου…ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man’s descendants “From David’s descendants.” This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David’s descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)). +ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “gave to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 according to promise “just as God promised he would do” ACT 13 24 abcn πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 before his coming “before the coming of Jesus” -ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 a baptism of repentance You can translate the word “repentance” as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism to repent” or “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: “Think about who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: “I am not the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 25 nnl5 ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ 1 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next. -ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ 1 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Messiah will soon come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 25 gys2 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie “I am not worthy even to untie his shoes.” The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him. -ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” and “their” refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word “us” includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 13 26 kci9 ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 Brothers, children of the line of Abraham…who worship God Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God. -ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sent the message about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word “salvation” can be translated with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “that God will save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize him “did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them” -ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 sayings of the prophets Here the word “sayings” represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” or “the message of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 1 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν…ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled sayings of the prophets “they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets” -ACT 13 28 v3hw 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him” here refers to Jesus. -ACT 13 28 y9j6 μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες 1 they found no reason for death “they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus” -ACT 13 28 d4xm ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον 1 they asked Pilate The word “asked” here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for. -ACT 13 29 sq1j ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα 1 When they had completed all the things that were written about him “When thy did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him” -ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 they took him down from the tree It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: “they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 29 vwt4 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 from the tree “from the cross.” This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 30 h5jw ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 But God raised him “But” indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did. -ACT 13 30 mqx8 ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead “raised him from among those who were dead.” To be with “the dead” means that Jesus was dead. -ACT 13 30 zsx4 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 raised him Here, to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 30 d14p ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again. -ACT 13 31 ig7w figs-activepassive ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He was seen…Galilee to Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 31 g4vl ἡμέρας πλείους 1 many days We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate “many days” with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time. -ACT 13 31 vqj4 νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 are now his witnesses to the people “are now testifying to the people about Jesus” or “are now telling the people about Jesus” -ACT 13 32 ipb9 0 General Information: The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah. -ACT 13 32 y273 καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God’s raising Jesus from the dead. -ACT 13 32 hr2g τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers “our ancestors.” Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts. -ACT 13 33 b1uh translate-versebridge ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν, ἀναστήσας 1 he has fulfilled for us, their children, by You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. “God has fulfilled for us, their children, these promises that he made to our ancestors, by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -ACT 13 33 dy6w τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for us, their children “for us, who are the children of our ancestors.” Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts. -ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς…ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is written in the second Psalm “This is what was written in the second Psalm” -ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm “Psalm 2” -ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son…Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again” -ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια…τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings “certain blessings” -ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul’s audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says “David also says.” David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken. -ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase “see decay” is a metonym for “decay.” Alternate translation: “You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here. -ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation “during his lifetime” -ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 served the desires of God “did what God wanted him to do” or “did what pleased God” -ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 13 36 nwy9 προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 was laid with his fathers “was buried with his ancestors who had died” -ACT 13 36 la5s figs-metonymy εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 he saw decay The phrase “experienced decay” is a metonym for “his body decayed.” Alternate translation: “his body rotted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 37 bmw3 ὃν δὲ 1 But he whom “but Jesus whom” -ACT 13 37 n9pl figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 37 j52x figs-metonymy οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 did not see decay The phrase “experienced no decay” is a way to say “his body did not decay.” Alternate translation: “did not rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 38 ki8q 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. -ACT 13 38 yg35 γνωστὸν…ἔστω ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you “know this” or “this is important for you to know” -ACT 13 38 qy18 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites and other friends” -ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive ὅτι διὰ τούτου, ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται 1 that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 38 w7y1 figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν 1 forgiveness of sins The abstract noun “forgiveness” can be translated with the verb “to forgive.” Alternate translation: “that God can forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 13 39 j6rr ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων 1 By him every one who believes “By him every person who believes” or “Every one who believes in him” -ACT 13 39 g5h9 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται 1 By him every one who believes is justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus justifies everyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 40 kk1j 0 General Information: In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word “I” refers to God. -ACT 13 40 zx6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md). -ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-explicit βλέπετε 1 be careful It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul’s message. Alternate translation: “give close attention to the things I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 40 tt1x τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 that the thing the prophets spoke about “so that what the prophets spoke about” -ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers “you who feel contempt” or “you who ridicule” -ACT 13 41 ky3s θαυμάσατε 1 be astonished “be amazed” or “be shocked” -ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ἀφανίσθητε 1 then perish “then die” -ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἔργον ἐργάζομαι 1 am doing a work “am doing something” or “am doing a deed” -ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days “during your lifetime” -ACT 13 41 w6tq ἔργον ὃ 1 A work that “I am doing something which” -ACT 13 41 p4c2 ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 even if someone announces it to you “even if someone tells you about it” -ACT 13 42 ax8v ἐξιόντων δὲ 1 As Paul and Barnabas left “When Paul and Barnabas were leaving” -ACT 13 42 f3sw ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν παρεκάλουν 1 As they left, they begged them “As Paul and Barnabas left, the people begged them” -ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here “words” refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: “this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 43 a58z λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 When the synagogue meeting ended Possible meanings are (1) this restates “As Paul and Barnabas left” in verse 42 or (2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later. -ACT 13 43 sws7 προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism. -ACT 13 43 q2aj οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς 1 who spoke to them and urged them “and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them” -ACT 13 43 fv15 figs-explicit προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to continue in the grace of God It is implied that they believed Paul’s message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people’s sins because of what Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 44 m129 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul. -ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 almost the whole city The “city” represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord’s word. Alternate translation: “almost all the people of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 44 yga7 figs-explicit ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to hear the word of the Lord It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: “to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 45 j4zq figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “Jews” represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 13 45 qrh2 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 filled with jealousy Here jealousy is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 45 nc5l ἀντέλεγον 1 spoke against “contradicted” or “opposed” -ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις 1 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first two instances of the word “you” are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul’s quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word “I” refers to God and the word “you” is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ἦν ἀναγκαῖον 1 It was necessary This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: “God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for “message from God.” Alternate translation: “that we speak the message from God to you first” or “that we speak the word of God to you first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 46 ms36 οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life “have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life” or “act as though you are not worthy of eternal life” -ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles “we will go to the Gentiles.” Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 47 v8au figs-metaphor εἰς φῶς 1 as a light Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 47 t5sp figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth The abstract word “salvation” can be translated with the verb “to save.” The phrase “uttermost parts” refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: “tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 13 48 e9ag figs-metonymy ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 praised the word of the Lord Here “word” refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. Alternate translation: “praised God for the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 48 jct2 figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As many as were appointed to eternal life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As many as God appointed to eternal life believed” or “All the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 49 qh9z figs-metonymy διεφέρετο…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου δι’ ὅλης τῆς χώρας 1 The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region Here “word” refers to the message about Jesus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Those who believed spread the word of the Lord through the whole region” or “Those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 50 eqi5 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas. -ACT 13 50 t4bv 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul and Barnabas’ time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium. -ACT 13 50 u8rm figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 13 50 cf21 παρώτρυναν 1 urged on “convinced” or “stirred up” -ACT 13 50 wmm5 τοὺς πρώτους 1 the leading men “the most important men” -ACT 13 50 n7qe ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρναβᾶν 1 These stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas “They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas” -ACT 13 50 cq9h ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 threw them out beyond the border of their city “removed Paul and Barnabas from their city” +ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 a baptism of repentance You can translate the word “repentance” as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism to repent” or “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: “Think about who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: “I am not the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 25 nnl5 ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ 1 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next. +ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ 1 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Messiah will soon come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 25 gys2 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie “I am not worthy even to untie his shoes.” The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him. +ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” and “their” refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word “us” includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 13 26 kci9 ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 Brothers, children of the line of Abraham…who worship God Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God. +ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sent the message about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word “salvation” can be translated with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “that God will save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize him “did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them” +ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 sayings of the prophets Here the word “sayings” represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” or “the message of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 1 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν…ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled sayings of the prophets “they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets” +ACT 13 28 v3hw 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him” here refers to Jesus. +ACT 13 28 y9j6 μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες 1 they found no reason for death “they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus” +ACT 13 28 d4xm ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον 1 they asked Pilate The word “asked” here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for. +ACT 13 29 sq1j ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα 1 When they had completed all the things that were written about him “When thy did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him” +ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 they took him down from the tree It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: “they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 29 vwt4 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 from the tree “from the cross.” This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 30 h5jw ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 But God raised him “But” indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did. +ACT 13 30 mqx8 ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead “raised him from among those who were dead.” To be with “the dead” means that Jesus was dead. +ACT 13 30 zsx4 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 raised him Here, to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 30 d14p ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again. +ACT 13 31 ig7w figs-activepassive ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He was seen…Galilee to Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 31 g4vl ἡμέρας πλείους 1 many days We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate “many days” with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time. +ACT 13 31 vqj4 νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 are now his witnesses to the people “are now testifying to the people about Jesus” or “are now telling the people about Jesus” +ACT 13 32 ipb9 0 General Information: The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah. +ACT 13 32 y273 καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God’s raising Jesus from the dead. +ACT 13 32 hr2g τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers “our ancestors.” Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts. +ACT 13 33 b1uh translate-versebridge ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν, ἀναστήσας 1 he has fulfilled for us, their children, by You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. “God has fulfilled for us, their children, these promises that he made to our ancestors, by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +ACT 13 33 dy6w τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for us, their children “for us, who are the children of our ancestors.” Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts. +ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς…ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is written in the second Psalm “This is what was written in the second Psalm” +ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm “Psalm 2” +ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son…Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again” +ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. +ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια…τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings “certain blessings” +ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul’s audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says “David also says.” David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken. +ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase “see decay” is a metonym for “decay.” Alternate translation: “You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here. +ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation “during his lifetime” +ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 served the desires of God “did what God wanted him to do” or “did what pleased God” +ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 13 36 nwy9 προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 was laid with his fathers “was buried with his ancestors who had died” +ACT 13 36 la5s figs-metonymy εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 he saw decay The phrase “experienced decay” is a metonym for “his body decayed.” Alternate translation: “his body rotted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 37 bmw3 ὃν δὲ 1 But he whom “but Jesus whom” +ACT 13 37 n9pl figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 37 j52x figs-metonymy οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 did not see decay The phrase “experienced no decay” is a way to say “his body did not decay.” Alternate translation: “did not rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 38 ki8q 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. +ACT 13 38 yg35 γνωστὸν…ἔστω ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you “know this” or “this is important for you to know” +ACT 13 38 qy18 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites and other friends” +ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive ὅτι διὰ τούτου, ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται 1 that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 38 w7y1 figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν 1 forgiveness of sins The abstract noun “forgiveness” can be translated with the verb “to forgive.” Alternate translation: “that God can forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 13 39 j6rr ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων 1 By him every one who believes “By him every person who believes” or “Every one who believes in him” +ACT 13 39 g5h9 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται 1 By him every one who believes is justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus justifies everyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 40 kk1j 0 General Information: In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word “I” refers to God. +ACT 13 40 zx6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md). +ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-explicit βλέπετε 1 be careful It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul’s message. Alternate translation: “give close attention to the things I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 40 tt1x τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 that the thing the prophets spoke about “so that what the prophets spoke about” +ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers “you who feel contempt” or “you who ridicule” +ACT 13 41 ky3s θαυμάσατε 1 be astonished “be amazed” or “be shocked” +ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ἀφανίσθητε 1 then perish “then die” +ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἔργον ἐργάζομαι 1 am doing a work “am doing something” or “am doing a deed” +ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days “during your lifetime” +ACT 13 41 w6tq ἔργον ὃ 1 A work that “I am doing something which” +ACT 13 41 p4c2 ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 even if someone announces it to you “even if someone tells you about it” +ACT 13 42 ax8v ἐξιόντων δὲ 1 As Paul and Barnabas left “When Paul and Barnabas were leaving” +ACT 13 42 f3sw ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν παρεκάλουν 1 As they left, they begged them “As Paul and Barnabas left, the people begged them” +ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here “words” refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: “this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 43 a58z λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 When the synagogue meeting ended Possible meanings are (1) this restates “As Paul and Barnabas left” in verse 42 or (2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later. +ACT 13 43 sws7 προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism. +ACT 13 43 q2aj οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς 1 who spoke to them and urged them “and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them” +ACT 13 43 fv15 figs-explicit προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to continue in the grace of God It is implied that they believed Paul’s message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people’s sins because of what Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 44 m129 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul. +ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 almost the whole city The “city” represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord’s word. Alternate translation: “almost all the people of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 44 yga7 figs-explicit ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to hear the word of the Lord It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: “to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 45 j4zq figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “Jews” represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 13 45 qrh2 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 filled with jealousy Here jealousy is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 45 nc5l ἀντέλεγον 1 spoke against “contradicted” or “opposed” +ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις 1 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first two instances of the word “you” are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul’s quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word “I” refers to God and the word “you” is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ἦν ἀναγκαῖον 1 It was necessary This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: “God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for “message from God.” Alternate translation: “that we speak the message from God to you first” or “that we speak the word of God to you first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 46 ms36 οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life “have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life” or “act as though you are not worthy of eternal life” +ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles “we will go to the Gentiles.” Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 47 v8au figs-metaphor εἰς φῶς 1 as a light Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 47 t5sp figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth The abstract word “salvation” can be translated with the verb “to save.” The phrase “uttermost parts” refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: “tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 13 48 e9ag figs-metonymy ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 praised the word of the Lord Here “word” refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. Alternate translation: “praised God for the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 48 jct2 figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As many as were appointed to eternal life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As many as God appointed to eternal life believed” or “All the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 49 qh9z figs-metonymy διεφέρετο…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου δι’ ὅλης τῆς χώρας 1 The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region Here “word” refers to the message about Jesus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Those who believed spread the word of the Lord through the whole region” or “Those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 50 eqi5 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas. +ACT 13 50 t4bv 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul and Barnabas’ time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium. +ACT 13 50 u8rm figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 13 50 cf21 παρώτρυναν 1 urged on “convinced” or “stirred up” +ACT 13 50 wmm5 τοὺς πρώτους 1 the leading men “the most important men” +ACT 13 50 n7qe ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρναβᾶν 1 These stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas “They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas” +ACT 13 50 cq9h ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 threw them out beyond the border of their city “removed Paul and Barnabas from their city” ACT 13 51 abco οἱ δὲ, ἐκτιναξάμενοι 1 But they shook off “But Paul and Silas shook off” -ACT 13 51 xi1z writing-symlanguage ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 shook off the dust from their feet against them This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -ACT 13 52 dp5k οἵ…μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left. -ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of his grace”<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.<br> -ACT 14 1 vh8u 0 General Information: The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues. +ACT 13 51 xi1z writing-symlanguage ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 shook off the dust from their feet against them This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +ACT 13 52 dp5k οἵ…μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left. +ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of his grace”<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.<br> +ACT 14 1 vh8u 0 General Information: The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues. ACT 14 1 abcp εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 they entered ACT 14 1 hk1z ἐγένετο δὲ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ 1 It came about in Iconium that “Paul and Barnabas entered” -ACT 14 1 f4sq figs-explicit λαλῆσαι οὕτως 1 spoke in such a way “spoke so powerfully.” It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “spoke the message about Jesus so powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ…ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus. -ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν…τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 stirred up the minds of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 the minds Here the word “minds” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here “brothers” refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers. -ACT 14 3 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to the Lord. -ACT 14 3 a3gp μὲν οὖν…διέτριψαν 1 So they stayed there “Nevertheless they stayed there.” Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). “So” could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text. -ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace “demonstrated that the message about his grace was true” -ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 about the message of his grace “about the message of the Lord’s grace” -ACT 14 3 c2cv figs-activepassive διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 14 3 p9iq figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by the hands of Paul and Barnabas Here “hands” refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 14 4 btu3 figs-metonymy ἐσχίσθη…τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως 1 the majority of the city was divided Here “city”refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: “most of the people of the city were divided” or “most of the people of the city did not agree with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 14 4 smz5 ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 sided with the Jews “supported the Jews” or “agreed with the Jews.” The first group mentioned did not agree with the message about grace. -ACT 14 4 q1xc figs-ellipsis σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 with the apostles The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: “sided with the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 14 4 mw9h τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 the apostles Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here “apostle” might be used in the general sense of “ones sent out.” -ACT 14 5 s5h7 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas. -ACT 14 5 q6g2 ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς 1 to mistreat and stone them “to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them” -ACT 14 6 tpl1 translate-names τῆς Λυκαονίας 1 Lycaonia A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 14 6 m5gv translate-names Λύστραν 1 Lystra A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 14 6 tl4q translate-names Δέρβην 1 Derbe A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 14 7 z5nd κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν 1 where they continued to proclaim the gospel “where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news” -ACT 14 8 ep46 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to the crippled man; the second word “he” refers to Paul. The word “him” refers to the crippled man. -ACT 14 8 l5pu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra. -ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ…ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet “unable to move his legs” or “unable to walk on his feet” -ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a cripple from his mother’s womb “having been born as a cripple” -ACT 14 8 hw4l χωλὸς 1 cripple person who cannot walk -ACT 14 9 di49 ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 He looked intently at him “Paul looked straight at the man” -ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 had faith to be made well The abstract noun “faith” can be translated with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “believed that Jesus could heal him” or “believed that Jesus could make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 14 10 v1kz ἥλατο 1 jumped up “leaped in the air.” This implies that his legs were completely healed. -ACT 14 11 axe6 ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος 1 what Paul had done This refers to Paul’s healing the crippled man. -ACT 14 11 lvs9 ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 they raised their voice To raise the voice is to speak loudly. Alternate translation: “they spoke loudly” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit οἱ θεοὶ…κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 The gods have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: “The gods have come down from heaven to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 14 11 x3bi Λυκαονιστὶ 1 in the dialect of Lycaonia “in their own Lycaonian language.” The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek. -ACT 14 11 rm85 ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις 1 in the form of men These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men. -ACT 14 12 t7uu translate-names Δία 1 Zeus Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 14 12 hh25 translate-names Ἑρμῆν 1 Hermes Hermes was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-explicit ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως…ἐνέγκας 1 The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. Alternate translation: “There was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 14 13 v2a9 ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and wreaths The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice. -ACT 14 13 iha1 ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας 1 to the gates The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city. -ACT 14 13 ud37 ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanted to offer sacrifice “wanted to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” -ACT 14 14 kt1f οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος 1 the apostles, Barnabas and Paul Luke is here probably using “apostle” in the general sense of “one sent out.” -ACT 14 14 kx43 διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. -ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: “Men, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 doing these things “worshiping us” -ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: “We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!” -ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you “like you in every way” -ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here “turn from…to” is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives” -ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the past ages “In previous times” or “Until now” -ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 14 17 fw2s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)). -ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God has certainly left a witness” or “God has indeed testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 14 17 s3qn ἀγαθουργῶν 1 in that he did good “as shown by the fact that” -ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here “you hearts” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so. -ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 barely kept “had difficulty preventing” -ACT 14 19 bz7k 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Paul. -ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 14 19 xbv3 τοὺς ὄχλους 1 the crowds This may not be the same group as the “multitude” in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together. -ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinking that he was dead “because they thought that he was already dead” -ACT 14 20 pan3 τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the disciples These were new believers in the city of Lystra. -ACT 14 20 aqx3 εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 entered the city “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers” -ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went to Derbe with Barnabas “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe” -ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 that city “Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md)) -ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples Here “souls” refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 encouraging them to continue in the faith “encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus” -ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saying, “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” Some version translate this as an indirect quote, “saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” The word “we” here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-inclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas. -ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 When they had appointed for them elders in every church “When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers” -ACT 14 23 nd87 παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς 1 they entrusted them Possible meanings are (1) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed” or (2) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers” -ACT 14 23 ls62 εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν 1 in whom they had believed Who “they” refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of “them” in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers). -ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον 1 When they had spoken the word in Perga “Word” here is a metonym for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 14 25 h8sh κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 went down to Attalia The phrase “went down” is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga. -ACT 14 26 f2cg ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been committed to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God” or “where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas” -ACT 14 27 vcd3 0 General Information: Here the words “they,” “them,” and “They” refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word “he” refers to God. -ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered the church together “called the local believers to meet together” -ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God’s enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean ‘a lot.’ Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>### “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.<br> -ACT 15 1 qck6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision. -ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 Some men “Some men.” You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 1 p3k9 κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 came down from Judea The phrase “came down” is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch. -ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Here “brothers” stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: “taught the believers at Antioch” or “were teaching the believers at Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you” or “God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 had not a little dispute and debate This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean ‘a lot.’ Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns γενομένης…στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 had not a little dispute and debate The abstract nouns “dispute” and “debate” can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem. -ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question “this issue” -ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “they,” and “them” refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)). -ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 They therefore, being sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 being sent by the church Here “church” stands for the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 3 i5kd διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι 1 passed through…announced The words “passed through” and “announced” indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing. -ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announced the conversion of the Gentiles The abstract noun “conversion” means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: “announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-metaphor ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 They brought great joy to all the brothers Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if “joy” were an object that they brought to the brothers. Alternate translation: “What they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 3 bbd4 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers Here “brothers” refers to fellow believers. -ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 4 a2x1 μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them “through them” -ACT 15 5 efe5 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God. -ACT 15 5 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there. -ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain men Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation. -ACT 15 5 b9nt τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses “to obey the law of Moses” -ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins. -ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word “them” refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words “them” and “their” refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word “he” refers to God. Here “us” is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 15 7 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)). -ACT 15 7 a6q9 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present. -ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Here “mouth” refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 15 7 yer1 ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles should hear “the Gentiles would hear” -ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of the gospel Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 8 m1xc figs-metonymy ὁ καρδιογνώστης 1 who knows the heart Here “heart” refers to the “minds” or “inner beings.” Alternate translation: “who knows the people’s minds” or “who knows what people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 witnesses to them “witnesses to the Gentiles” -ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the Holy Spirit “causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them” -ACT 15 8 abcs figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν 1 just as also to us Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words ‘he gave’ that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers. -ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 making their hearts clean by faith God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here “heart” stands for the person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of “our” and “we.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. -ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. -ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: “Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 10 bfd5 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers to their Jewish ancestors. -ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 12 um1p 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Paul and Barnabas. -ACT 15 12 d1uc πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος 1 All the multitude “Everyone” or “The whole group” ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) -ACT 15 12 uks6 ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God had worked “God had done” or “God had caused” -ACT 15 13 vb25 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)). -ACT 15 13 l7mp 0 Connecting Statement: James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)). -ACT 15 13 pl6m ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ 1 Brothers, listen “Fellow believers, listen.” James was probably speaking only to men. +ACT 14 1 f4sq figs-explicit λαλῆσαι οὕτως 1 spoke in such a way “spoke so powerfully.” It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “spoke the message about Jesus so powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ…ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus. +ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν…τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 stirred up the minds of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 the minds Here the word “minds” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here “brothers” refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers. +ACT 14 3 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to the Lord. +ACT 14 3 a3gp μὲν οὖν…διέτριψαν 1 So they stayed there “Nevertheless they stayed there.” Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). “So” could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text. +ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace “demonstrated that the message about his grace was true” +ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 about the message of his grace “about the message of the Lord’s grace” +ACT 14 3 c2cv figs-activepassive διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 14 3 p9iq figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by the hands of Paul and Barnabas Here “hands” refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 14 4 btu3 figs-metonymy ἐσχίσθη…τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως 1 the majority of the city was divided Here “city”refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: “most of the people of the city were divided” or “most of the people of the city did not agree with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 14 4 smz5 ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 sided with the Jews “supported the Jews” or “agreed with the Jews.” The first group mentioned did not agree with the message about grace. +ACT 14 4 q1xc figs-ellipsis σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 with the apostles The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: “sided with the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 14 4 mw9h τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 the apostles Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here “apostle” might be used in the general sense of “ones sent out.” +ACT 14 5 s5h7 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas. +ACT 14 5 q6g2 ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς 1 to mistreat and stone them “to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them” +ACT 14 6 tpl1 translate-names τῆς Λυκαονίας 1 Lycaonia A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 14 6 m5gv translate-names Λύστραν 1 Lystra A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 14 6 tl4q translate-names Δέρβην 1 Derbe A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 14 7 z5nd κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν 1 where they continued to proclaim the gospel “where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news” +ACT 14 8 ep46 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to the crippled man; the second word “he” refers to Paul. The word “him” refers to the crippled man. +ACT 14 8 l5pu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra. +ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ…ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet “unable to move his legs” or “unable to walk on his feet” +ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a cripple from his mother’s womb “having been born as a cripple” +ACT 14 8 hw4l χωλὸς 1 cripple person who cannot walk +ACT 14 9 di49 ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 He looked intently at him “Paul looked straight at the man” +ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 had faith to be made well The abstract noun “faith” can be translated with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “believed that Jesus could heal him” or “believed that Jesus could make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 14 10 v1kz ἥλατο 1 jumped up “leaped in the air.” This implies that his legs were completely healed. +ACT 14 11 axe6 ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος 1 what Paul had done This refers to Paul’s healing the crippled man. +ACT 14 11 lvs9 ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 they raised their voice To raise the voice is to speak loudly. Alternate translation: “they spoke loudly” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) +ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit οἱ θεοὶ…κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 The gods have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: “The gods have come down from heaven to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 11 x3bi Λυκαονιστὶ 1 in the dialect of Lycaonia “in their own Lycaonian language.” The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek. +ACT 14 11 rm85 ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις 1 in the form of men These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men. +ACT 14 12 t7uu translate-names Δία 1 Zeus Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 14 12 hh25 translate-names Ἑρμῆν 1 Hermes Hermes was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-explicit ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως…ἐνέγκας 1 The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. Alternate translation: “There was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 13 v2a9 ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and wreaths The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice. +ACT 14 13 iha1 ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας 1 to the gates The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city. +ACT 14 13 ud37 ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanted to offer sacrifice “wanted to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” +ACT 14 14 kt1f οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος 1 the apostles, Barnabas and Paul Luke is here probably using “apostle” in the general sense of “one sent out.” +ACT 14 14 kx43 διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. +ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: “Men, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 doing these things “worshiping us” +ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: “We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!” +ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you “like you in every way” +ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here “turn from…to” is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives” +ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the past ages “In previous times” or “Until now” +ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 14 17 fw2s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)). +ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God has certainly left a witness” or “God has indeed testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 14 17 s3qn ἀγαθουργῶν 1 in that he did good “as shown by the fact that” +ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here “you hearts” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so. +ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 barely kept “had difficulty preventing” +ACT 14 19 bz7k 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Paul. +ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 19 xbv3 τοὺς ὄχλους 1 the crowds This may not be the same group as the “multitude” in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together. +ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinking that he was dead “because they thought that he was already dead” +ACT 14 20 pan3 τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the disciples These were new believers in the city of Lystra. +ACT 14 20 aqx3 εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 entered the city “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers” +ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went to Derbe with Barnabas “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe” +ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 that city “Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md)) +ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples Here “souls” refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 encouraging them to continue in the faith “encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus” +ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saying, “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” Some version translate this as an indirect quote, “saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” The word “we” here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-inclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas. +ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 When they had appointed for them elders in every church “When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers” +ACT 14 23 nd87 παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς 1 they entrusted them Possible meanings are (1) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed” or (2) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers” +ACT 14 23 ls62 εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν 1 in whom they had believed Who “they” refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of “them” in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers). +ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον 1 When they had spoken the word in Perga “Word” here is a metonym for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 14 25 h8sh κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 went down to Attalia The phrase “went down” is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga. +ACT 14 26 f2cg ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been committed to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God” or “where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas” +ACT 14 27 vcd3 0 General Information: Here the words “they,” “them,” and “They” refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word “he” refers to God. +ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered the church together “called the local believers to meet together” +ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God’s enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean ‘a lot.’ Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>### “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.<br> +ACT 15 1 qck6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision. +ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 Some men “Some men.” You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 1 p3k9 κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 came down from Judea The phrase “came down” is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch. +ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Here “brothers” stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: “taught the believers at Antioch” or “were teaching the believers at Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you” or “God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 had not a little dispute and debate This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean ‘a lot.’ Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns γενομένης…στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 had not a little dispute and debate The abstract nouns “dispute” and “debate” can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem. +ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question “this issue” +ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “they,” and “them” refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)). +ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 They therefore, being sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 being sent by the church Here “church” stands for the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 3 i5kd διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι 1 passed through…announced The words “passed through” and “announced” indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing. +ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announced the conversion of the Gentiles The abstract noun “conversion” means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: “announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-metaphor ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 They brought great joy to all the brothers Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if “joy” were an object that they brought to the brothers. Alternate translation: “What they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 3 bbd4 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers Here “brothers” refers to fellow believers. +ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 4 a2x1 μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them “through them” +ACT 15 5 efe5 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God. +ACT 15 5 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there. +ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain men Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation. +ACT 15 5 b9nt τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses “to obey the law of Moses” +ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins. +ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word “them” refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words “them” and “their” refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word “he” refers to God. Here “us” is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 15 7 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)). +ACT 15 7 a6q9 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present. +ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Here “mouth” refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 15 7 yer1 ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles should hear “the Gentiles would hear” +ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of the gospel Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 8 m1xc figs-metonymy ὁ καρδιογνώστης 1 who knows the heart Here “heart” refers to the “minds” or “inner beings.” Alternate translation: “who knows the people’s minds” or “who knows what people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 witnesses to them “witnesses to the Gentiles” +ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the Holy Spirit “causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them” +ACT 15 8 abcs figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν 1 just as also to us Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words ‘he gave’ that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers. +ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 making their hearts clean by faith God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here “heart” stands for the person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of “our” and “we.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. +ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. +ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: “Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 10 bfd5 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers to their Jewish ancestors. +ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 12 um1p 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Paul and Barnabas. +ACT 15 12 d1uc πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος 1 All the multitude “Everyone” or “The whole group” ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) +ACT 15 12 uks6 ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God had worked “God had done” or “God had caused” +ACT 15 13 vb25 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)). +ACT 15 13 l7mp 0 Connecting Statement: James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)). +ACT 15 13 pl6m ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ 1 Brothers, listen “Fellow believers, listen.” James was probably speaking only to men. ACT 15 14 abct ἐπεσκέψατο, λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν 1 visited them to take from the Gentiles “graciously helped the Gentiles by taking out of them” -ACT 15 14 s9dn λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν 1 to take from them a people “so that he might choose from among them a people” -ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name “for God’s name.” Here “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 15 h9um 0 General Information: Here “I” refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet. -ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament. -ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν 1 The words of the prophets agree Here “words” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “What the prophets said agrees” or “The prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 agree with this “confirm this truth” -ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as they wrote” or “as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν 1 I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down…its ruins again This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy σκηνὴν 1 tent Here “tent” stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Here “men” includes males and females. Alternate translation: “remnant of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “may seek me, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “including all the Gentiles who belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here “my name” stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](./13.md)) -ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 20 wx8f ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 they must keep away from the pollution of idols…sexual immorality…strangled…blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods. -ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων 1 pollution of idols This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses’ writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. 1 Moses has been proclaimed in every city…and he is read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς…τοὺς κηρύσσοντας 1 Moses has been proclaimed Here “Moses” represents the law of Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The law of Moses has been proclaimed” or “Jews have taught the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-hyperbole κατὰ πόλιν 1 in every city The word “every” here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in many cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 15 21 pbm5 figs-metonymy ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 and he is read Here “he” refers to Moses, whose name here represents his law. Alternate translation: “and the law is read” or “and they read the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 22 rhn3 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Judas and Silas. The word “They” refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem. -ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the whole church Here “church” refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “the whole community of believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν 1 Judas called Barsabbas This is the name of a man. “Barsabbas” is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν 1 From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings! This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers” -ACT 15 23 kp51 ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν 1 your brothers…the Gentile brothers Here the word “brothers” refers to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers. -ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here all instances of “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)) -ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain men “that some men” -ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 with no orders from us “even though we gave no orders for them to go” -ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here “souls” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “have taught things that have troubled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 to choose men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)). -ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here “name” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” or “because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 27 j1jb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “We” and “us” refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)) -ACT 15 27 v2ee 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch. -ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά 1 who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: “who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 29 nt7s εἰδωλοθύτων 1 from things sacrificed to idols This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol. -ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained. -ACT 15 29 buy9 ἔρρωσθε 1 Farewell This announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: “Goodbye” -ACT 15 30 khi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch. -ACT 15 30 c3uk οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch The word “they” refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: “So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch” -ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive ἀπολυθέντες 1 when they were dismissed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men” or “when the believers in Jerusalem sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 30 t55a κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down to Antioch The phrase “came down” is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. -ACT 15 31 k1mr ἀναγνόντες…ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced “the believers in Antioch rejoiced” -ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει 1 because of the encouragement The abstract noun “encouragement” can be expressed with the verb “encourage.” Alternate translation: “because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 15 32 r65l καὶ…προφῆται 1 also prophets Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: “because they were prophets” or “who were also prophets” -ACT 15 32 e2en τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “the fellow believers” -ACT 15 32 j99g figs-metaphor ἐπεστήριξαν 1 strengthened them Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 33 y2ls 0 Connecting Statement: Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch. -ACT 15 33 v7pj figs-metaphor ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον 1 After they had spent some time there This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word “they” refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “After they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 33 v6im figs-activepassive ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 they were sent away in peace from the brothers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 33 wzw4 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers This refers to the believers in Antioch. -ACT 15 33 xv3h πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς 1 to those who had sent them “to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas” ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)) -ACT 15 35 e7s4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 36 k6c6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys. -ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Let us return now “I suggest we now return” -ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 visit the brothers “care for the brothers” or “offer to help the believers” -ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for the message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 see how they are “learn how they are doing.” They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God’s truth. -ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην, τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark “to take John, who was also called Mark” -ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ…συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words “not good” are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: “Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 15 38 ht3k Παμφυλίας 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). -ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work “did not continue to work with them then” or “did not continue to serve with them” -ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Barnabas and Paul. -ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς 1 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun “disagreement” can be stated as the verb “disagree.” Alternate translation: “They strongly disagreed with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord” or “after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-explicit διήρχετο 1 he went The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: “they went” or “Paul and Silas went” or “Paul took Silas and went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 41 t81z διήρχετο…τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν 1 went through Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus. -ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word “churches” refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: “encouraging the believers in the churches” or “helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Timothy’s circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.<br> -ACT 16 1 l2b1 0 General Information: The first, third, and fourth instances of the word “him” refer to Timothy. The second “him” refers to Paul. -ACT 16 1 f49m writing-background 0 This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Paul also came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 16 1 d4ka Δέρβην 1 Derbe This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md). -ACT 16 1 u3vr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this. -ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis πιστῆς 1 who believed The words “in Christ” are understood. Alternate translation: “who believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: “The brothers spoke well of him” or “Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers” or “The brothers said good things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers. Alternate translation: “by the believers” -ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy. -ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews that were in those places “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling” -ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 4 n46i 0 General Information: The word “they” here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](./03.md)). -ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to obey “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey” -ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 16 6 g97e τὴν Φρυγίαν 1 Phrygia This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). -ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here “word” stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go ἐλθόντες δὲ 1 When they came Here “came” can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 16 7 b1xq translate-names Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν 1 Mysia…Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 16 7 b539 τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jesus “the Holy Spirit” -ACT 16 8 s6l1 κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα 1 they came down to the city of Troas The phrase “came down” is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia. -ACT 16 8 xq6n figs-go κατέβησαν 1 they came down Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 16 9 t6v2 ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη 1 A vision appeared to Paul “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God” -ACT 16 9 hq8e παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 calling him “begging him” or “inviting him” -ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 Come over into Macedonia The phrase “Come over” is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas. -ACT 16 10 fg5h ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς 1 we set out to go to Macedonia…God had called us Here the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts. -ACT 16 11 m2p5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul’s travels. -ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Samothrace…Neapolis These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 16 11 yy6z figs-go εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν 1 we came to Neapolis Here “came to” can be translated as “went to” or “arrived at.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit κολωνία 1 a Roman colony This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 14 x8bp 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Lydia. -ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία 1 A certain woman named Lydia Here “A certain woman” introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 16 14 qj86 figs-ellipsis πορφυρόπωλις 1 a seller of purple Here “cloth” is understood. Alternate translation: “a merchant who sold purple cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names Θυατείρων 1 Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 16 14 cyk3 σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws. -ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν 1 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy ἧς…διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened her heart Here “heart” stands for a person’s mind. Also, the author speaks about the “heart” or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 what was said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 When she and her house were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When they baptized Lydia and members of her household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 her house Here “house” represents the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 16 vyn4 writing-background 0 General Information: Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people’s futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 16 16 anc1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the first event in another short story during Paul’s travels; it is about a young fortune teller. -ACT 16 16 ufy4 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 It came about that This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην τινὰ 1 a certain young woman The phrase “a certain” introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: “there was a young woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 16 16 ymt9 πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people. -ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας 1 But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here “name” stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 18 u4z8 ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out right away “the spirit came out immediately” -ACT 16 19 m1y7 οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς 1 her masters “the owners of the slave girl” -ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 When her masters saw that their opportunity to make money was now gone It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: “When her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 19 bws7 εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace “into the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place. -ACT 16 19 hf82 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them” -ACT 16 20 d2rg καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 When they had brought them to the magistrates “When they had brought them to the judges” -ACT 16 20 wa94 στρατηγοῖς 1 magistrates rulers, judges -ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-inclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 These men are stirring up our city Here the word “our” refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept or practice “to believe or to obey” or “to accept or to do” -ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. The word “they” here refers to soldiers. -ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanded them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 had laid many blows upon them “had hit them many times with rods” -ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 commanded the jailer to keep them securely “told the jailer to make sure they did not get out” -ACT 16 23 zkp7 δεσμοφύλακι 1 jailer a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison -ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 he got this command “he heard this command” -ACT 16 24 rl8c τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον 1 fastened their feet in the stocks “securely locked their feet in the stocks” -ACT 16 24 jug6 ξύλον 1 stocks a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person’s feet from moving -ACT 16 25 rwu3 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Paul and Silas. -ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer. -ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς…ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 the foundations of the prison When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν…αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the doors opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone’s chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone’s chains came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 27 ljy6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive ἔξυπνος…γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ 1 The jailer was awakened from sleep This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The jailer woke up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 was about to kill himself “was ready to kill himself.” The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape. -ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας…φῶτα 1 called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy φῶτα 1 for lights The word “lights” stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: “for torches” or “for lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 rushed in “quickly entered the jail” -ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 brought them out “led them outside the jail” -ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do for God to save me from my sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” or “God will save you from your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκός σου 1 your house Here “house” stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word “they” as well as the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word “they” refers to the people in the jailers’ household. The words “him,” “his,” and “he” refer to the jailer. -ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 They spoke the word of the Lord to him Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “They told him the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)). -ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md). -ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλαν…τοὺς ῥαβδούχους 1 sent word to the guards Here “word” stands for “message” or “command.” Alternate translation: “sent a message to the guards” or “sent a command to the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 35 j5m6 ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent word Here “sent” means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message. -ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Let those men go “Release those men” or “Allow those men to leave” -ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 come out “come outside of the jail” -ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word “they” is used and the first time “them” is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word “themselves” refers to the magistrates. The second time the word “them” is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word “us” refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: “said to the jailer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have publicly beaten us Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison “men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty” -ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ 1 Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ 1 Let them come themselves Here “themselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 40 q59h 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. The word “them” refers to the believers in Philippi. -ACT 16 40 y14i writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν 1 came to the house Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 16 40 ylk9 τὴν Λυδίαν 1 the house of Lydia “the home of Lydia” -ACT 16 40 ntc9 figs-gendernotations ἰδόντες 1 saw the brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “saw the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 17 intro gj4c 0 # Acts 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.<br> -ACT 17 1 q9x4 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md). The word “them” refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica. -ACT 17 1 r3qb 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy’s missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.” -ACT 17 1 e4w5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story. -ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 passed through “traveled through” -ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to the city Here “came” can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” Alternate translation: “they came to the city” or “they arrived at the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ…τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was “as his habit was” or “as his common practice was.” Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present. -ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbath days “on each Sabbath day for three weeks” -ACT 17 2 wp3k figs-explicit διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν 1 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them “gave them reasons” or “debated with them” or “discussed with them” -ACT 17 3 e85n 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to Paul ([Acts 17:2](../17/02.md)). -ACT 17 3 ir9q figs-metaphor διανοίγων 1 He was opening the scriptures Possible meanings are (1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it, or (2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 3 he78 ἔδει 1 it was necessary “it was part of God’s plan” -ACT 17 3 ipb2 ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise again “to come back to life” -ACT 17 3 b9qi ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ACT 17 4 es2u figs-activepassive αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν 1 the Jews were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews believed” or “the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 17 4 nyp2 προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ 1 joined Paul “became associated with Paul” -ACT 17 4 t21z σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων 1 devout Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision. -ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes γυναικῶν…τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: “many leading women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 17 5 nuh6 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace. -ACT 17 5 uj43 figs-metaphor ζηλώσαντες 1 being moved with jealousy The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: “feeling very jealous” or “feeling very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 5 vev6 figs-explicit ζηλώσαντες 1 with jealousy It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι…ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 took certain wicked men Here “took” does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them. -ACT 17 5 lc6g ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 certain wicked men “some evil men.” The word “men” here refers specifically to males. -ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 from the marketplace “from the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. -ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 set the city in an uproar Here “the city” stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: “caused the people of the city to be in an uproar” or “caused the people of the city to riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 5 s3uv ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Assaulting the house “Violently attacking the house.” This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house. -ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 Jason This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 15 14 s9dn λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν 1 to take from them a people “so that he might choose from among them a people” +ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name “for God’s name.” Here “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 15 h9um 0 General Information: Here “I” refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet. +ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament. +ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν 1 The words of the prophets agree Here “words” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “What the prophets said agrees” or “The prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 agree with this “confirm this truth” +ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as they wrote” or “as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν 1 I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down…its ruins again This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy σκηνὴν 1 tent Here “tent” stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Here “men” includes males and females. Alternate translation: “remnant of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “may seek me, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “including all the Gentiles who belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here “my name” stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](./13.md)) +ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 20 wx8f ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 they must keep away from the pollution of idols…sexual immorality…strangled…blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods. +ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων 1 pollution of idols This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses’ writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. 1 Moses has been proclaimed in every city…and he is read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς…τοὺς κηρύσσοντας 1 Moses has been proclaimed Here “Moses” represents the law of Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The law of Moses has been proclaimed” or “Jews have taught the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-hyperbole κατὰ πόλιν 1 in every city The word “every” here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in many cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 15 21 pbm5 figs-metonymy ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 and he is read Here “he” refers to Moses, whose name here represents his law. Alternate translation: “and the law is read” or “and they read the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 22 rhn3 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Judas and Silas. The word “They” refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem. +ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the whole church Here “church” refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “the whole community of believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν 1 Judas called Barsabbas This is the name of a man. “Barsabbas” is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν 1 From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings! This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers” +ACT 15 23 kp51 ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν 1 your brothers…the Gentile brothers Here the word “brothers” refers to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers. +ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here all instances of “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)) +ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain men “that some men” +ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 with no orders from us “even though we gave no orders for them to go” +ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here “souls” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “have taught things that have troubled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 to choose men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)). +ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here “name” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” or “because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 27 j1jb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “We” and “us” refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)) +ACT 15 27 v2ee 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch. +ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά 1 who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: “who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 29 nt7s εἰδωλοθύτων 1 from things sacrificed to idols This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol. +ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained. +ACT 15 29 buy9 ἔρρωσθε 1 Farewell This announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: “Goodbye” +ACT 15 30 khi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch. +ACT 15 30 c3uk οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch The word “they” refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: “So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch” +ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive ἀπολυθέντες 1 when they were dismissed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men” or “when the believers in Jerusalem sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 30 t55a κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down to Antioch The phrase “came down” is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. +ACT 15 31 k1mr ἀναγνόντες…ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced “the believers in Antioch rejoiced” +ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει 1 because of the encouragement The abstract noun “encouragement” can be expressed with the verb “encourage.” Alternate translation: “because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 15 32 r65l καὶ…προφῆται 1 also prophets Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: “because they were prophets” or “who were also prophets” +ACT 15 32 e2en τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “the fellow believers” +ACT 15 32 j99g figs-metaphor ἐπεστήριξαν 1 strengthened them Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 33 y2ls 0 Connecting Statement: Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch. +ACT 15 33 v7pj figs-metaphor ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον 1 After they had spent some time there This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word “they” refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “After they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 33 v6im figs-activepassive ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 they were sent away in peace from the brothers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 33 wzw4 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers This refers to the believers in Antioch. +ACT 15 33 xv3h πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς 1 to those who had sent them “to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas” ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)) +ACT 15 35 e7s4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 36 k6c6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys. +ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Let us return now “I suggest we now return” +ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 visit the brothers “care for the brothers” or “offer to help the believers” +ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for the message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 see how they are “learn how they are doing.” They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God’s truth. +ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην, τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark “to take John, who was also called Mark” +ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ…συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words “not good” are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: “Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 15 38 ht3k Παμφυλίας 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). +ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work “did not continue to work with them then” or “did not continue to serve with them” +ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Barnabas and Paul. +ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς 1 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun “disagreement” can be stated as the verb “disagree.” Alternate translation: “They strongly disagreed with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord” or “after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-explicit διήρχετο 1 he went The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: “they went” or “Paul and Silas went” or “Paul took Silas and went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 41 t81z διήρχετο…τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν 1 went through Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus. +ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word “churches” refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: “encouraging the believers in the churches” or “helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Timothy’s circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.<br> +ACT 16 1 l2b1 0 General Information: The first, third, and fourth instances of the word “him” refer to Timothy. The second “him” refers to Paul. +ACT 16 1 f49m writing-background 0 This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Paul also came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 16 1 d4ka Δέρβην 1 Derbe This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md). +ACT 16 1 u3vr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this. +ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis πιστῆς 1 who believed The words “in Christ” are understood. Alternate translation: “who believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: “The brothers spoke well of him” or “Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers” or “The brothers said good things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers. Alternate translation: “by the believers” +ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy. +ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews that were in those places “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling” +ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 4 n46i 0 General Information: The word “they” here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](./03.md)). +ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to obey “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey” +ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 16 6 g97e τὴν Φρυγίαν 1 Phrygia This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). +ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here “word” stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go ἐλθόντες δὲ 1 When they came Here “came” can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 16 7 b1xq translate-names Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν 1 Mysia…Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 16 7 b539 τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jesus “the Holy Spirit” +ACT 16 8 s6l1 κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα 1 they came down to the city of Troas The phrase “came down” is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia. +ACT 16 8 xq6n figs-go κατέβησαν 1 they came down Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 16 9 t6v2 ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη 1 A vision appeared to Paul “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God” +ACT 16 9 hq8e παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 calling him “begging him” or “inviting him” +ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 Come over into Macedonia The phrase “Come over” is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas. +ACT 16 10 fg5h ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς 1 we set out to go to Macedonia…God had called us Here the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts. +ACT 16 11 m2p5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul’s travels. +ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Samothrace…Neapolis These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 16 11 yy6z figs-go εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν 1 we came to Neapolis Here “came to” can be translated as “went to” or “arrived at.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit κολωνία 1 a Roman colony This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 14 x8bp 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Lydia. +ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία 1 A certain woman named Lydia Here “A certain woman” introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 16 14 qj86 figs-ellipsis πορφυρόπωλις 1 a seller of purple Here “cloth” is understood. Alternate translation: “a merchant who sold purple cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names Θυατείρων 1 Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 16 14 cyk3 σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws. +ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν 1 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy ἧς…διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened her heart Here “heart” stands for a person’s mind. Also, the author speaks about the “heart” or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 what was said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 When she and her house were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When they baptized Lydia and members of her household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 her house Here “house” represents the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 16 vyn4 writing-background 0 General Information: Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people’s futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 16 16 anc1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the first event in another short story during Paul’s travels; it is about a young fortune teller. +ACT 16 16 ufy4 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 It came about that This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην τινὰ 1 a certain young woman The phrase “a certain” introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: “there was a young woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 16 16 ymt9 πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people. +ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας 1 But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here “name” stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 18 u4z8 ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out right away “the spirit came out immediately” +ACT 16 19 m1y7 οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς 1 her masters “the owners of the slave girl” +ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 When her masters saw that their opportunity to make money was now gone It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: “When her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 19 bws7 εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace “into the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place. +ACT 16 19 hf82 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them” +ACT 16 20 d2rg καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 When they had brought them to the magistrates “When they had brought them to the judges” +ACT 16 20 wa94 στρατηγοῖς 1 magistrates rulers, judges +ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-inclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 These men are stirring up our city Here the word “our” refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept or practice “to believe or to obey” or “to accept or to do” +ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. The word “they” here refers to soldiers. +ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanded them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 had laid many blows upon them “had hit them many times with rods” +ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 commanded the jailer to keep them securely “told the jailer to make sure they did not get out” +ACT 16 23 zkp7 δεσμοφύλακι 1 jailer a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison +ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 he got this command “he heard this command” +ACT 16 24 rl8c τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον 1 fastened their feet in the stocks “securely locked their feet in the stocks” +ACT 16 24 jug6 ξύλον 1 stocks a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person’s feet from moving +ACT 16 25 rwu3 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Paul and Silas. +ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer. +ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς…ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 the foundations of the prison When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν…αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the doors opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone’s chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone’s chains came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 27 ljy6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive ἔξυπνος…γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ 1 The jailer was awakened from sleep This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The jailer woke up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 was about to kill himself “was ready to kill himself.” The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape. +ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας…φῶτα 1 called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy φῶτα 1 for lights The word “lights” stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: “for torches” or “for lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 rushed in “quickly entered the jail” +ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 brought them out “led them outside the jail” +ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do for God to save me from my sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” or “God will save you from your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκός σου 1 your house Here “house” stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word “they” as well as the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word “they” refers to the people in the jailers’ household. The words “him,” “his,” and “he” refer to the jailer. +ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 They spoke the word of the Lord to him Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “They told him the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)). +ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md). +ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλαν…τοὺς ῥαβδούχους 1 sent word to the guards Here “word” stands for “message” or “command.” Alternate translation: “sent a message to the guards” or “sent a command to the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 35 j5m6 ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent word Here “sent” means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message. +ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Let those men go “Release those men” or “Allow those men to leave” +ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 come out “come outside of the jail” +ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word “they” is used and the first time “them” is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word “themselves” refers to the magistrates. The second time the word “them” is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word “us” refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: “said to the jailer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have publicly beaten us Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison “men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty” +ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ 1 Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ 1 Let them come themselves Here “themselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 40 q59h 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. The word “them” refers to the believers in Philippi. +ACT 16 40 y14i writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν 1 came to the house Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 16 40 ylk9 τὴν Λυδίαν 1 the house of Lydia “the home of Lydia” +ACT 16 40 ntc9 figs-gendernotations ἰδόντες 1 saw the brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “saw the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 17 intro gj4c 0 # Acts 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.<br> +ACT 17 1 q9x4 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md). The word “them” refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica. +ACT 17 1 r3qb 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy’s missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.” +ACT 17 1 e4w5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story. +ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 passed through “traveled through” +ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to the city Here “came” can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” Alternate translation: “they came to the city” or “they arrived at the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ…τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was “as his habit was” or “as his common practice was.” Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present. +ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbath days “on each Sabbath day for three weeks” +ACT 17 2 wp3k figs-explicit διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν 1 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them “gave them reasons” or “debated with them” or “discussed with them” +ACT 17 3 e85n 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to Paul ([Acts 17:2](../17/02.md)). +ACT 17 3 ir9q figs-metaphor διανοίγων 1 He was opening the scriptures Possible meanings are (1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it, or (2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 3 he78 ἔδει 1 it was necessary “it was part of God’s plan” +ACT 17 3 ipb2 ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise again “to come back to life” +ACT 17 3 b9qi ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. +ACT 17 4 es2u figs-activepassive αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν 1 the Jews were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews believed” or “the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 17 4 nyp2 προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ 1 joined Paul “became associated with Paul” +ACT 17 4 t21z σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων 1 devout Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision. +ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes γυναικῶν…τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: “many leading women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 17 5 nuh6 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace. +ACT 17 5 uj43 figs-metaphor ζηλώσαντες 1 being moved with jealousy The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: “feeling very jealous” or “feeling very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 5 vev6 figs-explicit ζηλώσαντες 1 with jealousy It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι…ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 took certain wicked men Here “took” does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them. +ACT 17 5 lc6g ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 certain wicked men “some evil men.” The word “men” here refers specifically to males. +ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 from the marketplace “from the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. +ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 set the city in an uproar Here “the city” stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: “caused the people of the city to be in an uproar” or “caused the people of the city to riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 5 s3uv ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Assaulting the house “Violently attacking the house.” This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house. +ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 Jason This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 5 abcu αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν 1 to bring them out “to bring Paul and Silas out” -ACT 17 5 pp7k προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 out to the people Possible meanings or “people” are (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) a mob. -ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain other brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers” -ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the officials “in the presence of the officials” -ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ…ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, “These men,” refers to Paul and Silas. -ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “caused trouble everywhere in the world” or “caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 17 7 hlc9 ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων 1 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message. -ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed “were worried” -ACT 17 9 ya44 λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν 1 made Jason and the rest pay money as security Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior. -ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The words “the rest” refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials. -ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they let them go “the officials let Jason and the other believers go” -ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea. -ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι…ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these people were more noble These “well-born” people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: “more open minded” or “more willing to listen” -ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον 1 received the word Here “word” refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: “listened to the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 11 uh8a μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας 1 with all readiness of mind These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul’s teachings about the scripture. -ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures daily “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day” -ACT 17 11 g8an ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως 1 these things were so “the things Paul said were true” -ACT 17 12 abcv figs-litotes ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι 1 not a few men This is an understatement to emphasize that many men believed the message. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 17 13 vn8h translate-names 0 General Information: Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες 1 went there and stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: “went there and agitated” or “went there and disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds “and worried the crowds” or “caused dread and fear among the people” -ACT 17 14 ael8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 17 14 zw1c πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 to go to the sea “to go to the coast.” From here Paul would probably sail to another city. -ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 who were leading Paul “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going along with Paul” -ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον 1 they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy “he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy.” This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 17 16 wk63 0 General Information: This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas’ travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him. -ACT 17 16 y9cr δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story. -ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν 1 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here “spirit” stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city” or “seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 17 17 q8px διελέγετο 1 he reasoned “he debated” or “he discussed.” This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well. -ACT 17 17 jkj8 τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 others who worshiped God This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws. -ACT 17 17 ec14 ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace “in the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. -ACT 17 18 ru6a 0 General Information: Here the words “him,” “He, “and “he” refer to Paul. -ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Epicurean and Stoic philosophers These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 18 tjk6 συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ 1 encountered him “happened upon him” -ACT 17 18 dnj8 τινες ἔλεγον 1 Some said “Some of the philosophers said” -ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος 1 What is this babbler The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ 1 Others said “Other philosophers said” -ACT 17 18 l41t δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς 1 He seems to be one who calls people to follow “He seems to be a proclaimer” or “He seems to be on a mission to add people to his philosophy” -ACT 17 18 sx9t ξένων δαιμονίων 1 strange gods This is not in the sense of “odd,” but in the sense of “foreign,” that is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about. -ACT 17 19 fs5g figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “him,” “He” and “you” refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words “They” and “we” refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 17 19 mv8c ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγον 1 They took…brought him This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders. -ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus The “Areopagus” was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: “to the leaders that met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 19 ze7e τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον…λέγοντες 1 the Areopagus, saying Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul” -ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-names Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you bring some strange things to our ears Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here “ears” refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: “For you teachings some things that we have never heard before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι 1 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word “all” is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: “Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” or “Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι…πάντες 1 all the Athenians “Athenians” are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 21 m8u1 οἱ…ξένοι 1 the strangers “the foreigners” -ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here “time” is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening” or “were always doing nothing but telling or listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase “spent their time in nothing” is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “did not do much but tell or listen” or “spent much of their time telling or listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 17 21 wr1r λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον 1 telling or listening about something new “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them” -ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus. -ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα…δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices. -ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For as I passed along “Because as I walked past” or “I walked along” -ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are (1) “to a certain unknown god” or (2) “to a god not known.” This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar. -ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the “world” refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them. -ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος…ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord “because he is the Lord.” Here “he” is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God. -ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words “heaven” and “earth” are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Here “hands” stands for people. Alternate translation: “built by the hands of people” or “that people built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται 1 Neither is he served by men’s hands Here “served” has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: “Neither do men’s hands take care of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by men’s hands Here “hands” stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 since he himself “because he himself.” The word “himself” is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to the one true God, the creator. The words “their” and “them” refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word “us,” Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: “one couple” -ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “And he determined when and where they would live” -ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him Here “search for God” represents desiring to know him, and “feel their way toward him and find him” represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα 1 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him “Because of him” -ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God’s offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God’s literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 qualities of deity Here “deity” refers to God’s nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “that God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images created by the art and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed” or “images that people make by using their art and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God. -ACT 17 30 zj28 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in [Acts 17:22](../17/22.md). -ACT 17 30 suh6 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” -ACT 17 30 iva4 χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God overlooked the times of ignorance “God decided not to punish people during the time of ignorance” -ACT 17 30 h8uy χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας 1 times of ignorance This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God. -ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας 1 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness” -ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 he will judge the world Here “world” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “he will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness “justly” or “fairly” -ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 God has given proof of this man “God has demonstrated his choice of this man” -ACT 17 31 ulr4 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 17 32 nb26 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul’s teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens. -ACT 17 32 jlm5 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard of These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul. -ACT 17 32 sn6j οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον 1 some mocked Paul “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul.” These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life. -ACT 17 34 psh8 translate-names Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης 1 Dionysius the Areopagite Dionysius is a man’s name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 34 hsz3 translate-names Δάμαρις 1 Damaris This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 intro rky6 0 # Acts 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br> -ACT 18 1 jat1 writing-background 0 General Information: Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 18 1 qa9b 0 Connecting Statement: This is another part of the story of Paul’s travels as he goes to Corinth. -ACT 18 1 fky7 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After these events took place in Athens” +ACT 17 5 pp7k προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 out to the people Possible meanings or “people” are (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) a mob. +ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain other brothers Here “brothers” refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers” +ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the officials “in the presence of the officials” +ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ…ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, “These men,” refers to Paul and Silas. +ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “caused trouble everywhere in the world” or “caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 17 7 hlc9 ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων 1 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message. +ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed “were worried” +ACT 17 9 ya44 λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν 1 made Jason and the rest pay money as security Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior. +ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The words “the rest” refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials. +ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they let them go “the officials let Jason and the other believers go” +ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea. +ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι…ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these people were more noble These “well-born” people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: “more open minded” or “more willing to listen” +ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον 1 received the word Here “word” refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: “listened to the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 11 uh8a μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας 1 with all readiness of mind These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul’s teachings about the scripture. +ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures daily “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day” +ACT 17 11 g8an ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως 1 these things were so “the things Paul said were true” +ACT 17 12 abcv figs-litotes ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι 1 not a few men This is an understatement to emphasize that many men believed the message. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 17 13 vn8h translate-names 0 General Information: Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες 1 went there and stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: “went there and agitated” or “went there and disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds “and worried the crowds” or “caused dread and fear among the people” +ACT 17 14 ael8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 17 14 zw1c πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 to go to the sea “to go to the coast.” From here Paul would probably sail to another city. +ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 who were leading Paul “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going along with Paul” +ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον 1 they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy “he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy.” This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 17 16 wk63 0 General Information: This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas’ travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him. +ACT 17 16 y9cr δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story. +ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν 1 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here “spirit” stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city” or “seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 17 17 q8px διελέγετο 1 he reasoned “he debated” or “he discussed.” This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well. +ACT 17 17 jkj8 τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 others who worshiped God This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws. +ACT 17 17 ec14 ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace “in the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. +ACT 17 18 ru6a 0 General Information: Here the words “him,” “He, “and “he” refer to Paul. +ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Epicurean and Stoic philosophers These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 18 tjk6 συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ 1 encountered him “happened upon him” +ACT 17 18 dnj8 τινες ἔλεγον 1 Some said “Some of the philosophers said” +ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος 1 What is this babbler The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ 1 Others said “Other philosophers said” +ACT 17 18 l41t δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς 1 He seems to be one who calls people to follow “He seems to be a proclaimer” or “He seems to be on a mission to add people to his philosophy” +ACT 17 18 sx9t ξένων δαιμονίων 1 strange gods This is not in the sense of “odd,” but in the sense of “foreign,” that is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about. +ACT 17 19 fs5g figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “him,” “He” and “you” refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words “They” and “we” refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 17 19 mv8c ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγον 1 They took…brought him This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders. +ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus The “Areopagus” was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: “to the leaders that met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 19 ze7e τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον…λέγοντες 1 the Areopagus, saying Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul” +ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-names Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you bring some strange things to our ears Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here “ears” refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: “For you teachings some things that we have never heard before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι 1 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word “all” is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: “Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” or “Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι…πάντες 1 all the Athenians “Athenians” are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 21 m8u1 οἱ…ξένοι 1 the strangers “the foreigners” +ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here “time” is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening” or “were always doing nothing but telling or listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase “spent their time in nothing” is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “did not do much but tell or listen” or “spent much of their time telling or listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 17 21 wr1r λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον 1 telling or listening about something new “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them” +ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus. +ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα…δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices. +ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For as I passed along “Because as I walked past” or “I walked along” +ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are (1) “to a certain unknown god” or (2) “to a god not known.” This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar. +ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the “world” refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them. +ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος…ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord “because he is the Lord.” Here “he” is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God. +ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words “heaven” and “earth” are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Here “hands” stands for people. Alternate translation: “built by the hands of people” or “that people built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται 1 Neither is he served by men’s hands Here “served” has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: “Neither do men’s hands take care of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by men’s hands Here “hands” stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 since he himself “because he himself.” The word “himself” is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to the one true God, the creator. The words “their” and “them” refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word “us,” Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: “one couple” +ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “And he determined when and where they would live” +ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him Here “search for God” represents desiring to know him, and “feel their way toward him and find him” represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα 1 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him “Because of him” +ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God’s offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God’s literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 qualities of deity Here “deity” refers to God’s nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “that God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images created by the art and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed” or “images that people make by using their art and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God. +ACT 17 30 zj28 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in [Acts 17:22](../17/22.md). +ACT 17 30 suh6 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” +ACT 17 30 iva4 χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God overlooked the times of ignorance “God decided not to punish people during the time of ignorance” +ACT 17 30 h8uy χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας 1 times of ignorance This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God. +ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας 1 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness” +ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 he will judge the world Here “world” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “he will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness “justly” or “fairly” +ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 God has given proof of this man “God has demonstrated his choice of this man” +ACT 17 31 ulr4 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. +ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 17 32 nb26 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul’s teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens. +ACT 17 32 jlm5 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard of These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul. +ACT 17 32 sn6j οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον 1 some mocked Paul “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul.” These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life. +ACT 17 34 psh8 translate-names Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης 1 Dionysius the Areopagite Dionysius is a man’s name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 34 hsz3 translate-names Δάμαρις 1 Damaris This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 intro rky6 0 # Acts 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br> +ACT 18 1 jat1 writing-background 0 General Information: Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 18 1 qa9b 0 Connecting Statement: This is another part of the story of Paul’s travels as he goes to Corinth. +ACT 18 1 fky7 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After these events took place in Athens” ACT 18 1 abcw χωρισθεὶς 1 he departed “Paul departed” -ACT 18 1 h2si ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν 1 Athens Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md). -ACT 18 2 d9zx καὶ εὑρών 1 There he met Possible meanings are that (1) Paul happened to find by chance or (2) Paul intentionally found. -ACT 18 2 hm16 writing-participants τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν 1 a Jew named Aquila Here the phrase “a certain” indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει 1 a native of Pontus Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα 1 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year. -ACT 18 2 n631 translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 2 n95f τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had commanded Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md). -ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he worked at the same trade “he did the same kind of work that they did” -ACT 18 4 r56h 0 General Information: Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul. -ACT 18 4 h3az διελέγετο δὲ 1 So Paul reasoned “So Paul debated” or “So Paul discussed.” He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people. -ACT 18 4 r2gp ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 He persuaded both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are (1) “He caused both Jews and Greeks to believe” or (2) “He kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks.” -ACT 18 5 d191 figs-activepassive συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul devoted himself to the word This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit compelled Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 18 6 ncx8 translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια 1 shook out his garment This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν 1 May your blood be upon your own heads Here “blood” stands for the guilt of their actions. Here “heads” refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: “You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 18 7 cd3u 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The first word “his” refers to Titius Justus. The second word “his” refers to Crispus. -ACT 18 7 vs6y translate-names Τιτίου Ἰούστου 1 Titius Justus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 7 v8xg σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws. -ACT 18 8 lj2t translate-names Κρίσπος 1 Crispus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 8 kkk9 ἀρχισυνάγωγος 1 leader of the synagogue a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher -ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those who lived in his house Here “house” refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: “the people who lived with him in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: “You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 speak and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “do not stop speaking about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me” -ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul lived there…teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “Paul lived there…teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 12 b5bf 0 Connecting Statement: The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio. -ACT 18 12 se8m translate-names Γαλλίωνος 1 Gallio This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 12 j762 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up together “came together” or “joined together” -ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here “judgment seat” refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 18 14 d13b εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων 1 Gallio said Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province. -ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your own law Here “law” refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul’s time. -ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters” -ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word “they” probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)). -ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος 1 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat “Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat.” Here “judgment seat” refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: “many people seized” or “many of them grabbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are (1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or (2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court. -ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue “Sosthenes” was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 beat him “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him.” -ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.” The word “they” refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila. -ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 left the brothers The word “brothers” refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 18 18 v5kl ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας 1 sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him. -ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 he shaved his head…because he had madef a vow This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a vow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 18 1 h2si ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν 1 Athens Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md). +ACT 18 2 d9zx καὶ εὑρών 1 There he met Possible meanings are that (1) Paul happened to find by chance or (2) Paul intentionally found. +ACT 18 2 hm16 writing-participants τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν 1 a Jew named Aquila Here the phrase “a certain” indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει 1 a native of Pontus Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα 1 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year. +ACT 18 2 n631 translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 2 n95f τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had commanded Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md). +ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he worked at the same trade “he did the same kind of work that they did” +ACT 18 4 r56h 0 General Information: Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul. +ACT 18 4 h3az διελέγετο δὲ 1 So Paul reasoned “So Paul debated” or “So Paul discussed.” He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people. +ACT 18 4 r2gp ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 He persuaded both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are (1) “He caused both Jews and Greeks to believe” or (2) “He kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks.” +ACT 18 5 d191 figs-activepassive συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul devoted himself to the word This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit compelled Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 18 6 ncx8 translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια 1 shook out his garment This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν 1 May your blood be upon your own heads Here “blood” stands for the guilt of their actions. Here “heads” refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: “You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 18 7 cd3u 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The first word “his” refers to Titius Justus. The second word “his” refers to Crispus. +ACT 18 7 vs6y translate-names Τιτίου Ἰούστου 1 Titius Justus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 7 v8xg σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws. +ACT 18 8 lj2t translate-names Κρίσπος 1 Crispus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 8 kkk9 ἀρχισυνάγωγος 1 leader of the synagogue a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher +ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those who lived in his house Here “house” refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: “the people who lived with him in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: “You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 speak and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “do not stop speaking about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me” +ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul lived there…teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “Paul lived there…teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 12 b5bf 0 Connecting Statement: The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio. +ACT 18 12 se8m translate-names Γαλλίωνος 1 Gallio This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 12 j762 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up together “came together” or “joined together” +ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here “judgment seat” refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 18 14 d13b εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων 1 Gallio said Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province. +ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your own law Here “law” refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul’s time. +ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters” +ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word “they” probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)). +ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος 1 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat “Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat.” Here “judgment seat” refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: “many people seized” or “many of them grabbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are (1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or (2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court. +ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue “Sosthenes” was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 beat him “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him.” +ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.” The word “they” refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila. +ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 left the brothers The word “brothers” refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 18 18 v5kl ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας 1 sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him. +ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 he shaved his head…because he had madef a vow This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a vow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 18 19 abcx κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν 1 he left them “Paul left Priscilla and Aquilla” -ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο τοῖς 1 reasoned with “discussed with” or “debated with” -ACT 18 20 u44s 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the Jews in Ephesus. -ACT 18 21 iz1u ἀποταξάμενος 1 taking his leave of them “saying good-bye to them” -ACT 18 22 pr6u 0 General Information: Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). -ACT 18 22 p364 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his missionary journey. -ACT 18 22 gyy4 κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 landed at Caesarea “arrived at Caesarea.” The word “landed” is used to show that he arrived by ship. -ACT 18 22 r26z ἀναβὰς 1 he went up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea. -ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the Jerusalem church Here “church” refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 18 22 n3rh κατέβη 1 then went down The phrase “went down” is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. -ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 Paul departed “Paul went away” or “Paul left” -ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 After having spent some time there This speaks about “time” as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila. -ACT 18 24 xqy7 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. -ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase “a certain” indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει 1 an Alexandrian by birth “a man who was born in the city of Alexandria.” This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 24 t4zi λόγιος 1 eloquent in speech “a good speaker” -ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 mighty in the scriptures “he knew the scriptures thoroughly.” He understood the Old Testament writings well. -ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 Being fervent in spirit Here “spirit” refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: “Being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 18 25 lr1h τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John “The baptism that John performed.” This is comparing John’s baptism which was with water to Jesus’ baptism which is with the Holy Spirit. -ACT 18 26 ga6v figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 18 26 k1lb ἀκριβέστερον 1 more accurately “correctly” or “more fully” -ACT 18 27 c2sq 0 General Information: Here the he words “he” and “him” refer to Apollos ([Acts 18:24](./24.md)). -ACT 18 27 ll36 διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to pass over into Achaia “to go to the region of Achaia.” The phrase “pass over” is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus. -ACT 18 27 pql7 τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md). -ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 wrote to the disciples “wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia” -ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who believed by grace “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus” -ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate “In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong” -ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ “as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ” -ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.<br> -ACT 19 1 rhv1 0 General Information: The “upper country” was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea. -ACT 19 1 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus. -ACT 19 1 lp23 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through “traveled through” -ACT 19 2 wqi4 Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them. -ACT 19 2 nvn4 οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν 1 we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit “we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit” -ACT 19 3 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “you,” and “they” refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word “him” refers to John. -ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What kind of baptism did you receive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 19 3 jzp7 figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα 1 Into John’s baptism You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism about which John taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 19 4 r46y figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the abstract noun “repentance” as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 19 4 pv7t τὸν ἐρχόμενον 1 the one who would come Here “the one” refers to Jesus. -ACT 19 4 q5fh τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν 1 come after him This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically. -ACT 19 5 zx2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues staying in Ephesus. -ACT 19 5 k9st ἀκούσαντες δὲ 1 When the people Here “people” refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)), -ACT 19 5 ueh1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 19 5 g2dm figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “as believers in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 6 gk8l ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας 1 laid his hands on them “placed his hands on them.” He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: “placed his hands on their heads as he prayed” -ACT 19 6 j4n8 ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον 1 they spoke in other languages and prophesied Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages. -ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-background ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα 1 In all they were about twelve men This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες…δώδεκα 1 twelve men “12 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly” -ACT 19 8 yky2 διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them “convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching” -ACT 19 8 v8et figs-metonymy περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God Here “kingdom” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “about God’s rule as king” or “about how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-metaphor τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some Jews were hardened and disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hard and unable to move. Alternate translation: “some Jews were stubborn and did not believe” or “some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 19 9 n6ir figs-metaphor κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 1 to speak evil of the Way before the crowd What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase, “the Way,” seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: “to speak evil about Christianity to the crowd” or “to speak to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md)) -ACT 19 9 ts8d κακολογοῦντες 1 to speak evil of “to speak bad things about” -ACT 19 9 xsm6 ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου 1 in the lecture hall of Tyrannus “in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people” -ACT 19 9 den4 translate-names Τυράννου 1 Tyrannus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord Here “all” is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 11 cb6w 0 General Information: Here the words “them” and “they” refer to those who were sick. -ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου 1 God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul Here “hands” stands for Paul’s whole person. Alternate translation: “God was causing Paul to do miracles” or “God was doing miracles through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο τοῖς 1 reasoned with “discussed with” or “debated with” +ACT 18 20 u44s 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the Jews in Ephesus. +ACT 18 21 iz1u ἀποταξάμενος 1 taking his leave of them “saying good-bye to them” +ACT 18 22 pr6u 0 General Information: Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). +ACT 18 22 p364 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his missionary journey. +ACT 18 22 gyy4 κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 landed at Caesarea “arrived at Caesarea.” The word “landed” is used to show that he arrived by ship. +ACT 18 22 r26z ἀναβὰς 1 he went up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea. +ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the Jerusalem church Here “church” refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 18 22 n3rh κατέβη 1 then went down The phrase “went down” is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. +ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 Paul departed “Paul went away” or “Paul left” +ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 After having spent some time there This speaks about “time” as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila. +ACT 18 24 xqy7 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. +ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase “a certain” indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει 1 an Alexandrian by birth “a man who was born in the city of Alexandria.” This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 18 24 t4zi λόγιος 1 eloquent in speech “a good speaker” +ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 mighty in the scriptures “he knew the scriptures thoroughly.” He understood the Old Testament writings well. +ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 Being fervent in spirit Here “spirit” refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: “Being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 18 25 lr1h τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John “The baptism that John performed.” This is comparing John’s baptism which was with water to Jesus’ baptism which is with the Holy Spirit. +ACT 18 26 ga6v figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 18 26 k1lb ἀκριβέστερον 1 more accurately “correctly” or “more fully” +ACT 18 27 c2sq 0 General Information: Here the he words “he” and “him” refer to Apollos ([Acts 18:24](./24.md)). +ACT 18 27 ll36 διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to pass over into Achaia “to go to the region of Achaia.” The phrase “pass over” is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus. +ACT 18 27 pql7 τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md). +ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word “brothers” here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 wrote to the disciples “wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia” +ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who believed by grace “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus” +ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate “In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong” +ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ “as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ” +ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.<br> +ACT 19 1 rhv1 0 General Information: The “upper country” was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea. +ACT 19 1 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus. +ACT 19 1 lp23 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through “traveled through” +ACT 19 2 wqi4 Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them. +ACT 19 2 nvn4 οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν 1 we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit “we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit” +ACT 19 3 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “you,” and “they” refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word “him” refers to John. +ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What kind of baptism did you receive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 19 3 jzp7 figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα 1 Into John’s baptism You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism about which John taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 19 4 r46y figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the abstract noun “repentance” as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 19 4 pv7t τὸν ἐρχόμενον 1 the one who would come Here “the one” refers to Jesus. +ACT 19 4 q5fh τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν 1 come after him This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically. +ACT 19 5 zx2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues staying in Ephesus. +ACT 19 5 k9st ἀκούσαντες δὲ 1 When the people Here “people” refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)), +ACT 19 5 ueh1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 19 5 g2dm figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “as believers in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 19 6 gk8l ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας 1 laid his hands on them “placed his hands on them.” He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: “placed his hands on their heads as he prayed” +ACT 19 6 j4n8 ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον 1 they spoke in other languages and prophesied Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages. +ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-background ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα 1 In all they were about twelve men This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες…δώδεκα 1 twelve men “12 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly” +ACT 19 8 yky2 διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them “convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching” +ACT 19 8 v8et figs-metonymy περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God Here “kingdom” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “about God’s rule as king” or “about how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-metaphor τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some Jews were hardened and disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hard and unable to move. Alternate translation: “some Jews were stubborn and did not believe” or “some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 19 9 n6ir figs-metaphor κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 1 to speak evil of the Way before the crowd What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase, “the Way,” seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: “to speak evil about Christianity to the crowd” or “to speak to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md)) +ACT 19 9 ts8d κακολογοῦντες 1 to speak evil of “to speak bad things about” +ACT 19 9 xsm6 ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου 1 in the lecture hall of Tyrannus “in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people” +ACT 19 9 den4 translate-names Τυράννου 1 Tyrannus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord Here “all” is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 19 11 cb6w 0 General Information: Here the words “them” and “they” refer to those who were sick. +ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου 1 God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul Here “hands” stands for Paul’s whole person. Alternate translation: “God was causing Paul to do miracles” or “God was doing miracles through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 19 11 abcy οὐ τὰς τυχούσας 1 not ordinary “unusual” -ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul” -ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ…ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are (1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or (2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used. -ACT 19 12 aks4 σουδάρια 1 handkerchiefs cloths worn around the head -ACT 19 12 xs31 σιμικίνθια 1 aprons clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people -ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: “sick people” or “those who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses left them “those who were sick became healthy” -ACT 19 13 he2x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists. -ACT 19 13 fgq4 ἐξορκιστῶν 1 exorcists people who send evil spirits away from people or places -ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to Jesus’ power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims “Jesus” was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke. -ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 By the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul” -ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 19 16 ty4x φαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος…ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 The evil spirit in the man leaped This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists. -ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 exorcists This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md). -ACT 19 16 b8cb γυμνοὺς…ἐκφυγεῖν 1 they fled…naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them. -ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they honored the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 19 19 z9rj συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 brought their books “collected their books.” The word “books” refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written. -ACT 19 19 m6nf ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 in the sight of everyone “in front of everyone” -ACT 19 19 upz3 τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν 1 the value of them “the value of the books” or “the value of the scrolls” -ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers μυριάδας πέντε 1 fifty thousand “50,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver A “piece of silver” was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν 1 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways “So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 19 21 k1j1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet. -ACT 19 21 de4f δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story. -ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus “Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus” -ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο…ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he decided in the Spirit Possible meanings are (1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or (2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind. -ACT 19 21 brb7 Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md). -ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 I must also see Rome “I must also travel to Rome” -ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names Ἔραστον 1 Erastus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 But he himself stayed in Asia for a while It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 he himself This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 19 23 y5ae writing-background 0 General Information: Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as “Diana.” She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 19 23 l7gz 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus. -ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement. -ACT 19 23 nb3p figs-litotes ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance “the people became very upset” See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 19 23 rwf2 τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md). -ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος 1 A certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words “a certain” introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry -ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος…ὀνόματι 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul” +ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ…ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are (1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or (2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used. +ACT 19 12 aks4 σουδάρια 1 handkerchiefs cloths worn around the head +ACT 19 12 xs31 σιμικίνθια 1 aprons clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people +ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: “sick people” or “those who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses left them “those who were sick became healthy” +ACT 19 13 he2x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists. +ACT 19 13 fgq4 ἐξορκιστῶν 1 exorcists people who send evil spirits away from people or places +ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to Jesus’ power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims “Jesus” was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke. +ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 By the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul” +ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 19 16 ty4x φαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος…ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 The evil spirit in the man leaped This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists. +ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 exorcists This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md). +ACT 19 16 b8cb γυμνοὺς…ἐκφυγεῖν 1 they fled…naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them. +ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they honored the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 19 19 z9rj συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 brought their books “collected their books.” The word “books” refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written. +ACT 19 19 m6nf ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 in the sight of everyone “in front of everyone” +ACT 19 19 upz3 τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν 1 the value of them “the value of the books” or “the value of the scrolls” +ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers μυριάδας πέντε 1 fifty thousand “50,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver A “piece of silver” was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν 1 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways “So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 19 21 k1j1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet. +ACT 19 21 de4f δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story. +ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus “Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus” +ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο…ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he decided in the Spirit Possible meanings are (1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or (2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind. +ACT 19 21 brb7 Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md). +ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 I must also see Rome “I must also travel to Rome” +ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names Ἔραστον 1 Erastus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 But he himself stayed in Asia for a while It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 he himself This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 19 23 y5ae writing-background 0 General Information: Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as “Diana.” She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 23 l7gz 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus. +ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement. +ACT 19 23 nb3p figs-litotes ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance “the people became very upset” See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 19 23 rwf2 τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md). +ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος 1 A certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words “a certain” introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry +ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος…ὀνόματι 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 24 p58m figs-litotes παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in much business This is a way of saying that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money for those who made the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: “others who did that kind of work” -ACT 19 26 w5z6 0 Connecting Statement: Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen. -ACT 19 26 rm6w θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι 1 You see and hear that “You have come to know and understand that” -ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 turned away many people Paul’s stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: “caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ, οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι 1 He is saying that there are no gods that are made with hands Here the word “hands” can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν, τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν 1 that our trade will no longer be needed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the people will no longer want to buy idols from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 19 27 bqt4 μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς 1 she would even lose her greatness Artemis’s greatness only comes from what people think of her. -ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words “Asia” and “the world” refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 28 t4lm 0 General Information: Here “they” refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)). -ACT 19 28 uc5c figs-metaphor γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ 1 they were filled with anger This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here “anger” is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 cried out “shouted aloud” or “shouted loudly” -ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως 1 The whole city was filled with confusion Here “city” refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, “confusion” is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation. -ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. -ACT 19 29 hjc8 συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul’s travel companions The men who had been with Paul. -ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius and Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia. -ACT 19 31 z7ww δοῦναι…εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 enter the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated “theater” in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md). -ACT 19 33 jr85 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρον 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 19 33 j1mi figs-explicit κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα 1 motioned with his hand You can make explicit that Alexander was showing the crowd that he wanted them to be quiet. Alternate translation: “gestured to the crowd to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 19 33 tlq7 ἀπολογεῖσθαι 1 to give a defense It is not clear whom or what Alexander wanted to defend. If your language requires this information, it might be best to use a general phrase like “to explain what was going on.” -ACT 19 34 u1hp figs-metaphor φωνὴ…μία 1 with one voice The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: “in unison” or “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 19 35 fm3m figs-you 0 General Information: The words “You” and “you” refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 19 35 pu96 0 Connecting Statement: The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd. -ACT 19 35 sy9m ὁ γραμματεὺς 1 the town clerk This refers to the town “writer” or “secretary.” -ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion τίς…ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦ 1 what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper…heaven? The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: “every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper…heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses “not” to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 19 35 hiw3 νεωκόρον 1 temple keeper The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis. -ACT 19 35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 the image which fell down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols). -ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 Seeing then that these things are undeniable “Since you know these things” -ACT 19 36 xj2n μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 do nothing rash “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it” -ACT 19 36 s67q προπετὲς 1 rash without careful thought -ACT 19 37 s8a9 τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The words “these men” refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)). -ACT 19 38 wgv5 0 Connecting Statement: The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd. -ACT 19 38 qd4s οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” The town clerk had said in [Acts 19:37](../19/37.md) that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers. -ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have an accusation against anyone The word “accusation” can be stated as the verb “accuse.” Alternate translation: “want to accuse someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown ἀνθύπατοί 1 proconsuls the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 19 38 g8tp ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις 1 Let them accuse one another This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: “There people can accuse one another” -ACT 19 39 hxh3 εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε 1 But if you seek anything about other matters “But if you have other matters to discuss” -ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται 1 it shall be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 19 39 et5j τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the regular assembly This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided. -ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον 1 in danger of being accused concerning this day’s riot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.<br> -ACT 20 1 cwq7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels. -ACT 20 1 y5cq μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι 1 After the uproar “After the riot” or “Following the riot” -ACT 20 1 hr32 ἀσπασάμενος 1 he said farewell “he said goodbye” -ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 spoken many words of encouragement to them “had greatly encouraged the believers” or “had said many things to encourage the believers” -ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς 1 After he had spent three months there “After he had stayed there three months.” This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 3 cit9 figs-activepassive γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews formed a plot against him” or “the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria “as he was ready to sail for Syria” -ACT 20 4 y35x figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of “us” and “we” in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 20 4 c9et συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ 1 Accompanying him “Traveling with him” -ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος 1 Sopater…Pyrrhus…Secundus…Tychicus…Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος 1 Berea…Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 4 w8j6 Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος 1 Aristarchus…Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md). -ACT 20 5 itz1 translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 Troas This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι…προσελθόντες 1 these men had gone before us “these men had traveled ahead of us” -ACT 20 6 l5dr τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md). -ACT 20 7 dnt4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md)) -ACT 20 7 mbr8 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about Paul’s preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus. -ACT 20 7 zff8 figs-synecdoche κλάσαι ἄρτον 1 to break bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: “eat a meal” or (2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “to eat the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 7 j888 παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον 1 he kept speaking “he continued to speak” -ACT 20 8 ak8z ὑπερῴῳ 1 upper room This may have been the third floor house. -ACT 20 9 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word “himself” refers to Paul. The first word “he” refers to Paul; the second word “he” refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word “him” refers to Eutychus. -ACT 20 9 v5q7 ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος 1 In the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit. -ACT 20 9 ju64 translate-names Εὔτυχος 1 Eutychus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: “who slept soundly” or “who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: “others who did that kind of work” +ACT 19 26 w5z6 0 Connecting Statement: Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen. +ACT 19 26 rm6w θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι 1 You see and hear that “You have come to know and understand that” +ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 turned away many people Paul’s stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: “caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ, οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι 1 He is saying that there are no gods that are made with hands Here the word “hands” can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν, τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν 1 that our trade will no longer be needed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the people will no longer want to buy idols from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 19 27 bqt4 μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς 1 she would even lose her greatness Artemis’s greatness only comes from what people think of her. +ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words “Asia” and “the world” refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 19 28 t4lm 0 General Information: Here “they” refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)). +ACT 19 28 uc5c figs-metaphor γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ 1 they were filled with anger This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here “anger” is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 cried out “shouted aloud” or “shouted loudly” +ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως 1 The whole city was filled with confusion Here “city” refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, “confusion” is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation. +ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. +ACT 19 29 hjc8 συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul’s travel companions The men who had been with Paul. +ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius and Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia. +ACT 19 31 z7ww δοῦναι…εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 enter the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated “theater” in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md). +ACT 19 33 jr85 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρον 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 33 j1mi figs-explicit κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα 1 motioned with his hand You can make explicit that Alexander was showing the crowd that he wanted them to be quiet. Alternate translation: “gestured to the crowd to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 19 33 tlq7 ἀπολογεῖσθαι 1 to give a defense It is not clear whom or what Alexander wanted to defend. If your language requires this information, it might be best to use a general phrase like “to explain what was going on.” +ACT 19 34 u1hp figs-metaphor φωνὴ…μία 1 with one voice The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: “in unison” or “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 19 35 fm3m figs-you 0 General Information: The words “You” and “you” refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 19 35 pu96 0 Connecting Statement: The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd. +ACT 19 35 sy9m ὁ γραμματεὺς 1 the town clerk This refers to the town “writer” or “secretary.” +ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion τίς…ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦ 1 what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper…heaven? The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: “every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper…heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses “not” to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 19 35 hiw3 νεωκόρον 1 temple keeper The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis. +ACT 19 35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 the image which fell down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols). +ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 Seeing then that these things are undeniable “Since you know these things” +ACT 19 36 xj2n μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 do nothing rash “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it” +ACT 19 36 s67q προπετὲς 1 rash without careful thought +ACT 19 37 s8a9 τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The words “these men” refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)). +ACT 19 38 wgv5 0 Connecting Statement: The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd. +ACT 19 38 qd4s οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” The town clerk had said in [Acts 19:37](../19/37.md) that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers. +ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have an accusation against anyone The word “accusation” can be stated as the verb “accuse.” Alternate translation: “want to accuse someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown ἀνθύπατοί 1 proconsuls the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 19 38 g8tp ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις 1 Let them accuse one another This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: “There people can accuse one another” +ACT 19 39 hxh3 εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε 1 But if you seek anything about other matters “But if you have other matters to discuss” +ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται 1 it shall be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 19 39 et5j τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the regular assembly This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided. +ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον 1 in danger of being accused concerning this day’s riot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.<br> +ACT 20 1 cwq7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels. +ACT 20 1 y5cq μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι 1 After the uproar “After the riot” or “Following the riot” +ACT 20 1 hr32 ἀσπασάμενος 1 he said farewell “he said goodbye” +ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 spoken many words of encouragement to them “had greatly encouraged the believers” or “had said many things to encourage the believers” +ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς 1 After he had spent three months there “After he had stayed there three months.” This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 3 cit9 figs-activepassive γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews formed a plot against him” or “the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria “as he was ready to sail for Syria” +ACT 20 4 y35x figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of “us” and “we” in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 20 4 c9et συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ 1 Accompanying him “Traveling with him” +ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος 1 Sopater…Pyrrhus…Secundus…Tychicus…Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος 1 Berea…Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 4 w8j6 Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος 1 Aristarchus…Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md). +ACT 20 5 itz1 translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 Troas This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι…προσελθόντες 1 these men had gone before us “these men had traveled ahead of us” +ACT 20 6 l5dr τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md). +ACT 20 7 dnt4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md)) +ACT 20 7 mbr8 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about Paul’s preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus. +ACT 20 7 zff8 figs-synecdoche κλάσαι ἄρτον 1 to break bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: “eat a meal” or (2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “to eat the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 20 7 j888 παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον 1 he kept speaking “he continued to speak” +ACT 20 8 ak8z ὑπερῴῳ 1 upper room This may have been the third floor house. +ACT 20 9 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word “himself” refers to Paul. The first word “he” refers to Paul; the second word “he” refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word “him” refers to Eutychus. +ACT 20 9 v5q7 ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος 1 In the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit. +ACT 20 9 ju64 translate-names Εὔτυχος 1 Eutychus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: “who slept soundly” or “who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 9 abcz κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 overcome by sleep The young man was fell asleep, not Paul. -ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive τριστέγου…καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the “second story.” -ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. -ACT 20 11 lih8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Paul’s preaching at Troas and about Eutychus. -ACT 20 11 w5w8 figs-synecdoche κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον 1 broke bread Bread was a common food during meals. Here “break bread” probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 11 t88c οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν 1 he left “he went away” -ACT 20 12 jkj5 τὸν παῖδα 1 the boy This refers to Eutychus ([Acts 20:9](../20/09.md)). Possible meanings are (1) he was a young man over 14 years old or (2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or (3) the word “boy” implies that he was a servant or a slave. -ACT 20 12 abc0 figs-litotes οὐ μετρίως 1 not moderately This is a way of saying that they were greatly comforted. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 20 13 dja7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “he,” “himself,” and “him” refer to Paul. Here the word “we” refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 20 13 awt9 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip. -ACT 20 13 w4ew figs-rpronouns ἡμεῖς…προελθόντες 1 We ourselves went The word “ourselves” adds emphasis and separates Luke and his traveling companions from Paul, who did not travel by boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 20 13 q4yz translate-names ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον 1 sailed away to Assos Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 13 nq2q figs-rpronouns διατεταγμένος 1 he himself desired Himself is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 20 13 p8y7 πεζεύειν 1 to go by land “to travel on land” -ACT 20 14 ju8f translate-names ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην 1 went to Mitylene Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 15 ll2h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 20 15 e6va ἄντικρυς Χίου 1 opposite the island “near the island” or “across from the island” -ACT 20 15 ulk6 translate-names Χίου 1 the island of Chios Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 15 jyr7 παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον 1 we touched at the island of Samos “we arrived at the island of Samos” -ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names Σάμον 1 island of Samos Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names Μίλητον 1 the city of Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι 1 so that he would not spend any time This speaks about “time” as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” or “so that he would not have a delay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 17 nw52 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The word “our” refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ACT 20 17 v9al 0 Connecting Statement: Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them. -ACT 20 17 l9aj translate-names τῆς Μιλήτου 1 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 20 18 b6li figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves Here “yourselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 20 18 vw6n figs-synecdoche ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 I set foot in Asia Here “foot” stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: “I entered Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 18 t7zs figs-metaphor πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην 1 how I always spent my time with you This speaks about time as if it were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “how I always conducted myself when I was with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 19 m8x9 figs-metaphor ταπεινοφροσύνης 1 lowliness of mind This speaks about something humble as if it were low to the ground. The word “mind” stands for a person’s inner attitude. Alternate translation: “humility” or “humbleness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “I crying as I served the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 in sufferings that happened to me “Sufferings” is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: “while I suffered” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) -ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: “of some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην…τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you “You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you” -ACT 20 20 kut9 figs-ellipsis κατ’ οἴκους 1 from house to house Paul taught people in various private homes. The words “I taught” are understood. Alternate translation: “I also taught when I was in your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns “repentance” and “faith” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Paul. -ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι 1 compelled by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me there “and I do not know what will happen to me there” -ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν 1 chains and sufferings await me Here “chains” refers to Paul’s being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: “people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul’s “race” and “ministry” as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here “race” and “ministry” mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον 1 finish the race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 24 hg3l διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to testify to the gospel of the grace of God “to tell people the good news about God’s grace.” This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus. -ACT 20 25 f1sb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders ([Acts 20:17](../20/17.md)). -ACT 20 25 kj9c καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα 1 Now look, I know “Now, pay careful attention, because I know” -ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι…ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all “I know that all of you” -ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here “kingdom” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “to whom I preached the message about God’s reign as king” or “to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word “face” here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here “blood” stands for a person’s death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God’s truth. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 any man Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: “any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι…ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you “For I did not keep silent and not tell you.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For I certainly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a “flock” of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: “the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the “blood” of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: “the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here “blood” stands for Christ’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται…λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: “many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν 1 in order to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: “in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be on guard. Remember “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember” -ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be on guard “be awake and alert” or “watch out.” Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remember that “Continue to remember that” or “Do not forget that” -ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 for three years I did not stop instructing…night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing “I did not stop warning” -ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something -ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ…δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the “word of his grace” as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md). -ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no man’s silver “I did not desire someone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver” -ACT 20 33 ipq5 ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 man’s silver, gold, or clothing Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were. -ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 You yourselves The word “yourselves” is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands served my own needs The word “hands” here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: “I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 35 wn8j κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 you should help the weak by working “you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves” -ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 the weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak persons” or “those who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive τριστέγου…καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the “second story.” +ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. +ACT 20 11 lih8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Paul’s preaching at Troas and about Eutychus. +ACT 20 11 w5w8 figs-synecdoche κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον 1 broke bread Bread was a common food during meals. Here “break bread” probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 20 11 t88c οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν 1 he left “he went away” +ACT 20 12 jkj5 τὸν παῖδα 1 the boy This refers to Eutychus ([Acts 20:9](../20/09.md)). Possible meanings are (1) he was a young man over 14 years old or (2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or (3) the word “boy” implies that he was a servant or a slave. +ACT 20 12 abc0 figs-litotes οὐ μετρίως 1 not moderately This is a way of saying that they were greatly comforted. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 20 13 dja7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “he,” “himself,” and “him” refer to Paul. Here the word “we” refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 20 13 awt9 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip. +ACT 20 13 w4ew figs-rpronouns ἡμεῖς…προελθόντες 1 We ourselves went The word “ourselves” adds emphasis and separates Luke and his traveling companions from Paul, who did not travel by boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 20 13 q4yz translate-names ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον 1 sailed away to Assos Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 13 nq2q figs-rpronouns διατεταγμένος 1 he himself desired Himself is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 20 13 p8y7 πεζεύειν 1 to go by land “to travel on land” +ACT 20 14 ju8f translate-names ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην 1 went to Mitylene Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 15 ll2h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 20 15 e6va ἄντικρυς Χίου 1 opposite the island “near the island” or “across from the island” +ACT 20 15 ulk6 translate-names Χίου 1 the island of Chios Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 15 jyr7 παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον 1 we touched at the island of Samos “we arrived at the island of Samos” +ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names Σάμον 1 island of Samos Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names Μίλητον 1 the city of Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι 1 so that he would not spend any time This speaks about “time” as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” or “so that he would not have a delay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 17 nw52 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The word “our” refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ACT 20 17 v9al 0 Connecting Statement: Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them. +ACT 20 17 l9aj translate-names τῆς Μιλήτου 1 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 20 18 b6li figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves Here “yourselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 20 18 vw6n figs-synecdoche ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 I set foot in Asia Here “foot” stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: “I entered Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 20 18 t7zs figs-metaphor πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην 1 how I always spent my time with you This speaks about time as if it were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “how I always conducted myself when I was with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 19 m8x9 figs-metaphor ταπεινοφροσύνης 1 lowliness of mind This speaks about something humble as if it were low to the ground. The word “mind” stands for a person’s inner attitude. Alternate translation: “humility” or “humbleness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “I crying as I served the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 in sufferings that happened to me “Sufferings” is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: “while I suffered” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) +ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: “of some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην…τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you “You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you” +ACT 20 20 kut9 figs-ellipsis κατ’ οἴκους 1 from house to house Paul taught people in various private homes. The words “I taught” are understood. Alternate translation: “I also taught when I was in your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns “repentance” and “faith” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Paul. +ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι 1 compelled by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me there “and I do not know what will happen to me there” +ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν 1 chains and sufferings await me Here “chains” refers to Paul’s being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: “people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul’s “race” and “ministry” as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here “race” and “ministry” mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον 1 finish the race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 24 hg3l διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to testify to the gospel of the grace of God “to tell people the good news about God’s grace.” This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus. +ACT 20 25 f1sb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders ([Acts 20:17](../20/17.md)). +ACT 20 25 kj9c καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα 1 Now look, I know “Now, pay careful attention, because I know” +ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι…ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all “I know that all of you” +ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here “kingdom” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “to whom I preached the message about God’s reign as king” or “to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word “face” here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here “blood” stands for a person’s death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God’s truth. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 any man Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: “any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι…ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you “For I did not keep silent and not tell you.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For I certainly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a “flock” of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: “the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the “blood” of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: “the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here “blood” stands for Christ’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται…λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: “many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν 1 in order to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: “in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be on guard. Remember “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember” +ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be on guard “be awake and alert” or “watch out.” Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remember that “Continue to remember that” or “Do not forget that” +ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 for three years I did not stop instructing…night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing “I did not stop warning” +ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something +ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ…δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the “word of his grace” as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md). +ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no man’s silver “I did not desire someone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver” +ACT 20 33 ipq5 ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 man’s silver, gold, or clothing Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were. +ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 You yourselves The word “yourselves” is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands served my own needs The word “hands” here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: “I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 20 35 wn8j κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 you should help the weak by working “you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves” +ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 the weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak persons” or “those who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 20 35 dpu1 ἀσθενούντων 1 weak “sick” -ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here “words” refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people. -ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them. -ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…προσηύξατο 1 he knelt down and prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 embraced Paul “hugged him closely” or “put their arms around him” -ACT 20 37 sze4 κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 kissed him Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East. -ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they would never see his face again The word “face” here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.<br> -ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 1 i6f8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels. -ACT 21 1 zz5h εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ 1 we took a straight course to the city of Cos “we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos” -ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 city of Cos Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 city of Rhodes Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 city of Patara Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-metonymy καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην 1 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Here “a ship crossing over” stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: “When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 2 vbd3 πλοῖον διαπερῶν 1 a ship crossing over Here “crossing” does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: “a ship that would be going across the water” or “a ship that would be going” -ACT 21 3 er3r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 3 vkr2 καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 leaving it on the left side of the boat “passed the island on the left” the left is the “port” side of a boat. -ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-metonymy ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 where the ship was to unload its cargo Here “ship” stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: “the crew would unload the cargo from the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 4 y35m οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul “These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them.” They “urged him over and over.” -ACT 21 5 fe1u 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the believers from Tyre. -ACT 21 5 a5wj figs-metaphor ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 When our days there were over This speaks about days as if they were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “When the seven days were over” or “When it was time to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 knelt down on the beach, prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 21 6 ja1x ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους 1 said farewell to each other “said goodbye to one another” -ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 7 kt6u 0 Connecting Statement: This begins Paul’s time in Caesarea. -ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα 1 we arrived at Ptolemais Ptolemaic was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemaic is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 7 ff1s τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “fellow believers” -ACT 21 8 ay52 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 one of the seven The “seven” refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in [Acts 6:5](../06/05.md). -ACT 21 8 vi48 εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 evangelist a person who tells people good news -ACT 21 9 rcf4 τούτῳ 1 this man “Philip” from verse 8. -ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesied “four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God” -ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus. -ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις…προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 took Paul’s belt “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist” -ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, ‘So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up…of the Gentiles.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up…of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” or “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 hand him over “deliver him” -ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word “hands” here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche ἐθνῶν 1 the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 21 12 fvh4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: “Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here “heart” stands for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraging me” or “making me very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be tied up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not only for them to tie me up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the Lord Jesus” or “because I believe in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου…αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul would not allow us to persuade him” or “We were unable to persuade Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis πειθομένου 1 persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything happen as the Lord has planned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 15 p5fm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “They” refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea. -ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time in Caesarea. -ACT 21 16 k9kr ἄγοντες παρ’…τινι 1 They brought with them a man “Among them was a man” -ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names Μνάσωνί, τινι Κυπρίῳ 1 Mnason, a man from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 16 c7r2 ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 an early disciple This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus. -ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “his” refers to Paul. The word “them” refers to the elders. -ACT 21 17 wz34 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem. -ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers welcomed us Here “brothers” refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported one by one “he gave a detailed account of all” -ACT 21 20 zks9 0 Connecting Statement: The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul. -ACT 21 20 a1hk οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ 1 they heard…they praised…they said to him Here the word “they” refers to James and the elders. The word “him” refers to Paul. -ACT 21 20 xki4 ἀδελφέ 1 brother Here “brother” means “fellow believer.” -ACT 21 20 c5pu ὑπάρχουσιν 1 They are The word “they” refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs. -ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 They have been told about you…not to follow the old customs Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God’s true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive κατηχήθησαν 1 They have been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have told the Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 to abandon Moses Here “Moses” stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to follow the old customs To obey the old customs is spoken of as if the customs were leading them and the people follow behind. Alternate translation: “not to obey the old customs” or “not to practice the old customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 the old customs “the customs that Jews normally do” -ACT 21 22 b28b figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). The word “They” refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses ([Acts 21:20-21](./20.md)). The words “them,” “their,” and the first “they” refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words “they” and “They” refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 23 b22r ἄνδρες τέσσαρες, εὐχὴν ἔχοντες 1 four men who made a vow “four men who made a promise to God.” This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time. -ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 pay their expenses for them “pay for what they will need.” The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν 1 they may shave their heads This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ 1 the things they have been told about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that people are saying about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 24 sv6i figs-metaphor φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον 1 follow the law This speaks of obeying the law as if the law were a leader and the people follow behind it. Alternate translation: “obey the law” or “live a life that conforms to the law of Moses and other Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 21 25 c4kl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 21 25 cqm9 0 Connecting Statement: James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). -ACT 21 25 a35u figs-explicit φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον, καὶ αἷμα, καὶ πνικτὸν 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in [Acts 15:20](../15/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 from what is strangled This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: “from animals that a person has strangled” or “from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 26 cr14 παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 took the men These are the 4 men who made a vow. -ACT 21 26 s8z9 σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς 1 purifying himself with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles. -ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-synecdoche εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 went into the temple They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 21 26 pvy3 τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 the days of purification This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area. -ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη…ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they presented the animals for an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 27 l3bg 0 General Information: Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia. -ACT 21 27 p4gi 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Paul’s arrest. -ACT 21 27 j9zm αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days These are the seven days for purification. -ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd’s emotions. Alternate translation: “caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid hands on him Here “laid hands on” means to “seize” or to “grab.” See how you translated “laid hands on” in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “grabbed Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 21 28 sfg3 τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people, the law, and this place “the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple” -ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος 1 For they had previously…into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 21 29 h1uu Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md). -ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 All the city was excited The word “All” here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word “city” represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Many people in the city became angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 laid hold of Paul “seized Paul” or “grabbed Paul” -ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors” or “The temple guards immediately shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 news came up to the chief captain of the guard Here “news” refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: “someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 31 hu5r ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 news came up to the chief captain The phrase “came up to” is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard. -ACT 21 31 p85a τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers -ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was in an uproar The word “Jerusalem” here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word “all” is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: “a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 32 j81t 0 General Information: The first word “he” and the word “He” refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in [Acts 21:31](../21/31.md). -ACT 21 32 dgz5 κατέδραμεν 1 ran down From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court. -ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers -ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of Paul “took hold of Paul” or “arrested Paul” -ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι 1 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded his soldiers to bind him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him. -ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς 1 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “He asked, ‘Who is this man? What has he done?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 21 33 fi22 ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη 1 he asked who he was The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul. -ACT 21 34 pci2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι 1 and others another The words “were shouting” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and others were shouting another” or “and others in the crowd were shouting something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 21 34 k35e αὐτοῦ 1 the captain This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers. -ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 he ordered that Paul be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 34 w2qj εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. -ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 When he came to the steps, he was carried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers carried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 36 kax6 figs-euphemism αἶρε αὐτόν 1 Away with him The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul’s death. Alternate translation: “Put him to death” or “Kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι 1 As Paul was about to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 37 qp63 τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). -ACT 21 37 inl1 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers -ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις 11 The captain said, “Do you speak Greek? The chief captain uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: “So you speak Greek.” or “I didn’t know you spoke Greek.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…wilderness? The chief captain uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the chief captain believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian…wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the chief captain thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian…wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος 1 Are you not then the Egyptian Shortly before Paul’s visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 38 lwi4 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστατώσας 1 started a rebellion This word “rebellion” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “caused people to rebel against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the four thousand men “the 4,000 terrorists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 21 38 p2ym σικαρίων 1 Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans. -ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did. -ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι…σου 1 I ask you “I beg you” or “I plead with you” -ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me “please allow me” or please permit me” -ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 the captain had given him permission The word “permission” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the captain permitted Paul to speak” or “the captain allowed Paul to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 21 40 a4y2 ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν 1 Paul stood on the steps The word “steps” here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress. -ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with the hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: “motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 When there was a deep silence “When the people were completely silent” -ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br> -ACT 22 1 kq95 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 22 1 a8ir 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem. -ACT 22 1 xe46 ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Brothers and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul’s age as well as the older men in the audience. -ACT 22 1 pe8t μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 I now make to you “I will now explain to you” or “I will now present to you” -ACT 22 2 b4sk τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ 1 the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews. -ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 3 d4dx figs-metonymy παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 at the feet of Gamaliel Here “feet” stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: “by Gamaliel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 22 3 b1dq Γαμαλιήλ 1 Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md). -ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers” or “The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 3 lqk7 πατρῴου νόμου 1 law of our fathers “law of our ancestors.” This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses. -ACT 22 3 a8d6 ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am zealous for God “I am completely dedicated to obeying God” or “I am passionate about my service to God” -ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today “in the same way all of you are today.” Paul compares himself with the crowd. -ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα 1 I persecuted this Way Here “this Way” represents the people who belonged to the group called “the Way.” Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 22 4 bk4c ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated “the Way” in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md). -ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι θανάτου 1 to the death The word “death” can be translated with the verb “kill” or “die.” Alternate translation: “and I looked for ways to kill them” or “and I even caused them to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women “tying up both men and women and taking them to prison” -ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 can bear witness “can testify” or “can tell you” -ACT 22 5 i45u παρ’ ὧν…ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος 1 I received letters from them “The high priests and elders gave me letters” -ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here “brothers” refers to “fellow Jews.” -ACT 22 5 y82b ἄξων…τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem “They ordered me to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem” -ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order for them to be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that they may receive punishment” or “in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 6 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus. -ACT 22 6 w4l7 ἐγένετο δέ 1 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice say to me Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone say to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there someone will tell you” or “there you will find out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 11 n1kb οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 I could not see because of that light’s brightness “I was left blind because of that light’s brightness” -ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here “hands” stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those with me guided me into Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words “He” and “him” refer to Ananias. -ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God’s law. -ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived there spoke well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here “Brother” is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: “My friend Saul” -ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns ἀνάβλεψον 1 receive your sight The word”sight” can be translated with the verb “see.” Alternate translation: “see again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: “At that instant” or “Instantly” or “Immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word “he” refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)). -ACT 22 14 k3ck 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem. -ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will “what God is planning and will cause to happen” -ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to hear the voice coming from his own mouth Both “voice” and “mouth” refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: “to hear him speak directly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Here “men” means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 22 16 bhg9 νῦν 1 Now Here “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. -ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις 1 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: “Do not wait!” or “Do not delay!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive βάπτισαι 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let me baptize you” or “receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 wash away your sins As washing one’s body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one’s inner being from sin. Alternate translation: “ask forgiveness for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 calling on his name Here “name” refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: “calling on the Lord” or “trusting in the Lord” -ACT 22 17 znq6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus. -ACT 22 17 its2 ἐγένετο δέ 1 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -ACT 22 17 yr9l figs-activepassive γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει 1 I was given a vision This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I had a vision” or “God gave me a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 18 jy2c ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι 1 I saw him say to me “I saw Jesus as he said to me” -ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me “those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me” -ACT 22 19 q5cl 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem. -ACT 22 19 p7gz 0 Connecting Statement: This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress. -ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The word “themselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 22 19 da1e κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 in every synagogue Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus. -ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Here “blood” stands for Stephen’s life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they killed Stephen who testified about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 22 fj9x 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and the first two words “he” refer to Paul. The word “He” and the last “he” refer to the chief captain. -ACT 22 22 ta8z αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Away with such a fellow from the earth The phrase “from the earth” adds emphasis to “Away with such a fellow.” Alternate translation: “Kill him” -ACT 22 23 ylr7 κραυγαζόντων 1 As they were shouting “While they were.” The phrase “As they were” is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. -ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 22 24 x7zv χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers -ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). -ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-activepassive εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging The commander wants Paul tortured by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 22 25 ar63 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the soldiers. -ACT 22 25 st4k τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν 1 the thongs These were strips of leather or animal hide. -ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν 1 Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: “You should not do this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 22 27 pe31 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul. -ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go προσελθὼν…ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 The chief captain came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 22 28 dr2w ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 It was only with a large amount of money “It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities.” The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth. -ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ…τὴν πολιτείαν…ἐκτησάμην 1 I acquired citizenship “I got citizenship.” The word “citizenship” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 22 28 rly1 ἐγὼ δὲ…γεγέννημαι 1 I was born a Roman citizen If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born. -ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν 1 the men who were going to question “the men who planned to question” or “the men who were preparing to question” -ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to the chief captain. -ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-metonymy ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 So he untied his bonds Possibly the “chief officer” stands for the chief officers’ soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts. -ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> -ACT 23 1 z2sq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)). -ACT 23 1 jru4 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means “Fellow Jews.” -ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do” -ACT 23 2 yz4n translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 whitewashed wall This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: “whitepainted wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 Are you sitting to judge…against the law? Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “You sit there to judge…against the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 order me to be struck This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for “strike” as you did in the phrase “God will strike you.” Alternate translation: “command people to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς 1 Is this how you insult God’s high priest? The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: “Do not insult God’s high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 23 5 e8lg figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 6 pbe1 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here “Brothers” means “Fellow Jews” -ACT 23 6 as3f υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here “son” means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: “and my father and forefathers were Pharisees” -ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 the resurrection of the dead that I The word “resurrection” can be stated as “come back to life.” The word “dead” can be stated as “those who have died.” Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided “the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another” -ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background Σαδδουκαῖοι…γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ 1 For the Sadducees…but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred “So they began shouting loudly at one another.” The word “so” marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul’s stating his belief in the resurrection. -ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo εἰ…πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: “Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 When there arose a great argument The words “a great argument” can be re-stated as “argue violently.” Alternate translation: “When they began to argue violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 23 10 s65i χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers -ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase “be torn to pieces” might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: “they might tear Paul to pieces” or “they would cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 take him by force “use physical force to take him away” -ACT 23 10 ap3c εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). -ACT 23 11 i9w5 τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 The following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: “That night” -ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι 1 bear witness in Rome The words “about me” are understood. Alternate translation: “bear witness about me in Rome” or “testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 23 12 fm3y 0 Connecting Statement: While Paul was in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him. -ACT 23 12 klb4 ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν 1 formed a conspiracy “organized a group with a shared purpose” here, to kill Paul. -ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-abstractnouns ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 called a curse down upon themselves with an oath The noun “curse” can be translated as a verb. It can also be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: “asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 forty men “40 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 23 13 u5s5 ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who formed this conspiracy “who made this plan” or “who planned to kill Paul” -ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here “you” is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both “us” and “we” refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: “We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν οὖν 1 Now, therefore “Because what we have just said is true” or “Because we have put ourselves under this curse” -ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. -ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you “bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you” -ACT 23 15 m133 ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 as if you would decide his case more precisely “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done” -ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul’s nephew. The word “him” refers to the chief captain. -ACT 23 16 w6fe υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 Paul’s sister’s son “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew” -ACT 23 16 pj5h τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 they were lying in wait “they were ready to ambush Paul” or “they were waiting to kill Paul” -ACT 23 16 a5hx τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). +ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here “words” refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people. +ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them. +ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…προσηύξατο 1 he knelt down and prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 embraced Paul “hugged him closely” or “put their arms around him” +ACT 20 37 sze4 κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 kissed him Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East. +ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they would never see his face again The word “face” here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.<br> +ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 1 i6f8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels. +ACT 21 1 zz5h εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ 1 we took a straight course to the city of Cos “we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos” +ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 city of Cos Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 city of Rhodes Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 city of Patara Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-metonymy καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην 1 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Here “a ship crossing over” stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: “When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 2 vbd3 πλοῖον διαπερῶν 1 a ship crossing over Here “crossing” does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: “a ship that would be going across the water” or “a ship that would be going” +ACT 21 3 er3r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 3 vkr2 καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 leaving it on the left side of the boat “passed the island on the left” the left is the “port” side of a boat. +ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-metonymy ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 where the ship was to unload its cargo Here “ship” stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: “the crew would unload the cargo from the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 4 y35m οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul “These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them.” They “urged him over and over.” +ACT 21 5 fe1u 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the believers from Tyre. +ACT 21 5 a5wj figs-metaphor ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 When our days there were over This speaks about days as if they were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “When the seven days were over” or “When it was time to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 knelt down on the beach, prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 21 6 ja1x ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους 1 said farewell to each other “said goodbye to one another” +ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 7 kt6u 0 Connecting Statement: This begins Paul’s time in Caesarea. +ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα 1 we arrived at Ptolemais Ptolemaic was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemaic is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 21 7 ff1s τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “fellow believers” +ACT 21 8 ay52 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 one of the seven The “seven” refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in [Acts 6:5](../06/05.md). +ACT 21 8 vi48 εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 evangelist a person who tells people good news +ACT 21 9 rcf4 τούτῳ 1 this man “Philip” from verse 8. +ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesied “four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God” +ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus. +ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις…προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 took Paul’s belt “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist” +ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, ‘So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up…of the Gentiles.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up…of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” or “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 hand him over “deliver him” +ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word “hands” here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche ἐθνῶν 1 the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 21 12 fvh4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: “Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here “heart” stands for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraging me” or “making me very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be tied up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not only for them to tie me up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here “name” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the Lord Jesus” or “because I believe in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου…αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul would not allow us to persuade him” or “We were unable to persuade Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis πειθομένου 1 persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything happen as the Lord has planned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 15 p5fm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “They” refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea. +ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time in Caesarea. +ACT 21 16 k9kr ἄγοντες παρ’…τινι 1 They brought with them a man “Among them was a man” +ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names Μνάσωνί, τινι Κυπρίῳ 1 Mnason, a man from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 21 16 c7r2 ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 an early disciple This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus. +ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “his” refers to Paul. The word “them” refers to the elders. +ACT 21 17 wz34 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem. +ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers welcomed us Here “brothers” refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported one by one “he gave a detailed account of all” +ACT 21 20 zks9 0 Connecting Statement: The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul. +ACT 21 20 a1hk οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ 1 they heard…they praised…they said to him Here the word “they” refers to James and the elders. The word “him” refers to Paul. +ACT 21 20 xki4 ἀδελφέ 1 brother Here “brother” means “fellow believer.” +ACT 21 20 c5pu ὑπάρχουσιν 1 They are The word “they” refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs. +ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 They have been told about you…not to follow the old customs Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God’s true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive κατηχήθησαν 1 They have been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have told the Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 to abandon Moses Here “Moses” stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to follow the old customs To obey the old customs is spoken of as if the customs were leading them and the people follow behind. Alternate translation: “not to obey the old customs” or “not to practice the old customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 the old customs “the customs that Jews normally do” +ACT 21 22 b28b figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). The word “They” refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses ([Acts 21:20-21](./20.md)). The words “them,” “their,” and the first “they” refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words “they” and “They” refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 23 b22r ἄνδρες τέσσαρες, εὐχὴν ἔχοντες 1 four men who made a vow “four men who made a promise to God.” This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time. +ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 pay their expenses for them “pay for what they will need.” The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν 1 they may shave their heads This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ 1 the things they have been told about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that people are saying about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 24 sv6i figs-metaphor φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον 1 follow the law This speaks of obeying the law as if the law were a leader and the people follow behind it. Alternate translation: “obey the law” or “live a life that conforms to the law of Moses and other Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 21 25 c4kl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 21 25 cqm9 0 Connecting Statement: James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). +ACT 21 25 a35u figs-explicit φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον, καὶ αἷμα, καὶ πνικτὸν 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in [Acts 15:20](../15/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 from what is strangled This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: “from animals that a person has strangled” or “from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 26 cr14 παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 took the men These are the 4 men who made a vow. +ACT 21 26 s8z9 σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς 1 purifying himself with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles. +ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-synecdoche εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 went into the temple They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 21 26 pvy3 τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 the days of purification This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area. +ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη…ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they presented the animals for an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 27 l3bg 0 General Information: Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia. +ACT 21 27 p4gi 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Paul’s arrest. +ACT 21 27 j9zm αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days These are the seven days for purification. +ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd’s emotions. Alternate translation: “caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid hands on him Here “laid hands on” means to “seize” or to “grab.” See how you translated “laid hands on” in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “grabbed Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 21 28 sfg3 τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people, the law, and this place “the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple” +ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος 1 For they had previously…into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 21 29 h1uu Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md). +ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 All the city was excited The word “All” here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word “city” represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Many people in the city became angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 laid hold of Paul “seized Paul” or “grabbed Paul” +ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors” or “The temple guards immediately shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 news came up to the chief captain of the guard Here “news” refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: “someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 31 hu5r ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 news came up to the chief captain The phrase “came up to” is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard. +ACT 21 31 p85a τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers +ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was in an uproar The word “Jerusalem” here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word “all” is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: “a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 32 j81t 0 General Information: The first word “he” and the word “He” refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in [Acts 21:31](../21/31.md). +ACT 21 32 dgz5 κατέδραμεν 1 ran down From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court. +ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers +ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of Paul “took hold of Paul” or “arrested Paul” +ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι 1 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded his soldiers to bind him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him. +ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς 1 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “He asked, ‘Who is this man? What has he done?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 21 33 fi22 ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη 1 he asked who he was The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul. +ACT 21 34 pci2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι 1 and others another The words “were shouting” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and others were shouting another” or “and others in the crowd were shouting something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 21 34 k35e αὐτοῦ 1 the captain This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers. +ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 he ordered that Paul be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 34 w2qj εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. +ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 When he came to the steps, he was carried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers carried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 36 kax6 figs-euphemism αἶρε αὐτόν 1 Away with him The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul’s death. Alternate translation: “Put him to death” or “Kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι 1 As Paul was about to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 37 qp63 τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). +ACT 21 37 inl1 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers +ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις 11 The captain said, “Do you speak Greek? The chief captain uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: “So you speak Greek.” or “I didn’t know you spoke Greek.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…wilderness? The chief captain uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the chief captain believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian…wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the chief captain thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian…wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος 1 Are you not then the Egyptian Shortly before Paul’s visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 38 lwi4 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστατώσας 1 started a rebellion This word “rebellion” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “caused people to rebel against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the four thousand men “the 4,000 terrorists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 21 38 p2ym σικαρίων 1 Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans. +ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did. +ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι…σου 1 I ask you “I beg you” or “I plead with you” +ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me “please allow me” or please permit me” +ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 the captain had given him permission The word “permission” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the captain permitted Paul to speak” or “the captain allowed Paul to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 21 40 a4y2 ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν 1 Paul stood on the steps The word “steps” here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress. +ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with the hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: “motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 When there was a deep silence “When the people were completely silent” +ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br> +ACT 22 1 kq95 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 22 1 a8ir 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem. +ACT 22 1 xe46 ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Brothers and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul’s age as well as the older men in the audience. +ACT 22 1 pe8t μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 I now make to you “I will now explain to you” or “I will now present to you” +ACT 22 2 b4sk τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ 1 the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews. +ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 3 d4dx figs-metonymy παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 at the feet of Gamaliel Here “feet” stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: “by Gamaliel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 22 3 b1dq Γαμαλιήλ 1 Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md). +ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers” or “The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 3 lqk7 πατρῴου νόμου 1 law of our fathers “law of our ancestors.” This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses. +ACT 22 3 a8d6 ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am zealous for God “I am completely dedicated to obeying God” or “I am passionate about my service to God” +ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today “in the same way all of you are today.” Paul compares himself with the crowd. +ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα 1 I persecuted this Way Here “this Way” represents the people who belonged to the group called “the Way.” Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 22 4 bk4c ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated “the Way” in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md). +ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι θανάτου 1 to the death The word “death” can be translated with the verb “kill” or “die.” Alternate translation: “and I looked for ways to kill them” or “and I even caused them to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women “tying up both men and women and taking them to prison” +ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 can bear witness “can testify” or “can tell you” +ACT 22 5 i45u παρ’ ὧν…ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος 1 I received letters from them “The high priests and elders gave me letters” +ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here “brothers” refers to “fellow Jews.” +ACT 22 5 y82b ἄξων…τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem “They ordered me to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem” +ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order for them to be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that they may receive punishment” or “in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 6 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus. +ACT 22 6 w4l7 ἐγένετο δέ 1 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice say to me Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone say to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there someone will tell you” or “there you will find out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 11 n1kb οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 I could not see because of that light’s brightness “I was left blind because of that light’s brightness” +ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here “hands” stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those with me guided me into Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words “He” and “him” refer to Ananias. +ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God’s law. +ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived there spoke well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here “Brother” is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: “My friend Saul” +ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns ἀνάβλεψον 1 receive your sight The word”sight” can be translated with the verb “see.” Alternate translation: “see again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: “At that instant” or “Instantly” or “Immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word “he” refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)). +ACT 22 14 k3ck 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem. +ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will “what God is planning and will cause to happen” +ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to hear the voice coming from his own mouth Both “voice” and “mouth” refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: “to hear him speak directly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Here “men” means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 22 16 bhg9 νῦν 1 Now Here “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. +ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις 1 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: “Do not wait!” or “Do not delay!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive βάπτισαι 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let me baptize you” or “receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 wash away your sins As washing one’s body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one’s inner being from sin. Alternate translation: “ask forgiveness for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 calling on his name Here “name” refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: “calling on the Lord” or “trusting in the Lord” +ACT 22 17 znq6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus. +ACT 22 17 its2 ἐγένετο δέ 1 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +ACT 22 17 yr9l figs-activepassive γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει 1 I was given a vision This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I had a vision” or “God gave me a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 18 jy2c ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι 1 I saw him say to me “I saw Jesus as he said to me” +ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me “those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me” +ACT 22 19 q5cl 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem. +ACT 22 19 p7gz 0 Connecting Statement: This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress. +ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The word “themselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ACT 22 19 da1e κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 in every synagogue Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus. +ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Here “blood” stands for Stephen’s life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they killed Stephen who testified about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 22 fj9x 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and the first two words “he” refer to Paul. The word “He” and the last “he” refer to the chief captain. +ACT 22 22 ta8z αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Away with such a fellow from the earth The phrase “from the earth” adds emphasis to “Away with such a fellow.” Alternate translation: “Kill him” +ACT 22 23 ylr7 κραυγαζόντων 1 As they were shouting “While they were.” The phrase “As they were” is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. +ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 22 24 x7zv χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers +ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). +ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-activepassive εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging The commander wants Paul tortured by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 22 25 ar63 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the soldiers. +ACT 22 25 st4k τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν 1 the thongs These were strips of leather or animal hide. +ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν 1 Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: “You should not do this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 22 27 pe31 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul. +ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go προσελθὼν…ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 The chief captain came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 22 28 dr2w ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 It was only with a large amount of money “It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities.” The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth. +ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ…τὴν πολιτείαν…ἐκτησάμην 1 I acquired citizenship “I got citizenship.” The word “citizenship” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 22 28 rly1 ἐγὼ δὲ…γεγέννημαι 1 I was born a Roman citizen If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born. +ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν 1 the men who were going to question “the men who planned to question” or “the men who were preparing to question” +ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to the chief captain. +ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-metonymy ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 So he untied his bonds Possibly the “chief officer” stands for the chief officers’ soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts. +ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> +ACT 23 1 z2sq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)). +ACT 23 1 jru4 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means “Fellow Jews.” +ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do” +ACT 23 2 yz4n translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 whitewashed wall This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: “whitepainted wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 Are you sitting to judge…against the law? Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “You sit there to judge…against the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 order me to be struck This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for “strike” as you did in the phrase “God will strike you.” Alternate translation: “command people to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς 1 Is this how you insult God’s high priest? The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: “Do not insult God’s high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 23 5 e8lg figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 6 pbe1 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here “Brothers” means “Fellow Jews” +ACT 23 6 as3f υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here “son” means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: “and my father and forefathers were Pharisees” +ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 the resurrection of the dead that I The word “resurrection” can be stated as “come back to life.” The word “dead” can be stated as “those who have died.” Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided “the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another” +ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background Σαδδουκαῖοι…γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ 1 For the Sadducees…but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred “So they began shouting loudly at one another.” The word “so” marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul’s stating his belief in the resurrection. +ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo εἰ…πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: “Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 When there arose a great argument The words “a great argument” can be re-stated as “argue violently.” Alternate translation: “When they began to argue violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 23 10 s65i χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers +ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase “be torn to pieces” might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: “they might tear Paul to pieces” or “they would cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 take him by force “use physical force to take him away” +ACT 23 10 ap3c εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). +ACT 23 11 i9w5 τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 The following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: “That night” +ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι 1 bear witness in Rome The words “about me” are understood. Alternate translation: “bear witness about me in Rome” or “testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 23 12 fm3y 0 Connecting Statement: While Paul was in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him. +ACT 23 12 klb4 ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν 1 formed a conspiracy “organized a group with a shared purpose” here, to kill Paul. +ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-abstractnouns ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 called a curse down upon themselves with an oath The noun “curse” can be translated as a verb. It can also be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: “asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 forty men “40 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 23 13 u5s5 ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who formed this conspiracy “who made this plan” or “who planned to kill Paul” +ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here “you” is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both “us” and “we” refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: “We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν οὖν 1 Now, therefore “Because what we have just said is true” or “Because we have put ourselves under this curse” +ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. +ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you “bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you” +ACT 23 15 m133 ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 as if you would decide his case more precisely “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done” +ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul’s nephew. The word “him” refers to the chief captain. +ACT 23 16 w6fe υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 Paul’s sister’s son “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew” +ACT 23 16 pj5h τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 they were lying in wait “they were ready to ambush Paul” or “they were waiting to kill Paul” +ACT 23 16 a5hx τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md). ACT 23 18 abd0 ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 So taking him, he brought him “So taking the young man, the centurion brought him” -ACT 23 18 lzf3 ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με 1 Paul the prisoner summoned me “Paul the prisoner asked me to come talk with him” -ACT 23 18 ju2b τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν 1 this young man Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old. -ACT 23 19 yp12 ἐπιλαβόμενος…τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain took him by the hand Since the chief captain took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old. -ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews have agreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 23 20 wp5d Παῦλον καταγάγῃς 1 to bring down Paul “to bring Paul down from the fortress” -ACT 23 20 fev5 μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 they were going to ask more precisely about his case “they want to learn more about what Paul has done” -ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty men “40 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 23 21 i2k9 ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν 1 lying in wait for him “ready to ambush Paul” or “ready to kill Paul” -ACT 23 21 r695 οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 They have called a curse down on themselves, neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him “They have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do” -ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers the chief captain. -ACT 23 22 av3h 0 General Information: Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area. -ACT 23 23 wk7k προσκαλεσάμενός 1 he called to him “he called to himself” -ACT 23 23 q741 translate-numbers δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν 1 two of the centurions “2 of the centurions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 23 23 b7z3 translate-numbers ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα 1 seventy horsemen “70 horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 two hundred spearmen “200 soldiers that are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 23 23 kg8s τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night This was about 9:00 p.m. at night. -ACT 23 25 vg8x 0 General Information: The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul. -ACT 23 25 vg8y translate-names 0 General Information: Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words “am writing” are understood. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 23 26 u2ih τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι 1 to the most excellent Governor Felix “to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors” -ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man was arrested by the Jews Here “Jews” means “some of the Jews.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews arrested this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι 1 was about to be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were ready to kill Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 27 v78t ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι 1 I came upon them with soldiers “I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were” -ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain. -ACT 23 28 lb1b 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the group of Jews who accused Paul. -ACT 23 28 lb1c figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 23 28 pmq7 0 Connecting Statement: The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix. -ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ 1 that he was being accused about questions concerning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that they were accusing him of questions about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-abstractnouns μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα 1 but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment The abstract nouns “accusation,” “death,” and “imprisonment” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης δέ μοι 1 Then it was made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Later I learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names 0 General Information: Here the first word “him” refers to Paul; the second use of the word “him” refers to Governor Felix. Antipatris was a city built by Herod in honor of his father, Antipater. It stood at a site located today in central Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 23 31 s9rf 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix. -ACT 23 31 ny4k οἱ…οὖν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 So the soldiers obeyed their orders The word “so” marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the chief captain’s commanding the soldiers to escort Paul. -ACT 23 31 ptv4 ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς 1 They took Paul and brought him by night Here “brought” can be translated as “took.” Alternate translation: “They got Paul and took him at night” +ACT 23 18 lzf3 ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με 1 Paul the prisoner summoned me “Paul the prisoner asked me to come talk with him” +ACT 23 18 ju2b τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν 1 this young man Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old. +ACT 23 19 yp12 ἐπιλαβόμενος…τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain took him by the hand Since the chief captain took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old. +ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews have agreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 23 20 wp5d Παῦλον καταγάγῃς 1 to bring down Paul “to bring Paul down from the fortress” +ACT 23 20 fev5 μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 they were going to ask more precisely about his case “they want to learn more about what Paul has done” +ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty men “40 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 23 21 i2k9 ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν 1 lying in wait for him “ready to ambush Paul” or “ready to kill Paul” +ACT 23 21 r695 οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 They have called a curse down on themselves, neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him “They have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do” +ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers the chief captain. +ACT 23 22 av3h 0 General Information: Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area. +ACT 23 23 wk7k προσκαλεσάμενός 1 he called to him “he called to himself” +ACT 23 23 q741 translate-numbers δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν 1 two of the centurions “2 of the centurions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 23 23 b7z3 translate-numbers ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα 1 seventy horsemen “70 horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 two hundred spearmen “200 soldiers that are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 23 23 kg8s τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night This was about 9:00 p.m. at night. +ACT 23 25 vg8x 0 General Information: The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul. +ACT 23 25 vg8y translate-names 0 General Information: Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words “am writing” are understood. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 23 26 u2ih τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι 1 to the most excellent Governor Felix “to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors” +ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man was arrested by the Jews Here “Jews” means “some of the Jews.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews arrested this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι 1 was about to be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were ready to kill Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 27 v78t ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι 1 I came upon them with soldiers “I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were” +ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain. +ACT 23 28 lb1b 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the group of Jews who accused Paul. +ACT 23 28 lb1c figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 23 28 pmq7 0 Connecting Statement: The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix. +ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ 1 that he was being accused about questions concerning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that they were accusing him of questions about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-abstractnouns μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα 1 but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment The abstract nouns “accusation,” “death,” and “imprisonment” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης δέ μοι 1 Then it was made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Later I learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names 0 General Information: Here the first word “him” refers to Paul; the second use of the word “him” refers to Governor Felix. Antipatris was a city built by Herod in honor of his father, Antipater. It stood at a site located today in central Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 23 31 s9rf 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix. +ACT 23 31 ny4k οἱ…οὖν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 So the soldiers obeyed their orders The word “so” marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the chief captain’s commanding the soldiers to escort Paul. +ACT 23 31 ptv4 ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς 1 They took Paul and brought him by night Here “brought” can be translated as “took.” Alternate translation: “They got Paul and took him at night” ACT 23 32 abd1 ἐάσαντες…ὑπέστρεψαν 1 they allowed…but they returned Here both instances of **they** refer to the foot soldiers who left the horsemen and returned to their fortress. ACT 23 33 abc1 εἰσελθόντες 1 they entered Here **they** refers to the horsemen who took Paul all the way to Caesarea. -ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words “he” refer to Governor Felix, the third word “he” and the word “him” refer to Paul, and the last word “he” refers to Governor Felix. The words “you” and your” refer to Paul. +ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words “he” refer to Governor Felix, the third word “he” and the word “him” refer to Paul, and the last word “he” refers to Governor Felix. The words “you” and your” refer to Paul. ACT 23 34 abd2 ἀναγνοὺς…ἐπερωτήσας…πυθόμενος 1 reading…asking…learning All of these actions are things the governor did. -ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 asking what province Paul was from This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’ When” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words “When he learned” in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Paul said, ‘I am from Cilicia.’ Then the governor said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully “I will listen to all you have to say” -ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he commanded soldiers to keep him” or “commanded soldiers to restrain him” -ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br> -ACT 24 1 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to Felix, the governor. Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 24 1 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul. -ACT 24 1 e8rp μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας 1 After five days “five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea” -ACT 24 1 n9gu translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). See how you translated this in [Acts 23:1](../23/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 24 1 f3vx ῥήτορος 1 an orator “a lawyer.” Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court. -ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there “went to Caesarea where Paul was” -ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 before the governor “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court” -ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 brought charges against Paul “began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law.” -ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 we have great peace Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: “we, the people that you govern, have great peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and your foresight brings good reform to our nation “and your planning has greatly improved our nation” -ACT 24 3 r5jl μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness The word “thankfulness” is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do” or “so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 24 3 q3fj κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix “Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor” Felix was the roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 23:25](../23/25.md). -ACT 24 4 tyq8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 24 4 jww2 ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σε ἐνκόπτω 1 So that I detain you no more Possible meanings are (1) “so that I will not take up too much of your time” or (2) “so that I will not tire you” -ACT 24 4 xfm5 ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ 1 briefly listen to me with kindness “kindly listen to my short speech” -ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: “this man to be a trouble maker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 all the Jews throughout the world The word “all” here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit πρωτοστάτην…τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως 1 He is a leader of the Nazarene sect The phrase “Nazarene sect” is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: “He also leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. -ACT 24 7 ujn8 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 24 7 xkr4 0 Connecting Statement: Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix. -ACT 24 8 e26a ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ 1 to learn about these charges we are bringing against him “to learn whether or not these charges that we bring against him are true” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things we accuse him of” -ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul’s trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul. -ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him. -ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος…τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor motioned “the governor gestured” -ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here “nation” refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “a judge for the people of the Jewish nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 24 10 sr5t ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι 1 explain myself “explain my situation” -ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς 1 twelve days since “12 days since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 24 12 wbf6 figs-metaphor ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου 1 I did not stir up a crowd “Stir up” here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. Alternate translation: “I did not provoke the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 24 13 m3yk κατηγοροῦσίν 1 the accusations “the blames for wrongdoings” or “the charges for crimes” -ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ…τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you “I acknowledge this to you” -ACT 24 14 k79p ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 that according to the Way The phrase “the Way” was a title used for Christianity during Paul’s time. -ACT 24 14 rqu3 λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν 1 they call a sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated “sect” in [Acts 24:5](../24/05.md). -ACT 24 14 cg73 οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ 1 in that same way I serve the God of our fathers Paul uses the phrase “in that same way” to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God the same way as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a “sect” or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion. -ACT 24 15 nv5a καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 as these men “as these men have.” Here “these men” refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court. -ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked The abstract noun “resurrection” can be stated with the verb “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων…καὶ ἀδίκων 1 the righteous and the wicked These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. AT “righteous people and wicked people” or “those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ…διὰ παντός 1 I always strive “I always work hard” or “I do my best” -ACT 24 16 kcg8 figs-metonymy ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 to have a clear conscience before God Here “conscience” refers to a person’s inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: “to be blameless” or “to always do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 24 16 va3b πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God “in the presence of God” -ACT 24 17 p92m δὲ 1 Now This word marks a shift in Paul’s argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him. -ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ ἐτῶν…πλειόνων 1 after many years “after many years away from Jerusalem” -ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-go ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου, παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς 1 I came to bring help to my nation and gifts of money Here “I came” can be translated as “I went.” Alternate translation: “I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 24 18 pk2m ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in a purification ceremony in the temple “in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself” -ACT 24 18 x6iy figs-explicit οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου, οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου 1 not with a crowd or an uproar This can be stated as a separate new sentence. Alternate translation: “I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 24 19 s528 τινὲς 1 These men “The Jews from Asia” -ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything “if they have anything to say” -ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him. -ACT 24 20 ag5d αὐτοὶ 1 these same men This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul’s trial. -ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα…μου 1 should say what wrong they found in me “should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove” -ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 It is concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun “resurrection” can be stated as “God brings back to life.” Alternate translation: “It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν 1 I am on trial before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 24 22 a87f τῆς Ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md). -ACT 24 22 y3pg ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ 1 When Lysias the commander comes down “when Lysias the commander comes down” or “at the time Lysias the commander comes down” -ACT 24 22 k1f7 Λυσίας 1 Lysias This is the name of the chief captain. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). -ACT 24 22 z5f9 καταβῇ 1 comes down from Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming down from Jerusalem. -ACT 24 22 ldi8 διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 I will decide your case “I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you” or “I will judge whether you are guilty” -ACT 24 23 sxy2 ἔχειν…ἄνεσιν 1 have some freedom “grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners” -ACT 24 24 wus4 μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς 1 After some days “After several days” -ACT 24 24 qy9y translate-names Δρουσίλλῃ, τῇ…γυναικὶ 1 Drusilla his wife Drusilla is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 24 24 xmq5 figs-explicit Ἰουδαίᾳ 1 a Jewess This means a female Jew. Alternate translation: “who was a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 24 25 b8v1 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, ὁ Φῆλιξ 1 Felix became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins. -ACT 24 25 p8yi τὸ νῦν ἔχον 1 for now “for the present time” -ACT 24 26 h4v7 χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 Paul to give money to him Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free. -ACT 24 26 n45p διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος, ὡμίλει αὐτῷ 1 so he often sent for him and spoke with him “so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul” -ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names ὁ…Πόρκιον Φῆστον 1 Porcius Festus This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων…χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here “the Jews” refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanted the Jewish leaders to like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 1 he left Paul to continue under guard “he left Paul in prison” -ACT 25 intro b6uk 0 # Acts 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.<br><br> -ACT 25 1 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md). -ACT 25 1 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea. -ACT 25 1 w8h3 οὖν 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story. -ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος…ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus entered the province Possible meanings are (1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or (2) Festus simply arrived in the area. -ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 1 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea. -ACT 25 2 qnc8 figs-metaphor ἐνεφάνισάν…οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: “The chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 25 2 uj5p παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 they summoned him Here the word “him” refers to Festus. -ACT 25 3 w8um χάριν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 a favor against him Here the word “him” refers to Paul. -ACT 25 3 qz46 ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 that he might summon him to Jerusalem This means that Festus would order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that he might order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem” -ACT 25 3 pg8x ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 so that they could kill him along the way They were going to ambush Paul. -ACT 25 4 p3tt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 25 4 v5f9 figs-quotations Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι 1 Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “But Festus said, ‘Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 25 5 a54h writing-quotations οἱ οὖν…φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 “Therefore, those who can,” he said, “should go there with us The phrase “he said” can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον 1 If there is something wrong with the man “If Paul has done something wrong” -ACT 25 5 nei6 κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ 1 you should accuse him “you should accuse him of violating laws” or “you should bring charges against him” -ACT 25 6 fi27 0 General Information: Here the first three times the word “he” is used as well as the word “him,” the words refer to Festus. The fourth word “he” refers to Paul. The word “they” refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem. -ACT 25 6 s69c καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 down to Caesarea Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming down from Jerusalem. -ACT 25 6 qv24 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sat in the judgment seat Here “judgment seat” refers to Festus’ ruling as judge over Paul’s trial. Alternate translation: “sat upon the seat where he acted as judge” or “he sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 25 6 j7c5 figs-activepassive τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι 1 Paul to be brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his soldiers bring Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 7 v4v8 παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 When he arrived “When he came and stood before Festus” -ACT 25 7 e7g2 figs-metaphor πολλὰ…βαρέα αἰτιώματα καταφέροντες 1 they brought many serious charges Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. Alternate translation: “they spoke against Paul many serious things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 25 8 hc3w figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 against the temple Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: “against the entry rules of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 25 9 m49r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment. -ACT 25 9 b49x figs-synecdoche θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι 1 wanted to gain the favor of the Jews Here “the Jews” means the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanted to please the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 25 9 qe8h εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς 1 to go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem. -ACT 25 9 wi2d figs-activepassive ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 and to be judged by me about these things there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where I will judge you with regard to these charges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 10 u1ef figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι 1 I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged The “judgment seat” refers to Caesar’s authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ask to go before Caesar, so he can judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 11 el9d figs-hypo οὖν ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν; εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι 1 Though if I have done wrong…no one may hand me over to them Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -ACT 25 11 ta55 εἰ…ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι 1 if I have done what is worthy of death “if I have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty” -ACT 25 11 hxr1 οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν 1 if their accusations are nothing “if the charges against me are not true” -ACT 25 11 hr23 οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι 1 no one may hand me over to them Possible meanings are (1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or (2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews. -ACT 25 11 b1bf Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι 1 I appeal to Caesar “I ask that I go before Caesar so he can judge me” -ACT 25 12 t96z μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου 1 with the council This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as “council” throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. Alternate translation: “with his own government advisors” -ACT 25 13 izu8 writing-participants 0 General Information: King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa’s sister.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 25 13 ge5h 0 Connecting Statement: Festus explains Paul’s case to King Agrippa. -ACT 25 13 c3gc δὲ 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story. -ACT 25 13 ukd3 ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον 1 to pay an official visit to Festus “to visit Festus concerning official matters” -ACT 25 14 x8jf figs-activepassive ἀνήρ τὶς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος 1 A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 14 z7yw Φήλικος 1 Felix Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). -ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor περὶ οὗ…ἐνεφάνισαν 1 brought charges against this man To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: “spoke to me against this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 25 15 hyp5 figs-abstractnouns αἰτούμενοι κατ’ αὐτοῦ καταδίκην 1 they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him The abstract nouns “sentence” and “condemnation” can be expressed as verbs. The phrase “a sentence of condemnation” implies that they were requesting that Paul be executed. Alternate translation: “they asked me to sentence him to death” or “they asked me to condemn him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 25 16 e4tk figs-metaphor χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον 1 to hand over anyone Here “hand over” represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: “let someone punish anyone” or “to condemn anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 25 16 xjb4 figs-idiom πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος, κατὰ πρόσωπον…τοὺς κατηγόρους 1 before the accused had faced his accusers Here “faced his accusers” is an idiom that means to meet with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: “before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 25 17 z6g2 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense. -ACT 25 17 rm5z συνελθόντων…ἐνθάδε 1 when they came together here “when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here” -ACT 25 17 efe2 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 I sat in the judgment seat Here “judgment seat” refers to Festus ruling over Paul’s trial as judge. Alternate translation: “I sat upon the seat to act as judge” or “I sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα 1 I ordered the man to be brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 19 d1qm τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion Here “religion” means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural. -ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-idiom κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων 1 to stand trial there about these charges To “stand trial” is an idiom meaning to speak to a judge so the judge can decide if a person is right or wrong. Alternate translation: “to go to trial about these charges” or “for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul’s case to King Agrippa. -ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody” or “I told the soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 “Tomorrow,” Festus said, “you will hear him.” The phrase “Festus said” can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Festus said, ‘I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md). -ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul’s case to King Agrippa. -ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony “with a great ceremony to honor them” -ACT 25 23 ldb7 τὸ ἀκροατήριον 1 the hall This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events. -ACT 25 23 at4t figs-activepassive ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul was brought to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 24 n8qj figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the multitude of Jews The word “all” is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. Alternate translation: “a great number of the Jews” or “many of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 25 24 ae3v βοῶντες 1 they shouted to me “they spoke very strongly to me” -ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-litotes μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 he should no longer live This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 25 25 fe2n figs-you 0 General Information: Here the first “you” is plural; the second “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 25 25 f6hy δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 because he appealed to the emperor “because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him” -ACT 25 25 g856 τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 the emperor The emperor was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces. -ACT 25 26 jcq2 προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα 1 I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa “I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa.” -ACT 25 26 rhy2 ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω 1 so that I might have something more to write “so that I will have something else to write” or “so that I will know what I should write” -ACT 25 27 txs6 figs-doublenegatives ἄλογον…μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ…σημᾶναι 1 it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state The negative words “unreasonable” and “to not” can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ACT 25 27 xm65 τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας 1 the charges against him Possible meanings are (1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or (2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul’s case. -ACT 26 intro e2q6 0 # Acts 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> -ACT 26 1 b34d 0 Connecting Statement: Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa. -ACT 26 1 gz9f Ἀγρίππας 1 Agrippa Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md). -ACT 26 1 wme6 ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα 1 stretched out his hand “held out his hand” or “gestured with his hand” -ACT 26 1 vni8 figs-abstractnouns ἀπελογεῖτο 1 made his defense The abstract noun “defense” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “began to defend himself against those who were accusing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 26 2 ha47 ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον 1 I regard myself as happy Paul was happy because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel. -ACT 26 2 xhz1 ἀπολογεῖσθαι 1 to make my case This phrase means to describe one’s situation, so that those in court can discuss and make a decision about it. Alternate translation: “to defend myself” -ACT 26 2 mdq2 figs-abstractnouns περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 against all the accusations of the Jews The abstract noun “accusations” can be stated as the verb “accuse.” Alternate translation: “against all the Jews who are accusing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 26 2 cbr3 figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 26 3 kns2 figs-explicit ζητημάτων 1 questions You can make explicit what kinds of questions this means. Alternate translation: “questions about religious matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 26 4 t8bg figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 all the Jews This is a generalization. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to Jews in general who knew about Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jews” or (2) this refers to Pharisees who knew Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 26 4 x96h ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου 1 in my own nation Possible meanings are (1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or (2) in the land of Israel. -ACT 26 5 y9a1 τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 the strictest party of our religion “a group within Judaism who live by very strict rules” -ACT 26 6 xkp9 figs-you 0 General Information: Here “you” is plural and refers to the people who were listening to Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 26 6 s9kr νῦν 1 Now This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present. -ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am here, where they are putting me on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 26 6 r42g figs-metaphor ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of my certain hope in the promise made by God to our fathers This speaks about a promise as if it were something a person could look for and see. Alternate translation: “I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive The phrase “our twelve tribes” stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: “This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 7 apf2 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 the promise…sought to receive This speaks about a promise as if it were an object that can be received. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον 1 worshiped God night and day The extremes “night” and “day” mean they “worshiped God continually.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ACT 26 7 c4lm figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 that the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: “that the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει 1 Why should any of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead? Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 26 8 ukk6 νεκροὺς ἐγείρει 1 raises the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “makes dead people come alive again” -ACT 26 9 hm33 μὲν οὖν 1 Now indeed Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus’ people. -ACT 26 9 r4df figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ…ἐναντία 1 against the name of Jesus The word “name” here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: “to stop people from teaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων…αὐτῶν, κατήνεγκα ψῆφον 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase “were killed” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 26 11 rri6 πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς 1 I punished them many times Possible meanings are (1) Paul punished some believers many times or (2) Paul punished many different believers. -ACT 26 12 p55i 0 Connecting Statement: While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him. -ACT 26 12 us8d ἐν οἷς 1 While I was doing this Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple. -ACT 26 12 h3ic ἐν οἷς 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians. -ACT 26 12 ajp6 μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς 1 with authority and orders Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers. -ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με 1 I heard a voice speaking to me that said Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking to me who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: “Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me.” or “Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion) -ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 It is hard for you to kick a goad For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or “goad”) the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: “You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 15 h2ws 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord. -ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 18 gw8f figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς 1 to turn them from darkness to light Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ…τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 to turn them…from the power of Satan to God Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 18 m65i figs-abstractnouns τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins The abstract noun “forgiveness” can be stated as the verb “forgive.” Alternate translation: “God may forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 26 18 m9ve figs-metaphor κλῆρον 1 an inheritance The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that children receive from their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 18 c5ij figs-metaphor τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 sanctified by faith in me Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he literally set them apart from other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 18 bgc5 πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 by faith in me “because they believe in me.” Here Paul finishes quoting the Lord. -ACT 26 19 ljx2 ὅθεν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” Paul had just explained what the Lord had commanded him in his vision. -ACT 26 19 zv2u figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐγενόμην 1 I did not disobey This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ACT 26 19 sn4h figs-metonymy τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ 1 the heavenly vision This refers to what the person in the vision told Paul. Alternate translation: “what the person from heaven told me in the vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 20 fei4 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 turn to God To start trusting God is spoken of as if a person turns to start walking toward God. Alternate translation: “trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 20 h1v2 figs-abstractnouns ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας 1 doing deeds worthy of repentance The abstract noun “repentance” can be stated as the verb “repented.” Alternate translation: “and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 26 21 tl6t figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: “some Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 26 22 n5hn 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa. -ACT 26 22 t8f4 μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν 1 to the common people and to the great ones about nothing Here “common people” and “great ones” are used together to mean “all people.” Alternate translation: “to all people, whether common or great, about nothing” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism) -ACT 26 22 f6py οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς…ὧν 1 about nothing more than what This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “about the exact thing that” -ACT 26 22 i9ki ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται 1 what the prophets Paul is referring to the collective writings of the Old Testament prophets. -ACT 26 23 pe9h figs-explicit εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός 1 that Christ must suffer You can make explicit that Christ must also die. Alternate translation: “that Christ must suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 26 23 p9t8 ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 to rise to come back to life -ACT 26 23 sc5f νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase “the dead” refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ACT 26 23 z2ms figs-metaphor φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν 1 he would proclaim light “he would proclaim the message about the light.” To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: “he would proclaim the message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 24 h5b9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together. -ACT 26 24 dvn2 μαίνῃ 1 you are insane “you are speaking nonsense” or “you are crazy” -ACT 26 24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει 1 your great learning makes you insane “you have learned so much that you are now crazy” -ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι…ἀλλὰ 1 I am not insane…but This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane…and” or “I am able to think well…and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ACT 26 25 a6pb κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus “Festus, who deserves highest honors” -ACT 26 26 ed7y figs-123person γὰρ…ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν…αὐτὸν 1 For the king…to him…from him Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “For you…to you…from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 26 26 cs7b παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 I speak freely Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. Alternate translation: “I speak boldly” -ACT 26 26 svn9 figs-activepassive πείθομαι 1 I am persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-activepassive λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ 1 that none of this is hidden from him This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “that he is aware of this” or “that you are aware of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 has not been done in a corner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has not happened in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the corner of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: “in a dark place” or “in secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian? Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-metonymy παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων 1 but without these prison chains Here “prison chains” stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: “but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 30 k7jh 0 General Information: Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa ([Acts 25:13](../25/13.md)). -ACT 26 30 gaq5 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time before King Agrippa. -ACT 26 30 u8vl ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 Then the king stood up, and the governor “Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus” -ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds The abstract noun “death” can be stated as the verb “die.” Here “bonds” stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 32 n293 figs-activepassive ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man could have been freed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This man could have gone free” or “I could have freed this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 intro r82x 0 # Acts 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sailing<br><br>People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Paul breaks bread<br><br>Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.<br> -ACT 27 1 efe4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. The word “we” includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 1 dyf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome. -ACT 27 1 b2yz figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐκρίθη 1 When it was decided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When the king and the governor decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 1 yv84 ἀποπλεῖν…εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 sail for Italy Italy is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated “Italy” in [Acts 18:2](../18/02.md). -ACT 27 1 s6ny παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας, ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 they put Paul and some other prisoners under the charge of a centurion named Julius of the Imperial Regiment “they put a centurion named Julius, of the Imperial Regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners” -ACT 27 1 k52u παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας 1 they put Paul and some other prisoners Possible meanings are that (1) “they” refers to the governor and the king or (2) “they” refers to other Roman officials. -ACT 27 1 un2s translate-names ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ 1 a centurion named Julius Julius is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 1 d22f translate-names σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 the Imperial Regiment This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as “the Augustan Regiment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 2 dnr9 figs-metonymy ἐπιβάντες…πλοίῳ…μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 We boarded a ship…which was about to sail Here “ship…which was about to sail” stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “We boarded a ship…which a crew was about to sail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 27 2 fqy2 πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ 1 a ship from Adramyttium Possible meanings are (1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium. -ACT 27 2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 about to sail “soon going to sail” or “would depart soon” -ACT 27 2 m3ps ἀνήχθημεν 1 went to sea “began our journey on the sea” -ACT 27 2 h3uy Ἀριστάρχου 1 Aristarchus Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md). -ACT 27 3 r71e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 27 3 u6lt φιλανθρώπως…ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος 1 Julius treated Paul kindly “Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern.” See how you translated “Julius” in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md). -ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι, ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun “care” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “go to his friends so they could care for him” or “go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 27 4 d4hg ἀναχθέντες, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν 1 we went to sea and sailed “we started sailing and went” -ACT 27 4 mjt8 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον 1 sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island “the lee of Cyprus” is the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so sailing vessels are not forced off their course. -ACT 27 5 g1t7 Παμφυλίαν 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). -ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia You can make explicit that they got off of the ship in Myra. Alternate translation: “came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 27 5 ni2x translate-names κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα 1 landed at Myra Myra is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 5 uaf4 translate-names τῆς Λυκίας 1 a city of Lycia Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit εὑρὼν…πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: “found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit δὲ…βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι 1 When we had sailed slowly…finally arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way “we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind” -ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete “so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind” -ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 8 p4ri figs-explicit μόλις…παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν 1 We sailed along the coast with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 27 8 a64y translate-names Καλοὺς Λιμένας 1 Fair Havens This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 8 n7re translate-names ἐγγὺς πόλις ἦν Λασαία 1 near the city of Lasea This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 9 ea4l ἱκανοῦ…χρόνου διαγενομένου 1 We had now taken much time Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned. -ACT 27 9 vlu4 figs-exclusive διαγενομένου 1 We had now taken The writer includes himself, Paul, and those who were traveling with them, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 27 9 u6x5 καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι 1 the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms. -ACT 27 10 p29v θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας…μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν 1 I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss “if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss” -ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here “loss” means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people. -ACT 27 10 q9xt οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου 1 not only of the cargo and the ship Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: “not only the ship and the goods on the ship” -ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις 1 that were spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 12 l2n4 figs-activepassive ἀνευθέτου…τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν 1 harbor was not easy to spend the winter in You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: “harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 12 jmi3 λιμένος 1 harbor a place near land that is usually safe for ships -ACT 27 12 k2ti translate-names Φοίνικα 1 city of Phoenix Phoenix is a city port on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 12 z1lf figs-metaphor παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter there This speaks about the season of winter as if it were a commodity that someone can spend. Alternate translation: “to stay there for the cold season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 27 12 x6vl βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 facing both southwest and northwest Here “faces northwest and southwest” means the opening of the harbor was toward those directions. Alternate translation: “it opened to the northwest and southwest” -ACT 27 12 gyd2 λίβα καὶ…χῶρον 1 southwest and northwest These directions are based on the rising and setting sun. Northeast is a little to the left of the rising sun. Southeast is a little to the right of the rising sun. Some versions say “northeast and southeast.” -ACT 27 13 xx67 ἄραντες 1 weighed anchor Here “weighed” means to pull out of the water. An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. -ACT 27 14 hv8h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm. -ACT 27 14 m2xe μετ’ οὐ πολὺ 1 after a short time “after a little while” -ACT 27 14 fs4z ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς 1 a wind of hurricane force “a very strong, dangerous wind” -ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων 1 called the northeaster “called ‘a strong wind from the northeast.’” The word for “the northeaster” in the original language is “Euroclydon.” You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -ACT 27 14 tz2k ἔβαλεν κατ’ αὐτῆς 1 began to beat down from the island “came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship” -ACT 27 15 fxp1 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind “When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it” -ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα 1 we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 16 c4cg νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες 1 We sailed along the lee of a small island “We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong” -ACT 27 16 aq56 translate-names νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες 1 a small island called Cauda This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 16 h9z2 σκάφης 1 lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. -ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες 1 they had hoisted the lifeboat up “they had lifted up the lifeboat” or “they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship” -ACT 27 17 tx1f βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The “hull” is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm. -ACT 27 17 dvv4 translate-names τὴν Σύρτιν 1 sandbars of Syrtis Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 17 l8kl χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος 1 they lowered the sea anchor They put the ship’s anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them. -ACT 27 17 v6dn σκεῦος 1 anchor An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md). -ACT 27 17 g7rw figs-activepassive ἐφέροντο 1 were driven along This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had to go in whatever direction the wind blew us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 18 fx4m figs-activepassive σφοδρῶς…χειμαζομένων 1 We took such a violent battering by the storm This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The wind blew us roughly back and forth that all of us were badly battered and bruised by the storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 18 nd5h ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο 1 they began throwing the cargo overboard “they” is the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking. -ACT 27 18 ny6k ἐκβολὴν 1 cargo Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:10](../27/10.md). Alternate translation: “goods on the ship” -ACT 27 19 vm2k αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔριψαν 1 the sailors threw overboard the ship’s equipment with their own hands Here “equipment” refers to the sailors’ equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was. -ACT 27 20 if7a μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας 1 When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed. -ACT 27 20 p2wd χειμῶνός…οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου 1 the great storm still beat upon us “the terrible storm still blew us roughly back and forth” -ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone stopped hoping we would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 21 mmb2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship. -ACT 27 21 d1le figs-explicit πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 When they had gone long without food Here “they” refers to the sailors. It is implied that Luke, Paul, and those with them had not eaten either. Alternate translation: “When we had gone a long time without food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 27 21 zns2 μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 among the sailors “among the men” -ACT 27 21 bc1x κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν 1 so as to get this injury and loss “and as a result suffer this harm and loss” -ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit ἀποβολὴ…ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: “none of us will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 27 22 djh4 πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 but only the loss of the ship Here “loss” is used in the sense of destroy. Alternate translation: “but the storm will destroy only the ship” -ACT 27 24 z1j8 figs-metonymy Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι 1 You must stand before Caesar The phrase “stand before Caesar” refers to Paul’s going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: “You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 27 24 s3wv κεχάρισταί σοι…πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ 1 has given to you all those who are sailing with you “has decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live” -ACT 27 25 r9t8 figs-activepassive καθ’ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι 1 just as it was told to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the angel told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον…τινα, δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island “we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island” -ACT 27 27 im34 0 Connecting Statement: The fierce storm continues. -ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο 1 When the fourteenth night had come The ordinal number “fourteenth” can be translated as “fourteen” or “14.” Alternate translation: “After 14 days since the storm started, that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as the wind blew us back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ 1 the Adriatic Sea This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 28 ruj1 βολίσαντες 1 They took soundings “They measured the depth of the sea water.” They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. -ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι 1 found twenty fathoms “found 20 fathoms.” A “fathom” is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “found 40 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε 1 found fifteen fathoms “found 15 fathoms.” A “fathom” is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “found 30 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 27 29 b1qc ἀγκύρας 1 anchors An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md). -ACT 27 29 q4am ἐκ πρύμνης 1 from the stern “from the back of the ship” -ACT 27 30 br71 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 27 30 b4wv τὴν σκάφην 1 the lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:16](../27/16.md). -ACT 27 30 rr89 ἐκ πρῴρης 1 from the bow “from the front of the ship” -ACT 27 31 ez5c figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε 1 Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved The negative words “Unless” and “cannot” can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase “be saved” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 33 q3y8 ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι 1 When daylight was coming on “When it was almost sunrise” -ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν 1 This day is the fourteenth day that The ordinal number “fourteenth” can be stated as “fourteen.” Alternate translation: “For 14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-idiom οὐδενὸς…ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται 1 not one of you will lose a single hair from his head This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. Alternate translation: “every one of you will survive this disaster unharmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 27 35 yh7y κλάσας 1 broke the bread “tore the bread” or “tore off a piece from the loaf of bread” -ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες 1 Then they were all encouraged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This encouraged all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ 1 We were 276 people in the ship “We were two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship.” This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land -ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 did not recognize the land “saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew” -ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων 1 cut loose the anchors and left them “cut the ropes and left the anchors behind” -ACT 27 40 ntr9 πηδαλίων 1 rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering -ACT 27 40 cn2w τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the foresail “the sail at the front of the ship.” The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship. -ACT 27 40 pa1k κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they headed to the beach “they steered the ship toward the beach” -ACT 27 41 y22n περιπεσόντες…εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον 1 they came to a place where two currents met A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes more than one water current can flow across another. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow. -ACT 27 41 cpu5 πρῷρα 1 The bow of the ship “The front of the ship” -ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ…πρύμνα 1 the stern “the back of the ship” -ACT 27 42 qul7 τῶν…στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο 1 The soldiers’ plan was “The soldiers were planning” -ACT 27 43 s2sz ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος 1 so he stopped their plan “so he stopped them from doing what they planned to do” -ACT 27 43 br8u ἀπορίψαντας 1 jump overboard “jump off the ship into the water” -ACT 27 44 hw7p οὓς…ἐπὶ σανίσιν 1 some on planks “some on wooden boards” -ACT 28 intro w8yn 0 # Acts 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Letters” and “brothers”<br><br>The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.<br><br>When the Jewish leaders spoke of “brothers,” they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “He was a god”<br><br>The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.<br> -ACT 28 1 p1bd figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 28 1 twx8 0 Connecting Statement: After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months. -ACT 28 1 j1yf figs-activepassive καὶ διασωθέντες 1 When we were brought safely through This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When we arrived safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 1 tt1i figs-exclusive ἐπέγνωμεν 1 we learned Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: “we learned from the people” or “we found out from the residents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 28 1 f8y4 translate-names Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται 1 the island was called Malta Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 28 2 e7w6 οἵ…βάρβαροι 1 The native people “The local people” -ACT 28 2 v8yh figs-metaphor παρεῖχαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν 1 offered to us not just ordinary kindness Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: “were not only very kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 28 2 r7jy figs-litotes οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν 1 not just ordinary kindness This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: “a great deal of kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες…πυρὰν 1 they lit a fire “they put together twigs and branches and burned them” -ACT 28 2 itw2 προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς 1 welcomed us all Possible meanings are (1) “welcomed all of the people from the ship” or (2) “welcomed Paul and all his companions.” -ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper came out “a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks” -ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened onto his hand “bit Paul’s hand and did not let go” -ACT 28 4 ye7h πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man certainly is a murderer “For sure, this man is a murderer” or “This man is truly a murderer” -ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit ἡ δίκη…εἴασεν 1 yet justice The word “justice” refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: “the god called Justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 28 5 q5i3 ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ 1 shook the animal into the fire “shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire” -ACT 28 5 asr8 ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν 1 suffered no harm “Paul was not hurt at all” -ACT 28 6 m11i πίμπρασθαι 1 become inflamed with a fever Possible meanings are (1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or (2) he would become very hot with fever. -ACT 28 6 i6i6 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον 1 nothing was unusual with him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “everything about him was as it should be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ACT 28 6 u81u figs-metaphor μεταβαλόμενοι 1 they changed their minds To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. Alternate translation: “they thought again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 28 6 cfe9 figs-quotations ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν 1 said that he was a god. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “said, ‘This man must be a god.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 28 6 d1rj ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν 1 said that he was a god Perhaps there was a belief that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god. -ACT 28 7 f4sa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “us” and we” refer to Paul, Luke, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 28 7 r95r ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον 1 Now in a nearby place “Now” is used to introduce a new person or event in the account. -ACT 28 7 wx6t πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου 1 chief man of the island Possible meanings are (1) the main leader of the people or (2) someone who was the most important person on the island, perhaps because of his wealth. -ACT 28 7 wh2d translate-names ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ 1 a man named Publius This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 28 8 g12t writing-background ἐγένετο δὲ, τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι 1 It happened that the father of Publius…fever and dysentery This is background information about Publius’ father that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 28 8 m154 figs-activepassive συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι 1 had been made ill This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “was ill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 8 fr46 πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι 1 ill with a fever and dysentery Dysentery is an infectious intestinal disease. -ACT 28 8 pwk5 ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ 1 placed his hands on him “touched him with his hands” -ACT 28 9 yk6u figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύοντο 1 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he healed them too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 10 ydg4 πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς 1 honored us with many honors Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts. -ACT 28 11 jc5t figs-explicit 0 General Information: The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 28 11 be1c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul’s journey to Rome continues. -ACT 28 11 qi6e παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ 1 that had spent the winter at the island “that the crew left at the island for the cold season” -ACT 28 11 cm2t Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ 1 a ship of Alexandria Possible meanings are this refers to (1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria. -ACT 28 11 em5p Διοσκούροις 1 the twin gods On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called “the twin gods.” Their names were Castor and Pollux. -ACT 28 12 w5c6 translate-names Συρακούσας 1 city of Syracuse Syracuse is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 28 13 se8v translate-names 0 General Information: The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 28 13 z2u4 translate-names Ῥήγιον 1 city of Rhegium This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 28 13 p633 ἐπιγενομένου νότου 1 a south wind sprang up “the wind began to blow from the south” -ACT 28 13 tz4h translate-names Ποτιόλους 1 city of Puteoli Puteoli is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 28 14 m1is οὗ εὑρόντες 1 There we found “There we met” -ACT 28 14 n3tw figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 28 14 a2c5 figs-activepassive παρεκλήθημεν 1 were invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they invited us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 14 bc3j καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν 1 In this way we came to Rome Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. Alternate translation: “And after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome” -ACT 28 15 k754 ἀκούσαντες, τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν 1 after they heard about us “after they heard we were coming” -ACT 28 15 m9tz figs-metaphor εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ, ἔλαβε θάρσος 1 he thanked God and took courage Taking courage is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could take. Alternate translation: “this encouraged him, and he thanked God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 28 16 fib2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 28 16 hf2t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him. -ACT 28 16 te8v figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς Ῥώμην 1 When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After we had arrived in Rome, the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 17 vf7r ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Then it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -ACT 28 17 d77z τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους 1 the leaders among the Jews These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome. -ACT 28 17 e1dd ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means “Fellow Jews.” -ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον…τῷ λαῷ 1 against the people “against our people” or “against the Jews” -ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 17 x3r2 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 into the hands of the Romans Here “hands” stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there was no reason in me for a death penalty “I had done nothing to cause them to execute me” -ACT 28 19 lr96 figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 28 19 zk8f ἀντιλεγόντων 1 spoke against their desire “complained about what the Roman authorities wanted to do” -ACT 28 19 n6vf figs-activepassive ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα 1 I was forced to appeal to Caesar This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I had to ask for Caesar to judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 19 e7gr figs-activepassive οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν 1 although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation The abstract noun “accusation” can be stated as the verb “accuse.” Here “nation” stands for the people. Alternate translation: “but it was not because I wanted to accuse the people of my nation before Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 20 b1fd τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 the certain hope of Israel Possible meanings are (1) the people of Israel confidently expect the Messiah to come or (2) the people of Israel confidently expect God to bring those who have died back to life. -ACT 28 20 n3s7 figs-metonymy τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Here “Israel” stands for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 20 pgr8 figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι 1 that I am bound with this chain Here “bound with this chain” stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: “that I am a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 21 x5d5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “We,” “we,” and “us” refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: [Acts 28:17](../28/17.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 28 21 biz7 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders respond to Paul. -ACT 28 21 y4bx οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 nor did any of the brothers Here “brothers” stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “nor did any of our fellow Jews” -ACT 28 22 kw1d φρονεῖς, περὶ…τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης 1 you think about this sect A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you think about this group to which you belong” -ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive γὰρ…γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι 1 because it is known by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἐστιν…πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 23 u7pc 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. The words “him,” “his,” and “He” and refer to Paul ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)). -ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι…αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 1 had set a day for him “had chosen a time for him to speak to them” -ACT 28 23 dg5f figs-metonymy διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 testified about the kingdom of God Here “kingdom of God” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “told them about God’s rule as king” or “told them how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 23 peu1 figs-metonymy τῶν προφητῶν 1 from the prophets Here “the prophets” refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: “from what the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 24 pmd6 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις 1 Some were convinced about the things which were said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul was able to convince some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)). The word “your” refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking. In verse 26, Paul begins to quote the prophet Isaiah. -ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time. -ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν 1 after Paul had spoken this one word Here “word” stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: “after Paul had said one more thing” or “after Paul had made this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον…εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 He said, ‘Go to this people and say, “By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words “The Holy Spirit spoke” in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. “The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -ACT 28 26 pax8 ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετ…βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 By hearing you will hear…and seeing you will see The words “hear” and “see” are repeated for emphasis. “You will listen carefully…and you will look intently” -ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε;…καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 but not understand…but will not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God’s plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul’s quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md). -ACT 28 27 qu6t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet. -ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here “heart” is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 28 27 lr99 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their heart Here “heart” stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 28 27 q8c2 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 turn again To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 28 27 vb9f ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins. -ACT 28 28 c575 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome. -ACT 28 28 b2za figs-metaphor τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles God’s message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ…ἀκούσονται 1 they will listen “some of them will listen.” This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded. -ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “He was preaching about God’s rule as king” or “He was preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 asking what province Paul was from This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’ When” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words “When he learned” in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Paul said, ‘I am from Cilicia.’ Then the governor said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully “I will listen to all you have to say” +ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he commanded soldiers to keep him” or “commanded soldiers to restrain him” +ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br> +ACT 24 1 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to Felix, the governor. Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 24 1 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul. +ACT 24 1 e8rp μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας 1 After five days “five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea” +ACT 24 1 n9gu translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). See how you translated this in [Acts 23:1](../23/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 24 1 f3vx ῥήτορος 1 an orator “a lawyer.” Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court. +ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there “went to Caesarea where Paul was” +ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 before the governor “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court” +ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 brought charges against Paul “began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law.” +ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 we have great peace Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: “we, the people that you govern, have great peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and your foresight brings good reform to our nation “and your planning has greatly improved our nation” +ACT 24 3 r5jl μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness The word “thankfulness” is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do” or “so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 24 3 q3fj κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix “Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor” Felix was the roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 23:25](../23/25.md). +ACT 24 4 tyq8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 24 4 jww2 ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σε ἐνκόπτω 1 So that I detain you no more Possible meanings are (1) “so that I will not take up too much of your time” or (2) “so that I will not tire you” +ACT 24 4 xfm5 ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ 1 briefly listen to me with kindness “kindly listen to my short speech” +ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: “this man to be a trouble maker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 all the Jews throughout the world The word “all” here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit πρωτοστάτην…τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως 1 He is a leader of the Nazarene sect The phrase “Nazarene sect” is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: “He also leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. +ACT 24 7 ujn8 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 24 7 xkr4 0 Connecting Statement: Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix. +ACT 24 8 e26a ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ 1 to learn about these charges we are bringing against him “to learn whether or not these charges that we bring against him are true” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things we accuse him of” +ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul’s trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul. +ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him. +ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος…τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor motioned “the governor gestured” +ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here “nation” refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “a judge for the people of the Jewish nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 24 10 sr5t ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι 1 explain myself “explain my situation” +ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς 1 twelve days since “12 days since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 24 12 wbf6 figs-metaphor ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου 1 I did not stir up a crowd “Stir up” here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. Alternate translation: “I did not provoke the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 24 13 m3yk κατηγοροῦσίν 1 the accusations “the blames for wrongdoings” or “the charges for crimes” +ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ…τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you “I acknowledge this to you” +ACT 24 14 k79p ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 that according to the Way The phrase “the Way” was a title used for Christianity during Paul’s time. +ACT 24 14 rqu3 λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν 1 they call a sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated “sect” in [Acts 24:5](../24/05.md). +ACT 24 14 cg73 οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ 1 in that same way I serve the God of our fathers Paul uses the phrase “in that same way” to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God the same way as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a “sect” or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion. +ACT 24 15 nv5a καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 as these men “as these men have.” Here “these men” refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court. +ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked The abstract noun “resurrection” can be stated with the verb “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων…καὶ ἀδίκων 1 the righteous and the wicked These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. AT “righteous people and wicked people” or “those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ…διὰ παντός 1 I always strive “I always work hard” or “I do my best” +ACT 24 16 kcg8 figs-metonymy ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 to have a clear conscience before God Here “conscience” refers to a person’s inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: “to be blameless” or “to always do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 24 16 va3b πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God “in the presence of God” +ACT 24 17 p92m δὲ 1 Now This word marks a shift in Paul’s argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him. +ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ ἐτῶν…πλειόνων 1 after many years “after many years away from Jerusalem” +ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-go ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου, παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς 1 I came to bring help to my nation and gifts of money Here “I came” can be translated as “I went.” Alternate translation: “I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 24 18 pk2m ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in a purification ceremony in the temple “in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself” +ACT 24 18 x6iy figs-explicit οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου, οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου 1 not with a crowd or an uproar This can be stated as a separate new sentence. Alternate translation: “I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 24 19 s528 τινὲς 1 These men “The Jews from Asia” +ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything “if they have anything to say” +ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him. +ACT 24 20 ag5d αὐτοὶ 1 these same men This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul’s trial. +ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα…μου 1 should say what wrong they found in me “should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove” +ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 It is concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun “resurrection” can be stated as “God brings back to life.” Alternate translation: “It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν 1 I am on trial before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 24 22 a87f τῆς Ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md). +ACT 24 22 y3pg ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ 1 When Lysias the commander comes down “when Lysias the commander comes down” or “at the time Lysias the commander comes down” +ACT 24 22 k1f7 Λυσίας 1 Lysias This is the name of the chief captain. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). +ACT 24 22 z5f9 καταβῇ 1 comes down from Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming down from Jerusalem. +ACT 24 22 ldi8 διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 I will decide your case “I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you” or “I will judge whether you are guilty” +ACT 24 23 sxy2 ἔχειν…ἄνεσιν 1 have some freedom “grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners” +ACT 24 24 wus4 μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς 1 After some days “After several days” +ACT 24 24 qy9y translate-names Δρουσίλλῃ, τῇ…γυναικὶ 1 Drusilla his wife Drusilla is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 24 24 xmq5 figs-explicit Ἰουδαίᾳ 1 a Jewess This means a female Jew. Alternate translation: “who was a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 24 25 b8v1 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, ὁ Φῆλιξ 1 Felix became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins. +ACT 24 25 p8yi τὸ νῦν ἔχον 1 for now “for the present time” +ACT 24 26 h4v7 χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 Paul to give money to him Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free. +ACT 24 26 n45p διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος, ὡμίλει αὐτῷ 1 so he often sent for him and spoke with him “so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul” +ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names ὁ…Πόρκιον Φῆστον 1 Porcius Festus This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων…χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here “the Jews” refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanted the Jewish leaders to like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 1 he left Paul to continue under guard “he left Paul in prison” +ACT 25 intro b6uk 0 # Acts 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.<br><br> +ACT 25 1 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md). +ACT 25 1 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea. +ACT 25 1 w8h3 οὖν 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story. +ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος…ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus entered the province Possible meanings are (1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or (2) Festus simply arrived in the area. +ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 1 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea. +ACT 25 2 qnc8 figs-metaphor ἐνεφάνισάν…οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: “The chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 25 2 uj5p παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 they summoned him Here the word “him” refers to Festus. +ACT 25 3 w8um χάριν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 a favor against him Here the word “him” refers to Paul. +ACT 25 3 qz46 ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 that he might summon him to Jerusalem This means that Festus would order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that he might order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem” +ACT 25 3 pg8x ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 so that they could kill him along the way They were going to ambush Paul. +ACT 25 4 p3tt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 25 4 v5f9 figs-quotations Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι 1 Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “But Festus said, ‘Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 25 5 a54h writing-quotations οἱ οὖν…φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 “Therefore, those who can,” he said, “should go there with us The phrase “he said” can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον 1 If there is something wrong with the man “If Paul has done something wrong” +ACT 25 5 nei6 κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ 1 you should accuse him “you should accuse him of violating laws” or “you should bring charges against him” +ACT 25 6 fi27 0 General Information: Here the first three times the word “he” is used as well as the word “him,” the words refer to Festus. The fourth word “he” refers to Paul. The word “they” refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem. +ACT 25 6 s69c καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 down to Caesarea Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming down from Jerusalem. +ACT 25 6 qv24 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sat in the judgment seat Here “judgment seat” refers to Festus’ ruling as judge over Paul’s trial. Alternate translation: “sat upon the seat where he acted as judge” or “he sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 25 6 j7c5 figs-activepassive τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι 1 Paul to be brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his soldiers bring Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 7 v4v8 παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 When he arrived “When he came and stood before Festus” +ACT 25 7 e7g2 figs-metaphor πολλὰ…βαρέα αἰτιώματα καταφέροντες 1 they brought many serious charges Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. Alternate translation: “they spoke against Paul many serious things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 25 8 hc3w figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 against the temple Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: “against the entry rules of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 25 9 m49r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment. +ACT 25 9 b49x figs-synecdoche θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι 1 wanted to gain the favor of the Jews Here “the Jews” means the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanted to please the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 25 9 qe8h εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς 1 to go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem. +ACT 25 9 wi2d figs-activepassive ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 and to be judged by me about these things there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where I will judge you with regard to these charges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 10 u1ef figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι 1 I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged The “judgment seat” refers to Caesar’s authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ask to go before Caesar, so he can judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 11 el9d figs-hypo οὖν ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν; εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι 1 Though if I have done wrong…no one may hand me over to them Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +ACT 25 11 ta55 εἰ…ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι 1 if I have done what is worthy of death “if I have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty” +ACT 25 11 hxr1 οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν 1 if their accusations are nothing “if the charges against me are not true” +ACT 25 11 hr23 οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι 1 no one may hand me over to them Possible meanings are (1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or (2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews. +ACT 25 11 b1bf Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι 1 I appeal to Caesar “I ask that I go before Caesar so he can judge me” +ACT 25 12 t96z μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου 1 with the council This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as “council” throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. Alternate translation: “with his own government advisors” +ACT 25 13 izu8 writing-participants 0 General Information: King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa’s sister.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 25 13 ge5h 0 Connecting Statement: Festus explains Paul’s case to King Agrippa. +ACT 25 13 c3gc δὲ 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story. +ACT 25 13 ukd3 ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον 1 to pay an official visit to Festus “to visit Festus concerning official matters” +ACT 25 14 x8jf figs-activepassive ἀνήρ τὶς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος 1 A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 14 z7yw Φήλικος 1 Felix Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). +ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor περὶ οὗ…ἐνεφάνισαν 1 brought charges against this man To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: “spoke to me against this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 25 15 hyp5 figs-abstractnouns αἰτούμενοι κατ’ αὐτοῦ καταδίκην 1 they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him The abstract nouns “sentence” and “condemnation” can be expressed as verbs. The phrase “a sentence of condemnation” implies that they were requesting that Paul be executed. Alternate translation: “they asked me to sentence him to death” or “they asked me to condemn him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 25 16 e4tk figs-metaphor χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον 1 to hand over anyone Here “hand over” represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: “let someone punish anyone” or “to condemn anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 25 16 xjb4 figs-idiom πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος, κατὰ πρόσωπον…τοὺς κατηγόρους 1 before the accused had faced his accusers Here “faced his accusers” is an idiom that means to meet with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: “before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 25 17 z6g2 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense. +ACT 25 17 rm5z συνελθόντων…ἐνθάδε 1 when they came together here “when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here” +ACT 25 17 efe2 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 I sat in the judgment seat Here “judgment seat” refers to Festus ruling over Paul’s trial as judge. Alternate translation: “I sat upon the seat to act as judge” or “I sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα 1 I ordered the man to be brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 19 d1qm τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion Here “religion” means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural. +ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-idiom κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων 1 to stand trial there about these charges To “stand trial” is an idiom meaning to speak to a judge so the judge can decide if a person is right or wrong. Alternate translation: “to go to trial about these charges” or “for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul’s case to King Agrippa. +ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody” or “I told the soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 “Tomorrow,” Festus said, “you will hear him.” The phrase “Festus said” can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Festus said, ‘I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md). +ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul’s case to King Agrippa. +ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony “with a great ceremony to honor them” +ACT 25 23 ldb7 τὸ ἀκροατήριον 1 the hall This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events. +ACT 25 23 at4t figs-activepassive ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul was brought to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 24 n8qj figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the multitude of Jews The word “all” is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. Alternate translation: “a great number of the Jews” or “many of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 25 24 ae3v βοῶντες 1 they shouted to me “they spoke very strongly to me” +ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-litotes μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 he should no longer live This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 25 25 fe2n figs-you 0 General Information: Here the first “you” is plural; the second “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 25 25 f6hy δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 because he appealed to the emperor “because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him” +ACT 25 25 g856 τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 the emperor The emperor was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces. +ACT 25 26 jcq2 προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα 1 I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa “I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa.” +ACT 25 26 rhy2 ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω 1 so that I might have something more to write “so that I will have something else to write” or “so that I will know what I should write” +ACT 25 27 txs6 figs-doublenegatives ἄλογον…μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ…σημᾶναι 1 it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state The negative words “unreasonable” and “to not” can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 25 27 xm65 τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας 1 the charges against him Possible meanings are (1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or (2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul’s case. +ACT 26 intro e2q6 0 # Acts 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> +ACT 26 1 b34d 0 Connecting Statement: Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa. +ACT 26 1 gz9f Ἀγρίππας 1 Agrippa Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md). +ACT 26 1 wme6 ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα 1 stretched out his hand “held out his hand” or “gestured with his hand” +ACT 26 1 vni8 figs-abstractnouns ἀπελογεῖτο 1 made his defense The abstract noun “defense” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “began to defend himself against those who were accusing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 26 2 ha47 ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον 1 I regard myself as happy Paul was happy because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel. +ACT 26 2 xhz1 ἀπολογεῖσθαι 1 to make my case This phrase means to describe one’s situation, so that those in court can discuss and make a decision about it. Alternate translation: “to defend myself” +ACT 26 2 mdq2 figs-abstractnouns περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 against all the accusations of the Jews The abstract noun “accusations” can be stated as the verb “accuse.” Alternate translation: “against all the Jews who are accusing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 26 2 cbr3 figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 26 3 kns2 figs-explicit ζητημάτων 1 questions You can make explicit what kinds of questions this means. Alternate translation: “questions about religious matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 26 4 t8bg figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 all the Jews This is a generalization. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to Jews in general who knew about Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jews” or (2) this refers to Pharisees who knew Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 26 4 x96h ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου 1 in my own nation Possible meanings are (1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or (2) in the land of Israel. +ACT 26 5 y9a1 τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 the strictest party of our religion “a group within Judaism who live by very strict rules” +ACT 26 6 xkp9 figs-you 0 General Information: Here “you” is plural and refers to the people who were listening to Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 26 6 s9kr νῦν 1 Now This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present. +ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am here, where they are putting me on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 26 6 r42g figs-metaphor ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of my certain hope in the promise made by God to our fathers This speaks about a promise as if it were something a person could look for and see. Alternate translation: “I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive The phrase “our twelve tribes” stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: “This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 26 7 apf2 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 the promise…sought to receive This speaks about a promise as if it were an object that can be received. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον 1 worshiped God night and day The extremes “night” and “day” mean they “worshiped God continually.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 26 7 c4lm figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 that the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: “that the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει 1 Why should any of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead? Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 26 8 ukk6 νεκροὺς ἐγείρει 1 raises the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “makes dead people come alive again” +ACT 26 9 hm33 μὲν οὖν 1 Now indeed Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus’ people. +ACT 26 9 r4df figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ…ἐναντία 1 against the name of Jesus The word “name” here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: “to stop people from teaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων…αὐτῶν, κατήνεγκα ψῆφον 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase “were killed” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 26 11 rri6 πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς 1 I punished them many times Possible meanings are (1) Paul punished some believers many times or (2) Paul punished many different believers. +ACT 26 12 p55i 0 Connecting Statement: While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him. +ACT 26 12 us8d ἐν οἷς 1 While I was doing this Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple. +ACT 26 12 h3ic ἐν οἷς 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians. +ACT 26 12 ajp6 μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς 1 with authority and orders Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers. +ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με 1 I heard a voice speaking to me that said Here “voice” stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking to me who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: “Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me.” or “Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion) +ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 It is hard for you to kick a goad For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or “goad”) the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: “You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 15 h2ws 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord. +ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 18 gw8f figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς 1 to turn them from darkness to light Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ…τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 to turn them…from the power of Satan to God Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 18 m65i figs-abstractnouns τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins The abstract noun “forgiveness” can be stated as the verb “forgive.” Alternate translation: “God may forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 26 18 m9ve figs-metaphor κλῆρον 1 an inheritance The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that children receive from their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 18 c5ij figs-metaphor τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 sanctified by faith in me Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he literally set them apart from other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 18 bgc5 πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 by faith in me “because they believe in me.” Here Paul finishes quoting the Lord. +ACT 26 19 ljx2 ὅθεν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” Paul had just explained what the Lord had commanded him in his vision. +ACT 26 19 zv2u figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐγενόμην 1 I did not disobey This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 26 19 sn4h figs-metonymy τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ 1 the heavenly vision This refers to what the person in the vision told Paul. Alternate translation: “what the person from heaven told me in the vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 26 20 fei4 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 turn to God To start trusting God is spoken of as if a person turns to start walking toward God. Alternate translation: “trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 20 h1v2 figs-abstractnouns ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας 1 doing deeds worthy of repentance The abstract noun “repentance” can be stated as the verb “repented.” Alternate translation: “and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 26 21 tl6t figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: “some Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 26 22 n5hn 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa. +ACT 26 22 t8f4 μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν 1 to the common people and to the great ones about nothing Here “common people” and “great ones” are used together to mean “all people.” Alternate translation: “to all people, whether common or great, about nothing” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism) +ACT 26 22 f6py οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς…ὧν 1 about nothing more than what This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “about the exact thing that” +ACT 26 22 i9ki ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται 1 what the prophets Paul is referring to the collective writings of the Old Testament prophets. +ACT 26 23 pe9h figs-explicit εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός 1 that Christ must suffer You can make explicit that Christ must also die. Alternate translation: “that Christ must suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 26 23 p9t8 ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 to rise to come back to life +ACT 26 23 sc5f νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase “the dead” refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. +ACT 26 23 z2ms figs-metaphor φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν 1 he would proclaim light “he would proclaim the message about the light.” To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: “he would proclaim the message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 24 h5b9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together. +ACT 26 24 dvn2 μαίνῃ 1 you are insane “you are speaking nonsense” or “you are crazy” +ACT 26 24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει 1 your great learning makes you insane “you have learned so much that you are now crazy” +ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι…ἀλλὰ 1 I am not insane…but This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane…and” or “I am able to think well…and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 26 25 a6pb κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus “Festus, who deserves highest honors” +ACT 26 26 ed7y figs-123person γὰρ…ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν…αὐτὸν 1 For the king…to him…from him Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “For you…to you…from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 26 26 cs7b παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 I speak freely Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. Alternate translation: “I speak boldly” +ACT 26 26 svn9 figs-activepassive πείθομαι 1 I am persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-activepassive λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ 1 that none of this is hidden from him This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “that he is aware of this” or “that you are aware of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 has not been done in a corner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has not happened in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the corner of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: “in a dark place” or “in secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian? Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-metonymy παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων 1 but without these prison chains Here “prison chains” stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: “but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 26 30 k7jh 0 General Information: Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa ([Acts 25:13](../25/13.md)). +ACT 26 30 gaq5 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time before King Agrippa. +ACT 26 30 u8vl ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 Then the king stood up, and the governor “Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus” +ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds The abstract noun “death” can be stated as the verb “die.” Here “bonds” stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 26 32 n293 figs-activepassive ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man could have been freed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This man could have gone free” or “I could have freed this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 intro r82x 0 # Acts 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sailing<br><br>People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Paul breaks bread<br><br>Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.<br> +ACT 27 1 efe4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. The word “we” includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 1 dyf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome. +ACT 27 1 b2yz figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐκρίθη 1 When it was decided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When the king and the governor decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 1 yv84 ἀποπλεῖν…εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 sail for Italy Italy is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated “Italy” in [Acts 18:2](../18/02.md). +ACT 27 1 s6ny παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας, ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 they put Paul and some other prisoners under the charge of a centurion named Julius of the Imperial Regiment “they put a centurion named Julius, of the Imperial Regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners” +ACT 27 1 k52u παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας 1 they put Paul and some other prisoners Possible meanings are that (1) “they” refers to the governor and the king or (2) “they” refers to other Roman officials. +ACT 27 1 un2s translate-names ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ 1 a centurion named Julius Julius is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 1 d22f translate-names σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 the Imperial Regiment This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as “the Augustan Regiment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 2 dnr9 figs-metonymy ἐπιβάντες…πλοίῳ…μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 We boarded a ship…which was about to sail Here “ship…which was about to sail” stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “We boarded a ship…which a crew was about to sail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 27 2 fqy2 πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ 1 a ship from Adramyttium Possible meanings are (1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium. +ACT 27 2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 about to sail “soon going to sail” or “would depart soon” +ACT 27 2 m3ps ἀνήχθημεν 1 went to sea “began our journey on the sea” +ACT 27 2 h3uy Ἀριστάρχου 1 Aristarchus Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md). +ACT 27 3 r71e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 27 3 u6lt φιλανθρώπως…ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος 1 Julius treated Paul kindly “Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern.” See how you translated “Julius” in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md). +ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι, ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun “care” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “go to his friends so they could care for him” or “go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 27 4 d4hg ἀναχθέντες, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν 1 we went to sea and sailed “we started sailing and went” +ACT 27 4 mjt8 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον 1 sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island “the lee of Cyprus” is the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so sailing vessels are not forced off their course. +ACT 27 5 g1t7 Παμφυλίαν 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md). +ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia You can make explicit that they got off of the ship in Myra. Alternate translation: “came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 27 5 ni2x translate-names κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα 1 landed at Myra Myra is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 5 uaf4 translate-names τῆς Λυκίας 1 a city of Lycia Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit εὑρὼν…πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: “found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit δὲ…βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι 1 When we had sailed slowly…finally arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way “we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind” +ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete “so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind” +ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 8 p4ri figs-explicit μόλις…παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν 1 We sailed along the coast with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 27 8 a64y translate-names Καλοὺς Λιμένας 1 Fair Havens This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 8 n7re translate-names ἐγγὺς πόλις ἦν Λασαία 1 near the city of Lasea This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 9 ea4l ἱκανοῦ…χρόνου διαγενομένου 1 We had now taken much time Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned. +ACT 27 9 vlu4 figs-exclusive διαγενομένου 1 We had now taken The writer includes himself, Paul, and those who were traveling with them, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 27 9 u6x5 καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι 1 the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms. +ACT 27 10 p29v θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας…μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν 1 I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss “if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss” +ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here “loss” means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people. +ACT 27 10 q9xt οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου 1 not only of the cargo and the ship Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: “not only the ship and the goods on the ship” +ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις 1 that were spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 12 l2n4 figs-activepassive ἀνευθέτου…τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν 1 harbor was not easy to spend the winter in You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: “harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 12 jmi3 λιμένος 1 harbor a place near land that is usually safe for ships +ACT 27 12 k2ti translate-names Φοίνικα 1 city of Phoenix Phoenix is a city port on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 12 z1lf figs-metaphor παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter there This speaks about the season of winter as if it were a commodity that someone can spend. Alternate translation: “to stay there for the cold season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 27 12 x6vl βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 facing both southwest and northwest Here “faces northwest and southwest” means the opening of the harbor was toward those directions. Alternate translation: “it opened to the northwest and southwest” +ACT 27 12 gyd2 λίβα καὶ…χῶρον 1 southwest and northwest These directions are based on the rising and setting sun. Northeast is a little to the left of the rising sun. Southeast is a little to the right of the rising sun. Some versions say “northeast and southeast.” +ACT 27 13 xx67 ἄραντες 1 weighed anchor Here “weighed” means to pull out of the water. An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. +ACT 27 14 hv8h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm. +ACT 27 14 m2xe μετ’ οὐ πολὺ 1 after a short time “after a little while” +ACT 27 14 fs4z ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς 1 a wind of hurricane force “a very strong, dangerous wind” +ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων 1 called the northeaster “called ‘a strong wind from the northeast.’” The word for “the northeaster” in the original language is “Euroclydon.” You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +ACT 27 14 tz2k ἔβαλεν κατ’ αὐτῆς 1 began to beat down from the island “came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship” +ACT 27 15 fxp1 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind “When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it” +ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα 1 we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 16 c4cg νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες 1 We sailed along the lee of a small island “We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong” +ACT 27 16 aq56 translate-names νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες 1 a small island called Cauda This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 16 h9z2 σκάφης 1 lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. +ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες 1 they had hoisted the lifeboat up “they had lifted up the lifeboat” or “they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship” +ACT 27 17 tx1f βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The “hull” is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm. +ACT 27 17 dvv4 translate-names τὴν Σύρτιν 1 sandbars of Syrtis Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 17 l8kl χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος 1 they lowered the sea anchor They put the ship’s anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them. +ACT 27 17 v6dn σκεῦος 1 anchor An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md). +ACT 27 17 g7rw figs-activepassive ἐφέροντο 1 were driven along This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had to go in whatever direction the wind blew us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 18 fx4m figs-activepassive σφοδρῶς…χειμαζομένων 1 We took such a violent battering by the storm This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The wind blew us roughly back and forth that all of us were badly battered and bruised by the storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 18 nd5h ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο 1 they began throwing the cargo overboard “they” is the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking. +ACT 27 18 ny6k ἐκβολὴν 1 cargo Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:10](../27/10.md). Alternate translation: “goods on the ship” +ACT 27 19 vm2k αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔριψαν 1 the sailors threw overboard the ship’s equipment with their own hands Here “equipment” refers to the sailors’ equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was. +ACT 27 20 if7a μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας 1 When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed. +ACT 27 20 p2wd χειμῶνός…οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου 1 the great storm still beat upon us “the terrible storm still blew us roughly back and forth” +ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone stopped hoping we would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 21 mmb2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship. +ACT 27 21 d1le figs-explicit πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 When they had gone long without food Here “they” refers to the sailors. It is implied that Luke, Paul, and those with them had not eaten either. Alternate translation: “When we had gone a long time without food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 27 21 zns2 μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 among the sailors “among the men” +ACT 27 21 bc1x κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν 1 so as to get this injury and loss “and as a result suffer this harm and loss” +ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit ἀποβολὴ…ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: “none of us will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 27 22 djh4 πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 but only the loss of the ship Here “loss” is used in the sense of destroy. Alternate translation: “but the storm will destroy only the ship” +ACT 27 24 z1j8 figs-metonymy Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι 1 You must stand before Caesar The phrase “stand before Caesar” refers to Paul’s going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: “You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 27 24 s3wv κεχάρισταί σοι…πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ 1 has given to you all those who are sailing with you “has decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live” +ACT 27 25 r9t8 figs-activepassive καθ’ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι 1 just as it was told to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the angel told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον…τινα, δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island “we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island” +ACT 27 27 im34 0 Connecting Statement: The fierce storm continues. +ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο 1 When the fourteenth night had come The ordinal number “fourteenth” can be translated as “fourteen” or “14.” Alternate translation: “After 14 days since the storm started, that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as the wind blew us back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ 1 the Adriatic Sea This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 27 28 ruj1 βολίσαντες 1 They took soundings “They measured the depth of the sea water.” They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. +ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι 1 found twenty fathoms “found 20 fathoms.” A “fathom” is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “found 40 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε 1 found fifteen fathoms “found 15 fathoms.” A “fathom” is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “found 30 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 27 29 b1qc ἀγκύρας 1 anchors An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md). +ACT 27 29 q4am ἐκ πρύμνης 1 from the stern “from the back of the ship” +ACT 27 30 br71 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 27 30 b4wv τὴν σκάφην 1 the lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:16](../27/16.md). +ACT 27 30 rr89 ἐκ πρῴρης 1 from the bow “from the front of the ship” +ACT 27 31 ez5c figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε 1 Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved The negative words “Unless” and “cannot” can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase “be saved” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 33 q3y8 ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι 1 When daylight was coming on “When it was almost sunrise” +ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν 1 This day is the fourteenth day that The ordinal number “fourteenth” can be stated as “fourteen.” Alternate translation: “For 14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-idiom οὐδενὸς…ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται 1 not one of you will lose a single hair from his head This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. Alternate translation: “every one of you will survive this disaster unharmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 27 35 yh7y κλάσας 1 broke the bread “tore the bread” or “tore off a piece from the loaf of bread” +ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες 1 Then they were all encouraged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This encouraged all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ 1 We were 276 people in the ship “We were two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship.” This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land +ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 did not recognize the land “saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew” +ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων 1 cut loose the anchors and left them “cut the ropes and left the anchors behind” +ACT 27 40 ntr9 πηδαλίων 1 rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering +ACT 27 40 cn2w τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the foresail “the sail at the front of the ship.” The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship. +ACT 27 40 pa1k κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they headed to the beach “they steered the ship toward the beach” +ACT 27 41 y22n περιπεσόντες…εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον 1 they came to a place where two currents met A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes more than one water current can flow across another. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow. +ACT 27 41 cpu5 πρῷρα 1 The bow of the ship “The front of the ship” +ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ…πρύμνα 1 the stern “the back of the ship” +ACT 27 42 qul7 τῶν…στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο 1 The soldiers’ plan was “The soldiers were planning” +ACT 27 43 s2sz ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος 1 so he stopped their plan “so he stopped them from doing what they planned to do” +ACT 27 43 br8u ἀπορίψαντας 1 jump overboard “jump off the ship into the water” +ACT 27 44 hw7p οὓς…ἐπὶ σανίσιν 1 some on planks “some on wooden boards” +ACT 28 intro w8yn 0 # Acts 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Letters” and “brothers”<br><br>The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.<br><br>When the Jewish leaders spoke of “brothers,” they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “He was a god”<br><br>The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.<br> +ACT 28 1 p1bd figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 28 1 twx8 0 Connecting Statement: After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months. +ACT 28 1 j1yf figs-activepassive καὶ διασωθέντες 1 When we were brought safely through This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When we arrived safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 1 tt1i figs-exclusive ἐπέγνωμεν 1 we learned Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: “we learned from the people” or “we found out from the residents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 28 1 f8y4 translate-names Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται 1 the island was called Malta Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 28 2 e7w6 οἵ…βάρβαροι 1 The native people “The local people” +ACT 28 2 v8yh figs-metaphor παρεῖχαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν 1 offered to us not just ordinary kindness Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: “were not only very kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 28 2 r7jy figs-litotes οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν 1 not just ordinary kindness This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: “a great deal of kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες…πυρὰν 1 they lit a fire “they put together twigs and branches and burned them” +ACT 28 2 itw2 προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς 1 welcomed us all Possible meanings are (1) “welcomed all of the people from the ship” or (2) “welcomed Paul and all his companions.” +ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper came out “a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks” +ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened onto his hand “bit Paul’s hand and did not let go” +ACT 28 4 ye7h πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man certainly is a murderer “For sure, this man is a murderer” or “This man is truly a murderer” +ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit ἡ δίκη…εἴασεν 1 yet justice The word “justice” refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: “the god called Justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 28 5 q5i3 ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ 1 shook the animal into the fire “shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire” +ACT 28 5 asr8 ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν 1 suffered no harm “Paul was not hurt at all” +ACT 28 6 m11i πίμπρασθαι 1 become inflamed with a fever Possible meanings are (1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or (2) he would become very hot with fever. +ACT 28 6 i6i6 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον 1 nothing was unusual with him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “everything about him was as it should be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 28 6 u81u figs-metaphor μεταβαλόμενοι 1 they changed their minds To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. Alternate translation: “they thought again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 28 6 cfe9 figs-quotations ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν 1 said that he was a god. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “said, ‘This man must be a god.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 28 6 d1rj ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν 1 said that he was a god Perhaps there was a belief that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god. +ACT 28 7 f4sa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “us” and we” refer to Paul, Luke, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 28 7 r95r ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον 1 Now in a nearby place “Now” is used to introduce a new person or event in the account. +ACT 28 7 wx6t πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου 1 chief man of the island Possible meanings are (1) the main leader of the people or (2) someone who was the most important person on the island, perhaps because of his wealth. +ACT 28 7 wh2d translate-names ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ 1 a man named Publius This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 28 8 g12t writing-background ἐγένετο δὲ, τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι 1 It happened that the father of Publius…fever and dysentery This is background information about Publius’ father that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 28 8 m154 figs-activepassive συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι 1 had been made ill This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “was ill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 8 fr46 πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι 1 ill with a fever and dysentery Dysentery is an infectious intestinal disease. +ACT 28 8 pwk5 ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ 1 placed his hands on him “touched him with his hands” +ACT 28 9 yk6u figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύοντο 1 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he healed them too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 10 ydg4 πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς 1 honored us with many honors Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts. +ACT 28 11 jc5t figs-explicit 0 General Information: The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 28 11 be1c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul’s journey to Rome continues. +ACT 28 11 qi6e παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ 1 that had spent the winter at the island “that the crew left at the island for the cold season” +ACT 28 11 cm2t Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ 1 a ship of Alexandria Possible meanings are this refers to (1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria. +ACT 28 11 em5p Διοσκούροις 1 the twin gods On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called “the twin gods.” Their names were Castor and Pollux. +ACT 28 12 w5c6 translate-names Συρακούσας 1 city of Syracuse Syracuse is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 28 13 se8v translate-names 0 General Information: The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 28 13 z2u4 translate-names Ῥήγιον 1 city of Rhegium This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 28 13 p633 ἐπιγενομένου νότου 1 a south wind sprang up “the wind began to blow from the south” +ACT 28 13 tz4h translate-names Ποτιόλους 1 city of Puteoli Puteoli is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 28 14 m1is οὗ εὑρόντες 1 There we found “There we met” +ACT 28 14 n3tw figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 28 14 a2c5 figs-activepassive παρεκλήθημεν 1 were invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they invited us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 14 bc3j καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν 1 In this way we came to Rome Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. Alternate translation: “And after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome” +ACT 28 15 k754 ἀκούσαντες, τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν 1 after they heard about us “after they heard we were coming” +ACT 28 15 m9tz figs-metaphor εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ, ἔλαβε θάρσος 1 he thanked God and took courage Taking courage is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could take. Alternate translation: “this encouraged him, and he thanked God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 28 16 fib2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 28 16 hf2t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him. +ACT 28 16 te8v figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς Ῥώμην 1 When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After we had arrived in Rome, the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 17 vf7r ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Then it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +ACT 28 17 d77z τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους 1 the leaders among the Jews These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome. +ACT 28 17 e1dd ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means “Fellow Jews.” +ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον…τῷ λαῷ 1 against the people “against our people” or “against the Jews” +ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 17 x3r2 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 into the hands of the Romans Here “hands” stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there was no reason in me for a death penalty “I had done nothing to cause them to execute me” +ACT 28 19 lr96 figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 28 19 zk8f ἀντιλεγόντων 1 spoke against their desire “complained about what the Roman authorities wanted to do” +ACT 28 19 n6vf figs-activepassive ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα 1 I was forced to appeal to Caesar This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I had to ask for Caesar to judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 19 e7gr figs-activepassive οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν 1 although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation The abstract noun “accusation” can be stated as the verb “accuse.” Here “nation” stands for the people. Alternate translation: “but it was not because I wanted to accuse the people of my nation before Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 20 b1fd τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 the certain hope of Israel Possible meanings are (1) the people of Israel confidently expect the Messiah to come or (2) the people of Israel confidently expect God to bring those who have died back to life. +ACT 28 20 n3s7 figs-metonymy τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Here “Israel” stands for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 20 pgr8 figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι 1 that I am bound with this chain Here “bound with this chain” stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: “that I am a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 21 x5d5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “We,” “we,” and “us” refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: [Acts 28:17](../28/17.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 28 21 biz7 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders respond to Paul. +ACT 28 21 y4bx οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 nor did any of the brothers Here “brothers” stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “nor did any of our fellow Jews” +ACT 28 22 kw1d φρονεῖς, περὶ…τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης 1 you think about this sect A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you think about this group to which you belong” +ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive γὰρ…γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι 1 because it is known by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἐστιν…πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 23 u7pc 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. The words “him,” “his,” and “He” and refer to Paul ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)). +ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι…αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 1 had set a day for him “had chosen a time for him to speak to them” +ACT 28 23 dg5f figs-metonymy διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 testified about the kingdom of God Here “kingdom of God” stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “told them about God’s rule as king” or “told them how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 23 peu1 figs-metonymy τῶν προφητῶν 1 from the prophets Here “the prophets” refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: “from what the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 24 pmd6 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις 1 Some were convinced about the things which were said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul was able to convince some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)). The word “your” refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking. In verse 26, Paul begins to quote the prophet Isaiah. +ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time. +ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν 1 after Paul had spoken this one word Here “word” stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: “after Paul had said one more thing” or “after Paul had made this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον…εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 He said, ‘Go to this people and say, “By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words “The Holy Spirit spoke” in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. “The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 28 26 pax8 ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετ…βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 By hearing you will hear…and seeing you will see The words “hear” and “see” are repeated for emphasis. “You will listen carefully…and you will look intently” +ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε;…καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 but not understand…but will not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God’s plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul’s quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md). +ACT 28 27 qu6t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet. +ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here “heart” is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 28 27 lr99 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their heart Here “heart” stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 28 27 q8c2 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 turn again To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 28 27 vb9f ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins. +ACT 28 28 c575 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome. +ACT 28 28 b2za figs-metaphor τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles God’s message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ…ἀκούσονται 1 they will listen “some of them will listen.” This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded. +ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “He was preaching about God’s rule as king” or “He was preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a8c4958e89..fe0f997a67 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,1117 +1,1117 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Romans<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-15)<br>1. Righteousness by faith in Jesus Christ (1:16-17)<br>1. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18-3:20)<br>1. Righteousness through Jesus Christ by faith in him (3:21-4:25)<br>1. The fruits of the Spirit (5:1-11)<br>1. Adam and Christ compared (5:12-21)<br>1. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1-8:39)<br>1. God’s plan for Israel (9:1-11:36)<br>1. Practical advice for living as Christians (12:1-15:13)<br>1. Conclusion and greetings (15:14-16:27)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Romans?<br><br>The Apostle Paul wrote the Book of Romans. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.<br><br>### What is the Book of Romans about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26).<br><br>In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1-11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12-16),<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?<br><br>In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).<br><br>### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?<br><br>Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6).<br><br>The “key terms” dictionary can help translators understand many of these terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br>Terms such as those given above are difficult to explain. It is often hard or impossible for translators to find equivalent terms in their own languages. It can help to know that word equivalents of these terms are not necessary. Instead, translators can develop short expressions to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”<br><br>Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.<br><br>### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)?<br><br>The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”<br><br>In 11:1-9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?<br><br>The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.<br><br>These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.<br><br>Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that reprents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])<br><br>### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?<br><br>The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16)<br><br>The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Romans?<br><br>For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.<br><br>* “he [God] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”<br>* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”<br><br>The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Romans.<br><br>* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24).<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> -ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse is a type of introduction. People in the ancient Mediterranean region often started their letters this way. Sometimes this is called a “salutation.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The gospel<br>This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([Romans 1:2](../../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. Instead, chapters 1-8 present the biblical gospel: All have sinned. Jesus died for our sins. He was raised again that we might have new life in him.<br><br>### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. In this chapter, it refers to the results of Paul’s work among the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God<br>This chapter explains that everyone is without excuse. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the wrath of God. This wrath was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “God gave them over”<br>Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God simply allows men to pursue their own desires, he does not force them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Difficult phrases and concepts<br><br>This chapter has many difficult ideas in it. How Paul writes makes many of the phrases in this chapter difficult to translate. The translator may need to use the UST to understand the meaning of the phrases. And it may be necessary to more freely translate these phrases. Some of the difficult phrases include: “obedience of faith,” “whom I serve in my spirit,” “from faith to faith” and “exchanged the glory of the imperishable God for the likenesses of an image of perishable man.”<br> -ROM 1 1 x3em figs-explicit Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. You may also need to tell in this same verse who the people are to whom Paul wrote the letter ([Romans 1:7](./07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, wrote this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God called me to be an apostle and chose me to tell people about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 1 sg88 κλητὸς 1 called This means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus. -ROM 1 2 r5x7 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις 1 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures God promised his people that he would set up his kingdom. He told the prophets to write these promises in the Scriptures. -ROM 1 3 lab1 περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This refers to “the gospel of God,” the good news that God promised to send his Son into the world. -ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-explicit τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here the word “flesh” refers to the physical body. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David according to the physical nature” or “who was born into the family of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 4 z3yq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks here about his obligation to preach. -ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God The word “he” refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him with power to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead “by raising him from among the people who are dead.” This expression speaks of all dead people together in the underworld, and coming alive again is spoken of as resurrection from among them. -ROM 1 4 m89w Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness This refers to the Holy Spirit. -ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-activepassive ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 we have received grace and apostleship God has given Paul the gift of being an apostle. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God caused me to be an apostle. This is a special privilege” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Paul uses the word “name” as a metonym to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to teach all nations to obey because of their faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 1 7 z85a figs-activepassive πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter to all of you in Rome whom God loves and has chosen to become his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 7 v8bl figs-activepassive χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you, and peace You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “May God give you grace and peace” or “May God bless you and give you inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 1 8 e6el ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the whole world the world Paul and his readers knew and could travel in, which was the Roman Empire -ROM 1 9 c7pa μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 For God is my witness Paul emphasizes that he earnestly prays for them and that God has seen him praying. The word “for” is often left untranslated. -ROM 1 9 dx6p ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 in my spirit A person’s spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him. -ROM 1 9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world. -ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 1 9 f9p2 μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 I make mention of you “I talk to God about you” -ROM 1 10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ…ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι…ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 I always request in my prayers that…I may at last be successful…in coming to you “Every time I pray, I ask God that…I may succeed…in coming to visit you” -ROM 1 10 zfp4 εἴ πως 1 by any means “in whatever way God allows” -ROM 1 10 is3p ποτὲ 1 at last “eventually” or “finally” -ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God “because God desires it” -ROM 1 11 n5ql 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his opening statements to the people in Rome by stating his desire to see them in person. -ROM 1 11 ki6h ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you “Because I really want to see you” -ROM 1 11 f3g1 figs-explicit τι…χάρισμα…πνευματικὸν, εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you Paul wants to strengthen the Roman Christians spiritually. Alternate translation: “some gift that will help you to grow spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν, διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I mean that I want us to encourage each other by sharing our experiences of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Paul is emphasizing that he wanted them to have this information. You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 1 13 u1cq ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 1 13 ru3x figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 but I was hindered until now You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “something has always prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you The word “harvest” is a metaphor that represents people in Rome whom Paul wants to believe the gospel. Alternate translation: “that more people among you might trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 13 j96v τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the rest of the Gentiles the Gentiles in the other regions where he had gone -ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor τε…ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both Using the metaphor “debtor,” Paul speaks of his duty to serve God as if he owed God a financial debt. Alternate translation: “I must take the gospel to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I trust completely in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις…Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here “believes” means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 16 f5x9 Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek “for Jewish people and also for Greek people” -ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here “first” means coming before all others in order of time. -ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here “it” refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel. -ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ…ἀποκαλύπτεται, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ…δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 The righteous will live by faith Here “righteous” refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: “It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God’s great anger against sinful man. -ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God shows how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses the word “for” to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true. -ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people The words “ungodliness” and “unrighteousness” are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives “ungodly,” which describes the people, and “unrighteous,” which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here “truth” refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they can know about God because of what they can plainly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here “enlightened them” means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities…have been clearly seen Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 20 wk7u θειότης 1 divine nature “all the qualities and characteristics of God” or “the things about God that make him God” -ROM 1 20 uvc1 κόσμου 1 world This refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them. -ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of the things that God has made” or “because people have seen the things that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 20 dxr6 τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse “these people can never say that they did not know” -ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “began to think foolish things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here “darkness” is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 1 22 ddr2 φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish “While they were claiming that they were wise, they became foolish” -ROM 1 22 ly68 φάσκοντες 1 They…they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md) -ROM 1 23 k9xu ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God “traded the truth that God is glorious and will never die” or “stopped believing that God is glorious and will never die” -ROM 1 23 x2wl ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος 1 for the likenesses of an image “and instead chose to worship idols that looked like” -ROM 1 23 r14e φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 of perishable man “some human being that will die” -ROM 1 23 u971 πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things “or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things” -ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” -ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in” -ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them…their…themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). -ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here “lusts of their hearts” is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 they This word refers to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). -ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here “creation” refers to what God created. Alternate translation: “They worshiped things that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 25 v89u παρὰ 1 instead of “rather than” -ROM 1 26 jb2g διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because of idolatry and sexual sin” -ROM 1 26 pil3 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in” -ROM 1 26 hw81 πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions “shameful sexual desires” -ROM 1 26 j4ni αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν 1 for their women “because their women” -ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural The idea of relations “that were unnatural” is a euphemism for immoral sexuality. Alternate translation: “started practicing sexuality in a way God did not design” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ…ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here “natural relations” is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: “many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another “experienced strong sexual desire for other men” -ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 committed shameless acts “committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed” -ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν…καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error “men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed” -ROM 1 27 yvm1 πλάνης 1 error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts -ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness “They did not think it was necessary to know God” -ROM 1 28 bt7u αὐτοὺς 1 they…their…them These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). -ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here “a depraved mind” means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 not proper “disgraceful” or “sinful” -ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They have been filled with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “They have in them a strong desire for” or “They strongly desire to do deeds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people…Many constantly desire to murder people…to cause arguments and quarrels among people…to deceive others…to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 30 f4tt καταλάλους 1 slanderers A slanderer says false things about another person in order to damage that person’s reputation. -ROM 1 30 th8q ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil “thinking of new ways to do evil things to others” -ROM 1 32 cxx8 οἵτινες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God “They know how God wants them to live” -ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες 1 that those who practice such things Here “practice” refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: “and that those who keep on doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 32 z12q ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 are deserving of death “deserve to die” -ROM 1 32 ama2 αὐτὰ 1 these things “these kinds of evil things” -ROM 1 32 iqg1 figs-explicit τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them Here the verb “do” refers to continuing to do things that are evil. Alternate translation: “who keep on doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter shifts its audience from Roman Christians to those who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “Therefore you are without excuse”<br>This phrase looks back at Chapter 1. In some ways, it actually concludes what Chapter 1 teaches. This phrase explains why everyone in the world must worship the true God.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Doers of the Law”<br>Those who try to obey the law will not be justified by trying to obey it. Those who are justified by believing in Jesus show that their faith is real by obeying God’s commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Hypothetical Situation<br>In context, “he will give eternal life” in verse 7 is a hypothetical statement. If a person could live a perfect life, they would earn eternal life as a reward. But only Jesus was able to live a perfect life.<br><br>Paul gives another hypothetical situation in verses 17-29. Here he explains that even those who earnestly try to obey the law of Moses are guilty of violating the law. In English, this is about those who follow the “letter” of the law but cannot follow the “spirit” or general principles of the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You who judge”<br>At times, this could be translated in a simpler way. But it is translated in this relatively awkward way because when Paul refers to “people who judge” he is also saying that everyone judges. It is possible to translate this as “those who judge (and everyone judges).”<br> -ROM 2 1 y6ts 0 Connecting Statement: Paul has affirmed all men are sinners and continues to remind them that all people are wicked. -ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-explicit διὸ ἀναπολόγητος εἶ 1 Therefore you are without excuse The word “therefore” marks a new section of the letter. It also makes a concluding statement based on what Paul has said in [Romans 1:1-32](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Since God will punish those who continually sin, he will certainly not excuse your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 1 x3mi figs-apostrophe εἶ 1 you are Paul is writing here as if he were addressing a Jewish person who is arguing with him. Paul is doing this to teach his audience that God will punish everyone who continually sins, whether Jew or Gentile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word “person” here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: “You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 1 ybp2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself “But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do” -ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-inclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun “we” may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of “God’s judgment” as if it were alive and could “fall” on people. Alternate translation: “God will judge those people truly and fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 those who practice such things “the people who do those wicked deeds” -ROM 2 3 wg1h λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο 1 But consider this “So consider this” or “Therefore, consider this” -ROM 2 3 ijd6 λογίζῃ…τοῦτο 1 consider this “think about what I am going to tell you” -ROM 2 3 zwg7 ἄνθρωπε 1 person Use the general word for a human being “whoever you are” -ROM 2 3 rk75 ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things “you who say someone deserves God’s punishment while you do the same wicked deeds” -ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-rquestion ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape God’s judgment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience…repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not act like it does not matter that God is good and that he patiently waits a long time before he punishes people, so that his goodness will cause them to repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 4 w537 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς 1 Do you think so little of the riches…patience “consider the riches…patience unimportant” or “consider…not good” -ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-rquestion ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You must know that God shows you he is good so that you might repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 5 t8pv 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the people that all people are wicked. -ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 5 f52g figs-doublet τὴν σκληρότητά…καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This is a doublet that you can combine as “unrepentant heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath The phrase “storing up” implies a metaphor that usually refers to a person gathering his treasures and putting them in a safe place. Paul says, instead of treasures, that the person is gathering God’s punishment. The longer they go without repenting, the more severe the punishment. Alternate translation: “you are making your punishment worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς…ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath…of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: “when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 6 c4dn ἀποδώσει 1 will pay back “give a fair reward or punishment” -ROM 2 6 gj1q ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions “each person according to what that person has done” -ROM 2 7 gec6 ζητοῦσιν 1 seeking This means that they act in a way that will lead to a positive decision from God on judgment day. -ROM 2 7 ub51 δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility They want God to praise and honor them, and they want to never die. -ROM 2 7 m341 ἀφθαρσίαν 1 incorruptibility This refers to physical, not moral, decay. -ROM 2 8 guq1 0 Connecting Statement: Though this section is speaking to the non-religious wicked person, Paul sums it up by stating both non-Jews and Jews are wicked before God. -ROM 2 8 wa6f ἐριθείας 1 self-seeking “selfish” or “only concerned with what makes themselves happy” -ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second intensifies the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath and fierce anger will come The words “wrath” and “fierce anger” mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s anger. Alternate translation: “God will show his terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 wrath Here the word “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s severe punishment of wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 tribulation and distress on The words “tribulation” and “distress” mean basically the same thing here and emphasize how bad God’s punishment will be. Alternate translation: “awful punishments will happen to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Here, Paul uses the word “soul” as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 9 n7q4 τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil “has continually done evil things” -ROM 2 9 a9s5 Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek “God will judge the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people” -ROM 2 9 n5ev πρῶτον 1 first Possible meanings are (1) “first in order of time” or (2) “most certainly” -ROM 2 10 vt1f δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone “But God will give praise, honor, and peace” -ROM 2 10 i9tg τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 practices good “continually does what is good” -ROM 2 10 zg3s Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek “God will reward the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people” -ROM 2 10 ib56 πρῶτον 1 first You should translate this the same way you did in [Romans 2:9](../02/09.md). -ROM 2 11 s7a6 figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For there is no favoritism with God You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For God treats all people the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ROM 2 12 wkx8 ὅσοι γὰρ…ἥμαρτον 1 For as many as have sinned “For those who have sinned” -ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats “without the law” to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: “without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned “all those who have sinned” -ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law. -ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here. -ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here “the law” refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God “whom God considers righteous” -ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law “but it is those who obey the law of Moses” -ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law…are a law to themselves The phrase “law to themselves” is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here “the law” refers to the law of Moses.” Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show “By naturally obeying the law they show” -ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase “written in their hearts” is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here “bears witness” refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul’s thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). “This will happen when God judges” -ROM 2 17 lc6m 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul’s discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it. -ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ…σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 if you call yourself a Jew “since you call yourself a Jew” -ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law The phrase “rest upon the law” represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 18 l3we γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will “and know God’s will” -ROM 2 18 xn6w figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 because you have been instructed from the law This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because people have taught you what is right from the law” or “because you have learned from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here “the blind” and “those who walk in darkness” represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 20 p7qq παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish “you correct those who do wrong” -ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to very small children. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The knowledge of the truth that is in the law comes from God. Alternate translation: “because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “You teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples Possible meanings are (1) “steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit” or (2) “do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God.” -ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word “name” is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. -ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” -ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 1 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” -ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised” -ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person “the person who is not circumcised” -ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law” -ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-rquestion καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you…the law? This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you…the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. -ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. -ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh This is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, “he is a Jew who is one inwardly,” explains the second phrase, “circumcision is that of the heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. -ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here “heart” is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here “letter” is a synecdoche that refers to written Scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit This refers to the internal, spiritual part of a person that “God’s Spirit” changes . -ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])<br> -ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law. -ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here “It” refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all Possible meanings are (1) “First in order of time” or (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.” -ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here “revelation” refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” -ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let” -ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words “every” and “liar” are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” -ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” -ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Why not say…come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying…come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” -ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. -ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. -ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” -ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase “seeks after God” means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their…Their The word “their” refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word “throat” is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here “open grave” is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word “tongues” is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here “poison of snakes” is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word “lips” refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here “mouths” is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word “full” exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here “feet” is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word “blood” is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet The word “their” refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths The word “their” refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here “destruction and suffering” are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A “way” is a road or path. -ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their This word refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). -ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here “fear” is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of the law here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” -ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here “world” is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here “flesh” refers to all human beings. -ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For Possible meanings are (1) “Therefore” or (2) “This is because” -ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” -ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: The word “but” here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. -ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word “now” refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. -ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words “the Law and the Prophets” refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here “righteousness” means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “There is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the “glory of God” is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here “justified” refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” -ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard Possible meanings are (1) ignoring or (2) forgiving. -ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “He did this to show how God makes people right with himself” -ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “By this he shows that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” -ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? ἐξεκλείσθη 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws. Boasting is excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks and answers these rhetorical questions to emphasize that each point he is making is certainly true. You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies, and by using an active form. Alternate translation: “On what grounds should we exclude boasting? Should we exclude it because of our good works? No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 28 t8um figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here “faith” is an abstract noun that refers to the person believing in God. The “person” here is any person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in God” or “when God justifies a person, he does so because the person believes in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” -ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here “circumcision” is a metonym that refers to Jews and “uncircumcision” is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith. -ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law” -ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-inclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> -ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. -ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. He speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” -ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” -ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven…whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law…whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision This is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncircumcision This is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 10 uy4t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: “When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 10 p5rp οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision “It happened before he was circumcised, not after he was circumcised” -ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here “righteousness of the faith” means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 even if they are in uncircumcision “even if they are not circumcised” -ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This means that God will consider them righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here “the circumcision” refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles. -ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here “follow in the steps of faith” is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words “the promise came” are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here “live by the law” refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 14 gd78 κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 faith is made empty, and the promise is void “faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless” -ROM 4 15 b3h8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 there is no trespass This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “trespass.” Alternate translation: “no one can break the law” or “it is impossible to disobey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Romans<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-15)<br>1. Righteousness by faith in Jesus Christ (1:16-17)<br>1. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18-3:20)<br>1. Righteousness through Jesus Christ by faith in him (3:21-4:25)<br>1. The fruits of the Spirit (5:1-11)<br>1. Adam and Christ compared (5:12-21)<br>1. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1-8:39)<br>1. God’s plan for Israel (9:1-11:36)<br>1. Practical advice for living as Christians (12:1-15:13)<br>1. Conclusion and greetings (15:14-16:27)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Romans?<br><br>The Apostle Paul wrote the Book of Romans. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.<br><br>### What is the Book of Romans about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26).<br><br>In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1-11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12-16),<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?<br><br>In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).<br><br>### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?<br><br>Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6).<br><br>The “key terms” dictionary can help translators understand many of these terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br>Terms such as those given above are difficult to explain. It is often hard or impossible for translators to find equivalent terms in their own languages. It can help to know that word equivalents of these terms are not necessary. Instead, translators can develop short expressions to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”<br><br>Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.<br><br>### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)?<br><br>The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”<br><br>In 11:1-9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?<br><br>The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.<br><br>These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.<br><br>Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that reprents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])<br><br>### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?<br><br>The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16)<br><br>The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Romans?<br><br>For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.<br><br>* “he [God] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”<br>* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”<br><br>The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Romans.<br><br>* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24).<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> +ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse is a type of introduction. People in the ancient Mediterranean region often started their letters this way. Sometimes this is called a “salutation.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The gospel<br>This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([Romans 1:2](../../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. Instead, chapters 1-8 present the biblical gospel: All have sinned. Jesus died for our sins. He was raised again that we might have new life in him.<br><br>### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. In this chapter, it refers to the results of Paul’s work among the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God<br>This chapter explains that everyone is without excuse. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the wrath of God. This wrath was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “God gave them over”<br>Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God simply allows men to pursue their own desires, he does not force them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Difficult phrases and concepts<br><br>This chapter has many difficult ideas in it. How Paul writes makes many of the phrases in this chapter difficult to translate. The translator may need to use the UST to understand the meaning of the phrases. And it may be necessary to more freely translate these phrases. Some of the difficult phrases include: “obedience of faith,” “whom I serve in my spirit,” “from faith to faith” and “exchanged the glory of the imperishable God for the likenesses of an image of perishable man.”<br> +ROM 1 1 x3em figs-explicit Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. You may also need to tell in this same verse who the people are to whom Paul wrote the letter ([Romans 1:7](./07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, wrote this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God called me to be an apostle and chose me to tell people about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 1 sg88 κλητὸς 1 called This means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus. +ROM 1 2 r5x7 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις 1 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures God promised his people that he would set up his kingdom. He told the prophets to write these promises in the Scriptures. +ROM 1 3 lab1 περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This refers to “the gospel of God,” the good news that God promised to send his Son into the world. +ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-explicit τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here the word “flesh” refers to the physical body. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David according to the physical nature” or “who was born into the family of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 4 z3yq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks here about his obligation to preach. +ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God The word “he” refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him with power to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead “by raising him from among the people who are dead.” This expression speaks of all dead people together in the underworld, and coming alive again is spoken of as resurrection from among them. +ROM 1 4 m89w Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness This refers to the Holy Spirit. +ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-activepassive ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 we have received grace and apostleship God has given Paul the gift of being an apostle. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God caused me to be an apostle. This is a special privilege” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Paul uses the word “name” as a metonym to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to teach all nations to obey because of their faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 7 z85a figs-activepassive πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter to all of you in Rome whom God loves and has chosen to become his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 7 v8bl figs-activepassive χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you, and peace You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “May God give you grace and peace” or “May God bless you and give you inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 1 8 e6el ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the whole world the world Paul and his readers knew and could travel in, which was the Roman Empire +ROM 1 9 c7pa μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 For God is my witness Paul emphasizes that he earnestly prays for them and that God has seen him praying. The word “for” is often left untranslated. +ROM 1 9 dx6p ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 in my spirit A person’s spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him. +ROM 1 9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world. +ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 1 9 f9p2 μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 I make mention of you “I talk to God about you” +ROM 1 10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ…ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι…ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 I always request in my prayers that…I may at last be successful…in coming to you “Every time I pray, I ask God that…I may succeed…in coming to visit you” +ROM 1 10 zfp4 εἴ πως 1 by any means “in whatever way God allows” +ROM 1 10 is3p ποτὲ 1 at last “eventually” or “finally” +ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God “because God desires it” +ROM 1 11 n5ql 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his opening statements to the people in Rome by stating his desire to see them in person. +ROM 1 11 ki6h ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you “Because I really want to see you” +ROM 1 11 f3g1 figs-explicit τι…χάρισμα…πνευματικὸν, εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you Paul wants to strengthen the Roman Christians spiritually. Alternate translation: “some gift that will help you to grow spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν, διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I mean that I want us to encourage each other by sharing our experiences of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Paul is emphasizing that he wanted them to have this information. You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 1 13 u1cq ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 1 13 ru3x figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 but I was hindered until now You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “something has always prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you The word “harvest” is a metaphor that represents people in Rome whom Paul wants to believe the gospel. Alternate translation: “that more people among you might trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 13 j96v τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the rest of the Gentiles the Gentiles in the other regions where he had gone +ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor τε…ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both Using the metaphor “debtor,” Paul speaks of his duty to serve God as if he owed God a financial debt. Alternate translation: “I must take the gospel to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I trust completely in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις…Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here “believes” means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 16 f5x9 Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek “for Jewish people and also for Greek people” +ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here “first” means coming before all others in order of time. +ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here “it” refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel. +ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ…ἀποκαλύπτεται, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ…δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 The righteous will live by faith Here “righteous” refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: “It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God’s great anger against sinful man. +ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God shows how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses the word “for” to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true. +ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people The words “ungodliness” and “unrighteousness” are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives “ungodly,” which describes the people, and “unrighteous,” which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here “truth” refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they can know about God because of what they can plainly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here “enlightened them” means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities…have been clearly seen Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 20 wk7u θειότης 1 divine nature “all the qualities and characteristics of God” or “the things about God that make him God” +ROM 1 20 uvc1 κόσμου 1 world This refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them. +ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of the things that God has made” or “because people have seen the things that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 20 dxr6 τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse “these people can never say that they did not know” +ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “began to think foolish things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here “darkness” is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 22 ddr2 φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish “While they were claiming that they were wise, they became foolish” +ROM 1 22 ly68 φάσκοντες 1 They…they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md) +ROM 1 23 k9xu ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God “traded the truth that God is glorious and will never die” or “stopped believing that God is glorious and will never die” +ROM 1 23 x2wl ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος 1 for the likenesses of an image “and instead chose to worship idols that looked like” +ROM 1 23 r14e φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 of perishable man “some human being that will die” +ROM 1 23 u971 πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things “or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things” +ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” +ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in” +ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them…their…themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). +ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here “lusts of their hearts” is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 they This word refers to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). +ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here “creation” refers to what God created. Alternate translation: “They worshiped things that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 25 v89u παρὰ 1 instead of “rather than” +ROM 1 26 jb2g διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because of idolatry and sexual sin” +ROM 1 26 pil3 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in” +ROM 1 26 hw81 πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions “shameful sexual desires” +ROM 1 26 j4ni αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν 1 for their women “because their women” +ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural The idea of relations “that were unnatural” is a euphemism for immoral sexuality. Alternate translation: “started practicing sexuality in a way God did not design” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ…ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here “natural relations” is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: “many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another “experienced strong sexual desire for other men” +ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 committed shameless acts “committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed” +ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν…καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error “men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed” +ROM 1 27 yvm1 πλάνης 1 error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts +ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness “They did not think it was necessary to know God” +ROM 1 28 bt7u αὐτοὺς 1 they…their…them These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). +ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here “a depraved mind” means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 not proper “disgraceful” or “sinful” +ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They have been filled with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “They have in them a strong desire for” or “They strongly desire to do deeds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people…Many constantly desire to murder people…to cause arguments and quarrels among people…to deceive others…to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 30 f4tt καταλάλους 1 slanderers A slanderer says false things about another person in order to damage that person’s reputation. +ROM 1 30 th8q ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil “thinking of new ways to do evil things to others” +ROM 1 32 cxx8 οἵτινες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God “They know how God wants them to live” +ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες 1 that those who practice such things Here “practice” refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: “and that those who keep on doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 32 z12q ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 are deserving of death “deserve to die” +ROM 1 32 ama2 αὐτὰ 1 these things “these kinds of evil things” +ROM 1 32 iqg1 figs-explicit τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them Here the verb “do” refers to continuing to do things that are evil. Alternate translation: “who keep on doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter shifts its audience from Roman Christians to those who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “Therefore you are without excuse”<br>This phrase looks back at Chapter 1. In some ways, it actually concludes what Chapter 1 teaches. This phrase explains why everyone in the world must worship the true God.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Doers of the Law”<br>Those who try to obey the law will not be justified by trying to obey it. Those who are justified by believing in Jesus show that their faith is real by obeying God’s commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Hypothetical Situation<br>In context, “he will give eternal life” in verse 7 is a hypothetical statement. If a person could live a perfect life, they would earn eternal life as a reward. But only Jesus was able to live a perfect life.<br><br>Paul gives another hypothetical situation in verses 17-29. Here he explains that even those who earnestly try to obey the law of Moses are guilty of violating the law. In English, this is about those who follow the “letter” of the law but cannot follow the “spirit” or general principles of the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You who judge”<br>At times, this could be translated in a simpler way. But it is translated in this relatively awkward way because when Paul refers to “people who judge” he is also saying that everyone judges. It is possible to translate this as “those who judge (and everyone judges).”<br> +ROM 2 1 y6ts 0 Connecting Statement: Paul has affirmed all men are sinners and continues to remind them that all people are wicked. +ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-explicit διὸ ἀναπολόγητος εἶ 1 Therefore you are without excuse The word “therefore” marks a new section of the letter. It also makes a concluding statement based on what Paul has said in [Romans 1:1-32](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Since God will punish those who continually sin, he will certainly not excuse your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 1 x3mi figs-apostrophe εἶ 1 you are Paul is writing here as if he were addressing a Jewish person who is arguing with him. Paul is doing this to teach his audience that God will punish everyone who continually sins, whether Jew or Gentile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word “person” here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: “You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 1 ybp2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself “But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do” +ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-inclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun “we” may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of “God’s judgment” as if it were alive and could “fall” on people. Alternate translation: “God will judge those people truly and fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 those who practice such things “the people who do those wicked deeds” +ROM 2 3 wg1h λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο 1 But consider this “So consider this” or “Therefore, consider this” +ROM 2 3 ijd6 λογίζῃ…τοῦτο 1 consider this “think about what I am going to tell you” +ROM 2 3 zwg7 ἄνθρωπε 1 person Use the general word for a human being “whoever you are” +ROM 2 3 rk75 ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things “you who say someone deserves God’s punishment while you do the same wicked deeds” +ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-rquestion ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape God’s judgment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience…repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not act like it does not matter that God is good and that he patiently waits a long time before he punishes people, so that his goodness will cause them to repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 4 w537 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς 1 Do you think so little of the riches…patience “consider the riches…patience unimportant” or “consider…not good” +ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-rquestion ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You must know that God shows you he is good so that you might repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 5 t8pv 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the people that all people are wicked. +ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 5 f52g figs-doublet τὴν σκληρότητά…καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This is a doublet that you can combine as “unrepentant heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath The phrase “storing up” implies a metaphor that usually refers to a person gathering his treasures and putting them in a safe place. Paul says, instead of treasures, that the person is gathering God’s punishment. The longer they go without repenting, the more severe the punishment. Alternate translation: “you are making your punishment worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς…ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath…of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: “when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 6 c4dn ἀποδώσει 1 will pay back “give a fair reward or punishment” +ROM 2 6 gj1q ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions “each person according to what that person has done” +ROM 2 7 gec6 ζητοῦσιν 1 seeking This means that they act in a way that will lead to a positive decision from God on judgment day. +ROM 2 7 ub51 δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility They want God to praise and honor them, and they want to never die. +ROM 2 7 m341 ἀφθαρσίαν 1 incorruptibility This refers to physical, not moral, decay. +ROM 2 8 guq1 0 Connecting Statement: Though this section is speaking to the non-religious wicked person, Paul sums it up by stating both non-Jews and Jews are wicked before God. +ROM 2 8 wa6f ἐριθείας 1 self-seeking “selfish” or “only concerned with what makes themselves happy” +ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second intensifies the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath and fierce anger will come The words “wrath” and “fierce anger” mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s anger. Alternate translation: “God will show his terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 wrath Here the word “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s severe punishment of wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 tribulation and distress on The words “tribulation” and “distress” mean basically the same thing here and emphasize how bad God’s punishment will be. Alternate translation: “awful punishments will happen to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Here, Paul uses the word “soul” as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 9 n7q4 τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil “has continually done evil things” +ROM 2 9 a9s5 Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek “God will judge the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people” +ROM 2 9 n5ev πρῶτον 1 first Possible meanings are (1) “first in order of time” or (2) “most certainly” +ROM 2 10 vt1f δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone “But God will give praise, honor, and peace” +ROM 2 10 i9tg τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 practices good “continually does what is good” +ROM 2 10 zg3s Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek “God will reward the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people” +ROM 2 10 ib56 πρῶτον 1 first You should translate this the same way you did in [Romans 2:9](../02/09.md). +ROM 2 11 s7a6 figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For there is no favoritism with God You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For God treats all people the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 2 12 wkx8 ὅσοι γὰρ…ἥμαρτον 1 For as many as have sinned “For those who have sinned” +ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats “without the law” to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: “without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned “all those who have sinned” +ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law. +ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here. +ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here “the law” refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God “whom God considers righteous” +ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law “but it is those who obey the law of Moses” +ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law…are a law to themselves The phrase “law to themselves” is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here “the law” refers to the law of Moses.” Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show “By naturally obeying the law they show” +ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase “written in their hearts” is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here “bears witness” refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul’s thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). “This will happen when God judges” +ROM 2 17 lc6m 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul’s discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it. +ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ…σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 if you call yourself a Jew “since you call yourself a Jew” +ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law The phrase “rest upon the law” represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 18 l3we γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will “and know God’s will” +ROM 2 18 xn6w figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 because you have been instructed from the law This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because people have taught you what is right from the law” or “because you have learned from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here “the blind” and “those who walk in darkness” represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 20 p7qq παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish “you correct those who do wrong” +ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to very small children. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The knowledge of the truth that is in the law comes from God. Alternate translation: “because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “You teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples Possible meanings are (1) “steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit” or (2) “do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God.” +ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word “name” is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law. +ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you” +ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 1 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law” +ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised” +ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person “the person who is not circumcised” +ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law” +ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-rquestion καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you…the law? This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you…the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. +ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. +ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh This is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, “he is a Jew who is one inwardly,” explains the second phrase, “circumcision is that of the heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. +ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here “heart” is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here “letter” is a synecdoche that refers to written Scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit This refers to the internal, spiritual part of a person that “God’s Spirit” changes . +ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])<br> +ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law. +ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here “It” refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all Possible meanings are (1) “First in order of time” or (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.” +ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here “revelation” refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” +ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let” +ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words “every” and “liar” are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say” +ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous” +ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Why not say…come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying…come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” +ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. +ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. +ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God’s judgment, just because we are Jewish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!” +ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase “seeks after God” means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their…Their The word “their” refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). +ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word “throat” is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here “open grave” is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word “tongues” is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here “poison of snakes” is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word “lips” refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here “mouths” is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word “full” exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here “feet” is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word “blood” is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet The word “their” refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). +ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths The word “their” refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). +ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here “destruction and suffering” are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). +ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A “way” is a road or path. +ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their This word refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). +ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here “fear” is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of the law here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law” +ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here “world” is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here “flesh” refers to all human beings. +ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For Possible meanings are (1) “Therefore” or (2) “This is because” +ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned” +ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: The word “but” here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point. +ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word “now” refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth. +ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words “the Law and the Prophets” refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here “righteousness” means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “There is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the “glory of God” is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here “justified” refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it” +ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard Possible meanings are (1) ignoring or (2) forgiving. +ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “He did this to show how God makes people right with himself” +ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “By this he shows that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus” +ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? ἐξεκλείσθη 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws. Boasting is excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks and answers these rhetorical questions to emphasize that each point he is making is certainly true. You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies, and by using an active form. Alternate translation: “On what grounds should we exclude boasting? Should we exclude it because of our good works? No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 28 t8um figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here “faith” is an abstract noun that refers to the person believing in God. The “person” here is any person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in God” or “when God justifies a person, he does so because the person believes in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law” +ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here “circumcision” is a metonym that refers to Jews and “uncircumcision” is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith. +ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law” +ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-inclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> +ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law. +ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. He speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” +ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” +ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven…whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law…whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision This is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncircumcision This is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 10 uy4t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: “When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 10 p5rp οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision “It happened before he was circumcised, not after he was circumcised” +ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here “righteousness of the faith” means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 even if they are in uncircumcision “even if they are not circumcised” +ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This means that God will consider them righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here “the circumcision” refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles. +ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here “follow in the steps of faith” is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words “the promise came” are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here “live by the law” refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 14 gd78 κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 faith is made empty, and the promise is void “faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless” +ROM 4 15 b3h8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 there is no trespass This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “trespass.” Alternate translation: “no one can break the law” or “it is impossible to disobey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 16 d4jz διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “So” -ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word “it” refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: “it is by faith that we receive the promise” or “we receive the promise by faith” -ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here “the promise may rest on grace” represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses. -ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did” -ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word “us” refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here “of him whom he trusted” refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence “created everything from nothing” -ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem that he could have a son. Alternate translation: “Even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as God said to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You will have more descendants than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “He remained strong in his faith, although” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “kept on acting in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he became stronger in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced “Abraham was completely sure” -ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish “God was able to do” -ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore God counted Abraham’s belief as righteousness” or “Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was “Now” is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection. -ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit “for Abraham only” -ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-inclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead “Raised…from the dead” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br> -ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him. -ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified” -ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ” -ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God. -ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence” -ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md). -ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ. -ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here “hearts” represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase “the love of God has been poured into our hearts” is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word “we” here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man” -ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person” -ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.” -ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here “justified” means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin. -ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-inclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son…his life “God’s Son…the life of God’s Son” -ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses. -ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered…death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of “one man,” Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave the law. Alternate translation: “People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: “but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ…ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death “Even though what I have just said is true, death” or “There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death” ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)). -ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of death as if it were a king who ruled. Alternate translation: “people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam’s disobedience “even people whose sins were different from Adam’s continue to die” -ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is a pattern of him who was to come Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him. -ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here “one” refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here “grace” refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here “the gift” refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift…justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses “after the sins of many” -ROM 5 17 f94r τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam. -ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of “death” as a king who ruled. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespass “through the one sin committed by Adam” or “because of Adam’s sin” -ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here “condemnation” refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act of righteousness the sacrifice of Jesus Christ -ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here “justification” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 19 j5yh τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 one man’s disobedience the disobedience of Adam -ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many people sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus -ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will make many people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification νόμος…παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Here Paul speaks of the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 5 20 c59u ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 sin abounded “sin increased” -ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here “grace” refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. The word “righteousness” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br> -ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God. -ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-inclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here “died to sin” means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer’s baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 4 ps5d ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death…be united with his resurrection Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him…come back to life with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 6 f13e figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 our old man was crucified with him The “old man” is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 6 m7c2 ὁ παλαιὸς…ἄνθρωπος 1 old man This means the person who once was, but who does not exist now. -ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: “our sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 6 6 syc4 figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ 1 might be destroyed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “sin should no longer enslave us” or “we should no longer be slaves to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “we should no longer be controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here “righteous” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here “died” refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-activepassive εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 9 kl3e ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them is to become alive again. -ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here “death” is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “He can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 10 s2xy figs-idiom ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all The phrase “once for all” means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when he died he broke the power of sin completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 11 cac8 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider “For this reason consider” -ROM 6 11 jja7 λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς 1 consider yourselves “think of yourselves as” or “see yourselves as” -ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dead to sin Just as one cannot force a corpse to do anything, sin has no power to force believers to dishonor God. Alternate translation: “as if you were dead to the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 11 q4ky νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin, but alive to God “dead to the power of sin, but living to honor God” -ROM 6 11 vtl1 ζῶντας…τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 alive to God in Christ Jesus “living to honor God through the power Christ Jesus gives you” -ROM 6 12 dng2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that grace rules over us, not the law; we are not sin’s slaves, but God’s slaves. -ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was there master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: “Do not let sinful desires control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the “parts of his body” to his master or king. One’s “body parts” are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here “now living” refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here “parts of your body” is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of “sin” here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: “Do not let sinful desires control what you do” or “Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be “under law” means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To be “under grace” means that God’s free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but you are bound to God’s grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 15 c77g μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We would never want that to happen!” or “May God help me not to do that!” This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md). -ROM 6 16 jl1w figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 Do you not know that the one to whom you present yourselves as slaves is the one to which you are obedient, the one you must obey? Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God’s grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin…or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin…or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin…or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death…which leads to righteousness “which results in death…which results in righteousness” -ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But thanks be to God! “But I thank God!” -ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “you were like slaves of sin” or “you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word “heart” refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here “pattern” refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has freed you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here “free from sin” is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “you have been made free from sin’s control over you” -ROM 6 18 g42l figs-metaphor ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness Slavery of righteousness is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: “you have been made like slaves of righteousness” or “you are now controlled by righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 18 fx5r ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has made you slaves of righteousness” or “Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness” -ROM 6 19 l4cl ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: “I am speaking about this in human terms” or “I am using examples from everyday life” -ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word “flesh” as the opposite of “spirit.” Alternate translation: “because you do not fully understand spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Here, “body parts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here “body parts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here “free from righteousness” is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” or “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? “Fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: “Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame” or “You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But now that you have become free from sin and have become God’s slaves” or “But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being “free from sin” is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “But now that God has made you able not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being “enslaved” to God is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: “and God has made you able to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here “fruit” is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life “The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God” -ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word “wages” refers to a payment given to someone for their work. “For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment” or “For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death” -ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord “but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord” -ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> -ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law. -ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers…that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)). -ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here “bound by law to the husband” is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 2 iu7r ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ 1 the married woman This refers to any woman who is married. -ROM 7 3 w3yw 0 Connecting Statement: This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)). -ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει 1 she will be called an adulteress You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 3 wg4k ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she is free from the law Here being free from the law means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: “she does not have to obey that law” -ROM 7 4 ne64 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Therefore, my brothers This relates back to [Romans 7:1](../07/01.md). -ROM 7 4 u5nu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” or “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here “fruit” is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here “fruit” is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law. -ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 we have been released from the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-inclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the law which held us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-explicit γράμματος 1 the letter This refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul is introducing a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 7 erx6 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). -ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 7 n43p ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin” -ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν; 1 But sin took the opportunity…brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 8 nj21 ἐπιθυμίαν 1 lust This word includes both the desire to have what belongs to other people and wrong sexual desire. -ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin” -ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This can mean (1) “I realized that I was sinning” or (2) “I strongly desired to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 10 yu1u figs-metaphor εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον. 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul speaks of God’s condemnation as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing sin as a person who can do 3 things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 11 qi99 ἡ…ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin” -ROM 7 11 cw46 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 took the opportunity through the commandment Paul is comparing sin to a person who can act. See how you translated this in [Romans 7:8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-metaphor ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Paul speaks of God’s condemnation on sinners as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “it separated me from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 12 t9uk ἅγιος 1 holy Morally perfect, without sin -ROM 7 13 cz5k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good. -ROM 7 13 us69 οὖν 1 So Paul is introducing a new topic. -ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ…ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God’s law. -ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me “cause me to die” -ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin…brought about death in me Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me “separated me from God” -ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment “because I disobeyed the commandment” -ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good. -ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do” -ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do “because what I do” -ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω, 1 what I want to do, this I do not do The words “I do not do” are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate, this I do The words “I do,” which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ…ποιῶ 1 But if I do “However, if I do” -ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ 1 I agree with the law “I know God’s law is good” -ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here “flesh” is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good “the good deeds” or “the good actions” -ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions” -ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of “evil” here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man This is the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive “I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me” -ROM 7 23 t7yh νόμῳ 1 new principle This is the new spiritually alive nature. -ROM 7 23 fct8 ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 a different principle in my body parts This is the old nature, the way people are when they are born. -ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts “my sinful nature” -ROM 7 24 h8l8 figs-rquestion τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 Who will deliver me from this body of death? Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: “I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 24 nu6u με ῥύσεται 1 deliver me “rescue me” -ROM 7 24 md8e figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death This is a metaphor that means a body that will experience physical death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This is the answer to the question in 7:24. -ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either God’s law or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “These are sons of God”<br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### No condemnation<br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br> -ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good. -ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here “condemnation” refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true” -ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus This refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death Possible meanings are that this refers to (1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” or (2) the principle that people sin and die. -ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh “because of people’s sinful nature” -ROM 8 3 p4qq τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He…sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh…an offering for sin…he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin. -ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh “who looked like any other sinful human being” -ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins” -ROM 8 3 es29 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh “God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son” -ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit “but who obey the Holy Spirit” -ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have. -ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh…the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the “flesh” and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think…the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 6 ec7j θάνατος 1 death Here this means the separation of a person from God. -ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do. -ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how “the flesh” was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md). -ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit “acting according to the Holy Spirit” -ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit…God’s Spirit…Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit. -ROM 8 9 bei3 εἴπερ 1 if it is true that This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” -ROM 8 10 q8be figs-explicit εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin or (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right or (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 If the Spirit…lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit…lives in you” -ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised “of God, who raised” -ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised Jesus Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα 1 mortal bodies “physical bodies” or “bodies, which will die someday” -ROM 8 12 mv1r ἄρα οὖν 1 So then “Because what I have just told you is true” -ROM 8 12 qw5b ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: “we need to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Again Paul speaks of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. You can include the implied word “debtors.” Alternate translation: “but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 13 ri75 εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh “Because if you live only to please your sinful desires” -ROM 8 13 b9n5 μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die “you will certainly be separated from God” -ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul speaks of the “old man,” crucified with Christ, as the person who is responsible for his sinful desires. Alternate translation: “but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 14 gd1i υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus and is often translated as “children of God.” -ROM 8 15 ecq3 ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν 1 by which we cry “who causes us to cry out” -ROM 8 15 vxs9 translate-unknown Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father “Abba” is “Father” in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “we also will one day receive what God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God may glorify us along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 18 phk6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us as believers that our bodies will be changed at the redemption of our bodies in this section which ends in [Romans 8:25](../08/25.md). -ROM 8 18 i5nu γὰρ 1 For This emphasizes “I consider.” It does not mean “because.” -ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive λογίζομαι…ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς 1 I consider that…are not worthy to be compared with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 18 jjb8 figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 will be revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal” or “God will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως, τὴν…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 19 sr2p υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus. You can also translate this as “children of God.” -ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι, ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul describes “creation” as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: “not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here being in slavery to decay is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: “from being like a slave to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God “Freedom” here is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: “that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman groaning while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: “For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here “our adoption” means when we become full members of God’s family, as adopted children. The word “redemption” means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family and he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what “hope” is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us. -ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans “groanings that we cannot express in words” -ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here “He” refers to God. Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. The phrase “searches the hearts” is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love. -ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew “those whom he knew before he even created them” -ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance” -ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn “so that his Son would be the firstborn” -ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here “brothers” refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined “Those whom God made plans for in advance” -ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here “justified” is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word “glorified” is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up “but put him under the control of his enemies” -ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things “kindly give us all things” -ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 Who will bring any accusation against God’s chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one will condemn us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” or “Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The words “shall separate us from the love of Christ” are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verb phrases. Here “sword” is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here “your” is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-inclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here “we” refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase “all day long” is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory” -ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 38 fch1 πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced “I am convinced” or “I am confident” -ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Possible meanings are (1) demons or (2) human kings and rulers. -ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers Possible meanings are (1) spiritual beings with power or (2) human beings with power. -ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”<br><br>### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”<br>Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this.<br> -ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe. -ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say” -ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here “unceasing pain in my heart” is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου, τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites “They, like me, are Israelites. God chose them to be Jacob’s descendants” -ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of “adoption” to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “They have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith. -ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “God has kept his promises” -ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus. -ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants” -ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here “children of the flesh” is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. -ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise” -ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-inclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as “our father” because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην, ἔχουσα 1 had conceived “had become pregnant” -ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad” -ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen” -ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born “before the children were born” -ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad “not because of anything they had done” -ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just” -ROM 9 12 d6mr ἐκ τοῦ 1 because of him because of God -ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’” -ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word “hated” is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. -ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God’s talking with Moses as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: “For God said to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard” -ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the scripture is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “The scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I…my God is referring to himself. -ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up “Raised” here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name This metonym refers either (1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” or (2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn. -ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words “he” and “his” here refer to God. -ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ…ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has…withstood his will “has…stopped him from doing what he wanted to do” -ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why…way?” Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why…way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Does the potter not have the right…for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right…for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words “he” and “his” here refer to God. -ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great “riches.” Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here “glory” refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-inclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word “us” here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here “called” means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus. -ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea. -ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here “he” refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea Hosea was a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people “I will choose for my people those who were not my people” -ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here “her” refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word “living” may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God” -ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out” -ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said” -ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles” -ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness “who were not trying to please God” -ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here “by faith” refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφθασεν 1 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 32 j5jp figs-explicit ὡς ἐξ ἔργων 1 by works This refers to things that people do to try to please God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “by trying to do things that would please God” or “by keeping the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 33 kx9c figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can indicate that Isaiah wrote this. You can also translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here Zion is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 9 33 u3dj figs-doublet λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 stone of stumbling and a rock of offense Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing and are metaphors that refer to Jesus and his death on the cross. It was as if the people stumbled over a stone because they were disgusted when they considered Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 33 tu4i πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 believes in it Because the stone stands for a person, you may need to translate “believes in him.” -ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 18-20 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s righteousness<br><br>Paul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Hebrew people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”<br><br>Paul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> -ROM 10 1 pi37 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus. -ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation “is that God will save the Jews” -ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them “I declare truthfully about them” -ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here “righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God “They did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” -ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” -ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here “believes” means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of “righteousness” as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words “will live” can refer to (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. -ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here “righteousness” is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” -ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be brought up from among them is to become alive again. -ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead This word speaks of physical death. -ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 But what does it say? The word “it” refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes “righteousness” as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is…in your mouth The word “mouth” is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak…God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is…in your heart The phrase “in your heart” is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what…God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” -ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you confess that Jesus is Lord” -ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here “heart” is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. You can make explicit who wrote the Scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here “he is rich” means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word “name” is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word “they” refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. -ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος 1 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses “feet” to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here “they” refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” -ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, “our” refers to God and Isaiah. -ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here “faith” refers to “believing in Christ” -ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” -ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word “their” refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you…I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you…God will stir you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” -ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here “without understanding” means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” -ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to God. -ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet Isaiah wrote what God had said. -ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared “I made myself known” -ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says “He” refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah. -ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “continually” -ROM 10 21 il8s ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” -ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Grafting<br>Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”<br><br>Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br> -ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works. -ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then “I, Paul, say then” -ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 1 wqu2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). -ROM 11 1 bc4g φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin This refers to the tribe descended from Benjamin, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel. -ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew “whom he knew ahead of time” -ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says Paul is referring to the Scriptures as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 11 3 fh9i ἀπέκτειναν 1 they have killed “They” refers to the people of Israel. -ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun “I” here refers to Elijah. -ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life “desiring to kill me” -ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: “How does God answer him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 4 x6e9 αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun “him” refers to Elijah. -ROM 11 4 c9tc translate-numbers ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 seven thousand men “7,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ROM 11 5 ce2r λῖμμα 1 remnant Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace. -ROM 11 6 q6es figs-explicit εἰ δὲ χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul continues to explain how God’s mercy works. Alternate translation: “But since God’s mercy works by grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 7 k94b figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 What then? “What should we conclude?” Paul asks this question to move his reader to his next point. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is what we need to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 8 z47a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of dullness Here this means “having the characteristics of,” such as the “spirit of wisdom.” -ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one’s eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding. -ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience. -ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap “Table” here is a metonym that represents feasting, and “net” and “trap” are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A “stumbling block” is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 9 xex5 ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them “something that allows you to take revenge on them” -ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here “bend their back” is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake. -ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). -ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι 1 provoke…to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). -ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the Gentiles by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ. -ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles. -ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 I will provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). -ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to “my fellow Jews.” -ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “Perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the world to himself” -ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun “their” refers to Jewish unbelievers. -ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” or “then when God accepts them, it will be like they have died and become alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 15 jn4l νεκρῶν 1 the dead These words speak of all dead people together in the underworld. -ROM 11 16 b2s5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα; 1 If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the first grain or “firstfruits” to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who are descendants of those men as if they were a “lump of dough” that they made from the grain. Alternate translation: “If Abraham is counted as the first of what has been offered to God, all of our ancestors who followed should also be counted as God’s possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the root of a tree, and the Israelites who are descendants of those men, as if they were the tree’s “branches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor ἁγία 1 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here “firstfruits” stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-you σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wild olive branch The pronoun “you,” and the phrase “a wild olive branch,” refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as “broken branches.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone broke off some of the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were “grafted branches.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here “the rich root” is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here “the branches” is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here “branches” refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 20 puj9 …ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their…they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe. -ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the “natural branches” refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them. -ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on the Jews who fell…God’s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell…but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 those who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “kindness.” Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can “cut off” if he needs to. Here “cut off” is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase “do not continue in their unbelief” is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree. -ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they…them All occurrences of “they” or “them” refer to the Jews. -ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The “natural branches” represent the Jews, and the “grafted branches” represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I The pronoun “I” refers to Paul. -ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you…you…your The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers. -ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of “hardening” or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “many people of Israel continue to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word “until” here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church. -ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God. -ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here “Zion” is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer “the one who brings his people to safety” -ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of ungodliness as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here “Jacob” is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: “Because the Jews rejected the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles’ sake. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies for your sake” or “God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 as far as election is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: “because God has elected the Jews” or “because God has chosen the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient “you did not obey in the past” -ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here mercy means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you This refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here “wisdom” and “knowledge” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us” -ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here “mind” is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word “it” refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: “it is by faith that we receive the promise” or “we receive the promise by faith” +ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here “the promise may rest on grace” represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses. +ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did” +ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word “us” refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here “of him whom he trusted” refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence “created everything from nothing” +ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem that he could have a son. Alternate translation: “Even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as God said to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You will have more descendants than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “He remained strong in his faith, although” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “kept on acting in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he became stronger in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced “Abraham was completely sure” +ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish “God was able to do” +ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore God counted Abraham’s belief as righteousness” or “Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was “Now” is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection. +ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit “for Abraham only” +ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-inclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead “Raised…from the dead” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br> +ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him. +ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified” +ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ” +ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God. +ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence” +ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md). +ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ. +ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here “hearts” represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase “the love of God has been poured into our hearts” is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word “we” here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man” +ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person” +ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.” +ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here “justified” means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin. +ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-inclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son…his life “God’s Son…the life of God’s Son” +ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses. +ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered…death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of “one man,” Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave the law. Alternate translation: “People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: “but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ…ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death “Even though what I have just said is true, death” or “There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death” ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)). +ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of death as if it were a king who ruled. Alternate translation: “people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam’s disobedience “even people whose sins were different from Adam’s continue to die” +ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is a pattern of him who was to come Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him. +ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here “one” refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here “grace” refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here “the gift” refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift…justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses “after the sins of many” +ROM 5 17 f94r τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam. +ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of “death” as a king who ruled. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespass “through the one sin committed by Adam” or “because of Adam’s sin” +ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here “condemnation” refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act of righteousness the sacrifice of Jesus Christ +ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here “justification” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 19 j5yh τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 one man’s disobedience the disobedience of Adam +ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many people sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus +ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will make many people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification νόμος…παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Here Paul speaks of the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 20 c59u ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 sin abounded “sin increased” +ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here “grace” refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. The word “righteousness” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br> +ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God. +ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-inclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here “died to sin” means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer’s baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 6 4 ps5d ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them speaks of becoming alive again. +ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death…be united with his resurrection Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him…come back to life with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 6 f13e figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 our old man was crucified with him The “old man” is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 6 m7c2 ὁ παλαιὸς…ἄνθρωπος 1 old man This means the person who once was, but who does not exist now. +ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: “our sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 6 6 syc4 figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ 1 might be destroyed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “sin should no longer enslave us” or “we should no longer be slaves to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “we should no longer be controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here “righteous” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here “died” refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-activepassive εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 6 9 kl3e ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them is to become alive again. +ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here “death” is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “He can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 10 s2xy figs-idiom ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all The phrase “once for all” means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when he died he broke the power of sin completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 11 cac8 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider “For this reason consider” +ROM 6 11 jja7 λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς 1 consider yourselves “think of yourselves as” or “see yourselves as” +ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dead to sin Just as one cannot force a corpse to do anything, sin has no power to force believers to dishonor God. Alternate translation: “as if you were dead to the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 11 q4ky νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin, but alive to God “dead to the power of sin, but living to honor God” +ROM 6 11 vtl1 ζῶντας…τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 alive to God in Christ Jesus “living to honor God through the power Christ Jesus gives you” +ROM 6 12 dng2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that grace rules over us, not the law; we are not sin’s slaves, but God’s slaves. +ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was there master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: “Do not let sinful desires control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the “parts of his body” to his master or king. One’s “body parts” are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here “now living” refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here “parts of your body” is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of “sin” here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: “Do not let sinful desires control what you do” or “Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be “under law” means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To be “under grace” means that God’s free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but you are bound to God’s grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 15 c77g μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We would never want that to happen!” or “May God help me not to do that!” This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md). +ROM 6 16 jl1w figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 Do you not know that the one to whom you present yourselves as slaves is the one to which you are obedient, the one you must obey? Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God’s grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin…or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin…or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin…or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death…which leads to righteousness “which results in death…which results in righteousness” +ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But thanks be to God! “But I thank God!” +ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “you were like slaves of sin” or “you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word “heart” refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here “pattern” refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has freed you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here “free from sin” is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “you have been made free from sin’s control over you” +ROM 6 18 g42l figs-metaphor ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness Slavery of righteousness is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: “you have been made like slaves of righteousness” or “you are now controlled by righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 18 fx5r ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has made you slaves of righteousness” or “Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness” +ROM 6 19 l4cl ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: “I am speaking about this in human terms” or “I am using examples from everyday life” +ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word “flesh” as the opposite of “spirit.” Alternate translation: “because you do not fully understand spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Here, “body parts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here “body parts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here “free from righteousness” is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” or “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? “Fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: “Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame” or “You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But now that you have become free from sin and have become God’s slaves” or “But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being “free from sin” is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “But now that God has made you able not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being “enslaved” to God is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: “and God has made you able to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here “fruit” is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life “The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God” +ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word “wages” refers to a payment given to someone for their work. “For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment” or “For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death” +ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord “but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord” +ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> +ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law. +ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers…that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)). +ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here “bound by law to the husband” is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 2 iu7r ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ 1 the married woman This refers to any woman who is married. +ROM 7 3 w3yw 0 Connecting Statement: This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)). +ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει 1 she will be called an adulteress You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 7 3 wg4k ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she is free from the law Here being free from the law means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: “she does not have to obey that law” +ROM 7 4 ne64 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Therefore, my brothers This relates back to [Romans 7:1](../07/01.md). +ROM 7 4 u5nu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” or “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here “fruit” is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here “fruit” is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law. +ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 we have been released from the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-inclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the law which held us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-explicit γράμματος 1 the letter This refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul is introducing a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 7 7 erx6 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). +ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 7 n43p ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin” +ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν; 1 But sin took the opportunity…brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 8 nj21 ἐπιθυμίαν 1 lust This word includes both the desire to have what belongs to other people and wrong sexual desire. +ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin” +ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This can mean (1) “I realized that I was sinning” or (2) “I strongly desired to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 10 yu1u figs-metaphor εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον. 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul speaks of God’s condemnation as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing sin as a person who can do 3 things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 11 qi99 ἡ…ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin” +ROM 7 11 cw46 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 took the opportunity through the commandment Paul is comparing sin to a person who can act. See how you translated this in [Romans 7:8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-metaphor ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Paul speaks of God’s condemnation on sinners as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “it separated me from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 12 t9uk ἅγιος 1 holy Morally perfect, without sin +ROM 7 13 cz5k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good. +ROM 7 13 us69 οὖν 1 So Paul is introducing a new topic. +ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ…ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God’s law. +ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me “cause me to die” +ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin…brought about death in me Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me “separated me from God” +ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment “because I disobeyed the commandment” +ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good. +ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do” +ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do “because what I do” +ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω, 1 what I want to do, this I do not do The words “I do not do” are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate, this I do The words “I do,” which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ…ποιῶ 1 But if I do “However, if I do” +ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ 1 I agree with the law “I know God’s law is good” +ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here “flesh” is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good “the good deeds” or “the good actions” +ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions” +ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of “evil” here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man This is the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive “I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me” +ROM 7 23 t7yh νόμῳ 1 new principle This is the new spiritually alive nature. +ROM 7 23 fct8 ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 a different principle in my body parts This is the old nature, the way people are when they are born. +ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts “my sinful nature” +ROM 7 24 h8l8 figs-rquestion τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 Who will deliver me from this body of death? Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: “I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 7 24 nu6u με ῥύσεται 1 deliver me “rescue me” +ROM 7 24 md8e figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death This is a metaphor that means a body that will experience physical death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This is the answer to the question in 7:24. +ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either God’s law or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “These are sons of God”<br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### No condemnation<br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br> +ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good. +ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here “condemnation” refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true” +ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus This refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death Possible meanings are that this refers to (1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” or (2) the principle that people sin and die. +ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh “because of people’s sinful nature” +ROM 8 3 p4qq τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He…sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh…an offering for sin…he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin. +ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh “who looked like any other sinful human being” +ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins” +ROM 8 3 es29 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh “God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son” +ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit “but who obey the Holy Spirit” +ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have. +ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh…the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the “flesh” and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think…the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 6 ec7j θάνατος 1 death Here this means the separation of a person from God. +ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do. +ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how “the flesh” was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md). +ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit “acting according to the Holy Spirit” +ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit…God’s Spirit…Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit. +ROM 8 9 bei3 εἴπερ 1 if it is true that This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” +ROM 8 10 q8be figs-explicit εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin or (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right or (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 If the Spirit…lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit…lives in you” +ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised “of God, who raised” +ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised Jesus Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα 1 mortal bodies “physical bodies” or “bodies, which will die someday” +ROM 8 12 mv1r ἄρα οὖν 1 So then “Because what I have just told you is true” +ROM 8 12 qw5b ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: “we need to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Again Paul speaks of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. You can include the implied word “debtors.” Alternate translation: “but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 13 ri75 εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh “Because if you live only to please your sinful desires” +ROM 8 13 b9n5 μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die “you will certainly be separated from God” +ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul speaks of the “old man,” crucified with Christ, as the person who is responsible for his sinful desires. Alternate translation: “but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 14 gd1i υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus and is often translated as “children of God.” +ROM 8 15 ecq3 ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν 1 by which we cry “who causes us to cry out” +ROM 8 15 vxs9 translate-unknown Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father “Abba” is “Father” in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “we also will one day receive what God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God may glorify us along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 18 phk6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us as believers that our bodies will be changed at the redemption of our bodies in this section which ends in [Romans 8:25](../08/25.md). +ROM 8 18 i5nu γὰρ 1 For This emphasizes “I consider.” It does not mean “because.” +ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive λογίζομαι…ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς 1 I consider that…are not worthy to be compared with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 18 jjb8 figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 will be revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal” or “God will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως, τὴν…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 19 sr2p υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus. You can also translate this as “children of God.” +ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι, ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul describes “creation” as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: “not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here being in slavery to decay is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: “from being like a slave to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God “Freedom” here is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: “that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman groaning while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: “For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here “our adoption” means when we become full members of God’s family, as adopted children. The word “redemption” means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family and he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what “hope” is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us. +ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans “groanings that we cannot express in words” +ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here “He” refers to God. Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. The phrase “searches the hearts” is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love. +ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew “those whom he knew before he even created them” +ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance” +ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn “so that his Son would be the firstborn” +ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here “brothers” refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined “Those whom God made plans for in advance” +ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here “justified” is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word “glorified” is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up “but put him under the control of his enemies” +ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things “kindly give us all things” +ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 Who will bring any accusation against God’s chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one will condemn us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” or “Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The words “shall separate us from the love of Christ” are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verb phrases. Here “sword” is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here “your” is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-inclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here “we” refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase “all day long” is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory” +ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 38 fch1 πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced “I am convinced” or “I am confident” +ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Possible meanings are (1) demons or (2) human kings and rulers. +ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers Possible meanings are (1) spiritual beings with power or (2) human beings with power. +ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”<br><br>### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”<br>Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this.<br> +ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe. +ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say” +ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here “unceasing pain in my heart” is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου, τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites “They, like me, are Israelites. God chose them to be Jacob’s descendants” +ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of “adoption” to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “They have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith. +ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “God has kept his promises” +ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus. +ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants” +ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here “children of the flesh” is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. +ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise” +ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-inclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as “our father” because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην, ἔχουσα 1 had conceived “had become pregnant” +ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad” +ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen” +ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born “before the children were born” +ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad “not because of anything they had done” +ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just” +ROM 9 12 d6mr ἐκ τοῦ 1 because of him because of God +ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’” +ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word “hated” is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. +ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God’s talking with Moses as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: “For God said to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard” +ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the scripture is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “The scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I…my God is referring to himself. +ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up “Raised” here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name This metonym refers either (1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” or (2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn. +ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words “he” and “his” here refer to God. +ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ…ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has…withstood his will “has…stopped him from doing what he wanted to do” +ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why…way?” Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why…way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Does the potter not have the right…for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right…for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words “he” and “his” here refer to God. +ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great “riches.” Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here “glory” refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-inclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word “us” here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here “called” means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus. +ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea. +ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here “he” refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea Hosea was a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people “I will choose for my people those who were not my people” +ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here “her” refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word “living” may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God” +ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out” +ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said” +ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles” +ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness “who were not trying to please God” +ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here “by faith” refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφθασεν 1 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 32 j5jp figs-explicit ὡς ἐξ ἔργων 1 by works This refers to things that people do to try to please God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “by trying to do things that would please God” or “by keeping the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 33 kx9c figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can indicate that Isaiah wrote this. You can also translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here Zion is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 9 33 u3dj figs-doublet λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 stone of stumbling and a rock of offense Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing and are metaphors that refer to Jesus and his death on the cross. It was as if the people stumbled over a stone because they were disgusted when they considered Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 33 tu4i πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 believes in it Because the stone stands for a person, you may need to translate “believes in him.” +ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 18-20 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s righteousness<br><br>Paul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Hebrew people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”<br><br>Paul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> +ROM 10 1 pi37 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus. +ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation “is that God will save the Jews” +ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them “I declare truthfully about them” +ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here “righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God “They did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” +ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” +ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here “believes” means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of “righteousness” as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words “will live” can refer to (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. +ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here “righteousness” is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” +ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be brought up from among them is to become alive again. +ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead This word speaks of physical death. +ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 But what does it say? The word “it” refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes “righteousness” as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is…in your mouth The word “mouth” is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak…God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is…in your heart The phrase “in your heart” is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what…God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” +ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you confess that Jesus is Lord” +ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here “heart” is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. You can make explicit who wrote the Scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here “he is rich” means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word “name” is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word “they” refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. +ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος 1 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses “feet” to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here “they” refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” +ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, “our” refers to God and Isaiah. +ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here “faith” refers to “believing in Christ” +ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” +ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word “their” refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you…I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you…God will stir you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” +ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here “without understanding” means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” +ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to God. +ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet Isaiah wrote what God had said. +ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared “I made myself known” +ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says “He” refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah. +ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “continually” +ROM 10 21 il8s ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” +ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Grafting<br>Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”<br><br>Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br> +ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works. +ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then “I, Paul, say then” +ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 11 1 wqu2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). +ROM 11 1 bc4g φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin This refers to the tribe descended from Benjamin, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel. +ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew “whom he knew ahead of time” +ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says Paul is referring to the Scriptures as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 11 3 fh9i ἀπέκτειναν 1 they have killed “They” refers to the people of Israel. +ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun “I” here refers to Elijah. +ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life “desiring to kill me” +ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: “How does God answer him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 11 4 x6e9 αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun “him” refers to Elijah. +ROM 11 4 c9tc translate-numbers ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 seven thousand men “7,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ROM 11 5 ce2r λῖμμα 1 remnant Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace. +ROM 11 6 q6es figs-explicit εἰ δὲ χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul continues to explain how God’s mercy works. Alternate translation: “But since God’s mercy works by grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 7 k94b figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 What then? “What should we conclude?” Paul asks this question to move his reader to his next point. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is what we need to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 8 z47a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of dullness Here this means “having the characteristics of,” such as the “spirit of wisdom.” +ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one’s eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding. +ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience. +ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap “Table” here is a metonym that represents feasting, and “net” and “trap” are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A “stumbling block” is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 9 xex5 ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them “something that allows you to take revenge on them” +ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here “bend their back” is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake. +ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). +ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι 1 provoke…to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). +ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the Gentiles by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ. +ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles. +ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 I will provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). +ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to “my fellow Jews.” +ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “Perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the world to himself” +ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun “their” refers to Jewish unbelievers. +ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” or “then when God accepts them, it will be like they have died and become alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 15 jn4l νεκρῶν 1 the dead These words speak of all dead people together in the underworld. +ROM 11 16 b2s5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα; 1 If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the first grain or “firstfruits” to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who are descendants of those men as if they were a “lump of dough” that they made from the grain. Alternate translation: “If Abraham is counted as the first of what has been offered to God, all of our ancestors who followed should also be counted as God’s possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the root of a tree, and the Israelites who are descendants of those men, as if they were the tree’s “branches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor ἁγία 1 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here “firstfruits” stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-you σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wild olive branch The pronoun “you,” and the phrase “a wild olive branch,” refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as “broken branches.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone broke off some of the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were “grafted branches.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here “the rich root” is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here “the branches” is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here “branches” refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 20 puj9 …ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their…they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe. +ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the “natural branches” refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them. +ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on the Jews who fell…God’s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell…but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 those who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “kindness.” Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can “cut off” if he needs to. Here “cut off” is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase “do not continue in their unbelief” is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree. +ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they…them All occurrences of “they” or “them” refer to the Jews. +ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The “natural branches” represent the Jews, and the “grafted branches” represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I The pronoun “I” refers to Paul. +ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you…you…your The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers. +ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of “hardening” or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “many people of Israel continue to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word “until” here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church. +ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God. +ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here “Zion” is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer “the one who brings his people to safety” +ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of ungodliness as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here “Jacob” is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: “Because the Jews rejected the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles’ sake. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies for your sake” or “God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 as far as election is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: “because God has elected the Jews” or “because God has chosen the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient “you did not obey in the past” +ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here mercy means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you This refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here “wisdom” and “knowledge” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us” +ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here “mind” is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?” Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him…through him…to him Here, all occurrences of “him” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul’s desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “May all people honor him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word “therefore” in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian living<br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve. -ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here “brothers” refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word “bodies” to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God Possible meanings are (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” or (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service “This is the right way to worship God” -ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world Possible meanings are (1) “Do not behave as the world behaves” or (2) “Do not think the way the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed Possible meanings are (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” or (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think and behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here “grace” refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think “that no one among you should think they are better than other people” -ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way “But you should be wise in how you think about yourselves” -ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others. -ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human body. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands. -ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Possible meanings are (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” or (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.” -ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here “giving” refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. -ROM 12 9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. -ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form “Concerning…be” to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning…do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). -ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers “As for how you love your fellow believers” -ROM 12 10 lcg8 figs-activepassive φιλόστοργοι 1 be affectionate You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “show affection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another “Honor and respect one another” or “Honor your fellow believers by respecting them” -ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him “Do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord” -ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering “Wait patiently whenever you have troubles” -ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “When fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” -ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality “Always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” -ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “Agree with one another” or “Live in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways “Do not think that you are more important than others” -ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people “welcome people who do not seem important” -ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else” -ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil “Do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you” -ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people “Do things that everyone considers to be good” -ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” -ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy…feed him…give him a drink…if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry…his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry…his head’” -ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him “give him some food” -ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” or (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes “evil” as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers. -ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here “soul” is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Every Christian should obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities “government officials” +ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him…through him…to him Here, all occurrences of “him” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul’s desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “May all people honor him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word “therefore” in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian living<br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve. +ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here “brothers” refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word “bodies” to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God Possible meanings are (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” or (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service “This is the right way to worship God” +ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world Possible meanings are (1) “Do not behave as the world behaves” or (2) “Do not think the way the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed Possible meanings are (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” or (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think and behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here “grace” refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think “that no one among you should think they are better than other people” +ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way “But you should be wise in how you think about yourselves” +ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others. +ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human body. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands. +ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Possible meanings are (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” or (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.” +ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here “giving” refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. +ROM 12 9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. +ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form “Concerning…be” to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning…do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). +ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers “As for how you love your fellow believers” +ROM 12 10 lcg8 figs-activepassive φιλόστοργοι 1 be affectionate You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “show affection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another “Honor and respect one another” or “Honor your fellow believers by respecting them” +ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him “Do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord” +ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering “Wait patiently whenever you have troubles” +ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “When fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” +ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality “Always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” +ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “Agree with one another” or “Live in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways “Do not think that you are more important than others” +ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people “welcome people who do not seem important” +ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else” +ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil “Do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you” +ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people “Do things that everyone considers to be good” +ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” +ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy…feed him…give him a drink…if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry…his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry…his head’” +ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him “give him some food” +ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” or (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes “evil” as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers. +ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here “soul” is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Every Christian should obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities “government officials” ROM 13 1 emi2 γὰρ 1 for because -ROM 13 1 wii2 οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God “all authority comes from God” -ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority “that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power” -ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 3 m3yf γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person. -ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1 rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid. -ROM 13 3 jt2z τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds…to evil deeds People are identified with their “good deeds” or “evil deeds.” -ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good. -ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here “wrath” represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God” -ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because the government punishes evildoers” -ROM 13 6 r4b3 figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 1 For they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities” -ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 who attend to…continually “administer” or “work on” -ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-you ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word “Pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν…φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying fear and honor is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 7 s2nf τὸ τέλος 1 toll This is a kind of tax. -ROM 13 8 s8pb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to act toward neighbors. -ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 Owe no one anything, except to love one another This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Pay all you owe to everyone, and love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 13 8 p6cw figs-you ὀφείλετε 1 Owe This verb is plural and applies to all the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 13 8 ay3n εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another This is the one debt that can remain as shown in the note above. -ROM 13 8 i5au ἀγαπᾶν 1 love This refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. -ROM 13 9 wad4 ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 covet to desire to have or possess something that another person possesses. -ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: “People who love their neighbors do not harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: “The sinful time is almost over” or “It is as though the night is almost finished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of “works of darkness” as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to “put aside” means to stop doing something. Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here “light” is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-inclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 13 13 h6xl ἔριδι 1 strife This refers to plotting against and arguing with other people. -ROM 13 13 g117 ζήλῳ 1 jealousy This refers to negative feelings against another person’s success or advantage over others. -ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of accepting the moral nature of Christ as if he were our outer clothing that people can see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 14 j795 ἐνδύσασθε 1 put on If your language has a plural form for commands, use it here. -ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε 1 make no provision for the flesh Here the “flesh” refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: “do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### The judgment seat of God<br><br>The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives.<br> -ROM 14 1 abm6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God. -ROM 14 1 jf8v ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things. -ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments “and do not condemn them for their opinions” -ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Here “faith” refers to doing what a person believes God is telling him to do. -ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat. -ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a master who owned servants. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the servant or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being “made to stand” instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same” -ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here “observes” refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord” -ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “He who does not eat everything” or “The person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here “lives for himself” means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-inclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means one’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 14 10 db9a figs-you τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. -ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The “judgment seat” refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ…ἐγώ 1 For it is written, “As I You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written in the Scriptures: ‘As” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words “knee” and “tongue” to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word “God” to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God “will have to explain our actions to God” -ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here “stumbling block” and “snare” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. -ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words “know” and “am persuaded” mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself “by its nature” or “because of what it is” -ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “But if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word “your” refers to those who are strong in faith and “brother” refers to those who are weak in faith. -ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. -ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil “If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good” -ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here “build up one another” refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that “causes him to stumble” means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin” -ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. -ROM 14 21 e1du σου 1 your This refers to the strong in faith and “brother” refers to the weak in faith. -ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This refers back to the beliefs about food and drink. -ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you…yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do” -ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is “not from faith” is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is “not from faith” is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.<br><br>In [Romans 15:14](../../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Strong/Weak<br>These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br> -ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived. -ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. -ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here “strong” refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here “the weak” refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. -ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-inclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here “have confidence” means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. -ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that…God…will grant” -ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the “same mind” is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another”” -ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The word “I” refers to Paul. -ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here “the circumcision” is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 in order to confirm the promises This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. -ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here “the fathers” refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy” -ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here “your name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says “Again the scripture says” -ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him “praise the Lord” -ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Jesse was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here “him” refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. -ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here “exhort” means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of grace as if it were a physical gift that God had given him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an offering to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles “so that the Gentiles will obey God” -ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-activepassive λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action This can be translated in active form: Alternative translation: Alternate translation: “These are things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Here “these are things” refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of Jerusalem as far as the province of Illyricum, a region close to Italy. -ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “Because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “What is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the “tidings” or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. -ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain This is a roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way” -ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν…ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company “have enjoyed spending some time with you” or “have enjoyed visiting you” -ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words “Macedonia” and “Achaia” are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this “The believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” -ROM 15 27 tfz1 γάρ…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” -ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ…λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles owe service to the Jerusalem believers” -ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit οἶδα δὲ ὅτι ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “And I know that when I visit you, Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. -ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you “I encourage you” -ROM 15 30 v9iy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with “you work hard” or “you struggle” -ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the believers in Jerusalem will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The “God of peace” means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> -ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. -ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe “I want you to respect Phoebe” -ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 1 q86q figs-inclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word “our” refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea This was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” -ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-euphemism παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Paul encourages the Roman believers to give to Phoebe anything she needs. Alternate translation: “help her by giving her whatever she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 16 2 inh1 προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well “has helped many people, and she has also helped me” -ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila Priscilla was the wife of Aquila. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Paul’s “fellow workers” are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 5 i32d καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house “Greet the believers who meet in their house to worship” -ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could be either (1) Junia, a woman’s name, or, much less likely, (2) Junias, a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles know them very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer” -ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus…Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles…Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word “approved” refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” -ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion…Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-explicit τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord This refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are believers” or “who belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena…Tryphosa…Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 chosen in the Lord You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own mother. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus…Phlegon…Hermes…Patrobas…Hermas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus…Nereus…Olympas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The name of a woman. Julia was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers -ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the churches of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God. -ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about “to watch out for” -ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας 1 who are causing the divisions and obstacles This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned “They teach things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned” -ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them “Turn away” here is an metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “Do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words “they serve” are understood from the previous phrase. This can be expressed as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here “stomach” is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words “smooth” and “flattering” mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: “By saying things that seem to be good and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 16 18 m9h5 ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “those who innocently trust them” or “those who do not know these teachers are fooling them” -ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ obedience as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil “not involved in doing evil things” -ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase “crush under your feet” refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him. -ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος, καὶ Ἰάσων, καὶ Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 Tertius, who write this epistle Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord “greet you as a fellow believer” -ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius…Erastus…Quartus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship. -ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group. -ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing. -ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word “now” marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here. -ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were standing, instead of falling. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ” -ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ…εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs “revealed” and “made known” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here “obedience” and “faith” are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God…be glory forever. Amen Here “through Jesus Christ” refers to what Jesus did. To give “glory” means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 13 1 wii2 οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God “all authority comes from God” +ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority “that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power” +ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 13 3 m3yf γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person. +ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1 rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid. +ROM 13 3 jt2z τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds…to evil deeds People are identified with their “good deeds” or “evil deeds.” +ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good. +ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here “wrath” represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God” +ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because the government punishes evildoers” +ROM 13 6 r4b3 figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 1 For they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities” +ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 who attend to…continually “administer” or “work on” +ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-you ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word “Pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν…φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying fear and honor is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 7 s2nf τὸ τέλος 1 toll This is a kind of tax. +ROM 13 8 s8pb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to act toward neighbors. +ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 Owe no one anything, except to love one another This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Pay all you owe to everyone, and love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 13 8 p6cw figs-you ὀφείλετε 1 Owe This verb is plural and applies to all the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 13 8 ay3n εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another This is the one debt that can remain as shown in the note above. +ROM 13 8 i5au ἀγαπᾶν 1 love This refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. +ROM 13 9 wad4 ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 covet to desire to have or possess something that another person possesses. +ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: “People who love their neighbors do not harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: “The sinful time is almost over” or “It is as though the night is almost finished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of “works of darkness” as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to “put aside” means to stop doing something. Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here “light” is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-inclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 13 13 h6xl ἔριδι 1 strife This refers to plotting against and arguing with other people. +ROM 13 13 g117 ζήλῳ 1 jealousy This refers to negative feelings against another person’s success or advantage over others. +ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of accepting the moral nature of Christ as if he were our outer clothing that people can see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 14 j795 ἐνδύσασθε 1 put on If your language has a plural form for commands, use it here. +ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε 1 make no provision for the flesh Here the “flesh” refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: “do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### The judgment seat of God<br><br>The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives.<br> +ROM 14 1 abm6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God. +ROM 14 1 jf8v ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things. +ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments “and do not condemn them for their opinions” +ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Here “faith” refers to doing what a person believes God is telling him to do. +ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat. +ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a master who owned servants. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the servant or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being “made to stand” instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same” +ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here “observes” refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord” +ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “He who does not eat everything” or “The person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here “lives for himself” means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-inclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means one’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 14 10 db9a figs-you τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The “judgment seat” refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ…ἐγώ 1 For it is written, “As I You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written in the Scriptures: ‘As” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words “knee” and “tongue” to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word “God” to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God “will have to explain our actions to God” +ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here “stumbling block” and “snare” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words “know” and “am persuaded” mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself “by its nature” or “because of what it is” +ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “But if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word “your” refers to those who are strong in faith and “brother” refers to those who are weak in faith. +ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil “If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good” +ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here “build up one another” refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that “causes him to stumble” means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin” +ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 21 e1du σου 1 your This refers to the strong in faith and “brother” refers to the weak in faith. +ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This refers back to the beliefs about food and drink. +ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you…yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do” +ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is “not from faith” is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is “not from faith” is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.<br><br>In [Romans 15:14](../../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Strong/Weak<br>These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br> +ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived. +ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. +ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here “strong” refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here “the weak” refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. +ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-inclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here “have confidence” means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. +ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that…God…will grant” +ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the “same mind” is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another”” +ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The word “I” refers to Paul. +ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here “the circumcision” is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 in order to confirm the promises This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. +ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here “the fathers” refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy” +ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here “your name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says “Again the scripture says” +ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him “praise the Lord” +ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Jesse was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here “him” refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. +ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here “exhort” means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of grace as if it were a physical gift that God had given him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an offering to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles “so that the Gentiles will obey God” +ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-activepassive λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action This can be translated in active form: Alternative translation: Alternate translation: “These are things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Here “these are things” refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of Jerusalem as far as the province of Illyricum, a region close to Italy. +ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “Because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “What is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the “tidings” or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. +ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain This is a roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way” +ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν…ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company “have enjoyed spending some time with you” or “have enjoyed visiting you” +ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words “Macedonia” and “Achaia” are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this “The believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” +ROM 15 27 tfz1 γάρ…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” +ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ…λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles owe service to the Jerusalem believers” +ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit οἶδα δὲ ὅτι ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “And I know that when I visit you, Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. +ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you “I encourage you” +ROM 15 30 v9iy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with “you work hard” or “you struggle” +ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the believers in Jerusalem will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The “God of peace” means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> +ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. +ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe “I want you to respect Phoebe” +ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 1 q86q figs-inclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word “our” refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea This was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” +ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-euphemism παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Paul encourages the Roman believers to give to Phoebe anything she needs. Alternate translation: “help her by giving her whatever she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 16 2 inh1 προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well “has helped many people, and she has also helped me” +ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila Priscilla was the wife of Aquila. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Paul’s “fellow workers” are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 5 i32d καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house “Greet the believers who meet in their house to worship” +ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could be either (1) Junia, a woman’s name, or, much less likely, (2) Junias, a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles know them very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer” +ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus…Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles…Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word “approved” refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” +ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion…Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-explicit τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord This refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are believers” or “who belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena…Tryphosa…Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 chosen in the Lord You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own mother. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus…Phlegon…Hermes…Patrobas…Hermas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus…Nereus…Olympas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The name of a woman. Julia was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers +ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the churches of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God. +ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about “to watch out for” +ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας 1 who are causing the divisions and obstacles This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned “They teach things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned” +ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them “Turn away” here is an metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “Do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words “they serve” are understood from the previous phrase. This can be expressed as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here “stomach” is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words “smooth” and “flattering” mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: “By saying things that seem to be good and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 16 18 m9h5 ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “those who innocently trust them” or “those who do not know these teachers are fooling them” +ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ obedience as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil “not involved in doing evil things” +ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase “crush under your feet” refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him. +ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος, καὶ Ἰάσων, καὶ Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 Tertius, who write this epistle Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord “greet you as a fellow believer” +ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius…Erastus…Quartus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship. +ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group. +ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing. +ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word “now” marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here. +ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were standing, instead of falling. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ” +ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ…εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs “revealed” and “made known” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here “obedience” and “faith” are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God…be glory forever. Amen Here “through Jesus Christ” refers to what Jesus did. To give “glory” means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 95dd75ae1e..585b64d041 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 11 23 bq23 παραφρονῶν λαλῶ 1 as though I were out of my mind “as though I were unable to think well” 2CO 11 23 vy54 figs-ellipsis ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 1 I am more You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “I am more a servant of Christ than they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 11 23 s8wq ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως 1 in even more hard work “I have worked harder” -2CO 11 23 dr6x ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως 1 in far more imprisonments “I have been in prisons more often” +2CO 11 23 dr6x ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως 1 in far more imprisonments “I have been in prisons more often” 2CO 11 23 cs3f figs-idiom ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως 1 in beatings beyond measure This is an idiom, and is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten very many times” or “I have been beaten too many times to bother counting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2CO 11 23 r6jv ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις 1 in facing many dangers of death “and I have almost died many times” 2CO 11 24 ttz2 τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν 1 forty lashes minus one This was a common expression for being whipped 39 times. In Jewish law the most they were allowed to whip a person at one time was forty lashes. So they commonly whipped a person thirty-nine times so that they would be guilty of whipping someone too many times if the accidentally counted wrong. diff --git a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv index 26e56dc6a4..4e7e662afc 100644 --- a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “eyes of your heart” is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened This may be stated in the active tense. Alternate translation: that God may enlighten your heart” or “that God may enlighten your understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 enlightened “made to see” +EPH 1 18 abc4 τῆς κλήσεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his calling The **calling** of God refers to his choosing people to believe in him. Alternate translation: "that you have because he chose you to be his people" EPH 1 18 h6ig figs-metaphor τῆς κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers, is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 1 18 lg8h ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 all God’s holy people “all those whom he has set apart for himself” or “all those who belong completely to him” EPH 1 19 t7lx τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the incomparable greatness of his power God’s power is far beyond all other power. @@ -104,6 +105,7 @@ EPH 2 15 bn71 τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασι EPH 2 15 sr2r figs-metaphor ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 one new man a single new people, the people of redeemed humanity (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 2 15 b628 ἐν αὑτῷ 1 in himself It is union with Christ that makes reconciliation possible between Jews and Gentiles. EPH 2 16 zz8k ἀποκαταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους 1 Christ reconciles both peoples “Christ brings the Jews and the Gentiles together in peace” +EPH 2 16 abc0 figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι\ 1 as one body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. Here it is comprised of both Jews and Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 2 16 bj8x figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 through the cross The cross here represents Christ’s death on the cross. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EPH 2 16 lq3m figs-metaphor ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν 1 putting to death the hostility Stopping their hostility is spoken of as if he killed their hostility. By dying on the cross Jesus eliminated the reason for Jews and Gentiles to be hostile toward each other. Neither are now required to live according to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “stopping them from hating one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 2 17 vhi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Ephesian believers that present Gentile believers are also now made one with the Jewish apostles and prophets; they are a temple for God in the Spirit. @@ -170,6 +172,7 @@ EPH 4 intro ang8 0 # Ephesians 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formattin EPH 4 1 sb64 0 Connecting Statement: Because of what Paul has been writing to the Ephesians, he tells them how they should live their lives as believers and again emphasizes that believers are to agree with each other. EPH 4 1 uss5 ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 as the prisoner for the Lord “as someone who is in prison because of his choice to serve the Lord” EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως 1 walk worthily of the calling Walking is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EPH 4 1 abc5 τῆς κλήσεως ἧς ἐκλήθητε 1 of the calling by which you were called Here **the calling** refers to the fact that God chose them to be his people. Alternate translation: "because God chose you to be his people" EPH 4 2 zs6s μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος 1 to live with great humility and gentleness and patience “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” EPH 4 3 pi5c τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace Here Paul speaks of “peace” as if it were a bond that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 4 x5kv figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμα 1 one body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -221,6 +224,7 @@ EPH 4 22 d3j6 τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 old man The “old ma EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι…τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts” or “to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EPH 4 24 x41y ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας 1 in true righteousness and holiness “truly righteous and holy” +EPH 4 24 abc7 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθαι τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 to put on the new man Here seeking to have the character qualities of the new man is spoken of as if they were putting them on like clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 25 abn8 ἀποθέμενοι τὸ ψεῦδος 1 get rid of lies “stop telling lies” EPH 4 25 zh2g ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 we are members of one another “we belong to one another” or “we are members of God’s family” EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin “You may get angry, but do not sin” or “If you become angry, do not sin” @@ -239,17 +243,19 @@ EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassi EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br>This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is “No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God’s people over whom Christ rules as king.” (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage. EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children. EPH 5 1 jx2q γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore be imitators of God “Therefore you should do what God does.” Therefore refers back to [Ephesians 4:32](../04/32.md) which tells why believers should imitate God, because Christ forgave believers. -EPH 5 1 zen5 figs-simile ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά 1 as dearly loved children God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his children. Alternate translation: “as dearly loved children imitate their fathers” or “because you are his children and he loves you dearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EPH 5 1 zen5 figs-simile ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά 1 as beloved children God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his spiritual children. Alternate translation: “as dearly loved children imitate their fathers” or “because you are his children and he loves you dearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EPH 5 2 ta41 figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 walk in love Walking is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. Alternate translation: “live a life of love” or “always love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 2 bak1 προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας 1 a fragrant offering and sacrifice to God “like a sweet-smelling offering and sacrifice to God” EPH 5 3 le5f πορνεία δὲ, καὶ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα, ἢ πλεονεξία, μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But there must not be even a suggestion among you of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or of greed “Do not do anything that would let anyone think that you are guilty of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or greed” EPH 5 3 xat9 ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα 1 any kind of impurity “any moral uncleanness” EPH 5 4 utm5 ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία 1 Instead there should be thanksgiving “Instead you should thank God” +EPH 5 5 abc6 figs-metaphor ἀκάθαρτος 1 unclean Here being dirty is a metaphor for being sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 5 vb16 figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 6 px7p κενοῖς λόγοις 1 empty words words that have no truth to them EPH 5 8 wy9d figs-metaphor ἦτε γάρ ποτε σκότος 1 For you were once darkness Just as one cannot see in the dark, so people who love to sin lack spiritual understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 8 iw4q figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ φῶς ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 but now you are light in the Lord Just as one can see in the light, so people whom God has saved understand how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 8 l6ki figs-metaphor ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε 1 Walk as children of light Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “Live as people who understand what the Lord wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EPH 5 8 abc5 figs-simile ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς 1 as children of light God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his spiritual children. Alternate translation: “as God's children who know the truth” or “because you are God's children and see the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EPH 5 9 q194 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ φωτὸς ἐν πάσῃ ἀγαθωσύνῃ, καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 the fruit of the light consists in all goodness, righteousness, and truth “Fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “the result of living in the light is good work, right living, and truthful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 11 zdu1 figs-metaphor μὴ συνκοινωνεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς ἀκάρποις τοῦ σκότους 1 Do not associate with the unfruitful works of darkness Paul speaks of the useless, sinful things that unbelievers do as if they are evil deeds people do in the dark so no one will see them. Alternate translation: “Do not do useless, sinful things with unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 11 v4d1 figs-metaphor ἔργοις τοῖς ἀκάρποις 1 unfruitful works actions that do nothing good, useful, or profitable. Paul is comparing evil actions to an unhealthy tree that produces nothing good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -274,6 +280,7 @@ EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 with all your heart EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” or “as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other. EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς…κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the head of the wife…the head of the church The word “head” represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EPH 5 23 abc1 figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος 1 the body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words “himself” and “he” refer to Christ. The word “her” refers to the church. EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here “love” refers to unselfish serving or giving love to wives. EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up “allowed people to kill him” @@ -314,6 +321,7 @@ EPH 6 13 cy9h figs-metaphor ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι ἐ EPH 6 14 r5m7 figs-metaphor στῆτε οὖν 1 Stand, therefore The words “stand” represents successfully resisting or fighting something. See how you translated “stand firm” in [Ephesians 6:13](../06/13.md). “So resist evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 6 14 lbd4 figs-metaphor τὴν ὀσφὺν ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the belt of truth Truth holds everything together for a believer just as a belt holds the clothing of a soldier together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 6 14 zt21 ἀληθείᾳ…δικαιοσύνης 1 truth…righteousness We are to know the truth and act in ways that please God. +EPH 6 14 abc7 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν θώρακα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 having put on the breastplate of righteousness Christians trusting in righteousness is spoken of as if they were soldiers putting on a breastplate to protect himself from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 6 14 ij1q figs-metaphor τὸν θώρακα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the breastplate of righteousness Possible meanings are (1) the gift of righteousness covers a believer’s heart just as a breastplate protects the chest of a soldier or (2) our living as God wants us, gives us a clear conscience that protects our hearts the way a breastplate protects a soldier’s chest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 6 15 f6w1 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑποδησάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν ἑτοιμασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς εἰρήνης 1 Then as shoes for your feet, put on the readiness to proclaim the gospel of peace Just as a soldier wears shoes to give him solid footing, the believer must have solid knowledge of the gospel of peace in order to be ready to proclaim it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 6 16 n65c figs-metaphor ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναλαβόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως 1 In all circumstances take up the shield of faith The believer must use the faith that God gives for protection when the devil attacks, just as a soldier uses a shield to protect him from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -330,5 +338,7 @@ EPH 6 19 gu1n figs-idiom ἀνοίξει τοῦ στόματός μου 1 open EPH 6 20 wx9k figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ οὗ πρεσβεύω ἐν ἁλύσει 1 It is for the gospel that I am an ambassador who is kept in chains The words “in chains” are a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: “I am now in prison because I am a representative of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EPH 6 20 pmm2 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ παρρησιάσωμαι, ὡς δεῖ με λαλῆσαι 1 so that I may declare it boldly, as I ought to speak The word “pray” is understood from verse 19. Alternate translation: “so pray that whenever I teach the gospel, I will speak it as boldly as I should” or “pray that I may speak the gospel as boldly as I should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EPH 6 21 cxs9 translate-names Τυχικὸς 1 Tychicus Tychicus was one of several men who served with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EPH 6 21 abc2 figs-metaphor ἀδελφὸς 1 brother Paul speaks of Tychicus as if he were a brother to all the other believers who were in God's spiritual family, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 6 22 nv5m figs-metonymy ἵνα…παρακαλέσῃ τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 so that he may encourage your hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for people’s inner beings. Alternate translation: “so that he may encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EPH 6 23 j395 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter to the Ephesian believers with a blessing of peace and grace on all believers who love Christ. +EPH 6 23 abc3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοῖς 1 brothers Paul speaks of the other believers as if they were brother to all the other believers who were in God's spiritual family, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv b/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv index dbf0f6fe0f..e1cc18969d 100644 --- a/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpo TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete **_I told you to stay in Crete_** TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete **_so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done_** TIT 1 5 b52u καταστήσῃς…πρεσβυτέρους 1 ordain elders **_appoint elders_** or **_designate elders_** -TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 elders In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith. +TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 elders In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith. TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul then gives the requirements for elders. TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. Alternate translation: “Choose people who are blameless” or “An elder must be blameless” o be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “An elder must be without blame” or “An elder must not have a bad reputation” TIT 1 6 ab70 figs-doublenegatives ἀνέγκλητος 1 blameless To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” This can also be stated positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ TIT 1 10 ga6n φρεναπάται 1 deceivers This phrase describes people who TIT 1 10 abcd figs-hendiadys ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people. They taught false, worthless things and wanted people to believe them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those of the circumcision This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 It is necessary to stop them **_You must prevent them from spreading their teachings_** or **_Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words_** -TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 They are upsetting whole households **They are ruining entire families**. The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith. +TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 They are upsetting whole households **They are ruining entire families**. The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith. TIT 1 11 tw4e διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 teaching what they should not These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the Law because they are not true. TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 for the sake of shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable. TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of their own prophets **_A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet_** @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 to be…sensible **_to…control TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει, τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 sound in faith, in love, and in perseverance Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. The abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **perseverance** can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “and they must firmly believe the true teachings about God, truly love others, and continually serve God even when things are difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) TIT 2 2 abc1 figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith See note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r). TIT 2 2 abc2 ὑγιαίνοντας 1 sound See note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). -TIT 2 3 gl8e figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Older women likewise are to be The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only **older women likewise**. We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women” or “Also teach older women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +TIT 2 3 gl8e figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Older women likewise are to be The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only **older women likewise**. We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women” or “Also teach older women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not. TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “or controlled by their desire for wine” or “or addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or drinking too much wine” or “or addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 were foolish **_were thoughtless_** TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) TIT 3 3 tl5n ἐπιθυμίαις 1 passions **_lusts_** or **_desires_** -TIT 3 3 dec4 ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here **evil** and **envy** describe sin. **Evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have” +TIT 3 3 dec4 ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here **evil** and **envy** describe sin. **Evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have” TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 detestable **_causing others to hate us_** TIT 3 4 xy28 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “When God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 Diligently send on their TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing This can be stated positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) TIT 3 14 v7wg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs. TIT 3 14 fw98 οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Paul is referring to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people” -TIT 3 14 xy33 figs-inclusive οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Here **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. +TIT 3 14 xy33 figs-inclusive οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Here **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 toward essential needs **_that enable them to help people who lack necessary things_** TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful This can be stated positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) diff --git a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv index 212b3137c6..32fa3e44bd 100644 --- a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv @@ -1,335 +1,335 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JAS front intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of James<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1)<br>1. Testing and maturity (1:2-18)<br>1. Hearing and doing the Word of God (1:19-27)<br>1. True faith seen in works<br>- Word of God (1:19-27)<br>- Royal law of love (2:1-13)<br>- Works (2:14-26)<br>1. Difficulties in community<br>- Dangers of the tongue (3:1-12)<br>- Wisdom from above (3:13-18)<br>- Worldly desires (4:1-12)<br>1. God’s perspective on your decisions<br>- Boasting about tomorrow (4:13-17)<br>- Warning about riches (5:1-6)<br>- Suffering with patience (5:7-11)<br>1. Closing exhortations<br>- Oaths (5:12)<br>- Prayer and healing (5:13-18)<br>- Care for one another (5:19-20)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of James?<br><br>The author identifies himself as James. This was probably James, the half-brother of Jesus. James was a leader in the early church and was part of the Jerusalem council. The Apostle Paul also called him a “pillar” of the church.<br><br>This is not the same man as the Apostle James. The Apostle James was killed before this letter was written.<br><br>### What is the Book of James about?<br><br>In this letter, James encouraged believers who were suffering. He told them know that God uses their suffering to help them become mature Christians. James also told them of the need for believers to do good deeds. He wrote much in this letter about how believers should live and treat one another. For example, he commanded them to treat one another fairly, to not fight with one another, and to use riches wisely.<br><br>James taught his readers by using many examples from nature such as in 1:6, 11 and 3:1-12. Also, many parts of this letter are similar to what Jesus wrote in the Sermon on the Mount (Mat 5-7).<br><br>### Who were the “twelve tribes in the dispersion”?<br><br>James said he was writing to the “twelve tribes in the dispersion” (1:1). Some scholars think that James was writing to Jewish Christians. Other scholars think that James was writing to all Christians in general. This letter is known as one of the “General Epistles” since it was not written to a specific church or individual.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “James.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “A Letter from James” or “The Letter James Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did James disagree with Paul about how a person is justified before God?<br><br>Paul taught in Romans that Christians are justified by faith and not by works. James seems to teach that Christians are justified by works. This can be confusing. But a better understanding of what Paul and James taught shows that they agree with one another. Both of them taught that a person needs faith in order to be justified. And they both taught that true faith will cause a person to do good works. Paul and James taught about these things in different ways because they had different audiences who needed to know different things about being justified. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should the translator signal transitions between topics in the Book of James?<br><br>The letter quickly changes topics. Sometimes James does not tell the readers that he is about to change topics. It is acceptable to allow the verses to appear disconnected from each other. It may make sense to set the passages apart by starting a new line or putting a space between topics.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of James?<br><br>* “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless?” (2:20). The ULT, UST, and modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is dead?” If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> -JAS 1 intro pz2q 0 # James 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>James formally introduces this letter in verse 1. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Testing and temptation<br><br>These two words occur together in ([James 1:12-13](./12.md)). Both words speak of a person who is able to choose between doing something good and doing something evil. The difference between them is important. God is testing the person and wants him to do what is good. Satan is tempting the person and wants him to do what is evil.<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that a man who passes the test receives is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James uses many metaphors in this chapter, and you will need to understand the material on the metaphor page before you can translate them well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “To the twelve tribes in the dispersion”<br><br>It is not clear to whom James wrote this letter. He calls himself a servant of the Lord Jesus Christ, so he was probably writing to Christians. But he calls his readers “the twelve tribes in the dispersion,” words which usually refer to Jews. It is possible that he is using the words as a metaphor for “all people whom God has chosen” or that he wrote the letter at a time when most Christians had grown up as Jews.<br> -JAS 1 1 ssc8 0 General Information: The apostle James writes this letter to all the Christians. Many of them were Jews, and they lived in many different places. -JAS 1 1 pkt2 figs-explicit Ἰάκωβος, Θεοῦ καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δοῦλος 1 James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ The phrase “this letter is from” is implied. Alternate translation: “This letter is from James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 1 1 l4i7 figs-synecdoche ταῖς δώδεκα φυλαῖς 1 to the twelve tribes Possible meanings are (1) this is a synecdoche for Jewish Christians, or (2) this is a metaphor for all Christians. Alternate translation: “to God’s faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 1 vza9 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ 1 in the dispersion The term “dispersion” normally referred to the Jews who were scattered in other countries, away from their homeland Israel. This abstract noun can be expressed with a phrase with the verb “scattered.” Alternate translation: “who are scattered around the world” or “who live in other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 1 1 huk9 χαίρειν 1 Greetings! a basic greeting, such as “Hello!” or “Good day!” -JAS 1 2 knw6 πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε, ἀδελφοί μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς περιπέσητε ποικίλοις 1 Consider it all joy, my brothers, when you experience various troubles “My fellow believers, think of all your different kinds of troubles as something to celebrate” -JAS 1 3 xud2 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν 1 the testing of your faith produces endurance The expressions “the testing,” “your faith,” and “endurance” are nouns that stand for actions. God does the testing, that is, he finds out how much the believers trust and obey him. Believers (“you”) believe in him and endure suffering. Alternate translation: “when you suffer hardships, God is finding out how much you trust him. As a result, you will become able to endure even more hardships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 1 4 j2p4 figs-personification ἡ…ὑπομονὴ ἔργον τέλειον ἐχέτω 1 Let endurance complete its work Here endurance is spoken of as if it were a person at work. Alternate translation: “Learn to endure any hardship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 1 4 unh4 τέλειοι 1 fully developed able to trust in Christ and obey him in all circumstances -JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 not lacking anything This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be” -JAS 1 5 du7z αἰτείτω παρὰ τοῦ διδόντος, Θεοῦ 1 ask for it from God, the one who gives “ask God for it. He is the one who gives” -JAS 1 5 q2df τοῦ διδόντος, Θεοῦ, πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς, καὶ μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος 1 gives generously and without rebuke to all “gives generously and does not rebuke any” -JAS 1 5 xu31 δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 he will give it “God will do it” or “God will answer your prayer” -JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives ἐν πίστει, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 in faith, doubting nothing This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ὁ γὰρ διακρινόμενος ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ. 1 For anyone who doubts is like a wave in the sea that is driven by the wind and tossed around Anyone who doubts that God will help him is said to be like the water in the ocean or in a large lake, which keeps moving in different directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 8 b5t6 figs-metaphor δίψυχος 1 is double-minded The word “double-minded” refers to a person’s thoughts when he is unable to make a decision. Alternate translation: “cannot decide if he will follow Jesus or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 8 k89p figs-metaphor ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ 1 unstable in all his ways Here this person is spoken of as if he cannot stay on one path but instead goes from one to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 9 gc9b ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπεινὸς 1 the poor brother “the believer who does not have much money” -JAS 1 9 yxs5 figs-metaphor καυχάσθω…ἐν τῷ ὕψει αὐτοῦ 1 boast of his high position Someone whom God has honored is spoken of as if he were standing in a high place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 10 uzk7 figs-ellipsis ὁ δὲ πλούσιος, ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ 1 but the rich man of his low position The words “let boast” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but let the rich man boast of his low position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JAS 1 10 w4ta ὁ δὲ πλούσιος 1 but the rich man “but the man who has a lot of money.” Possible meanings are (1) the rich man is a believer or (2) the rich man is an unbeliever. -JAS 1 10 ulk4 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ 1 of his low position A rich believer should be happy if God causes him to suffer. Alternate translation: “should be happy that God has given him difficulties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JAS 1 10 nug7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύσεται 1 he will pass away as a wild flower in the grass Rich people are spoken of as being similar to wild flowers, which are alive for only a short time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 11 gv7v figs-metaphor ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο 1 its beauty perishes A flower no longer being beautiful is spoken of as if its beauty dies. Alternate translation: “and it is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 11 ng26 figs-simile ὁ πλούσιος ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ μαρανθήσεται 1 the rich man will fade away in the middle of his journey Here the flower simile is probably continued. As flowers do not die suddenly but instead fade away over a short time, so also the rich people may not die suddenly but instead take a little time to disappear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 11 sdi2 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ 1 in the middle of his journey A rich man’s activities in daily life are spoken of as if they are a journey that he is making. This metaphor implies that he is giving no thought to his coming death, and that it will takes him by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 12 vcu4 0 Connecting Statement: James reminds the believers who have fled that God does not cause temptation; he tells them how to avoid temptation. -JAS 1 12 m13d μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν 1 Blessed is the man who endures testing “The man who endures testing is fortunate” or “The man who endures testing is well off” -JAS 1 12 vr4a ὑπομένει πειρασμόν 1 endures testing remains faithful to God during hardships -JAS 1 12 vta6 δόκιμος 1 passed the test he has been approved by God -JAS 1 12 k3hh figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 receive the crown of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: “receive eternal life as his reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 12 hx28 figs-activepassive ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 has been promised to those who love God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 1 13 a77a πειραζόμενος 1 when he is tempted “when he desires to do something evil” -JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God is trying to make me do something evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 1 13 p5cp figs-activepassive ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν 1 God is not tempted by evil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one can make God desire to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 1 13 zb13 πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα 1 nor does he himself tempt anyone “and God himself does not try to persuade anyone do evil” -JAS 1 14 nj9m figs-personification ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας 1 each person is tempted by his own desire A person’s desire is spoken of as if it were someone else who was tempting him to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 1 14 nle5 figs-personification ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 which drags him away and entices him Evil desire continues to be spoken of as if it were a person who could drag away someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 1 14 z4bd δελεαζόμενος 1 entices attracts, persuades someone to do evil -JAS 1 15 s4cd figs-personification εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν, ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 Then after the desire conceives, it gives birth to sin, and after the sin is full grown, it gives birth to death Desire continues to be spoken of as a person, this time clearly as a woman who becomes pregnant with a child. The child is identified as sin. Sin is another female baby that grows up, becomes pregnant, and gives birth to death. This chain of metaphors is a picture of someone who ends up dying both spiritually and physically because of his evil desires and his sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 16 v195 μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be deceived “Do not let anyone deceive you” or “Stop deceiving yourselves” -JAS 1 17 t2nn figs-doublet πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον 1 Every good gift and every perfect gift These two phrases mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize that anything good that a person has comes from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -JAS 1 17 n7d8 figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων 1 the Father of lights God, the creator of all the lights in the sky (sun, moon, and stars), is said to be their “Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 17 g5ge figs-simile παρ’ ᾧ οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγὴ ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα. 1 With him there is no changing or shadow because of turning This expression pictures God as an unchanging light, like the sun, moon, planets, and stars in the sky. This is in contrast to shadows here on earth that constantly change. Alternate translation: “God does not change. He is as constant as the sun, moon, and stars in the sky, rather than like shadows which appear and disappear on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 give us birth God, who brought us eternal life, is spoken of as if he had given us birth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 18 ykq9 λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are (1) “the message about the truth” or (2) “the true message.” -JAS 1 18 qh2e figs-simile εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα 1 so that we would be a kind of firstfruits James is using the traditional Hebrew idea of firstfruits as a way to describe the value of the Christian believers to God. He implies that there will be many more believers in the future. Alternate translation: “so that we would be like an offering of firstfruits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 19 dt7i ἴστε 1 You know this Possible meanings are (1) “Know this” as a command, to pay attention to what I am about to write or (2) “You know this” as a statement, that I am about to remind you of something that you already know. -JAS 1 19 p728 figs-idiom ἔστω…πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι 1 Let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak These sayings are idioms that mean people should first listen intently, and then consider carefully what they say. Here “slow to speak” does not mean speaking slowly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JAS 1 19 ev3v βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν 1 slow to anger “not get angry quickly” -JAS 1 20 ej4p ὀργὴ…ἀνδρὸς, δικαιοσύνην Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐργάζεται. 1 the anger of man does not work the righteousness of God When a person is always angry, he cannot do God’s work, which is righteous. -JAS 1 21 hit5 figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κακίας 1 take off all sinful filth and abundant amounts of evil Sin and evil are spoken of here as if they were clothing that could be taken off. Alternate translation: “stop doing all filthy sins and stop doing abundant amounts of evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 21 h226 figs-doublet ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κακίας 1 take off all sinful filth and abundant amounts of evil Here the expressions “sinful filth” and “evil” share similar meanings. James uses them to emphasize how bad sin is. Alternate translation: “stop doing every kind of sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -JAS 1 21 h8ty figs-metaphor ῥυπαρίαν 1 sinful filth Here “filth,” that is, dirt, stands for sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 21 a3u3 ἐν πραΰτητι 1 In humility “Without pride” or “Without arrogance” -JAS 1 21 i9w1 figs-metaphor δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον 1 receive the implanted word The expression “implant” means to place one thing inside of another. Here God’s word is spoken of as if it were a plant made to grow inside believers. Alternate translation: “obey the message God has spoken to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 21 ekl3 figs-explicit σῶσαι τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 save your souls What a person is saved from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “save you from God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 1 21 z73e figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 your souls Here the word “souls” refers to persons.Alternate translation: “yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JAS 1 22 x14m γίνεσθε δὲ ποιηταὶ λόγου 1 Be doers of the word “Be people who follow God’s instructions” -JAS 1 22 wvp4 παραλογιζόμενοι ἑαυτούς 1 deceiving yourselves “fooling yourselves” -JAS 1 23 ewn9 ὅτι εἴ τις ἀκροατὴς λόγου ἐστὶν 1 For if anyone is a hearer of the word “For if anyone listens to the God’s message in the scriptures” -JAS 1 23 r6pp figs-ellipsis καὶ οὐ ποιητής 1 but not a doer The word “is” and “of the word” are understood from the previous phrase. The noun “doer” can also be expressed with the verbs “do” or “obey.” Alternate translation: “but is not a doer of the word” or “but does not obey the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror A person who hears God’s word is like someone who looks in the mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 23 shn9 τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 his natural face The word “natural” clarifies that James is using the ordinary meaning of the word “face.” Alternate translation: “his face” -JAS 1 24 wu34 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 then goes away and immediately forgets what he was like It is implied that though he may see that he needs to do something, such as wash his face or fix his hair, he walks away and forgets to do it. This what a person who does not obey God’s word is like. Alternate translation: “then goes away and immediately forgets to do what he saw he needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-simile ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the person who looks carefully into the perfect law This expression continues the image of the law as a mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom The relationship between the law and freedom can be expressed clearly. Here “freedom” probably refers to freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that gives freedom” or “the perfect law that makes those who follow it free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this man will be blessed in his actions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless this man as he obeys the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 1 26 j1bg δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι 1 thinks himself to be religious “thinks he worships God correctly” -JAS 1 26 vxu1 figs-metonymy γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ 1 his tongue Controlling one’s tongue stands for controlling one’s speech. Alternate translation: “what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 1 26 bj2t ἀπατῶν 1 deceives gets someone to believe something that is not true -JAS 1 26 sex6 figs-metonymy καρδίαν αὐτοῦ 1 his heart Here “heart” refers to his belief or thoughts. Alternate translation: “himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 1 26 q83d τούτου μάταιος ἡ θρησκεία 1 his religion is worthless “he worships God uselessly” -JAS 1 27 g11k figs-doublet καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος 1 pure and unspoiled James speaks of religion, the way one worships God, as if it could be physically pure and unspoiled. These are traditional ways for Jews to say that something is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “Completely acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 27 skf4 figs-metaphor παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί 1 before our God and Father directed to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 27 iiv2 ὀρφανοὺς 1 the fatherless “the orphans” -JAS 1 27 r8nj ἐν τῇ θλίψει αὐτῶν 1 in their affliction The fatherless and widows are suffering because their fathers or husbands have died. -JAS 1 27 nmf7 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου 1 to keep oneself unstained by the world Sin in the world is spoken of as something dirty that can stain a person. Alternate translation: “to not allow the evil in the world to cause oneself to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 intro f5zd 0 # James 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favoritism<br><br>Some of James’s readers treated rich and powerful people well and treated poor people badly. This is called favoritism, and James tells them that this is wrong. God wants his people to treat both rich people and poor people well.<br><br>### Justification<br><br>Justification is what happens when God makes a person righteous. James says here that God makes righteous or justifies people who do good works along with having faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Quotation marks<br><br>The words “Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works” are hard to understand. Some people think that they are what “someone may say,” like the words in the quotation marks. Most versions translate them as words that James is saying back to that “someone.”<br><br>### “You have…I have”<br><br>Some people think that the words “you” and “I” are metonyms for “some people” and “other people.” If they are correct, verse 18 could be translated, “Someone may say, ‘Some people have faith and other people have works. Not everyone has both.’” If the next sentence is also what “someone may say,” it could be translated “Some people show their faith without works, and other people show their faith by their works. Both have faith.” In both cases, the reader will understand only if you add the extra sentence. It is probably best to translate as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> -JAS 2 1 ici9 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to tell the scattered Jewish believers how to live by loving one another and reminds them not to favor rich people over poor brothers. -JAS 2 1 kab4 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters in Christ” -JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others -JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀνὴρ 1 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -JAS 2 2 j8d5 χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 wearing gold rings and fine clothes “dressed like a wealthy person” -JAS 2 3 zx9f σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 sit here in a good place sit in this place of honor -JAS 2 3 ce14 σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ 1 stand over there move to a place with less honor -JAS 2 3 h2fy κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit at my feet move to a humble place -JAS 2 4 x9el figs-rquestion οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 are you not judging among yourselves? Have you not become judges with evil thoughts? James is using rhetorical questions to teach and possibly scold his readers. Alternate translation: “you are making judgments among yourselves and becoming judges with evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 5 m5jr ἀκούσατε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 Listen, my beloved brothers James was exhorting his readers as family. “Pay attention, my dear fellow believers” -JAS 2 5 ha52 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 did not God choose…love him? Here James uses a rhetorical question to teach his readers not to show favoritism. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen…love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 5 ke2q figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people in general. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -JAS 2 5 s38z figs-metaphor πλουσίους ἐν πίστει 1 be rich in faith Having much faith is spoken of as being wealthy or rich. The object of faith may have to be specified. Alternate translation: “have strong faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 5 qii5 figs-metaphor κληρονόμους 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 6 yv6y figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠτιμάσατε 1 But you have James is speaking to his whole audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JAS 2 6 vr53 ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν 1 have dishonored the poor “you have shamed poor people” -JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 Is it not the rich who oppress you? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. Alternate translation: “It is rich people who oppress you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -JAS 2 6 eeg5 figs-nominaladj οἱ πλούσιοι 1 the rich This refers to rich people in general. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -JAS 2 6 z73x καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 who oppress you “who treat you badly” -JAS 2 6 s9k1 figs-rquestion αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 Are they not the ones…to court? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people are the ones…to court.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 6 h8jn figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you to court “forcibly take you to court to accuse you in front of judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Do they not insult…have been called? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct and teach his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people insult…have been called.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 the good name by which you have been called This refers to Christ’s name. Alternate translation: “the name of Christ who called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 2 8 fe1i figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you fulfill The word “you” refers to the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JAS 2 8 q9hh νόμον τελεῖτε βασιλικὸν 1 fulfill the royal law “obey God’s law.” The law is “royal” becuase God, the true king, is the one who gave it to people. -JAS 2 8 ymf5 ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You shall love your neighbor as yourself James is quoting from the book of Leviticus. -JAS 2 8 gll2 τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor “all people” or “everyone” -JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well “you are doing well” or “you are doing what is right” -JAS 2 9 xt6y εἰ…προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 if you favor “give special treatment to” or “give honor to” -JAS 2 9 cq5h ἁμαρτίαν ἐργάζεσθε 1 committing sin “sinning.” That is, breaking the law. -JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as lawbreakers Here the law is spoken of as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 2 10 l29g ὅστις γὰρ…τηρήσῃ 1 For whoever obeys “For anyone who obeys” -JAS 2 10 jb5u figs-metaphor πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί, γέγονεν πάντων ἔνοχος 1 except that he stumbles…the whole law Stumbling is falling down while one is trying to walk. Disobeying one point of the law is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 10 m8ep ἐν ἑνί 1 in just a single way because of disobedience to just one requirement of the law -JAS 2 11 ez11 ὁ γὰρ εἰπών 1 For the one who said This refers to God, who gave the law to Moses. -JAS 2 11 q19i μὴ μοιχεύσῃς 1 Do not commit To “commit” is to do an action. -JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-you εἰ…οὐ μοιχεύεις, φονεύεις δέ, γέγονας 1 If you…but if you…you have Here “you” means “each one of you.” Although James was writing to many Jewish believers, in this case, he used the singular form as if he was writing to each person individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JAS 2 12 c6y8 οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 So speak and act “So you must speak and obey.” James commanded the people to do this. -JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 who will be judged by means of the law of freedom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who know that God will judge them by means of the law of freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 2 12 ik76 διὰ νόμου 1 by means of the law This passage implies that it is God who will judge according to his law. -JAS 2 12 e87r νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom “the law that gives true freedom” -JAS 2 13 yv6l figs-personification κατακαυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως 1 Mercy triumphs over “Mercy is better than” or “Mercy defeats.” Here mercy and justice are spoken of as if they were persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 2 14 h384 0 Connecting Statement: James encourages the scattered believers to show their faith before others, just as Abraham showed others his faith by his works. -JAS 2 14 k4e4 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ 1 What good is it, my brothers, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works? James is using a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: “It is no good at all, fellow believers, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 14 c234 figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ 1 if someone says he has faith, but he has no works The can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “if someone says he believes in God but he does not do what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 2 14 z9q8 figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν? 1 Can that faith save him? James is using a rhetorical question to teach his audience. This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “faith.” Alternate translation: “That faith cannot save him.” or “If a person does not do what God commands, then just saying he believes in God will not save him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 2 14 g8kr σῶσαι αὐτόν 1 save him “spare him from God’s judgment” -JAS 2 15 f6el ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ 1 brother or sister a fellow believer in Christ, whether male or female -JAS 2 16 lj89 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε 1 stay warm This means either “have enough clothes to wear” or “have a place to sleep.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-explicit χορτάζεσθε 1 be filled The thing that fills them is food. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “be filled with food” or “have enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 2 16 n5jh figs-metonymy τοῦ σώματος 1 for the body to eat, to wear, and to live comfortably (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 2 16 yi63 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what good is that? James uses a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: “that is not good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 17 me1d figs-metaphor ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead James speaks of faith as if it were alive if one does good works, and of faith as if it were dead if one does not do good deeds. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “a person who says he believes God, but does not do what God commands, does not really believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 2 18 al63 figs-hypo ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις 1 Yet someone may say James describes a hypothetical situation where someone objects to his teaching. James seeks to correct his audience’s understanding of faith and works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω; δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν. 1 “You have faith, and I have works.” Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works James is describing how someone may argue against his teaching and how he would respond. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “‘It is acceptable that you believe God and that I do what God commands.’ Prove to me that you can believe God and not do what he commands, and I will prove to you that I believe God by doing what he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 2 19 fv39 τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 the demons believe that, and they tremble “the demons also believe, but they shake with fear.” James contrasts the demons with those who claim to believe and not do good deeds. James states that the demons are wiser because they fear God while the others do not. -JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless? James uses this question to introduce the next part of his teaching. Alternate translation: “Listen to me, foolish man, and I will show that faith without works is useless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 20 sd63 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 that faith without works is useless This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “that if you do not do what God commands, then it is useless for you to say that you believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 2 21 ysr8 0 General Information: Since these are Jewish believers, they know the story of Abraham, about whom God had told them long ago in his word. -JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified…on the altar? This rhetorical question is used to rebut the foolish man’s arguments from [James 2:18](../02/18.md), who refuses to believe that faith and works go together. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was certainly justified…on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 justified by works James speaks of works as if they were objects that one can own. Alternate translation: “justified by doing good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 21 ph1s ὁ πατὴρ 1 father Here “father” is used in the sense of “ancestor.” -JAS 2 22 t832 βλέπεις 1 You see The word “you” is singular, referring to the hypothetical man. James is addressing his whole audience as if they were one person. -JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metonymy βλέπεις 1 You see The word “see” is a metonym. Alternate translation: “You understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 2 22 vde4 ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith worked with his works, and that by works his faith was fully developed James speaks as if “faith” and “works” are things that can work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “because Abraham believed God, he did what God commanded. And because Abraham did what God commanded, he believed God completely” -JAS 2 22 bd9d βλέπεις 1 You see James again addresses his audience directly by using the plural form of “you.” -JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 The scripture was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 2 23 l818 figs-metaphor ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness “God regarded his faith as righteousness.” Abraham’s faith and righteousness were treated as if they were able to be counted as having value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 it is by works that a man is justified, and not only by faith “actions and faith are what justify a person, and not only faith.” James speaks of works as if they were objects to obtain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 25 hir8 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 In the same way also…justified by works James says that what was true of Abraham was also true of Rahab. Both were justified by works. -JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 was not Rahab the prostitute justified by works…another road? James is using this rhetorical question to instruct his audience. Alternate translation: “it was what Rahab the prostitute did that justified her…another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 2 25 pn2f Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη 1 Rahab the prostitute James expected his audience to know the Old Testament story about the woman Rahab. -JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 justified by works James speaks of works as something to possess. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 2 25 af9u ἀγγέλους 1 messengers people who bring news from another place -JAS 2 25 xm5m ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 sent them away by another road “then helped them escape and leave the city” -JAS 2 26 uum8 figs-metaphor ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν 1 For as the body apart from the spirit is dead, even so faith apart from works is dead James is speaking of faith without works as if it were a dead body without the spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 intro py3p 0 # James 03 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James teaches his readers that they should live to please God by reminding them of things that they know from everyday life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> -JAS 3 1 p4uu figs-genericnoun μὴ πολλοὶ 1 Not many of you James is making a generalized statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -JAS 3 1 c36b ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers “my fellow believers” -JAS 3 1 aw5f figs-explicit μεῖζον κρίμα λημψόμεθα. 1 we who teach will be judged more strictly This passage speaks of stricter judgment that will come from God on those who teach others about him. Alternate translation: “God will judge us who teach more severely because we know his word better than some people whom we have taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 3 1 v7fa figs-exclusive 1 we who teach James includes himself and other teachers, but not the readers, so the word “we” is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-inclusive πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πταίομεν 1 stumble Sinning is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. Alternate translation: “fail” or “sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 2 t6xt ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 does not stumble in words “does not sin by saying wrong things” -JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man “he is spiritually mature” -JAS 3 2 b16h figs-synecdoche χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 control even his whole body James is referring to one’s heart, emotions, and actions. Alternate translation: “control his behavior” or “control his actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JAS 3 3 z2ez 0 General Information: James is developing an argument that small things can control big things. -JAS 3 3 zql3 εἰ δὲ τῶν ἵππων τοὺς χαλινοὺς εἰς τὰ στόματα βάλλομεν 1 Now if we put bits into horses’ mouths James speaks about horses’ bits. A bit is a small piece of metal that is placed into a horse’s mouth to control where it goes. -JAS 3 3 s1nf εἰ δὲ 1 Now if “If” or “When” -JAS 3 3 u92q τῶν ἵππων 1 horses A horse is a large animal used to carry things or people. -JAS 3 4 yn42 ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα, μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 Notice also that ships…are steered by a very small rudder A ship is like a truck that floats on water. A rudder is a flat piece of wood or metal at the back of the ship, used to control where it goes. The word “rudder” could also be translated as “tool.” -JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 are driven by strong winds, This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “strong winds push them, they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 3 4 jrk1 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου, ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 are steered by a very small rudder to wherever the pilot desires “have a small tool that a person can use to control where the ship goes” -JAS 3 5 wt6i οὕτως καὶ 1 Likewise This word signals the analogy of the tongue to the horses’ bits and the ships’ rudders mentioned in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “In the same way” -JAS 3 5 qx1k μεγάλα αὐχεῖ 1 boasts great things Here “things” is a general word for everything about which these people are proud. -JAS 3 5 ub5h ἰδοὺ 1 Notice also “Think about” -JAS 3 5 fr8x ἡλίκον πῦρ, ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει 1 how small a fire sets on fire a large forest In order to help people understand the harm that the tongue can cause, James speaks of the harm that a small flame can cause. Alternate translation: “how a small flame can start a fire that burns many trees” -JAS 3 6 wm5q figs-metonymy καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire The tongue is a metonym for what people say. James calls it a fire because of the great damage it can do. Alternate translation: “The tongue is like a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 6 i61e figs-metaphor ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας…καθίσταται ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 a world of sinfulness set among our body parts The enormous effects of sinful speaking are spoken of as if they were a world by themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor ἡ σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 It stains the whole body Sinful speaking is spoken of metaphorically as if it stained one’s body. And becoming unacceptable to God is spoken of as if it were dirt on the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 6 lf1j figs-metaphor φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 sets on fire the course of life The phrase “course of life” refers to a person’s entire life. Alternate translation: “it ruins a person’s entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 6 a7qd figs-activepassive γενέσεως, καὶ φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 life. It is itself set on fire by hell The word “itself” refers to the tongue. Also, here “hell” refers to the powers of evil or to the devil. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “life because the devil uses it for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων, δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 For every kind of…mankind The phrase “every kind” is a general statement referring to all or many kinds of wild animals. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have learned to control many kinds of wild animals, birds, reptiles, and sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 3 7 b8c9 translate-unknown ἑρπετῶν 1 reptile This is an animal that crawls on the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -JAS 3 7 zw5m ἐναλίων 1 sea creature an animal that lives in the sea -JAS 3 8 q9xe figs-metaphor τὴν δὲ γλῶσσαν οὐδεὶς δαμάσαι δύναται ἀνθρώπων 1 But no human being can tame the tongue James speaks of the tongue as if it were a wild animal. Here “tongue” represents a person’s desire to speak evil thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 3 8 m7vi figs-metaphor ἀκατάστατον κακόν 1 It is a restless evil, full of deadly poison James speaks of the harm that people can cause by what they say as if the tongue were an evil and poisonous creature that can kill people. Alternate translation: “It is like a restless and evil creature, full of deadly poison” or “It is like a restless and evil creature that can kill people with its venom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 9 le6h ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν 1 With it we “We use the tongue to say words that” -JAS 3 9 ucm9 καταρώμεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 we curse men “we ask God to harm men” -JAS 3 9 umg1 figs-activepassive τοὺς καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν Θεοῦ γεγονότας 1 who have been made in God’s likeness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God made in his likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 3 10 a1ly figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρχεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα 1 Out of the same mouth come blessing and cursing The nouns “blessing” and “cursing” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “With the same mouth, a person blesses people and curses people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 3 10 qrs2 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers “Fellow Christians” -JAS 3 10 n9zy οὐ χρή,…ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι 1 these things should not happen “these things are wrong” -JAS 3 11 m18q 0 Connecting Statement: After James stresses that the words of believers should not both bless and curse, he gives examples from nature to teach his readers that people who honor God by worshiping him should also live in right ways. -JAS 3 11 mz8d figs-rquestion μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν 1 Does a spring pour out from its opening both sweet and bitter water? James uses a rhetorical question to remind believers about what happens in nature. This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “You know that a spring does not pour out both sweet water and bitter water.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 3 12 z3qg figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι 1 Does a fig tree, my brothers, make olives? James uses another rhetorical question to remind the believers about what happens in nature. Alternate translation: “Brothers, you know that a fig tree cannot grow olives.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 3 12 jjj8 ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers “my fellow believers” -JAS 3 12 bu4l figs-ellipsis ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα? 1 Or a grapevine, figs? The word “make” is understood from the previous phrase. James uses another rhetorical question to remind the believers about what happens in nature. Alternate translation: “Or does a grapevine make figs?” or “And a grapevine cannot grow figs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JAS 3 13 fgb7 figs-rquestion τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Who is wise and understanding among you? James uses this question to teach his audience about proper behavior. The words “wise” and “understanding” are similar. Alternate translation: “I will tell you how a wise and understanding person is to act.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -JAS 3 13 f9xv figs-abstractnouns δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν πραΰτητι σοφίας. 1 Let that person show a good life by his works in the humility of wisdom This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “humility” and “wisdom.” Alternate translation: “That person should live a good life by doing the kind of deeds that come from being humble and wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 3 14 js7b figs-metonymy εἰ…ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε, καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 if you have bitter jealousy and ambition in your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions or thoughts. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “jealousy” and “ambition.” Alternate translation: “if you are jealous and selfish” or “if you desire what other people have and you want to succeed even if it harms others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 3 14 a191 figs-abstractnouns μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας. 1 do not boast and lie against the truth The abstract noun “truth” can be stated as “true.” Alternate translation: “do not boast that you are wise, because that is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 3 15 clz6 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη 1 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above Here “This” refers to the “bitter jealousy and strife” described in the previous verses. The phrase “from above” is a metonym that represents “heaven” which represents God himself. Alternate translation: “This is not the kind of wisdom that God teaches us from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 3 15 g44u figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη, ἀλλὰ ἐπίγειος, ψυχική, δαιμονιώδης. 1 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above. Instead, it is earthly, unspiritual, demonic The abstract noun “wisdom” can be stated as “wise.” - Alternate translation: “Whoever acts like this is not wise according to what God in heaven teaches us. Instead this person is earthly, unspiritual, and demonic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 3 15 h36b figs-metonymy ἐπίγειος 1 earthly The word “earthly” refers to the values and behaviors of the people who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “not honoring to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 3 15 a2u6 ψυχική 1 unspiritual “not from the Holy Spirit” or “not spiritual” -JAS 3 15 mzc9 δαιμονιώδης 1 demonic “from demons” -JAS 3 16 x5jz figs-abstractnouns ὅπου γὰρ ζῆλος καὶ ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα. 1 For where there are jealousy and ambition, there is confusion and every evil practice This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “jealousy,” “ambition,” and “confusion.” Alternate translation: “For when people are jealous and selfish, this causes them to act in disorderly and evil ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 3 16 dvd7 ἐκεῖ ἀκαταστασία 1 there is confusion “there is disorder” or “there is chaos” -JAS 3 16 vmt4 πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα 1 every evil practice “every kind of sinful behavior” or “every kind of wicked deed” -JAS 3 17 s8w4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ δὲ ἄνωθεν σοφία, πρῶτον μὲν ἁγνή ἐστιν 1 But the wisdom from above is first pure Here “from above” is metonym that represents “heaven” which represents God himself. The abstract noun “wisdom” can be stated as “wise.” Alternate translation: “But when a person is wise according to what God in heaven teaches, he acts in ways that are first pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 3 17 hhk5 πρῶτον μὲν ἁγνή ἐστιν 1 is first pure “is first holy” -JAS 3 17 hfh9 figs-metaphor μεστὴ ἐλέους καὶ καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν 1 full of mercy and good fruits Here “good fruits” refer to kind things that people do for others as a result of having wisdom from God. Alternate translation: “full of mercy and good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 17 by2l ἀνυπόκριτος 1 and sincere “and honest” or “and truthful” -JAS 3 18 md56 figs-metaphor καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 The fruit of righteousness is sown in peace among those who make peace People making peace is spoken of as if they were sowing seeds, and righteousness is spoken of as if it were the fruit that grows up as a result of making peace. Alternate translation: “The result of making peace is righteousness” or “Those who work peacefully to help people live in peace produce righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 18 htr1 figs-abstractnouns ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 make peace The abstract noun “peace” can be stated as “peacefully.” Alternate translation: “cause people to live peacefully” or “help people not to be angry with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 4 intro r6vv 0 # James 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Adultery<br><br>Writers in the Bible often speak of adultery as a metaphor for people who say they love God but do things that God hates. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Law<br><br>James probably uses this word in [James 4:11](../../jas/04/11.md) to refer to “the royal law” ([James 2:8](../../jas/02/08.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>James asks many questions because he wants his readers to think about how they are living. He wants to correct and teach them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Humble<br><br>This word probably usually refers to people who are not proud. James uses the word here to refer to people who are not proud and who also trust in Jesus and obey him.<br> -JAS 4 1 q3pd 0 General Information: In this section, the words “yourselves,” “your,” and “you” are plural and refer to the believers to whom James writes. -JAS 4 1 k21j 0 Connecting Statement: James rebukes these believers for their worldliness and their lack of humility. He again urges them to watch how they speak to and about each other. -JAS 4 1 ub82 figs-doublet πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Where do quarrels and disputes among you come from? The abstract nouns “quarrels” and “disputes” mean basically the same thing and can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “Why do you quarrel and dispute among yourselves?” or “Why do you fight among yourselves?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 4 1 pqx2 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James uses this question to rebuke his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “They come from your evil desires for things, desires that fight among your members.” or “They come from your desires for evil things, desires that fight among your members.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 4 1 vpe2 figs-personification οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James speaks of desires as they were enemies who waged war against the believers. In reality, of course, it is the people who have these desires who fight among themselves. Alternate translation: “They come from your desires for evil things, by which you end up harming each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 4 1 v5kg ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 among your members Possible meanings are (1) there is fighting among the local believers, or (2) the fighting, that is, the conflict, is inside each believer. -JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-hyperbole φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν 1 You kill and covet, and you are not able to obtain The phrase “You kill” expresses how badly the people behave in order to get what they want. It can be translated as “You do all kinds of evil things to get what you cannot have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You fight and quarrel The words “fight” and “quarrel” mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize how much the people argue among themselves. Alternate translation: “You constantly fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -JAS 4 3 nk57 κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε 1 you ask badly Possible meanings are (1) “you ask with wrong motives” or “you ask with bad attitudes” or (2) “you are asking for wrong things” or “you are asking for bad things” -JAS 4 4 efi8 figs-metaphor μοιχαλίδες! 1 You adulteresses! James speaks of believers as being like wives who sleep with men other than their husbands. Alternate translation: “You are not being faithful to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 4 4 wu5v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know…God? James uses this question to teach his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 4 4 b5ly figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world This phrase refers to identifying with or participating in the world’s value system and behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 4 4 br36 figs-personification ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world Here the world’s value system is spoken of as if it were a person that others could be friends with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 4 4 jf1g figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 friendship with the world is hostility against God One who is friends with the world is an enemy of God. Here “friendship with the world” stands for being friends with the world, and “hostility against God” stands for being hostile against God. Alternate translation: “friends of the world are enemies of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 4 5 i2y4 ἢ δοκεῖτε…κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think the scripture says in vain This is a rhetorical question James uses to exhort his audience. To speak in vain is to speak uselessly. Alternate translation: “There is a reason that scripture says” -JAS 4 5 bx68 τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The Spirit he caused to live in us Some versions, including the ULT and UST, understand this as a reference to the Holy Spirit. Other versions translate this as “the spirit” and mean by it the human spirit that each person has been created to have. We suggest that you use the meaning that is presented in other translations used by your readers. -JAS 4 6 ub8z figs-explicit μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν 1 But God gives more grace How this phrase relates to the previous verse can be made explicit: “But, even though our spirits may desire what we cannot have, God gives us even more grace, if we will humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 4 6 hyh2 διὸ λέγει 1 so the scripture “Because God gives more grace, the scripture” -JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις 1 the proud This refers to proud people in general. Alternate translation: “proud people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -JAS 4 6 uu3r figs-nominaladj ταπεινοῖς 1 the humble This refers to humble people in general. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -JAS 4 7 da5t ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 So submit “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” -JAS 4 7 g7e5 ὑποτάγητε…τῷ Θεῷ 1 submit to God “obey God” -JAS 4 7 nud3 ἀντίστητε…τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 Resist the devil “Oppose the devil” or “Do not do what the devil wants” -JAS 4 7 w9ue φεύξεται 1 he will flee “he will run away” -JAS 4 7 b5yz figs-you ὑμῶν 1 you Here this pronoun is plural and refers to James’ audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JAS 4 8 vd6z figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” here is plural and refers to the scattered believers to whom James writes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -JAS 4 8 g62m figs-metaphor ἐγγίσατε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Come close to God Here the idea of coming close stands for becoming honest and open with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 4 8 yh1k figs-parallelism καθαρίσατε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί, καὶ ἁγνίσατε καρδίας, δίψυχοι. 1 Cleanse your hands, you sinners, and purify your hearts, you double-minded These are two phrases in parallel with each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JAS 4 8 elh1 figs-metonymy καθαρίσατε χεῖρας 1 Cleanse your hands This expression is a command for people to do righteous acts instead of unrighteous acts. Alternate translation: “Behave in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 4 8 mw54 figs-metonymy ἁγνίσατε καρδίας 1 purify your hearts Here “hearts” refers to a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “make your thoughts and intentions right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 4 8 iw61 figs-metaphor δίψυχοι 1 double-minded The word “double-minded” refers to a person who cannot make a firm decision about something. Alternate translation: “double-minded people” or “people who cannot decide if you want to obey God or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 4 9 kdn8 figs-doublet ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Grieve, mourn, and cry These three words have similar meanings. James uses them together to emphasize that the people should be truly sorry for not obeying God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -JAS 4 9 rf6g figs-parallelism ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν. 1 Let your laughter turn into sadness and your joy into gloom This is saying the same thing in different ways for emphasis. The abstract nouns “laughter,” “sadness,” “joy,” and “gloom” can be translated as verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 4 10 an8i figs-metaphor ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 Humble yourselves before the Lord “Be humble toward God.” Actions done with God in mind are often spoken of as being done in his physical presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 he will lift you up James indicates that God will honor the humble person by saying God will pick that person up off the ground physically from where that person had prostrated himself in humility. Alternate translation: “he will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 4 11 sy54 0 General Information: The words “you” and “your” in this section refer to the believers to whom James writes. -JAS 4 11 r3hc καταλαλεῖτε 1 speak against “speak badly about” or “oppose” -JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metonymy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers James speaks of the believers as if they are biological brothers. The term here includes women as well as men. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -JAS 4 11 jlx4 ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 but a judge “but you are acting like the person who gives the law” -JAS 4 12 e9da εἷς ἐστιν νομοθέτης καὶ κριτής 1 Only one is the lawgiver and judge This refers to God. “God is the only one who gives laws and judges people” -JAS 4 12 m49q figs-rquestion σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον? 1 Who are you, you who judge your neighbor? This is a rhetorical question James uses to scold his audience. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are just a human and cannot judge another human.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 4 13 iz9h figs-idiom ποιήσομεν ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 spend a year there James speaks of spending time as if it were money. “stay there for a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JAS 4 14 b7ir figs-rquestion οἵτινες οὐκ ἐπίστασθε τὸ τῆς αὔριον, ποία ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν? 1 Who knows what will happen tomorrow, and what is your life? James uses these questions to correct his audience and to teach these believers that physical life is not that important. They can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “No one knows what will happen tomorrow, and your life does not last very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 4 14 a9v2 figs-metaphor ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστε, ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη, ἔπειτα καὶ ἀφανιζομένη. 1 For you are a mist that appears for a little while and then disappears James speaks of people as if they were a mist that appears and then quickly goes away. Alternate translation: “You live for only a short amount of time, and then you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 4 15 gj65 ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν ὑμᾶς 1 Instead, you should say “Instead, your attitude should be” -JAS 4 15 e1il ζήσομεν καὶ ποιήσομεν, τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο 1 we will live and do this or that “we will live long enough to do what we have planned to do.” The word “we” does not directly refer to James or his audience but is part of the example of how James’ audience should consider the future. -JAS 4 17 q84z εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 1 for anyone who knows to do good but does not do it, for him it is sin Anyone who fails to do the good he knows he should do is guilty of sin. -JAS 5 intro ud8q 0 # James 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eternity<br>This chapter contrasts living for things of this world, which will not last, with living for things that will last for eternity. It is also important to live with the expectation that Jesus will return soon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Oaths<br>Scholars are divided over whether this passage teaches all oaths are wrong. Most scholars believe some oaths are permissible and James instead is teaching Christians to have integrity.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br>This story will be difficult to understand if the books of 1 and 2 Kings and 1 and 2 Chronicles have not yet been translated.<br><br>### “Save his soul from death”<br>This probably teaches that the person who stops their sinful lifestyle will not be punished with physical death as a consequence of their sin. On the other hand, some scholars believe this passage teaches about eternal salvation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br> -JAS 5 1 phs3 0 Connecting Statement: James warns rich people about their focus on pleasure and riches. -JAS 5 1 gel9 figs-explicit οἱ πλούσιοι 1 you who are rich Possible meanings are (1) James is giving a strong warning to wealthy believers or (2) James is talking about wealthy unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you who are rich and say you honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 5 1 l3wd figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις 1 because of the miseries coming on you James states that these people will suffer terribly in the future and writes as if their sufferings were objects that were coming toward them. The abstract noun “miseries” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “because you will suffer terribly in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JAS 5 2 gq45 figs-pastforfuture ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν. 1 Your riches have rotted, and your clothes have become moth-eaten. Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: “Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -JAS 5 2 v241 ὁ πλοῦτος…τὰ ἱμάτια 1 riches…clothes These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people. -JAS 5 3 am1u figs-pastforfuture ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται, 1 Your gold and your silver have become tarnished Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: “Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths. Your gold and silver will become tarnished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -JAS 5 3 wj9v χρυσὸς…ἄργυρος 1 gold…silver These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people. -JAS 5 3 q4pm κατίωται,…ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν 1 have become tarnished…their rust These phrases are used here to describe how gold and silver are ruined. Alternate translation: “are ruined…their ruined condition” or “are corroded…their corrosion” -JAS 5 3 e55t figs-personification ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 their rust will be a witness against you. It James wrote of their valuable things being ruined as if they were a person in a courtroom accusing the wicked of their crimes. Alternate translation: “and when God judges you, your ruined treasures will be like someone who accuses you in court. Their corrosion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] ) -JAS 5 3 i37x figs-simile φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ. 1 will consume…like fire Here the corrosion is spoken of as if it were a fire that will burn up their owners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 3 w3aj figs-metonymy τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν 1 your flesh Here “flesh” stands for the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 3 j6fe figs-metaphor πῦρ 1 fire The idea of fire here is meant to lead people to remember that fire often stands for God’s punishment that will come on all the wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 3 np1u figs-metonymy ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 for the last days This refers to the time right before God comes to judge all people. The wicked think they are storing up riches for the future, but what they are doing is storing up judgment. Alternate translation: “for when God is about to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 4 gcj5 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to warn rich people about thier focus on pleasure and riches. -JAS 5 4 e9iy figs-personification ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει, 1 the pay of the laborers is crying out—the pay that you have withheld from those who harvested your fields The money that should have been paid is spoken of as a person who is shouting because of the injustice done to him. Alternate translation: “the fact that you did not pay those you hired to work in your fields shows that you have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 5 4 n21a figs-metaphor αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων, εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν. 1 the cries of the harvesters have gone into the ears of the Lord of hosts The shouts of the harvesters are spoken of as if they could be heard in heaven. Alternate translation: “the Lord of hosts has heard the cries of the harvesters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 4 h9y8 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ 1 into the ears of the Lord of hosts God is spoken of as if he had ears as humans have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 5 xt8h figs-metaphor ἐθρέψατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς. 1 You have fattened your hearts for a day of slaughter Here people are viewed as if they were cattle, luxuriously fed on grain so they would become fattened to be slaughtered for a feast. However, no one will feast at the time of judgment. Alternate translation: “Your greed has only prepared you for harsh eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 5 pr31 figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 your hearts The “heart” was considered to be the center of human desire, and here stands for the entire person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 6 u5c5 κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τὸν δίκαιον, 1 You have condemned…the righteous person This is probably not “condemned” in the legal sense of a judge passing a sentence of death on a criminal. Instead, it probably refers to the wicked and powerful people who decide to mistreat the poor until they die. -JAS 5 6 lq6p figs-genericnoun τὸν δίκαιον, οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται 1 the righteous person. He does not “the people who do what is right. They do not.” Here “the righteous person” refers to righteous people in general and not to a specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people. They do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -JAS 5 6 z7w1 ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 resist you “oppose you” -JAS 5 7 n888 0 General Information: In closing, James reminds the believers about the Lord’s coming and gives several short lessons on how to live for the Lord. -JAS 5 7 xr6g 0 Connecting Statement: James changes topics from a rebuke of the rich people to an exhortation to the believers. -JAS 5 7 a4sv μακροθυμήσατε οὖν 1 So be patient “Because of this, wait and be calm” -JAS 5 7 wgk4 figs-metonymy ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου. 1 until the Lord’s coming This phrase refers to the return of Jesus, when he will begin his kingdom on the earth and judge all people. Alternate translation: “until Christ’s return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 7 y4er figs-metaphor ὁ γεωργὸς 1 the farmer James makes an analogy using farmers and believers to teach what it means to be patient. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metonymy στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Make your hearts strong James is equating the believers’ hearts to their will to remain committed. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” or “Keep your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 8 jw3b ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν. 1 the Lord’s coming is near “the Lord will return soon” -JAS 5 9 k74r μὴ στενάζετε, ἀδελφοί, κατ’ ἀλλήλων, ἵνα μὴ κριθῆτε. 1 Do not complain, brothers…you James is writing to all the scattered Jewish believers. -JAS 5 9 w9xv κατ’ ἀλλήλων 1 against one another “about each other” -JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will be not judged This can be stated in the active. Alternate translation: “Christ will not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 5 9 ita4 ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 See, the judge “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the judge” -JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν. 1 the judge is standing at the door James compares Jesus, the judge, to a person about to walk through a door to emphasize how soon Jesus will return to judge the world. Alternate translation: “the judge is coming soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 10 sic1 τῆς κακοπαθίας καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας, τοὺς προφήτας, οἳ ἐλάλησαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 the suffering and patience of the prophets, those who spoke in the name of the Lord “how the prophets who spoke in the name of the Lord suffered persecution with patience” -JAS 5 10 pvs3 figs-metonymy οἳ ἐλάλησαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου. 1 spoke in the name of the Lord “Name” here is a metonym for the person of the Lord. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Lord” or “spoke for the Lord to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 11 xwr8 ἰδοὺ, μακαρίζομεν 1 See, we regard “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: we regard” -JAS 5 11 s3nl τοὺς ὑπομείναντας 1 those who endured “those who continued obeying God even through hardship” -JAS 5 12 fug7 πρὸ πάντων…ἀδελφοί μου, 1 Above all, my brothers, “This is important, may brothers:” or “Especially, my brothers,” -JAS 5 12 bjt3 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers This refers to all believers including women. Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -JAS 5 12 s755 μὴ ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear To “swear” is to say that you will do something, or that something is true, and to be held accountable by a higher authority. Alternate translation: “do not make an oath” or “do not make a vow” -JAS 5 12 t1uq figs-metonymy μήτε τὸν οὐρανὸν, μήτε τὴν γῆν 1 either by heaven or by the earth The words “heaven” and “earth” refer to the spiritual or human authorities that are in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ, 1 let your “Yes” mean “Yes” and your “No” mean “No,” “do what you say you will do, or say that something is true, without making an oath” -JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so you do not fall under judgment Being condemned is spoken of as if one had fallen, crushed by the weight of something heavy. Alternate translation: “so God will not punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω. 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is enduring troubles, he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω. 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their blessings. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is happy, he should sing songs of praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him call James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is sick, he should call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JAS 5 14 fik7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord “Name” is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Lord” or “with the authority that the Lord has given hthem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-metonymy ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 The prayer of faith will heal the sick person The writer speaks of God hearing believers pray for sick people and healing those people as if the prayers themselves healed the people. Alternate translation: “The Lord will hear the prayer of faith and will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 15 qiw4 ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 1 The prayer of faith “The prayer made by believers” or “The prayer that people pray believing God will do as they ask” -JAS 5 15 ei3q ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his normal life” -JAS 5 16 t2iq 0 General Information: As these were Jewish believers, James reminds them to pray by recalling one of the prophets of old and that prophet’s practical prayers. -JAS 5 16 dl5k ἐξομολογεῖσθε οὖν…τὰς ἁμαρτίας, 1 So confess your sins Admit to other believers things you did wrong so that you can be forgiven. -JAS 5 16 i8cm ἀλλήλοις 1 to one another “to each other” -JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἰαθῆτε 1 so that you may be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 5 16 zk62 figs-metaphor πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη. 1 The prayer of a righteous person is very strong in its working Prayer is presented as if it were an object that was strong or powerful. Alternate translation: “When the person who obeys God prays, God will do great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 17 vhw2 προσευχῇ προσηύξατο 1 prayed earnestly “prayed eagerly” or “prayed passionately” -JAS 5 17 i8wv translate-numbers τρεῖς…ἕξ 1 three…six “3…6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JAS 5 18 zwc9 ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν 1 The heavens gave rain “The heavens” probably refers to the sky, which is presented as the source of the rain. Alternate translation: “Rain fell from the sky” -JAS 5 18 yi7m ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς 1 the earth produced its fruit Here the earth is presented as the source of the crops. -JAS 5 18 s76l figs-metonymy τὸν καρπὸν 1 fruit Here “fruit” stands for all the crops of the farmers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 19 xr4l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this word probably refers to both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -JAS 5 19 dv4v figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν 1 if anyone among you wanders from the truth, and someone brings him back A believer who stops trusting in God and obeying him is spoken of as if he were a sheep that wandered away from the flock. The person who persuades him to trust in God again is spoken of as if he were a shepherd who went to search for the lost sheep. Alternate translation: “whenever anyone stops obeying God, and another person helps him start obeying again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 5 20 xg1y figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιστρέψας ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ αὐτοῦ, σώσει ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 whoever turns a sinner from his wandering way…will cover over a great number of sins James means that God will use the actions of this person to persuade the sinner to repent and be saved. But James speaks as if it were this other person who actually saved the sinner’s soul from death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JAS 5 20 pd78 figs-synecdoche σώσει ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 will save him from death, and will cover over a great number of sins Here “death” refers to spiritual death, eternal separation from God. Alternate translation: “will save him from spiritual death, and God will forgive the sinner for all of his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JAS 5 20 rh4d figs-metaphor καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 will cover over a great number of sins Possible meanings are (1) the person who brings back the disobedient brother will have his sins forgiven or (2) the disobedient brother, when he returns to the Lord, will have his sins forgiven. Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that God could cover so that he would not see them, so that he would forgive them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS front intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of James<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1)<br>1. Testing and maturity (1:2-18)<br>1. Hearing and doing the Word of God (1:19-27)<br>1. True faith seen in works<br>- Word of God (1:19-27)<br>- Royal law of love (2:1-13)<br>- Works (2:14-26)<br>1. Difficulties in community<br>- Dangers of the tongue (3:1-12)<br>- Wisdom from above (3:13-18)<br>- Worldly desires (4:1-12)<br>1. God’s perspective on your decisions<br>- Boasting about tomorrow (4:13-17)<br>- Warning about riches (5:1-6)<br>- Suffering with patience (5:7-11)<br>1. Closing exhortations<br>- Oaths (5:12)<br>- Prayer and healing (5:13-18)<br>- Care for one another (5:19-20)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of James?<br><br>The author identifies himself as James. This was probably James, the half-brother of Jesus. James was a leader in the early church and was part of the Jerusalem council. The Apostle Paul also called him a “pillar” of the church.<br><br>This is not the same man as the Apostle James. The Apostle James was killed before this letter was written.<br><br>### What is the Book of James about?<br><br>In this letter, James encouraged believers who were suffering. He told them know that God uses their suffering to help them become mature Christians. James also told them of the need for believers to do good deeds. He wrote much in this letter about how believers should live and treat one another. For example, he commanded them to treat one another fairly, to not fight with one another, and to use riches wisely.<br><br>James taught his readers by using many examples from nature such as in 1:6, 11 and 3:1-12. Also, many parts of this letter are similar to what Jesus wrote in the Sermon on the Mount (Mat 5-7).<br><br>### Who were the “twelve tribes in the dispersion”?<br><br>James said he was writing to the “twelve tribes in the dispersion” (1:1). Some scholars think that James was writing to Jewish Christians. Other scholars think that James was writing to all Christians in general. This letter is known as one of the “General Epistles” since it was not written to a specific church or individual.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “James.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “A Letter from James” or “The Letter James Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did James disagree with Paul about how a person is justified before God?<br><br>Paul taught in Romans that Christians are justified by faith and not by works. James seems to teach that Christians are justified by works. This can be confusing. But a better understanding of what Paul and James taught shows that they agree with one another. Both of them taught that a person needs faith in order to be justified. And they both taught that true faith will cause a person to do good works. Paul and James taught about these things in different ways because they had different audiences who needed to know different things about being justified. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should the translator signal transitions between topics in the Book of James?<br><br>The letter quickly changes topics. Sometimes James does not tell the readers that he is about to change topics. It is acceptable to allow the verses to appear disconnected from each other. It may make sense to set the passages apart by starting a new line or putting a space between topics.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of James?<br><br>* “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless?” (2:20). The ULT, UST, and modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is dead?” If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> +JAS 1 intro pz2q 0 # James 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>James formally introduces this letter in verse 1. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Testing and temptation<br><br>These two words occur together in ([James 1:12-13](./12.md)). Both words speak of a person who is able to choose between doing something good and doing something evil. The difference between them is important. God is testing the person and wants him to do what is good. Satan is tempting the person and wants him to do what is evil.<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that a man who passes the test receives is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James uses many metaphors in this chapter, and you will need to understand the material on the metaphor page before you can translate them well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “To the twelve tribes in the dispersion”<br><br>It is not clear to whom James wrote this letter. He calls himself a servant of the Lord Jesus Christ, so he was probably writing to Christians. But he calls his readers “the twelve tribes in the dispersion,” words which usually refer to Jews. It is possible that he is using the words as a metaphor for “all people whom God has chosen” or that he wrote the letter at a time when most Christians had grown up as Jews.<br> +JAS 1 1 ssc8 0 General Information: The apostle James writes this letter to all the Christians. Many of them were Jews, and they lived in many different places. +JAS 1 1 pkt2 figs-explicit Ἰάκωβος, Θεοῦ καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δοῦλος 1 James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ The phrase “this letter is from” is implied. Alternate translation: “This letter is from James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 1 1 l4i7 figs-synecdoche ταῖς δώδεκα φυλαῖς 1 to the twelve tribes Possible meanings are (1) this is a synecdoche for Jewish Christians, or (2) this is a metaphor for all Christians. Alternate translation: “to God’s faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 1 vza9 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ 1 in the dispersion The term “dispersion” normally referred to the Jews who were scattered in other countries, away from their homeland Israel. This abstract noun can be expressed with a phrase with the verb “scattered.” Alternate translation: “who are scattered around the world” or “who live in other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 1 1 huk9 χαίρειν 1 Greetings! a basic greeting, such as “Hello!” or “Good day!” +JAS 1 2 knw6 πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε, ἀδελφοί μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς περιπέσητε ποικίλοις 1 Consider it all joy, my brothers, when you experience various troubles “My fellow believers, think of all your different kinds of troubles as something to celebrate” +JAS 1 3 xud2 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν 1 the testing of your faith produces endurance The expressions “the testing,” “your faith,” and “endurance” are nouns that stand for actions. God does the testing, that is, he finds out how much the believers trust and obey him. Believers (“you”) believe in him and endure suffering. Alternate translation: “when you suffer hardships, God is finding out how much you trust him. As a result, you will become able to endure even more hardships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 1 4 j2p4 figs-personification ἡ…ὑπομονὴ ἔργον τέλειον ἐχέτω 1 Let endurance complete its work Here endurance is spoken of as if it were a person at work. Alternate translation: “Learn to endure any hardship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 1 4 unh4 τέλειοι 1 fully developed able to trust in Christ and obey him in all circumstances +JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 not lacking anything This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be” +JAS 1 5 du7z αἰτείτω παρὰ τοῦ διδόντος, Θεοῦ 1 ask for it from God, the one who gives “ask God for it. He is the one who gives” +JAS 1 5 q2df τοῦ διδόντος, Θεοῦ, πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς, καὶ μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος 1 gives generously and without rebuke to all “gives generously and does not rebuke any” +JAS 1 5 xu31 δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 he will give it “God will do it” or “God will answer your prayer” +JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives ἐν πίστει, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 in faith, doubting nothing This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ὁ γὰρ διακρινόμενος ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ. 1 For anyone who doubts is like a wave in the sea that is driven by the wind and tossed around Anyone who doubts that God will help him is said to be like the water in the ocean or in a large lake, which keeps moving in different directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 8 b5t6 figs-metaphor δίψυχος 1 is double-minded The word “double-minded” refers to a person’s thoughts when he is unable to make a decision. Alternate translation: “cannot decide if he will follow Jesus or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 8 k89p figs-metaphor ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ 1 unstable in all his ways Here this person is spoken of as if he cannot stay on one path but instead goes from one to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 9 gc9b ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπεινὸς 1 the poor brother “the believer who does not have much money” +JAS 1 9 yxs5 figs-metaphor καυχάσθω…ἐν τῷ ὕψει αὐτοῦ 1 boast of his high position Someone whom God has honored is spoken of as if he were standing in a high place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 10 uzk7 figs-ellipsis ὁ δὲ πλούσιος, ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ 1 but the rich man of his low position The words “let boast” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but let the rich man boast of his low position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JAS 1 10 w4ta ὁ δὲ πλούσιος 1 but the rich man “but the man who has a lot of money.” Possible meanings are (1) the rich man is a believer or (2) the rich man is an unbeliever. +JAS 1 10 ulk4 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ 1 of his low position A rich believer should be happy if God causes him to suffer. Alternate translation: “should be happy that God has given him difficulties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JAS 1 10 nug7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύσεται 1 he will pass away as a wild flower in the grass Rich people are spoken of as being similar to wild flowers, which are alive for only a short time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 11 gv7v figs-metaphor ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο 1 its beauty perishes A flower no longer being beautiful is spoken of as if its beauty dies. Alternate translation: “and it is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 11 ng26 figs-simile ὁ πλούσιος ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ μαρανθήσεται 1 the rich man will fade away in the middle of his journey Here the flower simile is probably continued. As flowers do not die suddenly but instead fade away over a short time, so also the rich people may not die suddenly but instead take a little time to disappear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 11 sdi2 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ 1 in the middle of his journey A rich man’s activities in daily life are spoken of as if they are a journey that he is making. This metaphor implies that he is giving no thought to his coming death, and that it will takes him by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 12 vcu4 0 Connecting Statement: James reminds the believers who have fled that God does not cause temptation; he tells them how to avoid temptation. +JAS 1 12 m13d μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν 1 Blessed is the man who endures testing “The man who endures testing is fortunate” or “The man who endures testing is well off” +JAS 1 12 vr4a ὑπομένει πειρασμόν 1 endures testing remains faithful to God during hardships +JAS 1 12 vta6 δόκιμος 1 passed the test he has been approved by God +JAS 1 12 k3hh figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 receive the crown of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: “receive eternal life as his reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 12 hx28 figs-activepassive ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 has been promised to those who love God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 1 13 a77a πειραζόμενος 1 when he is tempted “when he desires to do something evil” +JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God is trying to make me do something evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 1 13 p5cp figs-activepassive ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν 1 God is not tempted by evil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one can make God desire to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 1 13 zb13 πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα 1 nor does he himself tempt anyone “and God himself does not try to persuade anyone do evil” +JAS 1 14 nj9m figs-personification ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας 1 each person is tempted by his own desire A person’s desire is spoken of as if it were someone else who was tempting him to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 1 14 nle5 figs-personification ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 which drags him away and entices him Evil desire continues to be spoken of as if it were a person who could drag away someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 1 14 z4bd δελεαζόμενος 1 entices attracts, persuades someone to do evil +JAS 1 15 s4cd figs-personification εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν, ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 Then after the desire conceives, it gives birth to sin, and after the sin is full grown, it gives birth to death Desire continues to be spoken of as a person, this time clearly as a woman who becomes pregnant with a child. The child is identified as sin. Sin is another female baby that grows up, becomes pregnant, and gives birth to death. This chain of metaphors is a picture of someone who ends up dying both spiritually and physically because of his evil desires and his sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 16 v195 μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be deceived “Do not let anyone deceive you” or “Stop deceiving yourselves” +JAS 1 17 t2nn figs-doublet πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον 1 Every good gift and every perfect gift These two phrases mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize that anything good that a person has comes from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JAS 1 17 n7d8 figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων 1 the Father of lights God, the creator of all the lights in the sky (sun, moon, and stars), is said to be their “Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 17 g5ge figs-simile παρ’ ᾧ οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγὴ ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα. 1 With him there is no changing or shadow because of turning This expression pictures God as an unchanging light, like the sun, moon, planets, and stars in the sky. This is in contrast to shadows here on earth that constantly change. Alternate translation: “God does not change. He is as constant as the sun, moon, and stars in the sky, rather than like shadows which appear and disappear on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 give us birth God, who brought us eternal life, is spoken of as if he had given us birth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 18 ykq9 λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are (1) “the message about the truth” or (2) “the true message.” +JAS 1 18 qh2e figs-simile εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα 1 so that we would be a kind of firstfruits James is using the traditional Hebrew idea of firstfruits as a way to describe the value of the Christian believers to God. He implies that there will be many more believers in the future. Alternate translation: “so that we would be like an offering of firstfruits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 19 dt7i ἴστε 1 You know this Possible meanings are (1) “Know this” as a command, to pay attention to what I am about to write or (2) “You know this” as a statement, that I am about to remind you of something that you already know. +JAS 1 19 p728 figs-idiom ἔστω…πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι 1 Let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak These sayings are idioms that mean people should first listen intently, and then consider carefully what they say. Here “slow to speak” does not mean speaking slowly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JAS 1 19 ev3v βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν 1 slow to anger “not get angry quickly” +JAS 1 20 ej4p ὀργὴ…ἀνδρὸς, δικαιοσύνην Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐργάζεται. 1 the anger of man does not work the righteousness of God When a person is always angry, he cannot do God’s work, which is righteous. +JAS 1 21 hit5 figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κακίας 1 take off all sinful filth and abundant amounts of evil Sin and evil are spoken of here as if they were clothing that could be taken off. Alternate translation: “stop doing all filthy sins and stop doing abundant amounts of evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 21 h226 figs-doublet ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κακίας 1 take off all sinful filth and abundant amounts of evil Here the expressions “sinful filth” and “evil” share similar meanings. James uses them to emphasize how bad sin is. Alternate translation: “stop doing every kind of sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JAS 1 21 h8ty figs-metaphor ῥυπαρίαν 1 sinful filth Here “filth,” that is, dirt, stands for sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 21 a3u3 ἐν πραΰτητι 1 In humility “Without pride” or “Without arrogance” +JAS 1 21 i9w1 figs-metaphor δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον 1 receive the implanted word The expression “implant” means to place one thing inside of another. Here God’s word is spoken of as if it were a plant made to grow inside believers. Alternate translation: “obey the message God has spoken to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 21 ekl3 figs-explicit σῶσαι τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 save your souls What a person is saved from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “save you from God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 1 21 z73e figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 your souls Here the word “souls” refers to persons.Alternate translation: “yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JAS 1 22 x14m γίνεσθε δὲ ποιηταὶ λόγου 1 Be doers of the word “Be people who follow God’s instructions” +JAS 1 22 wvp4 παραλογιζόμενοι ἑαυτούς 1 deceiving yourselves “fooling yourselves” +JAS 1 23 ewn9 ὅτι εἴ τις ἀκροατὴς λόγου ἐστὶν 1 For if anyone is a hearer of the word “For if anyone listens to the God’s message in the scriptures” +JAS 1 23 r6pp figs-ellipsis καὶ οὐ ποιητής 1 but not a doer The word “is” and “of the word” are understood from the previous phrase. The noun “doer” can also be expressed with the verbs “do” or “obey.” Alternate translation: “but is not a doer of the word” or “but does not obey the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror A person who hears God’s word is like someone who looks in the mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 23 shn9 τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 his natural face The word “natural” clarifies that James is using the ordinary meaning of the word “face.” Alternate translation: “his face” +JAS 1 24 wu34 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 then goes away and immediately forgets what he was like It is implied that though he may see that he needs to do something, such as wash his face or fix his hair, he walks away and forgets to do it. This what a person who does not obey God’s word is like. Alternate translation: “then goes away and immediately forgets to do what he saw he needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-simile ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the person who looks carefully into the perfect law This expression continues the image of the law as a mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom The relationship between the law and freedom can be expressed clearly. Here “freedom” probably refers to freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that gives freedom” or “the perfect law that makes those who follow it free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this man will be blessed in his actions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless this man as he obeys the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 1 26 j1bg δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι 1 thinks himself to be religious “thinks he worships God correctly” +JAS 1 26 vxu1 figs-metonymy γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ 1 his tongue Controlling one’s tongue stands for controlling one’s speech. Alternate translation: “what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 1 26 bj2t ἀπατῶν 1 deceives gets someone to believe something that is not true +JAS 1 26 sex6 figs-metonymy καρδίαν αὐτοῦ 1 his heart Here “heart” refers to his belief or thoughts. Alternate translation: “himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 1 26 q83d τούτου μάταιος ἡ θρησκεία 1 his religion is worthless “he worships God uselessly” +JAS 1 27 g11k figs-doublet καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος 1 pure and unspoiled James speaks of religion, the way one worships God, as if it could be physically pure and unspoiled. These are traditional ways for Jews to say that something is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “Completely acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 27 skf4 figs-metaphor παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί 1 before our God and Father directed to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 1 27 iiv2 ὀρφανοὺς 1 the fatherless “the orphans” +JAS 1 27 r8nj ἐν τῇ θλίψει αὐτῶν 1 in their affliction The fatherless and widows are suffering because their fathers or husbands have died. +JAS 1 27 nmf7 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου 1 to keep oneself unstained by the world Sin in the world is spoken of as something dirty that can stain a person. Alternate translation: “to not allow the evil in the world to cause oneself to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 intro f5zd 0 # James 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favoritism<br><br>Some of James’s readers treated rich and powerful people well and treated poor people badly. This is called favoritism, and James tells them that this is wrong. God wants his people to treat both rich people and poor people well.<br><br>### Justification<br><br>Justification is what happens when God makes a person righteous. James says here that God makes righteous or justifies people who do good works along with having faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Quotation marks<br><br>The words “Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works” are hard to understand. Some people think that they are what “someone may say,” like the words in the quotation marks. Most versions translate them as words that James is saying back to that “someone.”<br><br>### “You have…I have”<br><br>Some people think that the words “you” and “I” are metonyms for “some people” and “other people.” If they are correct, verse 18 could be translated, “Someone may say, ‘Some people have faith and other people have works. Not everyone has both.’” If the next sentence is also what “someone may say,” it could be translated “Some people show their faith without works, and other people show their faith by their works. Both have faith.” In both cases, the reader will understand only if you add the extra sentence. It is probably best to translate as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> +JAS 2 1 ici9 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to tell the scattered Jewish believers how to live by loving one another and reminds them not to favor rich people over poor brothers. +JAS 2 1 kab4 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters in Christ” +JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others +JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀνὴρ 1 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +JAS 2 2 j8d5 χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 wearing gold rings and fine clothes “dressed like a wealthy person” +JAS 2 3 zx9f σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 sit here in a good place sit in this place of honor +JAS 2 3 ce14 σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ 1 stand over there move to a place with less honor +JAS 2 3 h2fy κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit at my feet move to a humble place +JAS 2 4 x9el figs-rquestion οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 are you not judging among yourselves? Have you not become judges with evil thoughts? James is using rhetorical questions to teach and possibly scold his readers. Alternate translation: “you are making judgments among yourselves and becoming judges with evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 5 m5jr ἀκούσατε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 Listen, my beloved brothers James was exhorting his readers as family. “Pay attention, my dear fellow believers” +JAS 2 5 ha52 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 did not God choose…love him? Here James uses a rhetorical question to teach his readers not to show favoritism. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen…love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 5 ke2q figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people in general. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +JAS 2 5 s38z figs-metaphor πλουσίους ἐν πίστει 1 be rich in faith Having much faith is spoken of as being wealthy or rich. The object of faith may have to be specified. Alternate translation: “have strong faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 5 qii5 figs-metaphor κληρονόμους 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 6 yv6y figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠτιμάσατε 1 But you have James is speaking to his whole audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JAS 2 6 vr53 ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν 1 have dishonored the poor “you have shamed poor people” +JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 Is it not the rich who oppress you? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. Alternate translation: “It is rich people who oppress you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +JAS 2 6 eeg5 figs-nominaladj οἱ πλούσιοι 1 the rich This refers to rich people in general. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +JAS 2 6 z73x καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 who oppress you “who treat you badly” +JAS 2 6 s9k1 figs-rquestion αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 Are they not the ones…to court? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people are the ones…to court.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 6 h8jn figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you to court “forcibly take you to court to accuse you in front of judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Do they not insult…have been called? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct and teach his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people insult…have been called.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 the good name by which you have been called This refers to Christ’s name. Alternate translation: “the name of Christ who called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 2 8 fe1i figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you fulfill The word “you” refers to the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JAS 2 8 q9hh νόμον τελεῖτε βασιλικὸν 1 fulfill the royal law “obey God’s law.” The law is “royal” becuase God, the true king, is the one who gave it to people. +JAS 2 8 ymf5 ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You shall love your neighbor as yourself James is quoting from the book of Leviticus. +JAS 2 8 gll2 τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor “all people” or “everyone” +JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well “you are doing well” or “you are doing what is right” +JAS 2 9 xt6y εἰ…προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 if you favor “give special treatment to” or “give honor to” +JAS 2 9 cq5h ἁμαρτίαν ἐργάζεσθε 1 committing sin “sinning.” That is, breaking the law. +JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as lawbreakers Here the law is spoken of as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 2 10 l29g ὅστις γὰρ…τηρήσῃ 1 For whoever obeys “For anyone who obeys” +JAS 2 10 jb5u figs-metaphor πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί, γέγονεν πάντων ἔνοχος 1 except that he stumbles…the whole law Stumbling is falling down while one is trying to walk. Disobeying one point of the law is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 10 m8ep ἐν ἑνί 1 in just a single way because of disobedience to just one requirement of the law +JAS 2 11 ez11 ὁ γὰρ εἰπών 1 For the one who said This refers to God, who gave the law to Moses. +JAS 2 11 q19i μὴ μοιχεύσῃς 1 Do not commit To “commit” is to do an action. +JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-you εἰ…οὐ μοιχεύεις, φονεύεις δέ, γέγονας 1 If you…but if you…you have Here “you” means “each one of you.” Although James was writing to many Jewish believers, in this case, he used the singular form as if he was writing to each person individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JAS 2 12 c6y8 οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 So speak and act “So you must speak and obey.” James commanded the people to do this. +JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 who will be judged by means of the law of freedom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who know that God will judge them by means of the law of freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 2 12 ik76 διὰ νόμου 1 by means of the law This passage implies that it is God who will judge according to his law. +JAS 2 12 e87r νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom “the law that gives true freedom” +JAS 2 13 yv6l figs-personification κατακαυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως 1 Mercy triumphs over “Mercy is better than” or “Mercy defeats.” Here mercy and justice are spoken of as if they were persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 2 14 h384 0 Connecting Statement: James encourages the scattered believers to show their faith before others, just as Abraham showed others his faith by his works. +JAS 2 14 k4e4 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ 1 What good is it, my brothers, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works? James is using a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: “It is no good at all, fellow believers, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 14 c234 figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ 1 if someone says he has faith, but he has no works The can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “if someone says he believes in God but he does not do what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 2 14 z9q8 figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν? 1 Can that faith save him? James is using a rhetorical question to teach his audience. This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “faith.” Alternate translation: “That faith cannot save him.” or “If a person does not do what God commands, then just saying he believes in God will not save him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 2 14 g8kr σῶσαι αὐτόν 1 save him “spare him from God’s judgment” +JAS 2 15 f6el ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ 1 brother or sister a fellow believer in Christ, whether male or female +JAS 2 16 lj89 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε 1 stay warm This means either “have enough clothes to wear” or “have a place to sleep.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-explicit χορτάζεσθε 1 be filled The thing that fills them is food. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “be filled with food” or “have enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 2 16 n5jh figs-metonymy τοῦ σώματος 1 for the body to eat, to wear, and to live comfortably (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 2 16 yi63 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what good is that? James uses a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: “that is not good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 17 me1d figs-metaphor ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead James speaks of faith as if it were alive if one does good works, and of faith as if it were dead if one does not do good deeds. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “a person who says he believes God, but does not do what God commands, does not really believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 2 18 al63 figs-hypo ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις 1 Yet someone may say James describes a hypothetical situation where someone objects to his teaching. James seeks to correct his audience’s understanding of faith and works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω; δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν. 1 “You have faith, and I have works.” Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works James is describing how someone may argue against his teaching and how he would respond. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “‘It is acceptable that you believe God and that I do what God commands.’ Prove to me that you can believe God and not do what he commands, and I will prove to you that I believe God by doing what he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 2 19 fv39 τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 the demons believe that, and they tremble “the demons also believe, but they shake with fear.” James contrasts the demons with those who claim to believe and not do good deeds. James states that the demons are wiser because they fear God while the others do not. +JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless? James uses this question to introduce the next part of his teaching. Alternate translation: “Listen to me, foolish man, and I will show that faith without works is useless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 20 sd63 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 that faith without works is useless This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “that if you do not do what God commands, then it is useless for you to say that you believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 2 21 ysr8 0 General Information: Since these are Jewish believers, they know the story of Abraham, about whom God had told them long ago in his word. +JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified…on the altar? This rhetorical question is used to rebut the foolish man’s arguments from [James 2:18](../02/18.md), who refuses to believe that faith and works go together. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was certainly justified…on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 justified by works James speaks of works as if they were objects that one can own. Alternate translation: “justified by doing good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 21 ph1s ὁ πατὴρ 1 father Here “father” is used in the sense of “ancestor.” +JAS 2 22 t832 βλέπεις 1 You see The word “you” is singular, referring to the hypothetical man. James is addressing his whole audience as if they were one person. +JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metonymy βλέπεις 1 You see The word “see” is a metonym. Alternate translation: “You understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 2 22 vde4 ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith worked with his works, and that by works his faith was fully developed James speaks as if “faith” and “works” are things that can work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “because Abraham believed God, he did what God commanded. And because Abraham did what God commanded, he believed God completely” +JAS 2 22 bd9d βλέπεις 1 You see James again addresses his audience directly by using the plural form of “you.” +JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 The scripture was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 2 23 l818 figs-metaphor ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness “God regarded his faith as righteousness.” Abraham’s faith and righteousness were treated as if they were able to be counted as having value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 it is by works that a man is justified, and not only by faith “actions and faith are what justify a person, and not only faith.” James speaks of works as if they were objects to obtain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 25 hir8 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 In the same way also…justified by works James says that what was true of Abraham was also true of Rahab. Both were justified by works. +JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 was not Rahab the prostitute justified by works…another road? James is using this rhetorical question to instruct his audience. Alternate translation: “it was what Rahab the prostitute did that justified her…another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 2 25 pn2f Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη 1 Rahab the prostitute James expected his audience to know the Old Testament story about the woman Rahab. +JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 justified by works James speaks of works as something to possess. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 2 25 af9u ἀγγέλους 1 messengers people who bring news from another place +JAS 2 25 xm5m ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 sent them away by another road “then helped them escape and leave the city” +JAS 2 26 uum8 figs-metaphor ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν 1 For as the body apart from the spirit is dead, even so faith apart from works is dead James is speaking of faith without works as if it were a dead body without the spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 intro py3p 0 # James 03 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James teaches his readers that they should live to please God by reminding them of things that they know from everyday life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> +JAS 3 1 p4uu figs-genericnoun μὴ πολλοὶ 1 Not many of you James is making a generalized statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +JAS 3 1 c36b ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers “my fellow believers” +JAS 3 1 aw5f figs-explicit μεῖζον κρίμα λημψόμεθα. 1 we who teach will be judged more strictly This passage speaks of stricter judgment that will come from God on those who teach others about him. Alternate translation: “God will judge us who teach more severely because we know his word better than some people whom we have taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 3 1 v7fa figs-exclusive 1 we who teach James includes himself and other teachers, but not the readers, so the word “we” is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-inclusive πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πταίομεν 1 stumble Sinning is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. Alternate translation: “fail” or “sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 2 t6xt ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 does not stumble in words “does not sin by saying wrong things” +JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man “he is spiritually mature” +JAS 3 2 b16h figs-synecdoche χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 control even his whole body James is referring to one’s heart, emotions, and actions. Alternate translation: “control his behavior” or “control his actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JAS 3 3 z2ez 0 General Information: James is developing an argument that small things can control big things. +JAS 3 3 zql3 εἰ δὲ τῶν ἵππων τοὺς χαλινοὺς εἰς τὰ στόματα βάλλομεν 1 Now if we put bits into horses’ mouths James speaks about horses’ bits. A bit is a small piece of metal that is placed into a horse’s mouth to control where it goes. +JAS 3 3 s1nf εἰ δὲ 1 Now if “If” or “When” +JAS 3 3 u92q τῶν ἵππων 1 horses A horse is a large animal used to carry things or people. +JAS 3 4 yn42 ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα, μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 Notice also that ships…are steered by a very small rudder A ship is like a truck that floats on water. A rudder is a flat piece of wood or metal at the back of the ship, used to control where it goes. The word “rudder” could also be translated as “tool.” +JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 are driven by strong winds, This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “strong winds push them, they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 3 4 jrk1 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου, ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 are steered by a very small rudder to wherever the pilot desires “have a small tool that a person can use to control where the ship goes” +JAS 3 5 wt6i οὕτως καὶ 1 Likewise This word signals the analogy of the tongue to the horses’ bits and the ships’ rudders mentioned in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “In the same way” +JAS 3 5 qx1k μεγάλα αὐχεῖ 1 boasts great things Here “things” is a general word for everything about which these people are proud. +JAS 3 5 ub5h ἰδοὺ 1 Notice also “Think about” +JAS 3 5 fr8x ἡλίκον πῦρ, ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει 1 how small a fire sets on fire a large forest In order to help people understand the harm that the tongue can cause, James speaks of the harm that a small flame can cause. Alternate translation: “how a small flame can start a fire that burns many trees” +JAS 3 6 wm5q figs-metonymy καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire The tongue is a metonym for what people say. James calls it a fire because of the great damage it can do. Alternate translation: “The tongue is like a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 6 i61e figs-metaphor ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας…καθίσταται ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 a world of sinfulness set among our body parts The enormous effects of sinful speaking are spoken of as if they were a world by themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor ἡ σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 It stains the whole body Sinful speaking is spoken of metaphorically as if it stained one’s body. And becoming unacceptable to God is spoken of as if it were dirt on the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 6 lf1j figs-metaphor φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 sets on fire the course of life The phrase “course of life” refers to a person’s entire life. Alternate translation: “it ruins a person’s entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 6 a7qd figs-activepassive γενέσεως, καὶ φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 life. It is itself set on fire by hell The word “itself” refers to the tongue. Also, here “hell” refers to the powers of evil or to the devil. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “life because the devil uses it for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων, δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 For every kind of…mankind The phrase “every kind” is a general statement referring to all or many kinds of wild animals. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have learned to control many kinds of wild animals, birds, reptiles, and sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 3 7 b8c9 translate-unknown ἑρπετῶν 1 reptile This is an animal that crawls on the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JAS 3 7 zw5m ἐναλίων 1 sea creature an animal that lives in the sea +JAS 3 8 q9xe figs-metaphor τὴν δὲ γλῶσσαν οὐδεὶς δαμάσαι δύναται ἀνθρώπων 1 But no human being can tame the tongue James speaks of the tongue as if it were a wild animal. Here “tongue” represents a person’s desire to speak evil thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 3 8 m7vi figs-metaphor ἀκατάστατον κακόν 1 It is a restless evil, full of deadly poison James speaks of the harm that people can cause by what they say as if the tongue were an evil and poisonous creature that can kill people. Alternate translation: “It is like a restless and evil creature, full of deadly poison” or “It is like a restless and evil creature that can kill people with its venom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 9 le6h ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν 1 With it we “We use the tongue to say words that” +JAS 3 9 ucm9 καταρώμεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 we curse men “we ask God to harm men” +JAS 3 9 umg1 figs-activepassive τοὺς καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν Θεοῦ γεγονότας 1 who have been made in God’s likeness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God made in his likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 3 10 a1ly figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρχεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα 1 Out of the same mouth come blessing and cursing The nouns “blessing” and “cursing” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “With the same mouth, a person blesses people and curses people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 3 10 qrs2 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers “Fellow Christians” +JAS 3 10 n9zy οὐ χρή,…ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι 1 these things should not happen “these things are wrong” +JAS 3 11 m18q 0 Connecting Statement: After James stresses that the words of believers should not both bless and curse, he gives examples from nature to teach his readers that people who honor God by worshiping him should also live in right ways. +JAS 3 11 mz8d figs-rquestion μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν 1 Does a spring pour out from its opening both sweet and bitter water? James uses a rhetorical question to remind believers about what happens in nature. This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “You know that a spring does not pour out both sweet water and bitter water.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 3 12 z3qg figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι 1 Does a fig tree, my brothers, make olives? James uses another rhetorical question to remind the believers about what happens in nature. Alternate translation: “Brothers, you know that a fig tree cannot grow olives.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 3 12 jjj8 ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers “my fellow believers” +JAS 3 12 bu4l figs-ellipsis ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα? 1 Or a grapevine, figs? The word “make” is understood from the previous phrase. James uses another rhetorical question to remind the believers about what happens in nature. Alternate translation: “Or does a grapevine make figs?” or “And a grapevine cannot grow figs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JAS 3 13 fgb7 figs-rquestion τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Who is wise and understanding among you? James uses this question to teach his audience about proper behavior. The words “wise” and “understanding” are similar. Alternate translation: “I will tell you how a wise and understanding person is to act.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JAS 3 13 f9xv figs-abstractnouns δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν πραΰτητι σοφίας. 1 Let that person show a good life by his works in the humility of wisdom This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “humility” and “wisdom.” Alternate translation: “That person should live a good life by doing the kind of deeds that come from being humble and wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 3 14 js7b figs-metonymy εἰ…ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε, καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 if you have bitter jealousy and ambition in your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions or thoughts. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “jealousy” and “ambition.” Alternate translation: “if you are jealous and selfish” or “if you desire what other people have and you want to succeed even if it harms others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 3 14 a191 figs-abstractnouns μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας. 1 do not boast and lie against the truth The abstract noun “truth” can be stated as “true.” Alternate translation: “do not boast that you are wise, because that is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 3 15 clz6 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη 1 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above Here “This” refers to the “bitter jealousy and strife” described in the previous verses. The phrase “from above” is a metonym that represents “heaven” which represents God himself. Alternate translation: “This is not the kind of wisdom that God teaches us from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 3 15 g44u figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη, ἀλλὰ ἐπίγειος, ψυχική, δαιμονιώδης. 1 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above. Instead, it is earthly, unspiritual, demonic The abstract noun “wisdom” can be stated as “wise.” - Alternate translation: “Whoever acts like this is not wise according to what God in heaven teaches us. Instead this person is earthly, unspiritual, and demonic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 3 15 h36b figs-metonymy ἐπίγειος 1 earthly The word “earthly” refers to the values and behaviors of the people who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “not honoring to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 3 15 a2u6 ψυχική 1 unspiritual “not from the Holy Spirit” or “not spiritual” +JAS 3 15 mzc9 δαιμονιώδης 1 demonic “from demons” +JAS 3 16 x5jz figs-abstractnouns ὅπου γὰρ ζῆλος καὶ ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα. 1 For where there are jealousy and ambition, there is confusion and every evil practice This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “jealousy,” “ambition,” and “confusion.” Alternate translation: “For when people are jealous and selfish, this causes them to act in disorderly and evil ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 3 16 dvd7 ἐκεῖ ἀκαταστασία 1 there is confusion “there is disorder” or “there is chaos” +JAS 3 16 vmt4 πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα 1 every evil practice “every kind of sinful behavior” or “every kind of wicked deed” +JAS 3 17 s8w4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ δὲ ἄνωθεν σοφία, πρῶτον μὲν ἁγνή ἐστιν 1 But the wisdom from above is first pure Here “from above” is metonym that represents “heaven” which represents God himself. The abstract noun “wisdom” can be stated as “wise.” Alternate translation: “But when a person is wise according to what God in heaven teaches, he acts in ways that are first pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 3 17 hhk5 πρῶτον μὲν ἁγνή ἐστιν 1 is first pure “is first holy” +JAS 3 17 hfh9 figs-metaphor μεστὴ ἐλέους καὶ καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν 1 full of mercy and good fruits Here “good fruits” refer to kind things that people do for others as a result of having wisdom from God. Alternate translation: “full of mercy and good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 17 by2l ἀνυπόκριτος 1 and sincere “and honest” or “and truthful” +JAS 3 18 md56 figs-metaphor καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 The fruit of righteousness is sown in peace among those who make peace People making peace is spoken of as if they were sowing seeds, and righteousness is spoken of as if it were the fruit that grows up as a result of making peace. Alternate translation: “The result of making peace is righteousness” or “Those who work peacefully to help people live in peace produce righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 18 htr1 figs-abstractnouns ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 make peace The abstract noun “peace” can be stated as “peacefully.” Alternate translation: “cause people to live peacefully” or “help people not to be angry with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 4 intro r6vv 0 # James 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Adultery<br><br>Writers in the Bible often speak of adultery as a metaphor for people who say they love God but do things that God hates. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Law<br><br>James probably uses this word in [James 4:11](../../jas/04/11.md) to refer to “the royal law” ([James 2:8](../../jas/02/08.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>James asks many questions because he wants his readers to think about how they are living. He wants to correct and teach them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Humble<br><br>This word probably usually refers to people who are not proud. James uses the word here to refer to people who are not proud and who also trust in Jesus and obey him.<br> +JAS 4 1 q3pd 0 General Information: In this section, the words “yourselves,” “your,” and “you” are plural and refer to the believers to whom James writes. +JAS 4 1 k21j 0 Connecting Statement: James rebukes these believers for their worldliness and their lack of humility. He again urges them to watch how they speak to and about each other. +JAS 4 1 ub82 figs-doublet πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Where do quarrels and disputes among you come from? The abstract nouns “quarrels” and “disputes” mean basically the same thing and can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “Why do you quarrel and dispute among yourselves?” or “Why do you fight among yourselves?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 4 1 pqx2 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James uses this question to rebuke his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “They come from your evil desires for things, desires that fight among your members.” or “They come from your desires for evil things, desires that fight among your members.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 4 1 vpe2 figs-personification οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James speaks of desires as they were enemies who waged war against the believers. In reality, of course, it is the people who have these desires who fight among themselves. Alternate translation: “They come from your desires for evil things, by which you end up harming each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 4 1 v5kg ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 among your members Possible meanings are (1) there is fighting among the local believers, or (2) the fighting, that is, the conflict, is inside each believer. +JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-hyperbole φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν 1 You kill and covet, and you are not able to obtain The phrase “You kill” expresses how badly the people behave in order to get what they want. It can be translated as “You do all kinds of evil things to get what you cannot have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You fight and quarrel The words “fight” and “quarrel” mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize how much the people argue among themselves. Alternate translation: “You constantly fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JAS 4 3 nk57 κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε 1 you ask badly Possible meanings are (1) “you ask with wrong motives” or “you ask with bad attitudes” or (2) “you are asking for wrong things” or “you are asking for bad things” +JAS 4 4 efi8 figs-metaphor μοιχαλίδες! 1 You adulteresses! James speaks of believers as being like wives who sleep with men other than their husbands. Alternate translation: “You are not being faithful to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 4 4 wu5v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know…God? James uses this question to teach his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 4 4 b5ly figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world This phrase refers to identifying with or participating in the world’s value system and behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 4 4 br36 figs-personification ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world Here the world’s value system is spoken of as if it were a person that others could be friends with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 4 4 jf1g figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 friendship with the world is hostility against God One who is friends with the world is an enemy of God. Here “friendship with the world” stands for being friends with the world, and “hostility against God” stands for being hostile against God. Alternate translation: “friends of the world are enemies of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 4 5 i2y4 ἢ δοκεῖτε…κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think the scripture says in vain This is a rhetorical question James uses to exhort his audience. To speak in vain is to speak uselessly. Alternate translation: “There is a reason that scripture says” +JAS 4 5 bx68 τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The Spirit he caused to live in us Some versions, including the ULT and UST, understand this as a reference to the Holy Spirit. Other versions translate this as “the spirit” and mean by it the human spirit that each person has been created to have. We suggest that you use the meaning that is presented in other translations used by your readers. +JAS 4 6 ub8z figs-explicit μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν 1 But God gives more grace How this phrase relates to the previous verse can be made explicit: “But, even though our spirits may desire what we cannot have, God gives us even more grace, if we will humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 4 6 hyh2 διὸ λέγει 1 so the scripture “Because God gives more grace, the scripture” +JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις 1 the proud This refers to proud people in general. Alternate translation: “proud people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +JAS 4 6 uu3r figs-nominaladj ταπεινοῖς 1 the humble This refers to humble people in general. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +JAS 4 7 da5t ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 So submit “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” +JAS 4 7 g7e5 ὑποτάγητε…τῷ Θεῷ 1 submit to God “obey God” +JAS 4 7 nud3 ἀντίστητε…τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 Resist the devil “Oppose the devil” or “Do not do what the devil wants” +JAS 4 7 w9ue φεύξεται 1 he will flee “he will run away” +JAS 4 7 b5yz figs-you ὑμῶν 1 you Here this pronoun is plural and refers to James’ audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JAS 4 8 vd6z figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” here is plural and refers to the scattered believers to whom James writes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JAS 4 8 g62m figs-metaphor ἐγγίσατε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Come close to God Here the idea of coming close stands for becoming honest and open with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 4 8 yh1k figs-parallelism καθαρίσατε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί, καὶ ἁγνίσατε καρδίας, δίψυχοι. 1 Cleanse your hands, you sinners, and purify your hearts, you double-minded These are two phrases in parallel with each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +JAS 4 8 elh1 figs-metonymy καθαρίσατε χεῖρας 1 Cleanse your hands This expression is a command for people to do righteous acts instead of unrighteous acts. Alternate translation: “Behave in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 4 8 mw54 figs-metonymy ἁγνίσατε καρδίας 1 purify your hearts Here “hearts” refers to a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “make your thoughts and intentions right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 4 8 iw61 figs-metaphor δίψυχοι 1 double-minded The word “double-minded” refers to a person who cannot make a firm decision about something. Alternate translation: “double-minded people” or “people who cannot decide if you want to obey God or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 4 9 kdn8 figs-doublet ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Grieve, mourn, and cry These three words have similar meanings. James uses them together to emphasize that the people should be truly sorry for not obeying God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +JAS 4 9 rf6g figs-parallelism ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν. 1 Let your laughter turn into sadness and your joy into gloom This is saying the same thing in different ways for emphasis. The abstract nouns “laughter,” “sadness,” “joy,” and “gloom” can be translated as verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 4 10 an8i figs-metaphor ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 Humble yourselves before the Lord “Be humble toward God.” Actions done with God in mind are often spoken of as being done in his physical presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 he will lift you up James indicates that God will honor the humble person by saying God will pick that person up off the ground physically from where that person had prostrated himself in humility. Alternate translation: “he will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 4 11 sy54 0 General Information: The words “you” and “your” in this section refer to the believers to whom James writes. +JAS 4 11 r3hc καταλαλεῖτε 1 speak against “speak badly about” or “oppose” +JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metonymy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers James speaks of the believers as if they are biological brothers. The term here includes women as well as men. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +JAS 4 11 jlx4 ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 but a judge “but you are acting like the person who gives the law” +JAS 4 12 e9da εἷς ἐστιν νομοθέτης καὶ κριτής 1 Only one is the lawgiver and judge This refers to God. “God is the only one who gives laws and judges people” +JAS 4 12 m49q figs-rquestion σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον? 1 Who are you, you who judge your neighbor? This is a rhetorical question James uses to scold his audience. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are just a human and cannot judge another human.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 4 13 iz9h figs-idiom ποιήσομεν ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 spend a year there James speaks of spending time as if it were money. “stay there for a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JAS 4 14 b7ir figs-rquestion οἵτινες οὐκ ἐπίστασθε τὸ τῆς αὔριον, ποία ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν? 1 Who knows what will happen tomorrow, and what is your life? James uses these questions to correct his audience and to teach these believers that physical life is not that important. They can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “No one knows what will happen tomorrow, and your life does not last very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 4 14 a9v2 figs-metaphor ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστε, ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη, ἔπειτα καὶ ἀφανιζομένη. 1 For you are a mist that appears for a little while and then disappears James speaks of people as if they were a mist that appears and then quickly goes away. Alternate translation: “You live for only a short amount of time, and then you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 4 15 gj65 ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν ὑμᾶς 1 Instead, you should say “Instead, your attitude should be” +JAS 4 15 e1il ζήσομεν καὶ ποιήσομεν, τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο 1 we will live and do this or that “we will live long enough to do what we have planned to do.” The word “we” does not directly refer to James or his audience but is part of the example of how James’ audience should consider the future. +JAS 4 17 q84z εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 1 for anyone who knows to do good but does not do it, for him it is sin Anyone who fails to do the good he knows he should do is guilty of sin. +JAS 5 intro ud8q 0 # James 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eternity<br>This chapter contrasts living for things of this world, which will not last, with living for things that will last for eternity. It is also important to live with the expectation that Jesus will return soon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Oaths<br>Scholars are divided over whether this passage teaches all oaths are wrong. Most scholars believe some oaths are permissible and James instead is teaching Christians to have integrity.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br>This story will be difficult to understand if the books of 1 and 2 Kings and 1 and 2 Chronicles have not yet been translated.<br><br>### “Save his soul from death”<br>This probably teaches that the person who stops their sinful lifestyle will not be punished with physical death as a consequence of their sin. On the other hand, some scholars believe this passage teaches about eternal salvation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br> +JAS 5 1 phs3 0 Connecting Statement: James warns rich people about their focus on pleasure and riches. +JAS 5 1 gel9 figs-explicit οἱ πλούσιοι 1 you who are rich Possible meanings are (1) James is giving a strong warning to wealthy believers or (2) James is talking about wealthy unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you who are rich and say you honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 5 1 l3wd figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις 1 because of the miseries coming on you James states that these people will suffer terribly in the future and writes as if their sufferings were objects that were coming toward them. The abstract noun “miseries” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “because you will suffer terribly in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JAS 5 2 gq45 figs-pastforfuture ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν. 1 Your riches have rotted, and your clothes have become moth-eaten. Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: “Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JAS 5 2 v241 ὁ πλοῦτος…τὰ ἱμάτια 1 riches…clothes These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people. +JAS 5 3 am1u figs-pastforfuture ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται, 1 Your gold and your silver have become tarnished Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: “Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths. Your gold and silver will become tarnished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JAS 5 3 wj9v χρυσὸς…ἄργυρος 1 gold…silver These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people. +JAS 5 3 q4pm κατίωται,…ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν 1 have become tarnished…their rust These phrases are used here to describe how gold and silver are ruined. Alternate translation: “are ruined…their ruined condition” or “are corroded…their corrosion” +JAS 5 3 e55t figs-personification ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 their rust will be a witness against you. It James wrote of their valuable things being ruined as if they were a person in a courtroom accusing the wicked of their crimes. Alternate translation: “and when God judges you, your ruined treasures will be like someone who accuses you in court. Their corrosion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] ) +JAS 5 3 i37x figs-simile φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ. 1 will consume…like fire Here the corrosion is spoken of as if it were a fire that will burn up their owners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 3 w3aj figs-metonymy τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν 1 your flesh Here “flesh” stands for the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 3 j6fe figs-metaphor πῦρ 1 fire The idea of fire here is meant to lead people to remember that fire often stands for God’s punishment that will come on all the wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 3 np1u figs-metonymy ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 for the last days This refers to the time right before God comes to judge all people. The wicked think they are storing up riches for the future, but what they are doing is storing up judgment. Alternate translation: “for when God is about to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 4 gcj5 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to warn rich people about thier focus on pleasure and riches. +JAS 5 4 e9iy figs-personification ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει, 1 the pay of the laborers is crying out—the pay that you have withheld from those who harvested your fields The money that should have been paid is spoken of as a person who is shouting because of the injustice done to him. Alternate translation: “the fact that you did not pay those you hired to work in your fields shows that you have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +JAS 5 4 n21a figs-metaphor αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων, εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν. 1 the cries of the harvesters have gone into the ears of the Lord of hosts The shouts of the harvesters are spoken of as if they could be heard in heaven. Alternate translation: “the Lord of hosts has heard the cries of the harvesters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 4 h9y8 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ 1 into the ears of the Lord of hosts God is spoken of as if he had ears as humans have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 5 xt8h figs-metaphor ἐθρέψατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς. 1 You have fattened your hearts for a day of slaughter Here people are viewed as if they were cattle, luxuriously fed on grain so they would become fattened to be slaughtered for a feast. However, no one will feast at the time of judgment. Alternate translation: “Your greed has only prepared you for harsh eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 5 pr31 figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 your hearts The “heart” was considered to be the center of human desire, and here stands for the entire person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 6 u5c5 κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τὸν δίκαιον, 1 You have condemned…the righteous person This is probably not “condemned” in the legal sense of a judge passing a sentence of death on a criminal. Instead, it probably refers to the wicked and powerful people who decide to mistreat the poor until they die. +JAS 5 6 lq6p figs-genericnoun τὸν δίκαιον, οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται 1 the righteous person. He does not “the people who do what is right. They do not.” Here “the righteous person” refers to righteous people in general and not to a specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people. They do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +JAS 5 6 z7w1 ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 resist you “oppose you” +JAS 5 7 n888 0 General Information: In closing, James reminds the believers about the Lord’s coming and gives several short lessons on how to live for the Lord. +JAS 5 7 xr6g 0 Connecting Statement: James changes topics from a rebuke of the rich people to an exhortation to the believers. +JAS 5 7 a4sv μακροθυμήσατε οὖν 1 So be patient “Because of this, wait and be calm” +JAS 5 7 wgk4 figs-metonymy ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου. 1 until the Lord’s coming This phrase refers to the return of Jesus, when he will begin his kingdom on the earth and judge all people. Alternate translation: “until Christ’s return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 7 y4er figs-metaphor ὁ γεωργὸς 1 the farmer James makes an analogy using farmers and believers to teach what it means to be patient. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metonymy στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Make your hearts strong James is equating the believers’ hearts to their will to remain committed. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” or “Keep your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 8 jw3b ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν. 1 the Lord’s coming is near “the Lord will return soon” +JAS 5 9 k74r μὴ στενάζετε, ἀδελφοί, κατ’ ἀλλήλων, ἵνα μὴ κριθῆτε. 1 Do not complain, brothers…you James is writing to all the scattered Jewish believers. +JAS 5 9 w9xv κατ’ ἀλλήλων 1 against one another “about each other” +JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will be not judged This can be stated in the active. Alternate translation: “Christ will not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 5 9 ita4 ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 See, the judge “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the judge” +JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν. 1 the judge is standing at the door James compares Jesus, the judge, to a person about to walk through a door to emphasize how soon Jesus will return to judge the world. Alternate translation: “the judge is coming soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 10 sic1 τῆς κακοπαθίας καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας, τοὺς προφήτας, οἳ ἐλάλησαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 the suffering and patience of the prophets, those who spoke in the name of the Lord “how the prophets who spoke in the name of the Lord suffered persecution with patience” +JAS 5 10 pvs3 figs-metonymy οἳ ἐλάλησαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου. 1 spoke in the name of the Lord “Name” here is a metonym for the person of the Lord. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Lord” or “spoke for the Lord to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 11 xwr8 ἰδοὺ, μακαρίζομεν 1 See, we regard “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: we regard” +JAS 5 11 s3nl τοὺς ὑπομείναντας 1 those who endured “those who continued obeying God even through hardship” +JAS 5 12 fug7 πρὸ πάντων…ἀδελφοί μου, 1 Above all, my brothers, “This is important, may brothers:” or “Especially, my brothers,” +JAS 5 12 bjt3 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers This refers to all believers including women. Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +JAS 5 12 s755 μὴ ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear To “swear” is to say that you will do something, or that something is true, and to be held accountable by a higher authority. Alternate translation: “do not make an oath” or “do not make a vow” +JAS 5 12 t1uq figs-metonymy μήτε τὸν οὐρανὸν, μήτε τὴν γῆν 1 either by heaven or by the earth The words “heaven” and “earth” refer to the spiritual or human authorities that are in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ, 1 let your “Yes” mean “Yes” and your “No” mean “No,” “do what you say you will do, or say that something is true, without making an oath” +JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so you do not fall under judgment Being condemned is spoken of as if one had fallen, crushed by the weight of something heavy. Alternate translation: “so God will not punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω. 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is enduring troubles, he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω. 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their blessings. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is happy, he should sing songs of praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him call James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is sick, he should call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JAS 5 14 fik7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord “Name” is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Lord” or “with the authority that the Lord has given hthem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-metonymy ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 The prayer of faith will heal the sick person The writer speaks of God hearing believers pray for sick people and healing those people as if the prayers themselves healed the people. Alternate translation: “The Lord will hear the prayer of faith and will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 15 qiw4 ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 1 The prayer of faith “The prayer made by believers” or “The prayer that people pray believing God will do as they ask” +JAS 5 15 ei3q ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his normal life” +JAS 5 16 t2iq 0 General Information: As these were Jewish believers, James reminds them to pray by recalling one of the prophets of old and that prophet’s practical prayers. +JAS 5 16 dl5k ἐξομολογεῖσθε οὖν…τὰς ἁμαρτίας, 1 So confess your sins Admit to other believers things you did wrong so that you can be forgiven. +JAS 5 16 i8cm ἀλλήλοις 1 to one another “to each other” +JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἰαθῆτε 1 so that you may be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JAS 5 16 zk62 figs-metaphor πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη. 1 The prayer of a righteous person is very strong in its working Prayer is presented as if it were an object that was strong or powerful. Alternate translation: “When the person who obeys God prays, God will do great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 17 vhw2 προσευχῇ προσηύξατο 1 prayed earnestly “prayed eagerly” or “prayed passionately” +JAS 5 17 i8wv translate-numbers τρεῖς…ἕξ 1 three…six “3…6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +JAS 5 18 zwc9 ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν 1 The heavens gave rain “The heavens” probably refers to the sky, which is presented as the source of the rain. Alternate translation: “Rain fell from the sky” +JAS 5 18 yi7m ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς 1 the earth produced its fruit Here the earth is presented as the source of the crops. +JAS 5 18 s76l figs-metonymy τὸν καρπὸν 1 fruit Here “fruit” stands for all the crops of the farmers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 19 xr4l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this word probably refers to both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +JAS 5 19 dv4v figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν 1 if anyone among you wanders from the truth, and someone brings him back A believer who stops trusting in God and obeying him is spoken of as if he were a sheep that wandered away from the flock. The person who persuades him to trust in God again is spoken of as if he were a shepherd who went to search for the lost sheep. Alternate translation: “whenever anyone stops obeying God, and another person helps him start obeying again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 5 20 xg1y figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιστρέψας ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ αὐτοῦ, σώσει ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 whoever turns a sinner from his wandering way…will cover over a great number of sins James means that God will use the actions of this person to persuade the sinner to repent and be saved. But James speaks as if it were this other person who actually saved the sinner’s soul from death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 5 20 pd78 figs-synecdoche σώσει ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 will save him from death, and will cover over a great number of sins Here “death” refers to spiritual death, eternal separation from God. Alternate translation: “will save him from spiritual death, and God will forgive the sinner for all of his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JAS 5 20 rh4d figs-metaphor καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 will cover over a great number of sins Possible meanings are (1) the person who brings back the disobedient brother will have his sins forgiven or (2) the disobedient brother, when he returns to the Lord, will have his sins forgiven. Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that God could cover so that he would not see them, so that he would forgive them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 548aea059f..552b8f6710 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ REV 15 6 w9kw ζώνας 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on REV 15 7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures “living being” or “living thing.” See how you translated “living creatures” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) REV 15 7 z1wz figs-explicit ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word “wrath” here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of the wine that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 15 8 s67r ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth” -REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”<br><br>This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.<br><br>### Seven bowls of God’s wrath<br><br>This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.<br><br>### Armageddon<br><br>This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br> +REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”<br><br>This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.<br><br>### Seven bowls of God’s wrath<br><br>This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.<br><br>### Armageddon<br><br>This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 16 1 nj83 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath. REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word “I” refers to John. REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God’s wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word “wrath” here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])